Paper-II

GENERAL STUDIES-I 250MARKS (INDIAN HERITAGE AND CULTURE, HISTORY AND GEOGRAPHY OF THE
WORLD AND SOCIETY)
INDIAN CULTURE WILL COVER THE SALIENT ASPECTS OF ART FORMS, LITERATURE AND ARCHITECTURE
FROM ANCIENT TO MODERN TIMES.
MODERN INDIAN HISTORY FROM ABOUT THE MIDDLE OF THE EIGHTEENTH CENTURY UNTIL THE PRESENT-
SIGNIFICANT EVENTS, PERSONALITIES, ISSUES
THE FREEDOM STRUGGLE - ITS VARIOUS STAGES AND IMPORTANT CONTRIBUTORS /CONTRIBUTIONS FROM
DIFFERENT PARTS OF THE COUNTRY.
POST-INDEPENDENCE CONSOLIDATION AND REORGANIZATION WITHIN THE COUNTRY.
HISTORY OF THE WORLD WILL INCLUDE EVENTS FROM 18
TH
CENTURY SUCH AS INDUSTRIAL REVOLUTION,
WORLD WARS, REDRAWAL OF NATIONAL BOUNDARIES, COLONIZATION, DECOLONIZATION, POLITICAL
PHILOSOPHIES LIKE COMMUNISM, CAPITALISM, SOCIALISM ETC. - THEIR FORMS AND EFFECT ON THE
SOCIETY.
SALIENT FEATURES OF INDIAN SOCIETY, DIVERSITY OF INDIA.
ROLE OF WOMEN AND WOMEN'S ORGANIZATION, POPULATION AND ASSOCIATED ISSUES, POVERTY AND
DEVELOPMENTAL ISSUES, URBANIZATION, THEIR PROBLEMS AND THEIR REMEDIES.
EFFECTS OF GLOBALIZATION ON INDIAN SOCIETY
SOCIAL EMPOWERMENT, COMMUNALISM, REGIONALISM & SECULARISM.
SALIENT FEATURES OF WORLD'S PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY.
DISTRIBUTION OF KEY NATURAL RESOURCES ACROSS THE WORLD (INCLUDING SOUTH ASIA AND THE
INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT); FACTORS RESPONSIBLE FOR THE LOCATION OF PRIMARY, SECONDARY, AND
TERTIARY SECTOR INDUSTRIES IN VARIOUS PARTS OF THE WORLD (INCLUDING INDIA)
IMPORTANT GEOPHYSICAL PHENOMENA SUCH AS EARTHQUAKES, TSUNAMI, VOLCANIC ACTIVITY, CYCLONE
ETC., GEOGRAPHICAL FEATURES AND THEIR LOCATION- CHANGES IN CRITICAL GEOGRAPHICAL FEATURES
(INCLUDING WATER-BODIES AND ICE-CAPS) AND IN FLORA AND FAUNA AND THE EFFECTS OF SUCH
CHANGES.

PAPER-III
GENERAL STUDIES -II: 250 MARKS (GOVERNANCE, CONSTITUTION, POLITY, SOCIAL JUSTICE AND
INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS)
INDIAN CONSTITUTION- HISTORICAL UNDERPINNINGS, EVOLUTION, FEATURES, AMENDMENTS,
SIGNIFICANT PROVISIONS AND BASIC STRUCTURE.
FUNCTIONS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE UNION AND THE STATES, ISSUES AND CHALLENGES PERTAINING
TO THE FEDERAL STRUCTURE, DEVOLUTION OF POWERS AND FINANCES UP TO LOCAL LEVELS AND
CHALLENGES THEREIN.
SEPARATION OF POWERS BETWEEN VARIOUS ORGANS DISPUTE REDRESSAL MECHANISMS AND
INSTITUTIONS.
COMPARISON OF THE INDIAN CONSTITUTIONAL SCHEME WITH THAT OF OTHER COUNTRIES
PARLIAMENT AND STATE LEGISLATURES - STRUCTURE, FUNCTIONING, CONDUCT OF BUSINESS, POWERS &
PRIVILEGES AND ISSUES ARISING OUT OF THESE.
STRUCTURE, ORGANIZATION AND FUNCTIONING OF THE EXECUTIVE AND THE JUDICIARY MINISTRIES AND
DEPARTMENTS OF THE GOVERNMENT; PRESSURE GROUPS AND FORMAL/INFORMAL ASSOCIATIONS AND
THEIR ROLE IN THE POLITY.
SALIENT FEATURES OF THE REPRESENTATION OF PEOPLE'S ACT.
APPOINTMENT TO VARIOUS CONSTITUTIONAL POSTS, POWERS, FUNCTIONS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF
VARIOUS CONSTITUTIONAL BODIES.
STATUTORY, REGULATORY AND VARIOUS QUASI-JUDICIAL BODIES
GOVERNMENT POLICIES AND INTERVENTIONS FOR DEVELOPMENT IN VARIOUS SECTORS AND ISSUES
ARISING OUT OF THEIR DESIGN AND IMPLEMENTATION.
DEVELOPMENT PROCESSES AND THE DEVELOPMENT INDUSTRY THE ROLE OF NGOS, SHGS, VARIOUS
GROUPS AND ASSOCIATIONS, DONORS, CHARITIES, INSTITUTIONAL AND OTHER STAKEHOLDERS
WELFARE SCHEMES FOR VULNERABLE SECTIONS OF THE POPULATION BY THE CENTRE AND STATES AND
THE PERFORMANCE OF THESE SCHEMES; MECHANISMS, LAWS, INSTITUTIONS AND BODIES CONSTITUTED
FOR THE PROTECTION AND BETTERMENT OF THESE VULNERABLE SECTIONS.
ISSUES RELATING TO DEVELOPMENT AND MANAGEMENT OF SOCIAL SECTOR/SERVICES RELATING TO
HEALTH, EDUCATION, HUMAN RESOURCES.
ISSUES RELATING TO POVERTY AND HUNGER.
IMPORTANT ASPECTS OF GOVERNANCE, TRANSPARENCY AND ACCOUNTABILITY, E-GOVERNANCE-
APPLICATIONS, MODELS, SUCCESSES, LIMITATIONS, AND POTENTIAL; CITIZENS CHARTERS, TRANSPARENCY
& ACCOUNTABILITY AND INSTITUTIONAL AND OTHER MEASURES.
ROLE OF CIVIL SERVICES IN A DEMOCRACY.
INDIA AND ITS NEIGHBORHOOD- RELATIONS.
BILATERAL, REGIONAL AND GLOBAL GROUPINGS AND AGREEMENTS INVOLVING INDIA AND/OR AFFECTING
INDIA'S INTERESTS
EFFECT OF POLICIES AND POLITICS OF DEVELOPED AND DEVELOPING COUNTRIES ON INDIA'S INTERESTS,
INDIAN DIASPORA.
IMPORTANT INTERNATIONAL INSTITUTIONS, AGENCIES AND FORA, THEIR STRUCTURE, MANDATE.

PAPER-IV
GENERAL STUDIES -III 250 MARKS (TECHNOLOGY, ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT, BIO-DIVERSITY,
ENVIRONMENT, SECURITY AND DISASTER MANAGEMENT)

INDIAN ECONOMY AND ISSUES RELATING TO PLANNING, MOBILIZATION OF RESOURCES, GROWTH,
DEVELOPMENT AND EMPLOYMENT.
INCLUSIVE GROWTH AND ISSUES ARISING FROM IT.
GOVERNMENT BUDGETING.
MAJOR CROPS CROPPING PATTERNS IN VARIOUS PARTS OF THE COUNTRY, DIFFERENT TYPES OF IRRIGATION
AND IRRIGATION SYSTEMS STORAGE, TRANSPORT AND MARKETING OF AGRICULTURAL PRODUCE AND
ISSUES AND RELATED CONSTRAINTS; E-TECHNOLOGY IN THE AID OF FARMERS
ISSUES RELATED TO DIRECT AND INDIRECT FARM SUBSIDIES AND MINIMUM SUPPORT PRICES; PUBLIC
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM OBJECTIVES, FUNCTIONING, LIMITATIONS, REVAMPING; ISSUES OF BUFFER STOCKS
AND FOOD SECURITY; TECHNOLOGY MISSIONS;
ECONOMICS OF ANIMAL-REARING.
FOOD PROCESSING AND RELATED INDUSTRIES IN INDIA- SCOPE AND SIGNIFICANCE, LOCATION, UPSTREAM
AND DOWNSTREAM REQUIREMENTS, SUPPLY CHAIN MANAGEMENT.
LAND REFORMS IN INDIA.
EFFECTS OF LIBERALIZATION ON THE ECONOMY, CHANGES IN INDUSTRIAL POLICY AND THEIR EFFECTS ON
INDUSTRIAL GROWTH.
INFRASTRUCTURE: ENERGY, PORTS, ROADS, AIRPORTS, RAILWAYS ETC.
INVESTMENT MODELS.
SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY- DEVELOPMENTS AND THEIR APPLICATIONS AND EFFECTS IN EVERYDAY LIFE
ACHIEVEMENTS OF INDIANS IN SCIENCE & TECHNOLOGY;
INDIGENIZATION OF TECHNOLOGY AND DEVELOPING NEW TECHNOLOGY.
AWARENESS IN THE FIELDS OF IT, SPACE, COMPUTERS, ROBOTICS, NANO-TECHNOLOGY, BIO-TECHNOLOGY
AND ISSUES RELATING TO INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS.
CONSERVATION, ENVIRONMENTAL POLLUTION AND DEGRADATION, ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT
DISASTER AND DISASTER MANAGEMENT.
LINKAGES BETWEEN DEVELOPMENT AND SPREAD OF EXTREMISM.
ROLE OF EXTERNAL STATE AND NON-STATE ACTORS IN CREATING CHALLENGES TO INTERNAL SECURITY.
CHALLENGES TO INTERNAL SECURITY THROUGH COMMUNICATION NETWORKS, ROLE OF MEDIA AND
SOCIAL NETWORKING SITES IN INTERNAL SECURITY CHALLENGES, BASICS OF CYBER SECURITY; MONEY-
LAUNDERING AND ITS PREVENTION
SECURITY CHALLENGES AND THEIR MANAGEMENT IN BORDER AREAS; LINKAGES OF ORGANIZED CRIME
WITH TERRORISM
VARIOUS SECURITY FORCES AND AGENCIES AND THEIR MANDATE

PAPER-V
GENERAL STUDIES -IV 250 MARKS (ETHICS, INTEGRITY AND APTITUDE)
THIS PAPER WILL INCLUDE QUESTIONS TO TEST THE CANDIDATES' ATTITUDE AND APPROACH TO ISSUES
RELATING TO INTEGRITY, PROBITY IN PUBLIC LIFE AND HIS PROBLEM SOLVING APPROACH TO VARIOUS
ISSUES AND CONFLICTS FACED BY HIM IN DEALING WITH SOCIETY. QUESTIONS MAY UTILISE THE CASE
STUDY APPROACH TO DETERMINE THESE ASPECTS. THE FOLLOWING BROAD AREAS WILL BE COVERED.
ETHICS AND HUMAN INTERFACE: ESSENCE, DETERMINANTS AND CONSEQUENCES OF ETHICS IN HUMAN
ACTIONS; DIMENSIONS OF ETHICS; ETHICS IN PRIVATE AND PUBLIC RELATIONSHIPS.
HUMAN VALUES - LESSONS FROM THE LIVES AND TEACHINGS OF GREAT LEADERS, REFORMERS AND
ADMINISTRATORS; ROLE OF FAMILY, SOCIETY AND EDUCATIONAL INSTITUTIONS IN INCULCATING VALUES.
ATTITUDE: CONTENT, STRUCTURE, FUNCTION; ITS INFLUENCE AND RELATION WITH THOUGHT AND
BEHAVIOUR; MORAL AND POLITICAL ATTITUDES; SOCIAL INFLUENCE AND PERSUASION.
APTITUDE AND FOUNDATIONAL VALUES FOR CIVIL SERVICE, INTEGRITY, IMPARTIALITY AND NON-
PARTISANSHIP, OBJECTIVITY, DEDICATION TO PUBLIC SERVICE, EMPATHY, TOLERANCE AND COMPASSION
TOWARDS THE WEAKER-SECTIONS.
EMOTIONAL INTELLIGENCE-CONCEPTS, AND THEIR UTILITIES AND APPLICATION IN ADMINISTRATION AND
GOVERNANCE.
CONTRIBUTIONS OF MORAL THINKERS AND PHILOSOPHERS FROM INDIA AND WORLD.
PUBLIC/CIVIL SERVICE VALUES AND ETHICS IN PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION: STATUS AND PROBLEMS; ETHICAL
CONCERNS AND DILEMMAS IN GOVERNMENT AND PRIVATE INSTITUTIONS; LAWS, RULES, REGULATIONS
AND CONSCIENCE AS SOURCES OF ETHICAL GUIDANCE; ACCOUNTABILITY AND ETHICAL GOVERNANCE;
STRENGTHENING OF ETHICAL AND MORAL VALUES IN GOVERNANCE;
ETHICAL ISSUES IN INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS AND FUNDING; CORPORATE GOVERNANCE.
PROBITY IN GOVERNANCE: CONCEPT OF PUBLIC SERVICE; PHILOSOPHICAL BASIS OF GOVERNANCE AND
PROBITY; INFORMATION
SHARING AND TRANSPARENCY IN GOVERNMENT, RIGHT TO INFORMATION, CODES OF ETHICS, CODES OF
CONDUCT, CITIZEN'S
CHARTERS, WORK CULTURE, QUALITY OF SERVICE DELIVERY, UTILIZATION OF PUBLIC FUNDS, CHALLENGES
OF CORRUPTION.
CASE STUDIES ON ABOVE ISSUES.


PAPER - II
GENERAL STUDIES-I 250MARKS (INDIAN HERITAGE AND CULTURE, HISTORY AND GEOGRAPHY OF THE WORLD AND
SOCIETY)
1. INDIAN CULTURE WILL COVER THE SALIENT ASPECTS OF (FROM ANCIENT TO MODERN TIMES)
A. ART FORMS
NATARAJA IDOL - CULTURE
- Dancing Shiva Idol - 1000 year old.
- Claim to be preserved in National Art Gallery of Australia.
- Subhash Kapoor - U.S. based antiquities dealer.


NAGASWARAM
- Narashinghpettai Nagaswaram - applied for Geographical Indications.

ODIA
- Get classical language status
- Total classical languages - 6
Tamil - Dravidian origin
Telugu - Dravidian origin
Kannada- Dravidian origin
Malayalam- Dravidian origin - KL
Sanskrit - Vedic origin - 0.01%
Odia - Indo-Aryan origin - OR

B. LITERATURE

2014 PULITZER PRIZE -
- About
most prestigious awards in journalism
in Journalism, Letters, Drama and Music,
awarded on the recommendation of the Pulitzer Prize Board
Announced by Columbia University.

- India-born poet Vijay Seshadri
in the poetry category for his witty and philosophical collection of poems
For his work '3 Sections' which is a "compelling collection of poems that examine human consciousness, from birth to
dementia, in a voice that is by turns witty and grave, compassionate and remorseless.
Born in Bangalore in 1954, Seshadri came to America at the age of five and grew up in Columbus, Ohio. He became
the fifth person of Indian-origin to bag the prestigious prize.

- The Washington Post and Guardian
public service medal, which is for a "distinguished example of meritorious public service by a newspaper or news site
through the use of its journalistic resources, including the use of stories, editorials, cartoons, photographs, graphics,
videos, databases, multimedia or interactive presentations or other visual material"
The Post won for its "revelation of widespread secret surveillance by the National Security Agency, marked by
authoritative and insightful reports that helped the public understand how the disclosures fit into the larger
framework of national security."
The Guardian was awarded for its "revelation of widespread secret surveillance by the National Security Agency,
helping through aggressive reporting to spark a debate about the relationship between the government and the public
over issues of security and privacy."

- The Boston Globe staff
In the Breaking News Reporting category for its "exhaustive and empathetic" coverage of the Marathon bombings last
year.

- 'The Goldfinch' by American writer Donna Tartt
In fiction for her "coming-of- age" novel about a grieving boy's entanglement with a small famous painting that has
eluded destruction.

c. ARCHITECTURE

ATCHAEOLOGICAL SURVEY OF INDIA (ASI)
- Under ministry of Culture
- Premier organization for the archaeological researches and protection of the cultural heritage of the nation
- Laws
Ancient Monuments and Archaeological Sites and Remains Act, 1958
Antiquities and Art Treasure Act, 1972
- 24 circles
- Activities
Explore - Conducting archaeological explorations and excavations;
Maintain - Maintenance, conservation and preservation of protected monuments and archaeological sites and
remains of national importance;
Preserve - Chemical preservation of monuments and antiquarian remains;
Survey - Architectural survey of monuments;
Studies - Epigraphical and numismatic studies;
Museums - Setting up and re-organization of Site Museums;
Training - Training in Archaeology;
Publish - Bringing out archaeological publications;
Expedition - Archaeological expeditions outside India ;
Horticulture - Horticulture operation in and around ancient monuments and sites.
Enforce law - Implementation and regulation of - The Ancient Monuments and Archaeological Sites and Remains Act,
1958 and The Antiquities and Art Treasures Act, 1972
NATIONAL MISSION ON MONUMENTS AND ANTIQUITIES
- Launched in 2007. It is envisaged that mandate of the Mission should be achieved within a stipulated time frame of five
years i.e. 2007-2012
- Why mission required
Rich, vast and diverse cultural heritage in the form of built heritage, archaeological sites and remains since
prehistoric times
Cultural forms are losing their traditional essence in rapidly transforming lifestyles in an era of industrial growth.
no comprehensive record in the form of database
This finite, non-renewable and irreversible resource of our country is fast disappearing without any record for the
posterity.
- Objectives
Urgent need for a proper survey of such resources, and based on that an appropriate archaeological heritage resource
management and policy can be formulated.
- What mission will do : Mandate of the National Mission
Register- National Register: of Built Heritage, Sites and Antiquities.
Database - State Level data base : on built heritage, sites and antiquarian wealth - systematic, accessible and
retrievable inventory
for information and dissemination to planners, researchers etc., and
For better management of such cultural resources.
Awareness - awareness programmes
Training - training facility: and capacity building to the concerned State Departments, local bodies, NGO's,
Universities, Museums, and Communities etc.
Co-ordination - Developing synergy: between institutions like ASI, State Departments, concerned institutions and
NGO's to generate close interaction.
- CAG Audit
Performance Audit - first time
Findings
Delays and bad conservation, unkempt gardens, non-functional water channels and incomplete conservation and
encroachment.
Missing of monuments in large numbers
Inadequate staff, ill-planning and poor financing
Inadequate ticket counters and no ticket vending machine. Long queues. Poor shelters etc.
Lack of drinking water and toilet facilities
Security concern - lack of security guards, CCTV camera and baggage checking
Poor waste management - leftovers, plastic bags, water bottles and used tickets causing litter.
Unable to prevent unauthorized religious activities.
- NATIONAL CONSERVATION POLICY
To improve its operational practices by taking into account modern issues like impact of tourism and the
consequences of natural disasters on the monuments.

RENOWNED ARCHAEOLOGIST

B.B.Lal - discovery of Indraprastha.


UNESCO WORLD HERITAGE SITES
- World Heritage Status process - three step
Countries create tentative lists of potential monument and natural sites.
Nominate selected few sites.
UNESCO appoints advisory committees to evaluate the nomination.
- This year nomination from India
Rani-ki-Vav , Patan, Gujarat
11
th
century step well - subterranean structure with a series of steps and sculpted walls.
Great Himalayan National Park, Kullu, Himachal Pradesh
Western part of Himalayan Mountains.
- Draft list
Included Padamanabhapuram Palace at Thakkala
Predominantly made of wood, the 500-year-old palace is constructed in the Kerala style of architecture.
Located in the TN but administered by the govt of KL.
Edakkal caves in Wayanad promised to be included in next list.
Known for the prehistoric rock etchings.
- Final selection
Rani-ki-Vav, Patan, Gujarat
11
th
century step well - subterranean structure with a series of steps and sculpted walls.
Queens Stepwell inverted temple highlighting the sanctity of water
Located on the banks of the Saraswati
Mamorial to King Bhimdev I of the Solanki dynasty
Seven levels of stairs with sculptural panels

ARCHITECTURAL DEVELOPMENT IN URBAN India
- Civilisation - means living in a city
- Urban renewal - ways of constructively dealing with the problems that growing cities encounter.


2. MODERN INDIAN HISTORY FROM ABOUT THE MIDDLE OF THE EIGHTEENTH CENTURY UNTIL THE PRESENT-
SIGNIFICANT EVENTS, PERSONALITIES, ISSUES

3. THE FREEDOM STRUGGLE - ITS VARIOUS STAGES AND IMPORTANT CONTRIBUTORS /CONTRIBUTIONS FROM
DIFFERENT PARTS OF THE COUNTRY.

MAHATMA GANDHI IN SOUTH AFRICA
- First began his Satyagraha at Tolstoy Farm.
Established by Gandhiji in 1910
Named after Leo Tolstoy, whose writings had influenced the Mahatma?
Donated by his architect friend Hermann Kallenbach.
- A project to establish a Garden of Remembrance at the farm, to be developed and managed by a group of local
community organisations.
- Gandhiji return to India from South Africa in 1914



4. POST-INDEPENDENCE CONSOLIDATION AND REORGANIZATION WITHIN THE COUNTRY.

5. HISTORY OF THE WORLD WILL INCLUDE EVENTS FROM 18TH CENTURY (THEIR FORMS AND EFFECT ON THE
SOCIETY) SUCH AS
A. INDUSTRIAL REVOLUTION,
B. WORLD WARS,
C. REDRAWAL OF NATIONAL BOUNDARIES,
D. COLONIZATION,
E. DECOLONIZATION,

APARTHEID
-



F. POLITICAL PHILOSOPHIES LIKE
I. COMMUNISM,

- When the world communist movement split into pro-Beijing and pro-Moscow camps; Indian communists too took sides,
with the right following Moscow's line, supportive of the Indian state, and the left choosing the path of confrontation that
Beijing would prefer. That simple fact allowed the CPI (Left) - soon to become the CPI (Marxist) - to eventually dominate
the original CPI in popularity.
- The CPI-M faces the greatest challenge in its history - the threat of irrelevance. Ruling West Bengal for three decades -
and Kerala, on and off. Now that it has lost power in West Bengal, and faces a challenge in Kerala, too, its leadership has
no answers.
- It is an important element in India's diverse polity, providing an alternative view on economic and political issues. It has
often played a significant countervailing role in policies that might not take into account interests of all sections of society.
- Commitment to the procedures of parliamentary democracy is outstanding - especially because it is technically supposed
to see Parliament as an illusion of representation meant to deceive the working class.
- Decline, because of ignoring both changes in technology and the evolving character of the working class.

II. CAPITALISM,
III. SOCIALISM ETC.

FASCISM
- Radical - authoritarian - nationalist - political ideology.
- It advocates the creation of a totalitarian single-party state that seeks the mass mobilization of a nation through discipline,
indoctrination, physical education, and family policy (such as eugenics).
- This state is led by a supreme leader who exercises a dictatorship over the fascist movement, the government and other
state institutions.
- Fascist governments forbid and suppress opposition. Fascists seek to rejuvenate their nation based on commitment to the
national community as an organic entity.
- Fascism promotes political violence and war as actions that create national regeneration, spirit and vitality. It views
violence as a fact of life that is a necessary means to achieve human progress.

REVOLUTION AROUND THE WORLD
- Revolution - Forcible overthrow of a government or social order, in favor of a new system. Some have been in the name of
greed for title, land and riches- many revolutions are representative of a wider class struggle.

The Spanish Revolution -1936
- Beginning -Spanish Civil War in 1936
- Revolution was a social upheaval that saw a large percentage of the nations workforce taking over and controlling an
equally large percentage of the nations economy.
- Revolution saw the collectivization of all manner of businesses- from hotels and health clubs to barber shops and market
places.
- Coinciding with the Civil War which brought about the end of the 2
nd
Spanish Republic and the beginning of Francos rule
following a Nationalist victory.
- Though it was eventually quashed by Franco- the Revolution went a long way to instill a value in the Spanish people which
many would attribute as a main reason for the countries neutrality during WWII.

The French Revolution - 1789-99
- Politically, socially and militarily influenced alteration of the inner workings of a monarch-ruled nation.
- Left-wing movements in pursuit of a reconfiguration of the aristocratic and feudal power structure.
- Successful - deposing and executing the absolute monarch Louis XVI.
- Result in the rise of Napoleon.

The Cuban Revolution
- largely a political tiff for the first 5 years,
- after 5 yr - Communist 26th of July Movement
led by Fidel Castro in conjunction with the infamous Che Guevara
Fierce combat to end the corrupt Batista Regime and bring about the Communist ethos which governs the island
nation to this day.
The Irish War of Independence 1919-21
- also known as the Anglo-Irish War and the Black and Tan War
- Republican Army (IRA) fight to liberate their nation from British dominion.
- War ended with a political treaty which saw the division of the nation into two separate states- Northern Ireland, which
remains as part of the UK to this day- and the Republic of Ireland.
- Largely a guerrilla conflict
- The war is often disregarded for what it really was- a nation fighting for its right to govern its own self.
The Young Turk Revolution
- Acting to restore a democratic Parliament which had been dissolved previously by Sultan Abdul Hamid II.
- Turkey enters its second constitutional era.
- Formed from a coalition between nationalists, secularists and pluralists.
- The Revolution was a key factor in the fall of the Ottoman Empire and marked a huge change in the political and social
make-up of the country.
The American Revolution - 1775-83
- Encompassing the American Revolutionary War (or American War of Independence) (1775-1783) as well as a string of
prior political actions
- Brought about the succession of the existing 13 American colonies from British rule.
- Independence of the USA with the creation of the Declaration of Independence in 1776.
The Chinese Revolution - 1948
- Chronology
1930s - dominating political parties came to a head
1937-44 - 8 yrs of Japanese invasion and occupation
1944- 194?
Japanese defeat
The Nationalists and the Communists were head to head.
violent Civil War
The Communists prevailed
the Nationalist Regime fled to Taiwan
The Haitian Revolution - 1791-1804
- slave revolts
- Haiti was a French colony by name of Saint-Domingue and conducted all of its business on the back of the thousands of
slaves brought there from the African continent.
- In 1804 the French rulers were expelled and the island became known as the Republic of Haiti.
The Warsaw Ghetto Uprising - 1943
- An attempt by a rag-tag Jewish force to liberate themselves from their Nazi oppressors.
- Warsaw Jews were aided by an equally disadvantaged Polish resistance force in an urban guerrilla battle.
- Though up against quite desperate odds, the uprising saw the militia cause considerable trouble for the Nazis between
April and May 1943.
- Failed but it was the largest of its kind during the Holocaust.
The Russian Revolution - 1917
- Events involved in the deposition of the totalitarian Tsarist regime which had controlled the nation for centuries.
- Replacing this system of divine rule with a representative government led to the creation of the Russian Soviet Federative
Socialist Republic by a fast acting and effective Bolshevik force led by the charismatic and historically revered/despised
Vladimir Lenin.

MAJOR NON-VIOLENT REVOLUTION

SALT MARCH (SALT SATYAGRAHA) DANDI MARCH -12
th
march 1930, India
- direct action campaign of tax resistance and nonviolent against the British salt monopoly
- Triggered the wider Civil Disobedience Movement.
- Followed the Purna Swaraj declaration of independence by the Indian National Congress on 26 January 1930.
- From Sabarmati Ashram near Ahmedabad, to Dandi village, Navsari, Gujarat.
- 24-day, 240-mile (390 km) march

Singing Revolution -1987-1991, Estonia, Latvia and Lithuania
- Restoration of the independence of Estonia, Latvia and Lithuania.
- 1988, spontaneous mass night-singing demonstrations at the Tallinn Song Festival Grounds

Peaceful Revolution -1989, East Germany
- peaceful political protests against the regime of the German Democratic Republic (GDR) of East Germany
- The protests included an emigration movement as well as street demonstrations
- events were part of the Revolutions of 1989

Velvet Revolution or Gentle Revolution- 1989, Czechoslovakia
- Non-violent transition of power in then Czechoslovakia.
- Popular demonstrations against the one-party government of the Communist Party of Czechoslovakia
- end of Communist rule and conversion to pparliamentary

People Power Revolution 1983-86
- EDSA Revolution, the Philippine Revolution of 1986, and the Yellow Revolution
- Sustained campaign of civil resistance against regime violence and electoral fraud.
- Led to the departure of President Ferdinand Marcos and the restoration of the country's democracy.
- Yellow Revolution due to the presence of yellow ribbons during the demonstrations.
- Victory of the people against the 20-year running authoritarian, repressive [3] regime of then president Ferdinand
Marcos.

The Revolution of Roses (Rose Revolution), 2003 - Georgia
- change of power in Georgia in November 2003, which took place after widespread protests over the disputed
parliamentary elections
- NGOs (non-governmental organizations) played a significant role

Orange Revolution - 2004, Ukraine
- Protests and political events in Ukraine after 2004 Ukrainian presidential election claimed to be marred by massive
corruption, voter intimidation and direct electoral fraud.
- Kiev, the Ukrainian capital, was the focal point of the movement's campaign of civil resistance, with thousands of
protesters demonstrating daily.
- Nationwide, the democratic revolution was highlighted by a series of acts of civil disobedience, sit-ins, and general strikes
organised by the opposition movement.
- In the years following the Orange Revolution it was used in Belarusand Russia as a negative association among pro-
government circles.
- Yanukovych was ousted from power 10 years later, however, following the February 2014 Euro maidan clashes in Kiev's
Independence Square. Unlike the bloodless Orange Revolution, these protests resulted in more than 100 deaths.

Purple Revolution, Iraq, 2005
- End of Saddam Hussein's governance in Iraq and the coming of democracy to the nation.
- color revolutions of democratic revolutionary movements in authoritarian states-
the Rose Revolution in Georgia,
the Orange Revolution in Ukraine, and
The Cedar Revolution in Lebanon.
- "Purple" stands for the ink-stain marking the index fingers of first-time voters in the 2005 Iraqi legislative election.

Civil resistance of Myanmar - 2007
- Against the unannounced decision of the ruling junta, the State Peace and Development Council, to remove fuel subsidies,
causing the price of diesel, petrol and CNG



Iranian election protests - 2009-10
- Against the disputed victory of Iranian President Mahmoud Ahmadinejad.
- Morally supported by the US and European countries.
- Called as Green revolution and Persian Awakening by the western media.

Tunisian Revolution - 2010-11
- Jasmine Revolution,
- led to the ousting of longtime President Zine El Abidine Ben Ali
- Led to a thorough democratization of the country and to free and democratic elections.
- The demonstrations were precipitated by high unemployment, corruption, food inflation, a lack of freedom of speech and
otherpolitical freedoms and poor living conditions.
- The protests constituted the most dramatic wave of social and political unrest in Tunisia in three decade and have resulted
in scores of deaths and injuries, most of which were the result of action by police and security forces against
demonstrators.

Egyptian Revolution of 2011
- Lotus Revolution
- Protesters from a variety of socio-economic and religious backgrounds demanded the overthrow of the regime of Egyptian
President Hosni Mubarak.
- Islamic, liberal, anti-capitalist, nationalist, and feminist currents of the revolution.
- Later turn into violent clashes between security forces and protesters.
- Protests took place in Cairo, Alexandria, and in other cities in Egypt, following the Tunisian revolution \

Chinese pro-democracy protests - 2011
- public assemblies in China inspired by the Jasmine Revolution in Tunisia


6. INDIAN SOCIETY
A. SALIENT FEATURES OF INDIAN SOCIETY,

RACISM IN INDIA

- Reasons
Indians deep-seated inferiority is rooted in a past of subjugation, the colonial despair of feeling second rate.
The Indian is an unforgiving and ruthless host, living by the rules of some imaginary past, uncomfortable in the
rapidly changing present and completely disconnected with his future in the city.
- Recent incidents
Northeast
Nido Tanias Death
SMS hate campaign forcing Northeast student to vacate Karnataka
Biharies
In Maharastra by Shiv Sena and MNS

In Andhra Pradesh and Tamil Nadu
South Africans are considered as Drug addicts and suppliers
International Racism against Indian national
In America against Shahrukh Khan or A.P.J. Abdul Kalam
In Australia against Punjabi Student

B. DIVERSITY OF INDIA

7. INDIAN SOCIETY - THEIR PROBLEMS AND THEIR REMEDIES
A. ROLE OF WOMEN AND WOMEN'S ORGANIZATION,

ADOPTION GUIDELINES
- To be revised for simplification of adoption procedures and to curb the excessive delays in adoption.
giving statutory status to Central Adoption Resource Authority (CARA)
CCTV will be installed in all recognized homes
No child should remain in the home for more than 100 days after declaration by Child Welfare Committee as legally
free.
Minimize delays in issuance of Court order.
Specialised Adoption Agencies will be blacklisted if they fail to update and upload information on CARINGS
CWCs (Child Welfare Committee) to expeditiously issue CWC certificate for legally free adoption to children and
minimize the list of waiting children for adoption
Cases of Indian Origin parents will be considered as domestic adoption
In CARINGS, detailed information related to children, status at CWC, name of the lawyer will be made available,
Preparation of a detailed checklist that will include all the details about specialised adoption agencies, how the
lawyers should brief the courts about adoption, etc.



SEXUAL OFFENCE

POCSO ACT, 2012.
- The Protection of Children from Sexual Offences Act, 2012
- To strengthen the legal provisions for the protection of children from sexual abuse and exploitation. First of its kind.
- Law till date
Currently covered under IPC. But it does not provide for all types of sexual offences against children and does not
distinguish between adult and child victims.
- POSCO 2012 definitions
defines a child as any person below the age of 18 years and provides protection to all children against offences of
sexual assault,
sexual harassment and
Pornography.
An offence is treated as aggravated when committed by a person in a position of trust or authority of child such as a
member of security forces, police officer, public servant, etc.

- Punishments - provides for fine and stringent punishments, range from simple to rigorous imprisonment of varying
periods, graded as per the gravity of the offence.
Penetrative Sexual Assault : 7 yrs - life, and fine
Aggravated Penetrative Sexual Assault: 10 yrs - life, and fine.
Sexual Assault : 3 yrs - 5 yrs, and fine
Aggravated Sexual Assault : 5 yrs - 7 yrs, and fine
Sexual Harassment of the Child : 3 years and fine
Use of Child for Pornographic Purposes : 5 years and fine and in the event of subsequent conviction, 7 years and fine
Attempt to commit an offence under the Act has been made liable for punishment for upto half the punishment
prescribed for the commission of the offence.
Punishment for abetment of the offence - same as for commission of the offence.
This would cover trafficking of children for sexual purposes.

- Special Courts and procedures
For trial of offences, keeping the best interest of the child as of paramount importance at every stage of the judicial
process.
Incorporates child friendly procedures for reporting, recording of evidence, investigation and trial of offences.
Recording the statement at the residence of the child or at the place of his choice, preferably by a woman police
officer not below the rank of sub-inspector
No night detention of child in the police station for any reason.
Police officer to not be in uniform while recording the statement.
The statement of the child to be recorded as spoken by the child
Assistance of an interpreter or translator or an expert as per the need.
Assistance of special educator or any person familiar with the manner of communication of the child in case child
is disabled
Medical examination in the presence of the parent or any other person in whom the child has trust or confidence.
Girl child victim - the medical examination by a woman doctor.
Frequent breaks for the child during trial
Child not to be called repeatedly to testify
No aggressive questioning or character assassination of the child
In-camera trial of cases
The burden of proof is shifted on the accused.
Keeping in view the greater vulnerability and innocence of children.
to prevent misuse of the law
Punishment has been provided for making false complaint or proving false information with malicious intent.
Such punishment has been kept relatively light (six months) to encourage reporting.
If false complaint is made against a child, punishment is higher (one year).
Media
Barred from disclosing child identity without Special Courts permission.
Otherwise punishment from six months to one year.
speedy trial
Evidence of the child to be recorded within a period of 30 days.
Special Court is to complete the trial within one year, as far as possible.
- relief and rehabilitation
on receiving complaint, Special Juvenile Police Unit (SJPU) or local police will make immediate arrangements of care
and protection to child such as
Admitting the child into shelter home or to the nearest hospital within 24 hours of the complaint.
Report to the Child Welfare Committee within 24 hours of the complaint, for long term rehabilitation.
- Awareness
duty on the Central and State Governments to spread awareness through media including the television, radio and
the print media at regular intervals to make the general public, children as well as their parents and guardians aware
of the provisions of this Act.
National Commission for the Protection of Child Rights (NCPCR) and State Commissions for the Protection of Child
Rights (SCPCRs) have been made the designated authority to monitor the implementation of the Act.

CRIMINAL LAW (AMENDMENT) ACT, 2013
- Stringent punishment for sexual offences against women.
20 Years to life.
Death penalty in case of rare of the rare case or repeated offenders.
NIRBHAYA FUND
2014 Budget Rs. 1000 crore. 2013 Budget Rs. 1000 crore.

RAPE - DEATH SENTENCE
- Shakti Mills cases
- Death penalty under the new Section 376E of the IPC
- Argument against Death Penalty
Cries for extreme vengeance have its own worrying ramifications.
Murder and rape cannot and should not be equated. It would aggravate safety of the woman who has been raped.
Moreover, it would strengthen presumption that rape is indeed the end of life.
Rape is very often accompanied by physical injury to the victim and can also inflict mental and psychological damage.
However, Rape offences need to be graded. There are instances where the victim/survivor can overcome the trauma
and lead a normal life.
Mental and psychological damage is largely due to our patriarchal double standards where women are socialized to
consider it irremediable.
We need to move away from invoking honour in sexual offences as notion of honour is not far from what khaps
and their so-called panchayats decree.
Retributive theories of punishment work on the assumption that the crime is a disruption of social harmony, and that
this harmony will be restored and justice will be served by visiting an equally strong punishment on the offender. In
restoring status quo ante, however, we forget that such status quo is not necessarily harmonious or just.
The real challenge is that since convicts of rape cases are the corrupt and malign part of our society society should
endeavor to correct or reform them.
Harsh, dramatic sentences are not going to alter societal behaviour or usher in a culture of equality and respect for
women. They are unlikely to deter potential rapists either.
JUSTICE VERMA COMMITTEE
- to recommend amendments to the Criminal Law so as to provide for quicker trial and enhanced punishment for criminals
accused of committing sexual assault against women

- key recommendations -
Rape:
The gradation of sexual offences as rape and sexual assault should be retained in the Indian Penal Code, 1860
(IPC).
The Committee viewed that rape and sexual assault are not merely crimes of passion but an expression of power.
Rape should be retained as a separate offence and it should not be limited to penetration of the vagina, mouth or
anus. Any non-consensual penetration of a sexual nature should be included in the definition of rape.
The exception in IPC to marital rape should be removed. Marriage should not be considered as an irrevocable
consent to sexual acts.
Sexual assault:
Currently, non-penetration contact is categorized as assault or use of criminal force to a woman with the intent
to outrage her modesty
Punishable under Section 354 of the IPC with 2 years imprisonment.
Offence of sexual assault should include all forms of non-consensual non-penetrative touching of a sexual
nature.
Sexual gratification as a motive for the act should not be prerequisite for proving the offence.
5 years of imprisonment, or fine, or both.
Use of criminal force to disrobe a woman - 3 to 7 years of imprisonment.
Verbal sexual assault:
Use of words, acts or gestures that create an unwelcome threat of a sexual nature should be termed as sexual
assault
1 year imprisonment or fine or both.
Sexual harassment:
Amend Sexual Harassment of Women at Workplace (Prevention, Prohibition and Redressal) Bill, 2012:
Include Domestic workers also
Do away with requirement of first attempting conciliation. This is contrary to the Supreme Court judgment
in Vishakha vs. State of Rajasthan which aimed to secure a safe workplace to women.
The employer should pay compensation to the woman who has suffered sexual harassment.
Replace internal committee concept with Employment Tribunal to receive and adjudicate all complaints.
Acid attack:
Criminal Laws Amendment Bill, 2012 prescribes a punishment of imprisonment for 10 years or life.
It recommended that the central and state government create a corpus to compensate victims of crimes against
women.
Offences against women in conflict areas:
The continuance of Armed Forces (Special Powers) Act (AFSPA) in conflict areas needs to be revisited.
The requirement of sanction by central government for prosecution of armed forces personnel should be
specifically excluded when a sexual offence is alleged.
Complainants of sexual violence must be afforded witness protection.
Special commissioners should be appointed in conflict areas to monitor and prosecute for sexual offences.
Training of armed personnel should be reoriented to emphasize strict observance of orders in this regard by
armed personnel.
Trafficking:
Define trafficking comprehensively under Immoral Trafficking Prevention Act, 1956 since it only criminalized
trafficking for the purpose of prostitution.
Provisions of the IPC on slavery are amended to criminalise trafficking by threat, force or inducement.
Criminalizing employment of a trafficked person.
The juvenile and women protective homes should be placed under the legal guardianship of High Courts and
steps should be taken to reintegrate the victims into society.
Child sexual abuse:
Define terms harm and health be defined under the Juvenile Justice Act, 2000 to include mental and physical
harm and health, respectively, of the juvenile.
Punishment for crimes against women:
Rejected the proposal for chemical castration as it fails to treat the social foundations of rape.
Rejected death penalty as there was considerable evidence that death penalty was not deterrence to serious
crimes.
It recommended life imprisonment for rape.
Medical examination of a rape victim:
The discontinuation of the two-finger test which is conducted to determine the laxity of the vaginal muscles.
Previous sexual experience of the victim should not be relied upon for determining the consent or quality of
consent given by the victim.
Police reforms:
Establishment of State Security Commissions to ensure that state governments do not exercise influence on the
state police. Such Commissions should be headed by the Chief Minister or the Home Minister of the state.
The Commission would lay down broad policy guidelines so that the Police act according to the law.
A Police Establishment Board should be established to decide all transfers, postings and promotions of officers.
Director General of Police and Inspector General of Police should have a minimum tenure of 2 years.
Reforms in management of causes related to crime against women:
A Rape Crisis Cell should be set up. The Cell should be immediately notified when an FIR in relation to sexual
assault is made. The Cell must provide legal assistance to the victim.
All police stations should have CCTVs at the entrance and in the questioning room.
A complainant should be able to file FIRs online.
Police officers should be duty bound to assist victims of sexual offences irrespective of the crimes jurisdiction.
Members of the public who help the victims should not be treated as wrong doers.
The police should be trained to deal with sexual offences appropriately.
Number of police personnel should be increased. Community policing should be developed by providing training
to volunteers.
Electoral reforms:
Amendment of the Representation of People Act, 1951.
filing of charge sheet and cognizance by the Court was sufficient for disqualification of a candidate
Candidates should be disqualified for committing sexual offences.
Education reforms:
Childrens experiences should not be gendered.
sexuality education should be imparted to children
Adult literacy programs are necessary for gender empowerment.


GENDER BIAS - STATUS IN India
- FEMALE FETICIDES-
World Bank Report - around 2.5 lakh girls were killed in India each year.
biologically, infant and child mortality among girls are less than boys,
Census 2011 - sex ratio in the age-group 0-6 had fallen in 27 States and Union Territories.
NFHS found -
post neonatal mortality rate for Indian
Girls is 21/1000, boys is 15.
child mortality rate among age group of 1-4 years
Girls, at 23/1000, boys, at 14.

Legal protections
Sections 312 to 317 of the Indian Penal Code
Punishments for causing miscarriage, injuring unborn children, preventing a child from being born or
causing it to die after birth, and abandoning a child under 12 years.
- MAL-NUTRITIONAL BIAS against female
Girls are fed and educated less than their brothers. They will be mother of next generations. We have condemned
each new generation - boys and girls - to a fresh cycle of malnutrition.
UN-HDR -
42.5 % children are malnourished in India.
NFHS-3
When mothers were undernourished, 54 per cent of their children were stunted and 25 per cent wasted.
The more educated they were, the lower the chance of their children being either stunted or wasted.
The mal - treatment of little girls moulds the psyche of their brothers causing socialization of violence against women.
- CHILD ABUSE
MoWCD - National Study on Child Abuse report
53 % children suffer one or more forms of sexual abuse.
Mostly attack was by someone they knew, often a close relative.
National Crime Records Bureau (NCRB)
Logical outcome of a nurturing process in which boys grow up believing that women exist only to satisfy the
needs of men.
- CHILD MARRIAGE
NFHS-3
median age for marriage for girls is just over 16,
Indicate lower empowerment and increased risk of adverse reproductive and health consequences.

- Reproductive health
Women, particularly poor women, are most insecure in childbirth
MMR
MDG Target - 75 by 2015
Current MMR - 200.
- Impact of Other Problem
Open defecation
Open invitation to rape.
Women are abducted or raped when they go out into the fields at night.
Teenage village girls either refuse to go to school or are taken out by their parents because the building has no
toilet and their right to education suffers.
Indoctrination in Women
NHFS-3
40 % married women - subject to spousal violence.
54 % women agree - wife-beating was acceptable if the wife went out without telling her husband, argued
with him, refused sex, neglected the children, did not cook properly, was suspected of being unfaithful or
showed disrespect toward her in-laws.
Violence is justified if the described behaviour violates what is perceived as acceptable behaviour for women
in their gendered roles as wives, mothers and daughters-in-law.
- Other problem
Trafficking especially in conflict zones.
Adivasis and Dalits women are branded as witches.
forced marriages,
honour killing for marrying boys of their choice or for not bringing in enough dowry,
Needless hysterectomies under the Rashtriya Swasth Bima Yojana.
- Solutions
More women in Parliament and in positions of political and executive authority.
DOMESTIC VIOLANCE
- Protection of Women from Domestic Violence Act
- Marriage Laws (Amendment) Bill
- Section 498-A of IPC
deals with cruelty to woman by husband and in-laws,
West Bengal accounts for the highest number of cases under the particular section.
- SC directed the State governments
to instruct to its police officers not to automatically arrest when a case under Section 498-A is lodged.
police to ensure that the people are not harassed under the provisions of 498 A.
conviction rate of those charged is very low
WOMEN AT WORKPLACE
- Leaking pipeline
The drop-out or decline in the number of women at lower to upper levels in an organisation. Many female executives
are single and less than half had children. Most women are being forced to make a lot of "personal sacrifice" to keep
their career going.
However substantial number of female professionals in India is unwilling to make this personal sacrifice - a reason
India sees the maximum drop in women representation from junior to middle-level positions, unlike in other Asian
countries where such a drop occurs from middle- to senior-level positions.


SEXUAL HARRASHMENT AT WORKLACE
- Sexual harassment of Women at Workplace (Prevention, Prohibition and Redressal) Act. 2013

ACID ATTACK - SC DIRECTIVES
1. Over the counter, sale of acid is completely prohibited unless the seller maintains a log/register recording the sale of acid
which will contain the details of the person(s) to whom acid(s) is/are sold and the quantity sold. The log/register shall
contain the address of the person to whom it is sold.
2. All sellers shall sell acid only after the buyer has shown:
a) a photo ID issued by the Government which also has the address of the person:
b) Specifies the reason/purpose for procuring acid.
3. All stocks of acid must be declared by the seller with the concerned Sub-Divisional Magistrate (SDM) within 15 days.
4. No acid shall be sold to any person who is below 18 years of age.
5. In case of undeclared stock of acid, it will be open to the concerned SDM to confiscate the stock and suitably impose fine
on such seller up to Rs. 50,000/-
6. The concerned SDM may impose fine up to Rs. 50,000/- on any person who commits breach of any of the above
directions.
7. The educational institutions, research laboratories, hospitals, Government Departments and the departments of Public
Sector Undertakings, who are required to keep and store acid, shall follow the following guidelines:
(I) a register of usage of acid shall be maintained and the same shall be filed with the concerned SDM.
(ii) A person shall be made accountable for possession and safe keeping of acid in their premises.
(iii) The acid shall be stored under the supervision of this person and there shall be compulsory checking of the
students/ personnel leaving the laboratories/place of storage where acid is used
8. Buyer has to submit details of purchase to the local police within three days after buying it.
9. People leaving laboratory must be thoroughly checked.
10. Compensation for acid attack victims should be raised to Rs. 3 lakh. 1 lakh must be given within a fortnight of the attack
and Rs. 2 lakh within the next two months.
11.
-


INDIA HUMAN DEVELOPMENT SURVEY (IHDS) - 2004-05 and 2011-12
- Conducted by the National Council for Applied Economic Research (NCAER)
- IHDS is the largest household survey in India after the governments NSSO surveys.
- IHDS cover
economic data on income and expenditure,
development data on education and health, and
Sociological data on caste, gender and religion.
HUMAN DEVELOPMENT INDEX
- The Human Development Index (HDI) is a composite index of outcome indicators in three dimensions:

a. A long and healthy life, as reected in life expectancy at birth.
b. The acquisition of education and knowledge, as reected in the mean years of schooling (adjusted for out of
school children) and literacy rate (age 7 years and above).
c. The standard of living and command over resources, as reected in the monthly per capita expenditure
adjusted for ination and inequality.

INDIAN HUMAN DEVELOPMENT REPORT (IHDR) - 2011
- By IAMR - Institute of Applied Manpower Research, Planning Commission

b. POPULATION AND ASSOCIATED ISSUES,
c. POVERTY AND DEVELOPMENTAL ISSUES,
SOCIAL PROGRESS INDEX
- developed by Michael E. Porter
- Tanking of livability based on the date reflecting suicide, property rights, school attendance, attitudes toward immigrants
and minorities, opportunity for women, religious freedom, nutrition, electrification and others.
- Ranking in field of
Basic education
Advanced education
Health
Water and sanitation
Ecosystem sustainability
Personal safety
- Overall Ranking
No. 1 - New Zealand
No. 102 - India
No. 16 - USA
Last - Chad



d. URBANIZATION

MUNCIPAL CORPORATION

- Urban culture depends upon either physical infrastructure such as roads and bridges, metro rails, parks and sewerage
systems or on quality of life outcomes such as safety and crime, pollution and garbage.
- City systems
Refer to the laws, policies, institutions, institutional processes, and accountability mechanisms, that pervade the
functioning of municipal corporations and which determine the quality of life of citizens.
- reforming Municipal Planning acts
Planning acts are obsolete.
Demographic transition \ and contemporary realities are ignored in planning process of cities.
Lack of comprehensive and contemporary planning acts causes building violations, lack of affordable housing,
haphazard construction, pollution and environment degradation.
Many municipal corporations laws prohibit power to recruit and manage its own staff resulting large vacancies
further powers of taxation and borrowing are limited
further acts need to provide for meaningful transparency, accountability and formal platforms for citizen
participation

HOUSING FOR ALL
- by 2022 - dream of the urban poor for a housing with convergent services
- Shortage - 19 million houses. 95 percent in EWS/LIG category.
- By 2020, 40% population will be living in urban areas and by 2050, 50 %.
- 50 per cent of the Indian population is expected to live in urban areas by the 2050.
- suggestions
only Rs. 35,000 crore budgeted so Public Private Partnership and CSR is required
corporates, PSUs, the local bodies, financial institutions like LIC, Banks etc. must take up the responsibility of
providing affordable housing to their personnel
simplification of procedures, tax reforms, land reforms, administrative reforms, lending reforms
Giving infrastructure status to the construction sector.
Housing investment of nearly Rs. 5 lakh Crore is stuck pending clearances.
Policy for rental housing may be laid out since there are over 10 percent houses that are lying vacant because of rental
policy issues.
TAX REFORMS RELATING TO HOUSING
- Section 54 of Income-tax Act
provides for exemption in respect of capital gains arising from the sale of a residential property and reinvesting the
same in another residential house property either purchased one year before or within two years of sale or
constructed within three years of the sale.
silent on reinvestment of the capital gains in a property outside India.
assesses buying up houses abroad the time property prices were low.
Money was transferred through Liberalised Remittance Scheme (LRS) through proper channels (now LRS is not
available for acquisition of immovable property outside India).
Tribunal decision exemption allowed
relevant section was a beneficial provision wherein such a condition was nowhere provided for.
amendment proposed in budget
prospectively roll-over relief will be available only if the reinvestment is made in one residential house situated in
India.
clarified that claiming the relief for more than one residential unit will no longer be permissible.
Corresponding same amendment in Sec. 54F of the Act
deals with capital gains arising from the transfer of a long-term asset other than a residential house and
reinvesting the gains in a residential house.
URBANIZATION FRAMEWARK
- Budget announcement related to urbanization
100 new smart cities
sanitation to all houses before the next election,
scheme for low cost housing and slum upgrading,
plans for metro rail in smaller cities,
setting up AIIMS, IITs and IIMs, and
the development of several new domestic airports.
strategic infrastructure
Establishing rural habitation along border areas,
upgrading sports facilities in Kashmir and the North East, and
providing rail links to remote areas.
Smartness like
computerised banking in homes,
solar power,
high speed rail,
air travel
will undoubtedly improve life for the rising middle class.
- hundred towns project
share electricity through a common grid,
reduce carbon emissions and
generate energy savings.
aim to use a technology master plan to monitor and optimise services like traffic, utilities, health care, etc.
making distribution efficient by create an equitable network of sharing, where excess energy, water and electricity
is ploughed back into a common grid.
other significant elements - clean water, efficient public transport, security, education and health care.

NATIONAL URBANIZATION POLICY
- Five policy framework-
NATIONAL URBAN SANITATION POLICY
seeks to create fully sanitized Cities through
awareness generation,
State Sanitation Strategies and
Integrated City Sanitation Plans.
NATIONAL URBAN TRANSPORT POLICY
seeks to promote safe, affordable and sustainable transportation through
integrated land use and transport planning,
multimodal public transport,
equitable allocation of road space and
Promotion of clean technologies.
NATIONAL URBAN HOUSING AND HABITAT POLICY
Seeks to promote sustainable development of habitat in the country with a view to ensure equitable supply of
land, shelter and services at affordable prices to all sections of society.
NATIONAL MISSION ON SUSTAINABLE HABITAT
seeks to promote sustainability of habitats through
improvements in energy efficiency in buildings,
urban planning,
improved management of solid and liquid waste including recycling and power generation,
modal shift towards public transport and
Conservation.
JAWAHARLAL NEHRU NATIONAL URBAN RENEWAL MISSION (JNNURM)
launched in 2005
include reforms related to
governance,
financial sustainability,
land and property management,
responsiveness to citizens,
Transparency and inclusive development.

DEVELOPING SMALL AND MEDIUM TOWNS
Network Cities model
Andhra Pradesh proposal to develop about 10 cities as specialized mini capitals instead of one mega capital.
To improve infrastructure and employment in these town and make them centres of growth.
Benefits
Fairly disperse urbanization
Benefits of economic growth reach vast rural hinterland.
Bottlenecks
Ad hoc, faulty policies and programmes.
Lack of land, funds and functionaries.
Emphasis on Mega-City Model - develop satellite towns and twin cities near metropolises
Globalization causing concentration of activities in the large cities.


SMART CITIES
- Budget - Rs.7,060 crore to build 100 smart cities as satellite towns on the outskirts of large cities to accommodate the
burgeoning urban population.
- Defination of Smart City
places that mobilise information and communication technologies to deliver better services, reduce carbon footprint,
create sustainable environments and improve living conditions are considered intelligent.
- Case study
Rio de Janeiro
System to monitor the city in real time.
Data from 30 agencies stream into an operation centre from where responses to emergencies and accidents are
efficiently coordinated.
Madrid
Developing technology platform to manage a range of public services such as street maintenance, lighting and
waste management.
sophisticated supplier management model to pays each service provider according to the level of services
provided.
Tokyo
technology to help the visually challenged to move safely.
Special white canes with embedded sensors, which pick up signals from electronic tags and markers placed at
strategic places in the city, help the disabled navigate.
- Resourses required
large investments
integration of various systems.
innovative products
- Since land development is a State subject, enthusiastic participation of the States is crucial.
- key challenge
overhaul urban governance and infrastructure, both physical and digital.
- Flaw in Indian approach to smart cities
government views them as small greenfield enclaves on the outskirts
danger of turning into expensive and exclusive gated communities.
If the state overlooks the existing city and privileges new enclaves, the cities will be split into two unequal halves, and
the smart city project would turn out to be an expensive real estate meant to serve a few.
Smart cities cannot only be about displaying technology and delivering services; fundamentally, they have to be
inclusive and equitable places to live in.
existing cities, which accommodate a bulk of the population, waste a lot of resources and are energy-inefficient, they
urgently require smart solutions.
It would be better to treat the smart city proposal by the government as a kind of urban experiment or a prototype,
whose lessons and experience could be used to develop cities in general.

URBAN HOUSING
- Floor space index (FSI) - the ratio of a building's total floor area (Gross Floor Area) to the size of the piece of land upon
which it is built.
- Measures
to reduce interest rates on home loans
rope in private companies to invest in housing as part of corporate social responsibility requirements
ARCHITECTURE
- Pritzker Architecture Prize -
Given to a professional in the field who has contributed substantially to humanity and displayed excellence in build
work.
This year to Shigeru Ban (Ban the sheru (lion) in huts area), a Japanese architect for building inexpensive, easily
transportable and recyclable disaster relief structures across the world. He converted cardboard, paper and other
relatively inexpensive materials in to useful and reliable building components.
- Indian Architecture system
Why good designs are not deployed to serve the public good?
National Design Policy, 2007
Problem of current systems
Insufficient funding
Focused on expensive, glitzy and monumental structures
Unlivable environment of low cost housing.
Lack of well designed public infrastructure

Creative designings potentials
Can improve the quality of life.
Deliver public service.
Yield profits and public values.
Help fund starved projects like low-cost housing.




8. EFFECTS OF GLOBALIZATION ON INDIAN SOCIETY
- Spreading democratization, a shift in balance between the state and market forces as more countries seek to integrate into
global capitalism, and changes in social mores that inevitably accompany such political and economic transformations.
- Globalization, being described as a new context for and a new connectivity among economic actors and activities
throughout the world, is the main driver of change of our times.
- Globalization through the increasing interpenetration of markets, the interdependence of sovereign states, and the
fostering of a civil society at the global levelis bringing home the reality of the notion, the global community. No nation
can stay an island and remain untouched.
- Globalization has made possible a rapid diffusion of ideas and practices, enabling the public to demand higher standards
of integrity, transparency, accountability in the public sector.
-


9. INDIAN SOCIETY
a. SOCIAL EMPOWERMENT,
b. COMMUNALISM,
c. REGIONALISM &

SHARIA COURTS
- Dar-ul-Qazas, or Sharia-based courts
- SC ruling
Personal laws ought to be administered by the regular law courts and cannot be enforced in derogation of fundamental
rights by religious courts that lack legal sanctity
Fatwas are not legally binding on individuals averse to submitting to their authority.
declined to ban these adjudicatory bodies, holding that Muslims desirous of obtaining the expert opinion of Islamic
scholars in Dar-ul-Qazas can continue to invoke their jurisdiction voluntarily.
not constitute a parallel judiciary, but an informal justice delivery system with the objective of bringing about
amicable settlement between parties.
- Conclusion
Sharia courts can exist and issue opinions, but are limited in their scope and applicability to individuals who approach
them voluntarily, and not at the instance of third parties to a dispute.
Will protect individual Muslims, especially women, from possible persecution without regard to fundamental rights.
Fatwas on religious issues are acceptable, but no fatwa that violates fundamental rights may be issued
they must not be issued to punish the innocent.
- All India Muslim Personal Law Board (AIMPLB) has a duty to regulate their functioning and restrain them from issuing
edicts that violate fundamental rights.
- Imrana case
fatwa dissolving a marriage and ordering a woman to leave her husband after she was raped by her father-in-law
by a Muslim panchayat.
- Muslim women have formed womens Sharia courts, contending that orders of Sharia courts are mostly adverse to women.

Vishwa Lochan Madan v. Union of India
- fatwa is an opinion on a religious matter which ought to be sought from and delivered by a well-read religious scholar and
like any other opinion they were not binding on anyone.
- Dar-ul-Qaza
shariat courts - devised as a permanent alternative dispute resolution (ADR) mechanism to resolve family disputes of
consenting parties.
Dar-ul-Qaza does not issue fatwas. It also does not administer criminal law; it simply resolves family disputes by
applying principles of Islamic law, which even civil courts are bound to apply in cases where both parties are Muslim


M.P.BEZBARUAH COMMITTEE
I. to examine the various kinds of concerns, including the concerns regarding security, of the persons hailing from the
North Eastern States who are living in different parts of the country, especially the Metropolitan areas
II. To examine the causes behind the attacks/violence and discrimination against the people from the North-Eastern States
III. To suggest measures to be taken by the Government to address these concerns.
IV. To suggest legal remedies to address these concerns.

THE NORTH-EASTERN CHALLENGE
- violent events
GARO NATIONAL LIBERATION ARMY- Meghalaya
Extorting funds, and carrying out strikes against security forces and civilians.
A SP in Assams Karbi Anglong district was shot dead by an armed group wanting a separate state for the Karbi
community in the jungles of Assams eastern hills
The Bodo-Muslim riots in 2012, which displaced nearly half a million people.
- Principal militant factions- Nagas, Assamese, Karbis, Bodos and Garos.
- Peaceful Naga movement started in the 1950s and spread to the Mizo Hills, Manipur, Assam, Tripura and Meghalaya.
- In almost every movement, outsiders have been targeted whether it is those from another State, of a different
linguistic or ethnic group or the so-called Bangladeshis.
Meghalaya High Court defined a Bangladeshi as someone who came to India after the creation of Bangladesh in 1971.
BODOLAND MOVEMENT
- Bodoland Territorial Area District (BTAD)
Violence over a mobilization of identity, territory and resources
- Cause
Intense inter group competition over resources
Rise of the son of the soil doctrine.
Escapist measure of the state in allowing selective elite dominance in Bodoland.
- Issue
Bodos in Assam fighting for greater political autonomy.
-
-
- northeastern States share less than 2 per cent of their borders with other Indian States and share 98 per cent with
Bangladesh, Bhutan, Myanmar and the Tibetan region (of China). This can be done by opening up the seven-State gateway
to more than millions of ASEAN consumers for trade, commerce and education.
- Removing the Restricted Area Permit and Inner Line Permit would help to integrate the region with the rest of India.
- the bureaucracy has been indifferent to understanding tribal communities since its stress is on mainstreaming of
culture.
- Potentials
Tourism industry eg. success of Nagalands Hornbill Festival adding to Indias cultural richness.
huge reserve of hydroelectric potential (30,000 to 40,000 MW).
needs development of world-class infrastructural network of roads and railways, for strengthening the telecom sector,
healthcare services, and tapping into the agricultural industry and the regions rich biodiversity.
hub for higher education for the entire Southeast Asian belt.
can become a partner in a wider Brahmaputra-Yangtze-Mekong quadrant.
- Measures
Needs to create a unified common market of nearly 40 million people which will provide a big boost to the economy
of the region.
ensure a massive investment flow for infrastructural development on both sides of the border in order to improve
connectivity for trade and commerce.
Delhi-Hanoi rail link,
trilateral highway project between India, Myanmar and Thailand.
Needs to provide people from the Northeast opportunities as well as honour, dignity and equality.
North-East Region Vision 2020 document states: It is in Northeast India that Southeast Asia begins and as such, it is
for the Northeast to play the arrow-head role in the further evolution of this policy. This requires a redefining of the
Look East Policy to resolve outstanding issues of trade, transit and investment with countries neighbouring the
region. It also involves promoting Indian investment infrastructure in partner countries, especially Myanmar,
particularly in respect of ports such as Sittwe and international highways to connect the Northeast Region with
ASEAN.



d. SECULARISM

10. SALIENT FEATURES OF WORLD'S PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY.

11. WORLD GEOGRAPHY
a. DISTRIBUTION OF KEY NATURAL RESOURCES ACROSS THE WORLD (INCLUDING SOUTH ASIA AND
THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT);
b. FACTORS RESPONSIBLE FOR THE LOCATION OF PRIMARY, SECONDARY, AND TERTIARY SECTOR
INDUSTRIES IN VARIOUS PARTS OF THE WORLD (INCLUDING INDIA)

12. PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY
a. IMPORTANT GEOPHYSICAL PHENOMENA SUCH AS
i. EARTHQUAKES,
ii. TSUNAMI,
iii. VOLCANIC ACTIVITY,
iv. CYCLONE ETC.,

FLOODPLAIN SHIFTING

ANTI-EROSION MOVEMENT - GANGAS SHIFTING COURSE
- When a new floodplain rises and an old one submerges, the people shift to the new.
- They have two choices,
either to buy expensive land and shift to West Bengal or
To shift to a new floodplain for free, but only for a few years.
- Shifters mostly, Muslims are branded illegal immigrants, with the Bangladesh border only a few kilometers east.
- High Court order
Right to education and health to resident.
Inhabitants of temporary islands should have Indian citizenship and deaths and births should be registered.
The border between the two States, a potential area of long-term disputes, should be demarcated.
-
-
DROUGHT
- Definition
a protracted period of deficient precipitation resulting in extensive damage to crops, resulting in loss of yield
a period of abnormally dry weather sufficiently prolonged for the lack of water to cause serious hydrologic imbalance
in the affected area
- three categories:
(1) Meteorological: when there is significant decrease in precipitation from normal over an area (i.e. more than 10%)
(2) Agricultural: situation where amount of moisture in the soil no longer meets the needs of a particular crop.
(3) Hydrological: it manifests from prolonged meteorological drought results in depletion of surface and ground
water supplies.
- Indian Meteorological Department declares a year as drought hit when rainfall received is deficient by 20% or more of
normal rainfall.
- Effects
Drought affects crop yield, carrying capacity of livestock, water scarcity - especially drinking water.
It also results in decreased water table diminishing groundwater and also surface water essential for agriculture and
water supply to cities.
Drought has resulted in mass migrations of people and cattle in many parts of the world. Some have resulted in social
unrest - fight for food and water.
Effect of deficient rainfall is already evident in India in the power sector. There is decreased power production thanks
to empty dams and rivers; also some thermal power stations need water to produce steam, and they are also affected.
The effect of drought is catastrophic to wildlife - as it results in wildfires, and also straying of wild animals into human
habitats which end up being killed.
Very recently India suffered from droughts in 2002 and 2009.
- El Nino - Effect on Mansoon
Monsoon requires rain bearing clouds and a wind system called trade winds to drive them towards Indian sub
continent. In the Eastern Pacific, a situation arises once in 3-7 years when its temperature increases above normal.
This disrupts trade winds and pressure systems of the western Pacific and Indian Ocean.
These western winds move toward Eastern pacific carrying with them moisture. And Monsoon bleeds. (thing is high
temperature in Eastern Pacific creates low pressure, and winds always move from high to low pressure regions - here,
Monsoon winds represent high pressure winds)
These unusual phenomena results in drought in India and copious rainfall off the coast of Peru which is actually a
desert.

- DROUGHT 2014
probability of drought to 60 %.
Drought
is a deficiency of 10% rainfall from the normal, cumulatively.
driest parts
North-West, West and Central India
Haryana, Rajasthan, Gujarat and Madhya Pradesh
north western region is well irrigated, Central India is to suffer low Kharif output.
foodgrain output is expected to fall by more than 10%.
not have any impact on availability of food as we have food reserves.
fall in the gross domestic product and employment
attributed to the El Nino effect or the warming up of Pacific waters
deficient rainfall in Australia
not as bad as 2002 and 2009 when India had 23 per cent deficient rainfall.

EL NINO
-
- El Nino, an abnormal warming of surface ocean waters in the eastern tropical Pacific, is one part of what's called
the Southern Oscillation. The Southern Oscillation is the see-saw pattern of reversing surface air pressure between the
eastern and western tropical Pacific; when the surface pressure is high in the eastern tropical Pacific it is low in the
western tropical Pacific, and vice-versa. Because the ocean warming and pressure reversals are, for the most part,
simultaneous, scientists call this phenomenon the El Nino/Southern Oscillation or ENSO for short. South American
fisherman has given this phenomenon the name El Nino, which is Spanish for "The Christ Child," because it comes about
the time of the celebration of the birth of the Christ Child-Christmas.
- To really understand the effects of an El Nino event, compare the normal conditions of the Pacific region and then see
what happens during El Nino below.
-
Normal Conditions (Non El Nino)
-
El Nino Conditions
- Scientists do not really understand how El Nino forms. It is believed that El Nino may have contributed to the 1993
Mississippi and 1995 California floods, drought conditions in South America, Africa and Australia. It is also believed that
El Nino contributed to the lack of serious storms such as hurricanes in the North Atlantic which spared states like Florida
from serious storm related damage.
- Unfortunately not all El Nino's are the same nor does the atmosphere always react in the same way from one El Nino to
another. This is why NASA's Earth scientists continue to take part in international efforts to understand El Nino events.
Hopefully one day scientists will be able to provide sufficient warning so that we can be better prepared to deal with the
damages and changes that El Nino causes in the weather
- In general, the water on the surface of the ocean is warmer than at the bottom because it is heated by the sun. In the
tropical Pacific, winds generally blow in an easterly direction. These winds tend to push the surface water toward the west
also. As the water moves west it heats up even more because it's exposed longer to the sun.
- Meanwhile in the eastern Pacific along the coast of South America an upwelling occurs. Upwelling is the term used to
decribe when deeper colder water from the bottom of the ocean moves up toward the surface away from the shore. This
nutrient-rich water is responsible for supporting the large fish population commonly found in this area. Indeed, the
Peruvian fishing grounds are one of the five richest in the world.
-
Normally, strong trade winds blow from the east along the equator, pushing warm water into the Pacific Ocean.
Thethermocline layer of water is the area of transition between the warmer surface waters and the colder water of the
bottom.
- Because the trade winds push surface water westward toward Indonesia, the sea level is roughly half a meter higher in the
western Pacific than in the east. Thus you have warmer, deeper waters in the western Pacific and cooler, shallower waters
in the east near the coast of South America. The different water temperatures of these areas affect the types of weather
these two regions experience.
- In the east the water cools the air above it, and the air becomes too dense to rise to produce clouds and rain. However; in
the western Pacific the air is heated by the water below it, increasing the buoyancy of the lower atmosphere thus
increasing the likelihood of rain. This is why heavy rain storms are typical near Indonesia while Peru is relatively dry.
- El Nino happens when weakening trade winds (which sometimes even reverse direction) allow the warmer water from the
western Pacific to flow toward the east. This flattens out the sea level, builds up warm surface water off the coast of South
America, and increases the temperature of the water in the eastern Pacific.

-
An El Nino condition results from weakened trade winds in the western Pacific Ocean near Indonesia, allowing piled-up
warm water to flow toward South America.
- The deeper, warmer water in the east limits the amount of nutrient-rich deep water normally surfaced by the upwelling
process. Since fish can no longer access this rich food source, many of them die off. This is why these conditions are called
"El Nino", or "the Christ Child", which is what Peruvian fisherman, calls the particularly bad fishing period around
December. More importantly, the different water temperatures tend to change the weather of the region.
- What happens to the ocean also affects the atmosphere. Tropical thunderstorms are fueled by hot, humid air over the
oceans. The hotter the air, the stronger and bigger the thunderstorms. As the Pacific's warmest water spreads eastward,
the biggest thunderstorms move with it. If you look on a map, you will see that suddenly islands like Tahiti, normally
tropical paradises, experience massive storms.
-
El Nino can have impacts on weather at various locations around the globe. Off the east coast of southern Africa, drought
conditions often occur. In countries such as Zimbabwe, the effects of drought can be devastating.
- The clouds and rainstorms associated with warm ocean waters also shift toward the east. Thus, rains which normally
would fall over the tropical rain forests of Indonesia start falling over the deserts of Peru, causing forest fires and drought
in the western Pacific and flooding in South America. Moreover the Earth's atmosphere reponds to the heating of El-Nino
by producing patterns of high and low pressure which can have a profound impact on weather far away from the
equatorial Pacific. For instance, higher temperatures in western Canada and the upper plains of the United States, colder
temperatures in the southern United States. The east coast of southern Africa often experiences drought during El Nino.
-
-
-
-
- Characterised by unusually warm surface temperatures in the central and eastern tropical Pacific Ocean, has a significant
impact on climate in many parts of the world and a warming influence on global temperatures.
- Could affect commodity prices and extreme weather condition.
- Certain variations are found from the atmospheric general circulation patterns e.g. surface trades, westerlies and polar
winds circulation and tricellular meridional circulation. Circulations of local and seasonal (monsoon) winds may be cited
example of such deviations. East-west zonal circulation of tropical wind is an important variant from general atmospheric
circulation. This typical east-west circulation of tropical wind is called Walkar circulation named after famous scientist
G.T. Walkar. In fact, Walkar circulation is a convective cell of air circulation, which is formed due to the development of
pressure gradient from east to west in the equatorial Pacific Ocean. After two-three years this general condition of east-
west pressure gradient is reversed i.e. pressure gradient becomes from west to east. Thus there are oscillations in pressure
gradient and air circulation after the interval of 2-3 ears. Walkar called such oscillation as Southern oscillation.
- Walkar circulation and southern oscillations are driven by the sea surface pressure gradient from the equatorial eastern
Pacific Ocean (near the western coastal areas of South America, to the equatorial western Pacific Ocean (near S-E Asian
coasts). In normal conditions high pressure develops on the sea surface of the equatorial east Pacific Ocean and the
western coastal land of South America due to subsidence of air from above and upwelling of cold oceanic water. On the
other hand low pressure is formed in the equatorial western pacific ocean due to rise of air form the warm sea surface.
This pressure gradient from east to west generates east-west circulation of trade winds on the surface while there is
reverse upper air circulation i.e. form west to east , which completes a convective cell. This east-west air circulation drives
the ocean water mass from the western coast of South America towards the west. This phenomenon facilitates upwelling
of cold sea water near the coasts of Peru and Equador resulting in further cooling of air, high air pressure, atmospheric
stability and dry weather condition. Contrary to this, east-west air circulation becomes warm north-east trades in the
equatorial west pacific ocean where it, after being heated, rises upward, becomes unstable and causes precipitation. After
rising to certain height it turns eastward and descends in the equatorial eastern Pacific Ocean to complete the convection
cell. This is now evident that tropical eastern and western pacific is characterized by dry and wet weather conditions
respectively.
-

-
- By October - November the low air pressure of the tropical western Pacific is shifted to the tropical eastern causing
weakening of trade wind, this reversal in pressure condition facilitates the return of warm sea water which was driven
from the coasts of South America westward, towards the tropical east Pacific. Consequently, low air pressure is formed in
the south-east Pacific mainly off the coasts of South America (Equador and Peru), upwelling of cold seawater is stopped,
and warm air rises upward and becomes unstable and ultimately yields rainfall after condensation. It is evident that the
general normal condition has got reversed. This event is called El Nino phenomenon. This rising air in the east Pacific
cools above and turns westward in the troposphere and ultimately descend in the tropical west Pacific giving birth to high
pressure which dries warm air towards the coasts of south America. Thus, again a complete convective cell is formed. Such
condition is called El Nino-Southern Oscillation Event (ENSO event). In fact, changes in the position of air pressure in the
tropical eastern and western Pacific are called southern oscillations. During El Nino event Walkar circulation is weakened
due to the development of equatorial westerlies on sea surface but Hadley circulation is activated. This phenomenon again
activates trade winds which again drives seas water of the tropical eastern Pacific westward resulting in the upwelling of
cold water from below, weakening of El Nino event and re-establishment of normal condition.


LA NINA
- The opposite of El Nino - associated with cooling.


b. GEOGRAPHICAL FEATURES AND THEIR LOCATION- CHANGES IN CRITICAL GEOGRAPHICAL
FEATURES (INCLUDING WATER-BODIES AND ICE-CAPS) AND IN FLORA AND FAUNA AND THE
EFFECTS OF SUCH CHANGES.

Paper-III
General Studies -II: 250 Marks (Governance, Constitution, Polity, Social Justice and International relations)

1. INDIAN CONSTITUTION- HISTORICAL UNDERPINNINGS, EVOLUTION, FEATURES, AMENDMENTS, SIGNIFICANT
PROVISIONS AND BASIC STRUCTURE.

FUNDAMENTAL RIGHTS
SECTION 124A OF INDAIN PENAL CODE - SEDITION CHARGES
- Student from J&K studying in UP cheer for Pakistan victory in cricket match.
- Sec. 153-A - Charges of promoting enmity between different groups
- Sedition meaning - brings or attempts to bring into hatred or contempt or excites or attempts to excite disaffection
towards the government established b law in India.
CONTROVERSY OVER WENDY DONIGER BOOK - FREEDOM OF EXPRESSION
Book - The Hindu: An Alternating History
- Penguin Books withdrawn and pulped in an out-of-court settlement.
- This book was Penguins to protect but the freedom of expression is ours to safeguard. We must protest to defend our right
to read and independently judge the truth and merit of each argument - right to idea and the right to choose what we want
to read.

Similar Controversy - Salman Rusdies Book - The Satanic Verses
Taslima Nasreen
M.F.Hussain - decade old painting
A.K. Ramanujan - work on Ramayana
Laws:
- Indian Penal Code
Sec 295A - punishable with imprisonment any speech which maliciously insults or attempts to insult religion or the
religious beliefs of any class of people.


2. FUNCTIONS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE UNION AND THE STATES, ISSUES AND CHALLENGES PERTAINING TO
THE FEDERAL STRUCTURE, DEVOLUTION OF POWERS AND FINANCES UP TO LOCAL LEVELS AND CHALLENGES
THEREIN.

NATIONAL DEVELOPMENT COUNCIL
President - Prime Minister
Member
1. All union ministers
2. Chief Ministers
3. Administrator of UTs
4. Planning Commission Members

SPECIAL Backward State Status
- Criteria to grant of backward state status - Planning Ministry
1. Hilly and difficult terrain
2. Low population density and / or sizable share of tribal population
3. Strategic location along borders with neighboring countries
4. Economic and infrastructural backwardness
5. Non-viable nature of state finances
- National Development Council (NDC) is the only authority with the powers to amend, relax or modify Special Backward
Status criteria and not he centre.
Total No. of states - 12 after including Seemandhra (remaining Andhra Pradesh)

BIMARU STATES
- Bihar, Madhya Pradesh, Rajasthan and Uttar Pradesh.

STATE REORGANISATION
- Basis
Before 1990s - on linguistic basis.
After 1990s - on backwardness basis i.e. lack of development.
- Development Model
The aspiration to achieve in fastest manner and the lack of industry, an agrarian crisis and a low level of
infrastructural facilities push states into adopting a model of development where growth can be achieved in spite of
these handicaps. Results are unprecedented exploitation of raw material, wanton land deals, boost to liquor industry,
construction industries and conversion of fertile land into real states.
- 2000 new states
UT - low HDI, after flood no rehabilitation of displaced residents only focus on tourist friendly development.
JH -
CG - largest displacement of tribals from their land. Failure of PESA
Eminent Domain - The power to take private property for public use by a state, municipality, or private person or
corporation authorized to exercise functions of public character, following the payment of just compensation to
the owner of that property.
Salwa Judum - Salwa Judum began in 2005 as a Chhattisgarh government-backed "people's resistance
movement" against the Maoists. Salwa Judum means peace march. But in effect, it involved authorities arming
tribal villagers to fight the Maoists. Supreme Court has declared as illegal and unconstitutional the deployment
of tribal youths as Special Police Officers - either as 'Koya Commandos', Salwa Judum or any other force - in the
fight against the Maoist insurgency.
TELANGANA
- 29
TH
STATE
- Residual state comprising Seemandhra region to get Special Category Status for 5 years for the purpose of Central
Assistance and its backward regions will be eligible for a special development package.
- Hyderabad will be the joint capital of both the states for 10 years.
- Special law and order powers in the Governor to ensure safety of resident of Hyderabad.
- Action plan put in place to develop Tier II and III cities/towns as specialized mini-capitals in Seemandhra instead of
investing heavily in a new capital.

VAT
- removed the cascading effect of multi-point sales tax through the mechanism of credit set-offs - in other words, VAT does
not increase the price of the commodity more than the amount of tax.
- Credit mechanism - reduces transaction costs for large corporations as well as small dealers, and provides competitive
advantage to the business community.
- Bottlenecks
Corruption
Mainly because concomitant reforms in administration were not followed through when VAT was adopted by the
states between 2003 and 2008.
On account of the existing organisation for tax administration and related procedures.
Division of state into wards or circles, as primarily activity units maintains close proximity between the taxpayer
and tax administrator.
Excessive direct contract between taxpayers and tax officers is not very healthy.
Solution
Re-organize the tax department on the basis of functions.
Separate units / wings for
For revenue receipts,
for follow-up action against defaulters,
to handle delinquent dealers
For audit wing with specially trained auditors.
Client services department - to increase voluntary compliance and reduce the interaction of the dealers with
the department.
For the registration of dealers to enable them to have online or on-the-spot registration.
Rationalise the procedures by adopting information technology.
eSeva Kendras in Andhra Pradesh
Client services provided by the GST administration in Canada.

APPOINTMENT AND REMOVAL OF GOVERNOR
- Until 2010
governor hold office at the pleasure of the President subject of a 5-year term, she could be removed at any time and
for no reason at the Centres instance
- B. P. Singhal vs. Union of India
Governors removal is justiciable and there should be good, valid and compellable reasons for such a removal.
The Governor cannot be removed on the ground that he is out of sync with the policies and ideologies of the Union
government or the party in power at the Centre. Nor can he be removed on the ground that the Union government has
lost confidence in him.
Also provide an exception that the government can initiate the process of removal of the Governor by first building
a case file citing reasons for the removal of the Governor.
- Sarkaria Commission on Centre-State Relation
Governor should be someone eminent in some walk of life , one not too intimately connected with the local politics of
the state and should not one who has taken too great a part in politics generally , and particular in recent past.
- Procedure
The Governor is appointed by the President of India on the advice of the Council of Ministers for the period of five
years.
no procedure for the impeachment of a Governor
removed by the President on the advice of the PM
on grounds of
gross delinquency, namely corruption, bribery and violation of the Constitution
practice began in 1977
Janata Party took a decision to replace Governors appointed by the previous regime.
However President B.D. Jatti sent back orders without signing it.
Later acting President was constitutionally bound to sign the order upon govtt re-senting it to him

3. SEPARATION OF POWERS BETWEEN VARIOUS ORGANS DISPUTE REDRESSAL MECHANISMS AND INSTITUTIONS.

SEPERATION OF POWER
- Theory given by - Montesquieu.
- This theory assumes that power corrupts.
- Ambedkar himself called the separation of power as indispensible because under the constitution, power divides itself so
that reason can rule.






CENTRALISATION OF POWER
- Recent events
guidelines to the ministers on refraining from either giving interviews or making public statements, the advice to the
media appears to be aimed at regulating the flow of information on the government and its functioning
secretaries to reach PM directly if they had any doubts or questions
GOI abolished all the Groups of Ministers and advised the ministers to come up before the Cabinet with their
proposals and defend them before they could be cleared by him.
Half a dozen different Cabinet committees have been abolished. All their functions and responsibilities have now
been entrusted with the Cabinet or the Cabinet Committee on Economic Affairs and the Cabinet Committee on
Political Affairs.
- CONCERNS
Lacking enough safeguards or safety valves in a centralised system

- Prime ministerial government.
Germany - powerful position of the Chancellor diminishes the role of the cabinet.
Prime ministerial government in Germany is called the Chancellor Democracy.

- Article 74(1) - Prime Minister shall be at the head of the Council of Ministers and should aid and advise the President in
the exercise of his functions.
Westminster model - policy formulation and decisions on important matters are the responsibilities of the ministers.
Despite the constitutional provisions of the Westminster model of cabinet government in India, the PM is the
undisputed chief of the executive.
- objectives of the Prime Minster
to grant greater autonomy to the States
Have a centralised structure for governing the Union.
- Prime Ministers who had functioned as Chief Ministers , i.e., Narendra Modi, Morarji Desai, Charan Singh, V.P. Singh,
P.V. Narasimha Rao and H.D. Deve Gowda
- S.R. Bommai vs Union of India (1994) - the States have an independent constitutional existence and have as important a
role to play in the political, social, educational and cultural life of the people as the Union does.

THE DOCTRINE OF BASIC STRUCTURE
- Keshavananda Bharti Case 1973, bench of 13 SC Judges.
- Article 368 does not enable Parliament to alter the basic structure or framework of the constitution.
- This principle is borrowed from Germany constitution.
- Basic Structure includes
Fundamental Rights

GOPAL SUBRAMANIUM
- amicus curiae for the Supreme Court in several cases such as the Bachpan Bachao Andolan case, the Sohrabuddin Sheikh
fake encounter case, and the Sree Padmanabhaswamy temple case.
Additional Solicitor General
- Collegium procedure
followed by the collegium of the higher courts, before a candidate is recommended for elevation and a panel of names
is sent to the government for appointment
The Chief Justice initiates a consultation with the legal fraternity.
Speaking in confidence to senior advocates and fellow judges, to both the bar and the bench, a long list of possible
candidates for elevation is prepared.
Chief Justice then invites the candidates to determine their willingness.
If candidates willing then they are required to furnish details about themselves, such as their contributions to the law
especially with respect to important cases, the extent of their legal practice, their annual income, their legal history, etc.
details are processed by the court administration, during which time, the court gets inputs from relevant investigating
agencies about whether they have any legal proceedings against the candidate, etc.
other inputs that may make them ineligible for consideration.
Based on (i) the recommendations of the legal fraternity, (ii) the willingness of the candidate, and (iii) the hard data
relating to the legal practice and public standing of the individual, the file is placed before the collegium.
The collegium then scrutinises the information on record and, based on the highest standards of judicial scrutiny,
arrives at a decision on whom to recommend and whom to ignore, from the names before it.
shortlist prepared by the collegium is then sent up to the government for its approval.
- Issues
issue of public attitude.
issue concerns the doctrine of separation of powers
President give primacy to the executive over the judiciary
political expediency trumping constitutional principles
Gopal Subramaniums withdrawal of consent
Resignation prevented the issue from developing into a constitutional face-off between the executive and the
judiciary.

4. COMPARISON OF THE INDIAN CONSTITUTIONAL SCHEME WITH THAT OF OTHER COUNTRIES

UNITED KINGDOM
- Multi Party Democracy
- Constitutional monarchy
- Bicameral
House of Commons - Directly Elected
House of Lords - Nominated
- PM - Head f Government
- Monarch - Head of state
- Unwritten Constitution
CHINA
- One Party rule by the Communist Party of China
- President - head of state - two 5 years terms.
General Secretary of CPC, heading its seven-member Politburo Standing Committee (PBSC).
Choose and appoints leaders, formally ratified by NPC
Chairman of Central Military Commission.
- Premier - Head of Government - less power - two 5 years terms.
- NPC - National Peoples Congress
CPC controlled legislature
Rubber Stamp Parliament
Select President and Premier
AUSTRALIA
- Multi-party democracy
- Bicameral Legislature
House of Representative - Directly Elected
Senate - Upper House - Nominated
- PM - head of Government
- 6 yearly elections.
RUSSIA
- Semi - Presidential Multi-Party Democracy
- 6 year term
- Duma + Federal Council = Legislature
-
EUPOREAN PARLIAMENT (EP)
- It is the directly elected parliamentary institution of the European Union (EU).
- Election
second largest democratic electorate in the world (after the Parliament of India) and the largest trans-national
democratic electorate in the world
Elected every five years by universal suffrage since 1979. Latest in May 2014.
Very low voting below 50%
- Powers and functions
Together with the European Council and European Commission, it exercises the legislative function of the EU
EP legislative power that the Council and Commission do not possess, it does not formally possess legislative
initiative
"First institution" of the EU and shares almost equal legislative and budgetary powers with the Council.
European Commission, the executive body of the EU, is accountable to EP.
EP elects the President of the Commission, and approves (or rejects) the appointment of the Commission as a whole.
Can force the Commission as a body to resign by adopting a motion of censure.
- Factor affecting voting by the citizens of 28 countries
Protest vote against the damaging post-recession economic policies of their own national governments and of the
European Union.


5. PARLIAMENT AND STATE LEGISLATURES - STRUCTURE, FUNCTIONING, CONDUCT OF BUSINESS, POWERS &
PRIVILEGES AND ISSUES ARISING OUT OF THESE.
PRE LEGISLATIVE CONSULTATION
- Every Central Government Department to publicise the details of proposed legislation on the internet and other media
before being introduced in Parliament.
- Draft Bills must be accompanied with an explanatory note outlining the essential provisions of the bill and its impact on
the environment and lives of affected people.
- 30 days to comment and summer of feedback to comments must be submitted to Parliamentary standing committee.
- EXAMPLE - Kerala Police Law Model
- Form representative democracy to participatory deliberative democracy

COALITION POLITICS
- Benefits
Democratizes policies making it informed by sentiments of smaller vote bases. Make it representative.
- Harm
Destabilize policy decision
Knee-jerk policy responses - an immediate unthinking emotional reaction produced by an event or statement to
which the reacting person is highly sensitive; - in persons with strong feelings on a topic, it may be very predictable.

6. STRUCTURE, ORGANIZATION AND FUNCTIONING OF THE EXECUTIVE AND THE JUDICIARY

THE CONSTITUTION (ONE HUNDRED AND TWENTIETH AMENDMENT) BILL 2013
- Passed by the Rajya Sabha in 2013.
Since the bill is not pending into Lok Sabha as not introduced, so the bill would not lapse?
In order to become law, the said amendment has to be passed by the 16th Lok Sabha.
- Seeks to replace the collegium model of judicial appointments with a Judicial Appointments Commission (JAC).
- Constitutional Amendment seeks to make any change in the Union Judiciary, it has to undergo these three steps:
the Bill has to be passed in each House by a majority of total membership of that House and also by a majority of not
less than two-thirds of the members of that House present and voting;
the amendment also requires to be ratified by the Legislature of not less than one half of the States by a resolution to
that effect; and
Assent by the President.
- new Article 124-A
To constitute a JAC to make recommendations with respect to the appointment of judges of the higher judiciary.
Does not define who the members of the JAC are but leaves this for Parliament to determine in an ordinary Statute.
- JAC Bill 2013,
Provides that JAC will comprise six members, i.e.
the Chief Justice of India,
two most senior judges of the Supreme Court,
the Law Minister and
Two eminent persons.
to be appointed by a collegium comprising the
Prime Minister,
the leader of the Opposition in the Lok Sabha and
The Chief Justice of India.
- The Standing Committee Report recommended
That the structure, functions or the composition of the JAC should be reflected in the Constitution itself and not in
ordinary legislation so that the composition of JAC cannot be altered without a constitutional amendment.
- Why JAC
Suitable measures to make the judiciary representative of the diversity of our society with respect to gender, region,
religion and caste may have to be initiated.
Consider putting into practice, the procedure whereby members of the Bar who are eligible for being appointed as a
Judge of the High Court apply for Judgeship through a Public Notification.
- Comparison of U.K. and Indian Constitution regarding selection of Judges
U.K.
High courts and tribunals
The candidates for Judicial Office in courts up to and including High Court level, Tribunals in England and
Wales are selected by JAC.
The JAC is an executive non-departmental public body sponsored by the Ministry of Justice.
Membership is drawn from the judiciary, the legal profession, non-legally qualified judicial office-holders
and the public.
The Selection by JAC for High Courts, Tribunals is based on merit through fair and open competition from
among the widest range of eligible candidates possible. The process of appointment of judicial officers in the
U.K. is clear, open, fair and accountable.
Supreme Court
Are appointed by the Queen by the issue of Letters Patent on the advice of the Prime Minister to whom a
name is recommended by a Special Selection Commission.
The Prime Minister is required to recommend this name to the Queen and not permitted to nominate
anyone else.
Indian system
The Chief Justice of the High Court concerned or any other senior judge of the High Court recommends the name
of a particular practising lawyer.
This system is perceived to be discriminatory because it is inherently impossible for the collegium judges to
personally know everything about all the eligible practising members of the Bar.
collegium system
Chief Justice of India and a forum of four senior-most judges of the Supreme Court recommend appointments
and transfers of judges.
No place in the Constitution.
First Judges Case : S.P. Gupta case, 1981
Primacy of the CJIs recommendation on judicial appointments and transfers can be refused for cogent
reasons.
Ruling gave the Executive primacy over the Judiciary in judicial appointments.
Second Judges Case :Supreme Court Advocates on Record Association versus Union of India, 1993
Gave back CJIs power over judicial appointments and transfers.
CJI only need to consult two senior-most judges.
Confusion prevails as the CJIs start taking unilateral decisions without consulting two colleagues. The
President is reduced to only an approver.
Third Judges case : Special Reference case, 1998
reference from former President K.R. Narayanan,
CJIs should consult with a plurality of four senior-most SC judges to form his opinion on judicial
appointments and transfers.


COMPROMISE IN JUDICIAL APPOINTMENTS
- Collegium system
tussles of control over the process of judicial appointments
First Judges case
SC in favour of the executive stating that judiciary are merely constitutional functionaries having a
consultative role
1993 Second Judges case
overruled the First Judges case
selection through participatory consultative process
executive have the power to act as a mere check on the exercise of power by the Chief Justice of India
birth of the collegium system of appointing judges to the higher judiciary
Third Judges case
Working of collegium system
collegium must consider
the opinion of CJI - greatest weight
the views of other Judges of the HC who may have been consulted and
the views of colleagues on the SC bench who are conversant with the affairs of the concerned High
Court.
CJI, acting on the institutional advice, is the surest and safest bet for preservation of judicial independence
Secrecy of the collegium
collegium has now become nothing more than a secret society whose deliberations are not a matter of public
record.
We needs to give the collegium constitutional status and to bring its deliberations within the purview of the Right
to Information Act.
Judiciary should work as a bulwark against executive excesses and misuse of power by the executive.
Judicial Appointments Commission
Chances of institutionalising executive pressure and mal-appointments
Members
Chief Justice of India,
two seniormost judges of the SC,
Union Law Minister, and
two eminent persons.



REFORMING JUDICIARY
- New chief justice of India - R M Lodha, only a five-month tenure.
- problem
Enormous delays.
32 million cases pending in India's courts.
Vacancies - shortfall
high court level - 32 %
District level - 21 %.
Judge-to-citizen ratio worst - between 10 and 11 judges for every million Indians.
United States - 100 judges for every million citizens.
- Step taken
GOI suggested an increase in the number of high court judges by 25 per cent in every bench - not implemented.
1980s - Law Commission had urged that the number be increased to 50 per million in the early 1990s, and 100 per
million by 2000 - failed.
- Suggestion
An emphasis on written argument replacing oral one should be introduced, allowing court time to be more
productively used.
Adjournments should be avoided where ever possible.

DEATH SENTENCE
- Shatrughan Chauhan vs Union of India, January 2014
Three-judge bench commuted a sentence of death to life for 15 persons on the singular ground of delay.
Supervening Circumstances for commutation
Insanity
Mental Illness
Schizophrenia - is a mental disorder characterized by a breakdown in thinking and poor emotional responses.
Positive
Humanitarian Jurisprudence of clemency
Negative
Judicial overreach by judicial review of sovereign power of pardon.
SC has the appellate power to reduce a death penalty in regular appeals but not in case of judicial review of
clemency power.
- Devendar Pal Singh Bhullar - 1993 Delhi bomb blast case, condemned to death thrice , now obtained reprieve from the SC
on two grounds involving -
Unexplained delay of 8 years.
Suffering from mental illness.
- Rajiv Gandhi Assassination case -
Murugan, Perarivalan and Santhan - commuted on delay ground
Judgment further declared state govt power to exercise remission of life sentence to no sentence.
- Whether difference of opinion among judges in the appellate court can be a ground for commutation?
In Bhullars Case: the bench was divided two-one.
As death sentence is an irreversible harm which may be caused by a possible doubtful or mistaken conviction.
INDIAN JUDICIAL SYSTEM
- The first National Lok Adalat in Supreme Court in November 2014.
- According to me, the present collegium system compared to the alternative suggested is preferable. Even in the existing
system, the States and Centre get the opportunity to express their views.
- Meaningful consultation should take place with more judges, meaning thereby, the consultation is not only within the
collegium judges but also with others who are well conversant with the persons to be selected. As the judges in the
collegium are familiar with the performance, capacity and area of specialisation of the persons to be selected, this is a
better system than the NJC.

- National Court of Appeal

Is not required at this juncture because the Supreme Court is connected all over the country owing to technological
advancements.
People send case papers, filing petitions/appeals to the Supreme Court by e-mail and all orders/proceedings of the
Court available on the same day on the website of the Court.
- Corruption in Judiciary
For subordinate judiciary, complaints are death under the control of the Chief Justice of the High Court.
For complaints against judges of the High Courts, an in-house mechanism is in operation which considers the
complaints against judges and wherever required, the same are being sent to the Chief Justice of the High Court for
inquiry and to the judge concerned for his response before being considered by the competent authority. Specific
complaints received against certain High Court judges were forwarded to the Chief Justice of the High Court
concerned and enquiries were conducted but most of the complaints could not be proved as they were vague
allegations.
- Judges Inquiry Bill - pending
To enact legislation - the prerogative of the legislature.
SC can test it whether legislation is subject to judicial scrutiny.
JUDICIAL ACTIVISM / OVERREACH
- History of Judicial Activism
1950s and 1960s - SC played interpretative role
1970s onwards - SC become major force standing up against legislative and executive excesses and inactions.
Judiciary plays a highly proactive role in ensuring that India develops into a thriving democracy. Which ensured that
India did not slide down the slippery slope towards dictatorship?
1973 - Keshavananda Bharti Case
invented the basic structure doctrine to bring constitutional amendments under the judicial scanner to widening
the scope of the right to life and liberty,
Maneka Gandhi v. Union of India
held a person could be deprived of his right to life only by a law which was just, fair and reasonable;
Bandhua Mukhti Morcha v. Union of India
concept of Public Interest Litigation (PIL) was introduced and the locus standi requirement was diluted

- Recent cases involving judicial intervention
interventions/ decisions in the imprisoning of Subrata Roy in the SEBI-Sahara dispute;
the IPL betting case;
the challenge to Section 377 of the IPC;
The status of transgenders has evoked a mixed response.
-
- In each of case judicial intervention would have been unnecessary but for legislative/ executive inaction and inefficiency.
- argument against excessive judicial intervention
Empowering judges to decide on policy issues amounts to amounts to giving power to unelected judges to override
the elected representatives of the people.
Judicial activism results in upsetting the balance of power between the executive, legislature and the judiciary.
Particularly when human rights are thought to give rise to positive duties requiring resource allocation.

-
- an argument in favour of judicial activism
If the legislature and executive are not performing their functions efficiently, then there do not raise the question of
disrespecting the democratically elected representatives.
The argument that judicial activism will disrupt democracy is based on assumption that judiciary is incapable of
intervening in a manner which helps further the ideals of democracy, which is absolutely wrong assumption.
Parliament and executive has fail to making policies by effective participation with the citizens and thats why the
judiciary has a role in ensuring that there is effective participation from interest groups.
By augmenting the power of the electorate to hold the executive and legislature to account that judicial intervention
can enhance rather than undermine democracy in the context of human rights adjudication.

- Lakshman rekha.
The judges can promote decision making relating to policy issues without being the ultimate decision maker.
While the primary responsibility for interpreting and delivering human right responsibilities should lie with
Parliament, decision makers must be in a position to persuade the court that they have fulfilled their human
rights obligations,
Human rights adjudication should enhance the deliberative dimension of democracy by insisting that human
rights decision be taken in a deliberative manner.
The judiciary, by its interventions, ensured that decision making is on a level playing field between government
and public as the final result of the deliberations was susceptible to scrutiny by the Court.
It will discourage executive inaction but allow the final decision making by the executive but subject to judicial
superintendence.
Once such a policy is framed by a legislature/ executive, it is to be interfered with by the judiciary in a very
restrictive manner, using the principle of deference.
According to this principle, the judiciary, while evaluating executive/ legislative action (or inaction), should
modify the policy framed only when the reasons provided are not reasonable.
A court should merely see whether the reasons provided by the executive justify its decision, not whether the
court would have reached the same decision.
- Main aim of Judicial activism,
The role of the judge is to facilitate deliberative reasoning about human rights, whether in the legislature, in the court
room or in civil society. It is through requiring decision-makers to account for their interpretation, delivery and
balancing of human rights that court can enhance the democratic dimension of society
Upholding the ideals of democracy by ensure that unheard voices are not buried by more influential and vocal voices.


INTER - STATE WATER DISPUTES
- Article 131 (General)
- Article 262 ( Water Specific)
- Inter - State Water dispute Act, 1956 (amended in 2002)
-
- MULLAPERIYAR DAM Dispute - between TN and KL
Periyar - only very small portion in TN. So Article 262 do not apply
So dispute falls under article 131.
Dispute
Not a water sharing dispute
Issue is only whether the dam is safe enough to be filled to the level that TN desires or whether KLs fears that
dam is not safe enough to store water above 136 feets and there should be new structure, are justified and the
water level must be kept lower.
Chronology
2006 - SC judgement on the height and safety of the dam
KL amendment, allowing the raising of the storage of the dam, to circumvent the 2006 judgement
2014 - SC invalidated amendment. Allowed rising of height to 142 feets.

Suggestion
Two state should have appointed a joint expert committee and gone by its finding

- POLAVARAM MULTIPURPOSE PROJECT
The Polavaram project shows that Odisha should revisit all inter-State river water sharing agreements, which will
pave the way for settlement of water disputes and for comprehensive development of the water sector in the State.
Chronology
CG to constitute the Polavaram Project Authority (PPA) but criticism from the Odisha government.
The PPA is not a constitutional body unless approved by Parliament.
In 2009, on AP request, the PPA became a central project following MoWR guidelines.
To avoid dispute Central Govt pressed for keeping the project under the Ministry of Water Resources (MoWR) as
a national project.
But both CG and OR had objected to the project in the SC.
Supreme Court appointed an inspection panel in 2011 to find out if the construction of the project was being
carried out according to the terms of the Godavari Water Disputes Tribunal (GWDT) Award, 1980.
The panel concluded that the project had not violated the GWDT.
In principle, while the viability of the project is clear, the PMO directed the PC to withhold any finances until the
SCs verdict on the OR Govts case.
Case pending till now.
The purpose of the PPA
after the formation of Telangana to resolve any inter-State water dispute
To overcome the projects hurdles and generate investment. But project requires approvals from riparian States
or the apex court.
Environmental Concerns
A transboundary environmental impact assessment should be mandatory,
Issues
not the quantity of water-sharing between the riparian States
But the height of the dam and submergence of areas in Odisha.
problems of submergence of vast forest areas and parts of Malkangiri district
The Indira Sagar (Polavaram) multipurpose project has faced rough weather with non-compliance of
environmental assessment, proper surveys, lack of abidance with existing laws and large-scale displacement and
submergence of forest and inhabitants.
Without protective embankments, four villages in Odisha, and eight villages Chhattisgarh will submerge.
LOK ADALAT
- Modes of Alternative Dispute Resolution.
- Benches
Available throughout the State through the Legal Services Authorities / Committees for amicable settlement of cases.
Benches consisting of Judicial Officers, Advocates and social workers
- Jurisdiction
Have jurisdiction to disputes pending before any Court or even pre-litigation any matter which is falling within the
jurisdiction of any Court
In respect of cases pending before Courts, such cases can be referred to Lok Adalat if the parties there of agree or
one of the parties thereof makes an application to the Court or the Court is satisfied that the matter is an
appropriate one to be taken cognizance of by the Lok Adalat.
It can deal with all Civil Cases, Matrimonial Disputes, Land Disputes, Partition/Property Disputes, Labour
Disputes etc., and non-compoundable criminal Cases.
- Award
Of the Lok Adalat shall be deemed to be a decree of Civil Court or as the case may be an order of any other Court.
Every Award made by a Lok Adalat shall be final and binding on all the parties to the dispute.
- No Appeal shall lie to any Court against the Award of the Lok Adalat. The significant feature of the Lok Adalat is that the
legal experts holding Lok Adalat Bench guide the parties in arriving at a compromise or settlement in friendly and
harmonious atmosphere.
- The Plaintiff/Petitioner is entitled to get refund of Court Fee that has been paid by him at the time of filing a Suit before a
Court and that suit has been settled before the Lok Adalat. The parties who wish to avail the Lok Adalat Mechanism can
simply approach the Court concerned or any of the Legal Services Institution. No fee is required to be paid by the parties
to settle their cases before Lok Adalat



7. Ministries and Departments of the Government; pressure groups and formal/informal associations and their role in the Polity.

- Reforming labour law (Concurrent List) would help competing for labour-intensive jobs in garments, shoes and toys.
these industries are exiting China - as its factory wages rise at double-digit levels - for destinations like Bangladesh,
Vietnam and Indonesia, deemed more investor-friendly than India.
- proposed changes
increasing the penalties for breaking the law
8. Salient features of the Representation of People's Act.

Candidate Nomination Form
- Candidates to furnish information relating to their criminal antecedents, educational qualifications and assets held by
them, their spouses and dependent children.
- SC verdict in Association for Democratic Reforms (2002)
Indian voter has a right to have all such information
- Kisan Shankar Kathore case - setting aside his election on the ground that he had failed to disclose his wifes properties
and municipal dues on it and his electricity dues.
Suppressing essential information or furnishing false or incomplete information will be a ground for setting aside an
election
Suppression of relevant information being an independent offence under sec. 125A of ROPA cannot be a reason for
leaving the validity of the candidate election unquestioned.

ELECTORAL REFORMS
-
- Poll expenditure ceiling
Parliamentary poll - Rs. 70 lakh
Assembly poll - Rs. 28 lakh
- De-criminalisation of politics
SC Orders
Deadline of one year from the date of framing of charges for completion of trial by trail courts involving members
of Parliament and Legislative Assemblies. If they are unable to do so, they need to explain the delay to the Chief
Justice of the High Court.
Striking down provision that protected sitting legislators from immediate disqualification on conviction. So now
disqualification upon conviction in a criminal case.
- Law Commission recommendation
Immediate disqualification of politicians from contesting elections once charges are framed against them in the court.
Further accompany it with substantial legal safeguards to prevent misuse.
Suggested safeguards
Only those offences which have a punishment of five years or above
Charge file upto one year before the date of scrutiny of nomination will not lead to disqualification.
Disqualification will operate till an acquittal by the trial court or for six years, whichever is earlier.
Enhanced sentence of two years under the ROPA 1951 for filing of false affidavits b politicians and disqualification of
such conviction.
Trial must be expedited through day-to-day hearing and concluded within a year. - SC passed an order to this effect.
Person with charges pending on the date of the law coming into force must e disqualified from contesting future
elections unless such charges are framed less than one year before the date of scrutiny of nomination papers or the
person is a sitting MP or MLA at the time of enactment of the Act.
- International Document
1994 Declaration of Free and Fair Elections of the Inter-Parliamentary Union
Periodic and genuine elections as a necessary and indispensable element of sustained efforts to protect the rights
and interests of the governed.
- FREEBIES
Election commission guidelines
Manifestos should reflect the rationale for the promises and broadly indicate the ways and means of meeting the
financial requirements.
Manifesto should not contain anything repugnant to the ideals and principles enshrined in the constitution.
Supreme Court
Though promises made in manifestos could not be construed as corrupt practices as per law, the distribution of
freebies of any kind influences all people.


VOTING RIGHTS TO ARMY
- Supreme Court directed the Election Commission (EC) to allow defence personnel to vote as general voters in peace
stations.
- ROPA51 -
Ordinary Resident a qualification required to get registered as a voter.
Armed forces personnel are among the few categories of people defined as persons with service qualification and
given a special dispensation to declare ordinary resident status at a place, where they would have normally lived if it
were not for the exigencies of service, other than their current posting place.

MODEL CODE OF CONDUCT
- A set of legally binding dos and donts.
- Core objective
Conduct of free and fair elections.
Providing level playing field to all candidates and increase the efficacy of poll process.
- It is a moral code during electioneering
- legal backing
ROPA51, IPC and ECs suspension and derecognisation power.

- Become operational with immediate effect with the announcement of election schedule.
- Code
Bar on the ruling party from the use of its position for electioneering to combine official work with campaign activity
Bar exercise of monopoly over public places and transport facilities.
Bar ministers from combining official visits with electioneering work
Bans the use of official machinery for electioneering
Ban advertisement at the cost of the exchequer for partisan coverage of political news.
Bar financial grants or promise of roads and water supply
Ban transfer of officials

- Challenge
Absence of procedure of immediate appeal where the nominations o f candidates are rejected by returning officer.
The decision under current system only can be challenged in the High Court after the announcement of election
results.
Redressal of Election Petitions
Due to delays in judiciary most become infructuous - a word used in legal parlance to denote that a particular
proceeding has become fruitless or pointless
Section 86 of ROPA
Trails in election cases, as far as is practicable, shall proceed on a day-to-day basis.
Court to endeavour to conclude the trial within six months from the date on which the petition is presented
to the HC.
Sheodhan Singh vs. Mohan Gautam
No one can be allowed to corrupt the course of an election and get away with it either b resigning his
membership or because of the fortuitous circumstance of the assembly being dissolved.
In the interest of maintaining the purity of the electoral process, it was necessary that those who had
corrupted the course of an election be dealt with in accordance with law.
Once the machinery of the Act is moved by a candidate or an elector, the carriage of the case does not
entirely rest with the petitioner.

- Independents mostly contest to help the electoral arithmetic of the main political parties as dummy candidates.
- This result in the same set of people getting elected election after election without any evidence of performance. The entire
process has a kind of barrier of entry. The elected leader becomes a feudal lord and the constituency his fiefdom, fortified
by musclemen and money power.
- More interesting is the incredible growth of their wealth before every election.
-

FPTP vs PR
- FPTP
System is one that is won by the candidate who receives more votes than the others in a constituency.
Merits
It is simple for the voter to understand
Counting of votes is easy, hence results can be known quickly.
It ensures a tight connection between the candidate and the voters
It tends to produce a two-party system which in turn tends to produce single-party governments, which dont
have to rely on support from other parties to pass legislation.
Demerits
Representatives can get elected on tiny amounts of public support as it does not matter by how much they win,
only that they get more votes than other candidates.Therefore elected candidates quite often do not receive the
support of the majority of voters.
It encourages tactical voting, as voters vote not for the candidate they most prefer, but against the candidate they
most dislike
Only the votes of the winning candidate are valued the other votes count for nothing.
FPTP severely restricts voter choice. Parties are coalitions of many different viewpoints. If the preferred-party
candidate in your constituency has views with which you dont agree, you dont have a means of saying so at the
ballot box.
Encouraging two-party politics can be an advantage, but in a multi-party culture, third parties with significant
support can be greatly disadvantaged.
Because FPTP restricts a constituencys choice of candidates, representation of minorities and women suffers
from most broadly acceptable candidate syndrome, where the safest looking candidate is the most likely to be
offered a chance to stand for election
- Proportional representation (PR)
number of seats won by a party or group of candidates is proportionate to the number of votes received
MERITS
This would give minority parties and independent candidates a better chance of winning seats in Parliament with
much fairer treatment
PR ensures that the parties would have to appeal to their core supporters, rather than a small number of so called
swing voters in marginal seats.
PR potentially offers greater and more-representative choice for voters
PR may encourage turn-out and reduce apathy.
PR ensures greater continuity of government and requires greater consensus in policy-making, which is
beneficial for India.
Compel parties to nominate honest and capable candidates.
Reduce role of money and save funds
Reduce the role of caste, religion and class appeasement.
DEMERITS
Under FPTP, MPs serve the constituency they campaign in. This makes them more inclined to tackle important
local issues.
PR can potentially provide a route for extremists to force their way into the political mainstream: under a FPTP
electoral system this would be unlikely to happen.
Some would say that PR produces weak coalition governments rather than strong majority governments, which
arguably can lead to indecision, compromise and even legislative paralysis.
PR can also reduce accountability to voters, as an ousted party of government can retain office by finding new
coalition partners after an election
The adoption of PR list systems weakens the link between the elected representative and his or her constituency,
which would be really harmful.
The greater complexity and choice that PR allows can put voters off voting, by requiring them to have a greater
knowledge of individual and party positions.
Multiplicity of parties and fragmentation of existing parties.
Increase Personality cult and person will dominate over party ideology
Decisive in society as every caste and group will have own party and fight each other
- Suggestion
As in Germany
50% seats direct election
50% seats list system
Majority system with second ballot election
Large social coalition replace small parties means social and political integration
Reduce booth capturing due to repolling option
But hugh expenditure
Majority system with alternate vote system
Same benefit as second ballot election and also save expenses of repoll but cant curb capturing,


9. APPOINTMENT TO VARIOUS CONSTITUTIONAL POSTS, POWERS, FUNCTIONS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF VARIOUS
CONSTITUTIONAL BODIES.

CAG
- SC ruling on audit of private entity
order
private companies that share revenue from natural resources such as spectrum with the government would be
subjected to audit CAG
Jurisprudence
It is important that the CAG examined the accounts of service providers in a revenue-sharing contract to detect
any unlawful gains.
For accountability, Parliament must be informed of the quantum of revenue generated from spectrum use and if
it had been assessed, collected and accounted for.
CAG has the powers to conduct revenue audit of all accounts drawn by the Unified Service Agreement (UAS)
licensees and
The accounts of the licensee, in relation to the revenue receipts, can be said to be the accounts of the Central
Government and thus subject to a revenue audit.
When the Executive deals with natural resources, such as spectrum, which belong to the people, Parliament
should know how the nations wealth has been dealt with.
The quantum of revenue generated from the resource has to be verified; whether the revenue has been properly
accounted for by the government and the private licensee also needs to be ascertained.
Companies that use public resources have a responsibility to bear, and if they play true and fair they have nothing
to fear from an audit, including one by the CAG.
if private companies are to pay the government for the use of public resources like spectrum and minerals as a
share of revenue, then the government is duty-bound to ensure that all that is revenue in the normal course of
business has in fact been included to calculate what is payable as license and spectrum fees.
The origins of the case
Dispute between a couple of telecom companies and the government over accounting of revenues, which is
crucial to determining the license fee payable to the government.
The government suspected that the companies were accounting for revenues in a manner that would lower their
fee liability.

challenge for the CAG and recommendations
CAG has to deploy adequate resources and talent in such audits when called upon by the government or the
regulators.
Audit needs to be completed and the reports submitted in good time unlike traditional CAG audits of public
sector entities that are invariably delayed.
The government and the regulators should resort to CAG audits sparingly and only under exceptional
circumstances where they suspect serious wrongdoing by a player.
Turning to CAG audits routinely will only increase the regulatory burden and turn away private investors.
Criticism of SC order
Multiple audits by multiple agencies (DoT, TRAI, Telecom Enforcement Resource and Monitoring (TERM) cells,
SEBI and now CAG) increasing the costs and time to operator
Increasing the scope of CAG to private entities even to every taxpayer.
Ruling has, at one stroke, extended the reach of the CAG from government and public sector companies to any
entity that may be using a public resource in its business and sharing revenue with the government.
A CAG audit can be an irritant in the conduct of daily business as records need to be produced and queries
answered, especially because this will be in addition to the statutory audit under the Companies Act. If
governments and the CAG ensure that there is no harassment, there would be no cause to protest against the
audit itself, as industry associations are now doing
Not a gratifying precedent; that could reduce the ease of doing business and affect the flow of foreign direct
investment and overall growth. Particularly vulnerable are public-private partnership projects, especially in the
infrastructure sector, such as roads, ports and airports.
Sectors like oil, gas and power are already on the CAG's radar. Telecom companies have pointed out that their
members are already under the scrutiny of the relevant ministry and regulatory authority, and also the capital
market regulator.
Alternative
The investigation of possible fraud by criminal authorities rather than by the CAG, since the former does not set
a bad precedent.
The larger systemic problem can be solved by better incentives - in the case of mobile phone companies, by
equalising tariffs - or by more sensible design of contracts for such public-private partnerships.
The ideal agency to oversee any deviations in a sector is not the government auditor, which may lack the requisite
capacity or competence, but the sector regulator.
CAG auditing philosophy is influenced by the idea of whether a policy in operation is meeting government-
mandated goals.
A more cost-effective and simpler way of ensuring proper audits of telecom companies needed.
An empowered regulator doing the job of supervising a sector, rather than an overworked CAG with limited
capacity.

10. STATUTORY, REGULATORY AND VARIOUS QUASI-JUDICIAL BODIES


INDEPENDENC OF STATUTORY BODIES
- COI prohibited further employment of certain categories of officials, either under CG or SG, with respect to the Election
Commission and the UPSC.
- These provisions were adopted in the TRAI Act for the telecom regulator's chairmen and full-time members for the same
reason.
- To ensure these functionaries work without fear or favour and their decisions are not influenced by the inducement of
further employment.
- SC - appointments to another constitutional office, such as governor or minister, donot constitute employment under
government and are allowed. Every other category prohibited.
- This restriction did not apply to the CCI and SEBI, because the regulate private sector not public. However chairmen have
to go through mandatory cooling-off periods before they could accept employment with the private sector.


HUMAN RIGHTS COMMISSIONS
- Origins - Paris Principles laid down by the UN commission on Human Rights and the UN General Assembly - The
Protection of human Rights Act 1993 (PHRA).
- Types
Human Rights commission
Commissions for Minorities
Schedule caste commission
Schedule tribe commission
Womens Commission
Children Commission

- Objectives - Quasi-Judicial Organisation to providing quick redress to marginalized citizen in the face or extensive red
tape and tedious court proceedings in the country.

- Inbuilt constraints and Bottlenecks

Common problem for all govt organisation
Lack of autonomy
Political influence and affinity
Arbitrary appointment
Lack of funds and staff
Lack of experts
Overlapping organisation responsibility
Bureaucratic procedure involving procrastination
Poor check and balance system
Absent or inadequate redressal system
Accountability- averting attitude.
Heavily under government patronage - report to Ministry of Home Affairs which is in-charge of Police Immigration
Security and Communal Harmony- so conflict of interest.
Arbitrary appointments of chairpersons and members according to whims and fancies of the government of the day.
Dependence on Government budgetary allocations and that also meager.
Serious lack of competencies in functioning and absence of specialist.
Overlapping scope of commissions as Muslim Schedule Caste Women are covered by three Commissions.
Fault in Public Disclosure via Websites or annual reports.
Commission themselves do not perceive and seek to be independent. Answerable to Govt and Citizens.
Out of public reach - establish offices in Capital or bigger cities not at District level
- Major Human Right issues in India
Legal protection of torture
Abolition of the death penalty
Decriminalization of homosexuality
Punishment for marital rape and
A law for migrant labors

LAW COMMISSION OF INDIA
- An executive body established by an order of the Government of India works as an advisory body to the Ministry of Law
and Justice.
- Function - to work for legal reform.
- Tenure - fixed tenure (generally 3 years).
- The 20th Law Commission was established in 2013.
Tenure until 2015.
The terms of reference review/repeal obsolete law, examine the existing laws, Revise Central acts of general
importance etc. including one to examine existing laws from the gender equality perspective and suggest necessary
amendments.
In November 2013 the Centre appointed former Chief Justice of Delhi High Court Justice Ajit Prakash Shah as the
New chairman
LOKPAL

- Lokpal Selection Committee
Chaired by PM Manmohan Singh
Lok Sabha Speaker
Leader of the Opposition
The Chief Justice of India or a judge of the Supreme Court nominated by him
An eminent jurist nominated by the president or any other member - P. P. Rao

- Lokpal Search Committee - To scrutinize applications and recommend names to the selection committee for the posts of
lokpal chairperson & eight members.
Eminent lawyer Fali Narimn has refused to be part of the search committee.




- Limitation
Search Committee can only scrutinize applications forwarded by Department of personnel and training. It cannot
take any independent nomination from the community at large.
The panel of names recommended by search committee is not binding on Selection committee, which is free to
consider names from outside the panel too.

LOKPAL AS CORRUPTION CONTROLER
- Other institutions to curb corruption
Central Bureau of Investigation,
Central Vigilance Commission,
Comptroller and Auditor General of India,
courts,
information commissions, and
Lokayuktas at the State level
- These institutions attack corrupt, not the three root drivers of corruption.
Complex rules and regulations
Difficult or even impossible to comply - encourage corruption and nefarious means to fix problems contacts,
bribes, etc.
Simplifying rules, making decision-making processes transparent and giving the government a limited role.
power corrupts and absolute power corrupts absolutely
enormous power to public officials at different levels
reinforces their role as rulers rather than public servants
powers +corrupt political leaders + complex laws and regulations
Select public servants with a relatively clean past for top positions.
Protect honest officials from the risk of harassment by overzealous investigative agencies.
highly centralised form of government
Local governments and institutions enjoy virtually no autonomy of action.
Bringing decision-making closer to citizens (electronically or physically) and balancing it with adequate
empowerment of individuals and community groups to hold decision-makers accountable
rebalanced the roles and activities of central, State, local and community institutions


11. GOVERNMENT POLICIES AND INTERVENTIONS FOR DEVELOPMENT IN VARIOUS SECTORS AND ISSUES ARISING OUT
OF THEIR DESIGN AND IMPLEMENTATION.

IROM CHANU SHARMILA
- Started her hunger strike on November 2, 2000, after indiscriminate shooting by security forces left several locals dead in
her locality.
- She has been forced fed all through, but her condition has deteriorated over the years.
ARMED FORCES (SPECIAL POWERS) ACT [AFSPA, 1958]

- According to the AFSPA, in an area that is proclaimed as "disturbed", an officer of the armed forces has powers to:
Fire - upon or use other kinds of force even if it causes death, against the person who is acting against law or order in
the disturbed area for the maintenance of public order,
Destroy - any arms dump, hideouts, prepared or fortified position or shelter or training camp from which armed
attacks are made by the armed volunteers or armed gangs or absconders wanted for any offence.
Arrest - without a warrant anyone who has committed cognizable offences or is reasonably suspected of having done
so.
Search and seizure - To enter, search and seize any premise or any arms, ammunition, or explosive substances.
Stop and search - any vehicle or vessel.
Immunity - Army officers have legal immunity for their actions. There can be no prosecution, suit, or any other legal
proceeding against anyone acting under that law. Nor is the government's judgment on why an area is found to be
disturbed subject to judicial review.
Any person arrested and taken into custody shall be made over to nearest police station with the least possible delay,
together with a report of the circumstances occasioning the arrest
Protection of persons acting in good faith under this Act from prosecution, suit or other legal proceedings, except with
the sanction of the Central Government, in exercise of the powers conferred by this Act.
- For declaring an area as a 'disturbed area' there must be a grave situation of law and order on the basis of which
Governor/Administrator can form opinion that an area is in such a disturbed or dangerous condition that use of Armed
Forces in aid of civil power is necessary
- Today the Act is applicable to the northeastern territory of India, comprising of seven states, namely, Assam, Manipur,
Tripura, Meghalaya, Arunachal Pradesh, Mizoram, and Nagaland (not Sikkim). In 1990, a similar Act was enacted to cover
the state of Jammu and Kashmir.
- In a disturbed area, a military officer can fire upon an unlawful assembly of five or more people if the need arises or even
for illegal possession of fire arms.
- In 2004 CG appointed Justice B.P. Jeevan Reddy committee
To review the Act and whether it needed to be toned down or repealed completely and replaced by a more humane
legislation.
2005, the committee recommended repealing of the Act unanimously.
- Serving military establishment fiercely oppose AFSPAs repealment.
- Argument in favour of repealment
Human rights - concern for human rights
Against democracy - draconian law like AFSPA is inconsistent with the structure and spirit of our democracy
Against international practices - brings down Indias image at the global high table at a time when it is looking to be a
permanent member of the U.N. Security Council
Undermine counter insurgency - encourages lazy, inefficient soldiering in counter-insurgency situations
operation directed against ones own citizens
primary focus of a counter-insurgency operation should be WHAM (winning hearts and minds), and not
liquidation or elimination
Counterproductive to WHAM by making the security forces look like occupation armies and not people-friendly
Increases distance between the forces and the local population.
Unprofessional - military or paramilitary units do not feel the need for restraint or fire control leading to a sharp
drop in professionalism
Dehumanises and corrupts the Army and paramilitary forces.
- Success in WHAM in counter-insurgency should be judged not by body count in encounters or area domination but by
how many rebels/militant groups have been compelled by an intelligent mix of persuasion, force, secret contact and
psychological operations to abandon the path of armed struggle and return to normal life.
The reason for the failure to effectively root out insurgent groups is the failure to evolve an appropriate doctrine for
counter-insurgency which seek to keep the Army out of the internal security matrix to the extent possible and
deploy other specifically trained and highly skilled forces that observe the principle of minimum force,
- Effective counter-insurgency capability should draws more on information technology, psychological operations, political
persuasion and conflict resolution rather than on overkill and mindless indiscretion.

THE ARBITRATION AND CONCILIATION ACT, 1996

- Arbitration, a form of alternative dispute resolution (ADR), is a technique for the resolution of disputes outside the courts,
where the parties to a dispute refer it to one or more persons (the "arbitrators", "arbiters" or "arbitral tribunal"), by whose
decision (the "award") they agree to be bound. A third party reviews the evidence in the case and imposes a decision that is
legally binding for both sides and enforceable in a resolution technique.
- Conciliation is an alternative dispute resolution (ADR) process whereby the parties to a dispute use a conciliator, who
meets with the parties separately in an attempt to resolve their differences. They do this by lowering tensions, improving
communications, interpreting issues, providing technical assistance, exploring potential solutions and bringing about a
negotiated settlement.
- Conciliation differs from arbitration in that the conciliation process, in and of itself, has no legal standing, and the
conciliator usually has no authority to seek evidence or call witnesses, usually writes no decision, and makes no award.
- LIMITATIONS IN INDIAN ARBITRATION SYSTEM
Most of the arbitrations are ad-hoc
Lack of institutional arbitration
Trend of appointing own officers or present/past employees as arbitrator by private companies or government body.
- Suggestions
Constitution of Arbitration Commission headed by Union Law Minister
Setting time limit for the decision of arbitration process
Restriction on employees as arbitrator
Enabling courts power to grant interim measures even when the seat of arbitration was outside the country

UNIFORM CIVIL CODE
- most Muslims still do not know what the uniform civil code really means
- Muslim backwardness is often attributed to the religions personal law. Most Hindus continue to be backward and earn just
Rs.20 per day in spite of reforms in Hindu law
- Favourable arguments
lead to national integration and draw minorities into the mainstream,
encourage communal harmony and
work towards improving the status of women.
- Against arguments
No reform in women rights even after legislative reforms
Taking advantage of the reduced registration fee and stamp duty, men purchase land in the name of their wife or
daughter-in-law, but retain the title documents and control the land.
Amendment with a view to bringing about changes for its betterment is reform, but to tinker with the enactment for
the sole purpose of introducing uniformity is arbitrary action which should attract disapproval.
many Hindus take advantage of their own personal law under the Hindu joint family system, causing losses worth
millions of rupees to the income tax department.
will disrupt communal harmony.
- better course
piecemeal reforms go against personal laws.
12. DEVELOPMENT PROCESSES AND THE DEVELOPMENT INDUSTRY THE ROLE OF NGOS, SHGS, VARIOUS GROUPS AND
ASSOCIATIONS, DONORS, CHARITIES, INSTITUTIONAL AND OTHER STAKEHOLDERS

FOREIGN FUNDED NGO
- Intelligence Bureau report - significant number of Indian NGOs funded by donors based in US, UK, Germany and
Netherlands have been noticed to be using people-centric issues to create an environment, which lends itself to stalling
development projects.
Poscos steel plant project
Vedanta bauxite project in Orissa,
Hydel dams in Arunachal Pradesh
Research into genetically-modified plants.
Bt-cotton has totally failed in rain-fed areas that account for nearly two-thirds of cotton-growing area in the
country
nuclear power plants in Kudankulam
massive opposition to nuclear power plants around the world, and many countries such as Japan and Germany
have decided to abrogate them in a time-bound fashion
uranium mines,
coal-fired power plants,
Coal mining for coal-fired thermal power plants. Such mining requires destroying Indias forest wealth and the
livelihood of tribals.
Instead of invest so heavily in nuclear, thermal or large hydel power plants, none of which will be environment or
people-friendly, explore far better alternatives: solar power, wind power, micro and mini hydel, biomass and
biogas, lot of which can be produced and used locally
extractive industries in the north-east
Delhi-Mumbai Industrial Corridor
- NGO in democracy
democracy as the most acceptable form of governance because a citizen has a right to dissent without fear of
victimisation
Civil society - are critical stakeholders in the development process and views that are contrary to government policy
having full legitimacy in a democratic framework.
At their most constructive, these organisations and movements contribute to finding an equitable and sustainable
balance between the interests of different stakeholders.
NGO provide a platform to civil society to dissent in an informed and reasoned manner. They provide a mechanism
for the ruled to keep a check on the rulers.
- Role of NGO
A large proportion of our NGOs operate transparently and legally.
The power that NGOs wield has increased concurrently with the increased demand for real and operational
democracy.
NGOs achievement
the system of obligatory declaration of assets by all those aspiring to be MPs
the Right to Information Act
the Protection of Plant Varieties and
Farmers Rights Act.
- highly reputed NGOs
such as Greenpeace and Nobel Prize-winning Amnesty International, and individuals such as Suman Sahai, Vandana
Shiva, Aruna Rodrigues, Prashant Bhushan, Udayakumar, Admiral Ramdos and Praful Bidwai,
- negative impact on GDP - 2-3%
high growth rate without welfare
It has barely touched the bottom 80 per cent of our population and has vastly increased the economic gap between
the top 20 and bottom 80 per cent.
- Action against illegal activities
Government should takes action against those organisations that obtain foreign funds illegally and/or are not
transparent in using them as required by law.
It is admirable that NGO survive on donations by individuals in India and/or abroad. They follow the provisions of
the Foreign Contribution (Regulation) Act and their accounting is transparent.
- Government response
Home Ministry directed RBI that all foreign
contributions originating from Greenpeace
International and Climate Works Foundation two
principal international contributors to Greenpeace
India Society must be kept on hold until individual
clearances are obtained from the Ministry for each
transaction.
- Greenpeace
functioning in 40 countries
Compaign to take down Indias coal-fired power
projects and mining activity.
Directive will effectively bar the NGO from accepting
foreign money, as it will require seeking case-by-case
clearance for each contribution.
- Revise governance framework of the candidate NGO.
Proper registration, genuine board composition,
compliance with procedures, and well-laid-out policies
relating to activities and resource mobilisation are the
basic attributes of well-governed organisations.
13. WELFARE SCHEMES FOR VULNERABLE SECTIONS OF THE
POPULATION BY THE CENTRE AND STATES AND THE PERFORMANCE OF THESE SCHEMES; MECHANISMS, LAWS,
INSTITUTIONS AND BODIES CONSTITUTED FOR THE PROTECTION AND BETTERMENT OF THESE VULNERABLE
SECTIONS.



NATIONAL POPULATION REGISTER (NPR)
- Biggest security and e-governance initiative in the world.
Aim at creating Register of Indian citizen
Involve updating of the database through linkages with the birth and death registration system and the issuance of
national identity cards to citizens.
Inspite of Aadhaar as a unique identification number (UID), registration under HMs National Population Register of
Indian Citizens project is mandatory.
confusion about differences among census, UID and NPR
As the enrolment for NPR is compulsory and many have got Aadhaar cards.
Aadhar witnessed enrolment of 63 crore persons.
The NPR project will ultimately converge with the UID, aiming to end duplication and providing access to
government services.
SCHEME FOR ELDERS
- By army for Veterans & Veer Naris
Indian Army launched the `Army Veterans Grievance Handling (AVGH) Portal`, an initiative to enable the large
fraternity of veterans and their dependents, to take up their grievances with the concerned agencies at the click of a
button.
- For Widow
Widow protection bill
Sulabh International
June 23 international widow day

MINORITIES WELFARE
- Commission for Minorities
- Maulana Azad Education Foundation
- Maulana Azad Sehat Scheme
- Maulana Azad Taleem-e-Balighan
Launched to impart functional literacy, basic education, vocational skill development and continuing education to
cover about one crore Muslim adults in the age group of 15 years and above.

- SCHOLARSHIPS
-
- Multi-Sectoral Development Programme
To strengthen infrastructure and basic amenities in minority concentration areas.
- Waqf
Is, under the context of 'sadaqah', an inalienable religious endowment in Islamic law, typically donating a building or
plot of land or even cash for Muslim religious or charitable purposes. The donated assets are held by a charitable
trust.
Waqf (amendment) Act, 2013
National Waqf Development Corporation (NAWADCO)

- SACHAR COMMITTEE REPORT
Analysed the social, economic and educational status of Muslims in India - bases on data for the 1990s
major concerns are:
The status of Indian Muslims is below the conditions of Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes.
The overall percentage of Muslims in bureaucracy in India is just 2.5% whereas Muslims constitute above 14% of
Indian population.
- INDIAN HUMAN DEVELOPMENT REPORT (IHDR) - IAMR, PC
Based on 2011 data
Muslim fare better than Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes on most social indicators.
- New Initiative Madrassas Modernisation Programme

TRANSGENDERS
- SC verdict in section 377 of IPC
Suresh Kumar Koushal case
Criminalises consensual same-sex activity.
- Misuse of section 377 is one of the principle forms of discrimination against the transgender community.
- SC decision in 2014
Treated as a third gender for safeguarding their rights under our Constitution and the laws made by Parliament and
the state Legislature.
So now on all identity documents, including a birth certificate, passport, ration card and driving license would
recognize the third gender.
Directed the Centre and States to take steps to treat them as socially and educationally backward classes and extend
reservation for admission in educational institutions and for public appointments.
Jurisprudential basis of judgement - sex identity cannot be based on a mere biological test but must take into account
the individuals psyche.
Further court also relied on Yogyakarta Principles
Norms on sexual orientation and gender identity evolved in 2006 at Yogyakarta in Indonesia.
is a set of principles relating to sexual orientation and gender identity, intended to apply international human
rights law standards to address the abuse the human rights of lesbian, gay, bisexual and transgender (LGBT)
people, and (briefly) intersex.
The verdict lays down a comprehensive framework providing
Negative rights against discrimination
Positive rights to make decision about their lives, to express themselves and to choose which activities to take
part in it.
- SUGGESTIONS
Section 377 ought to be amended to de-criminalise gay sex.
Make law to prevent discrimination and atrocities.
Taking action against parents who neglect or abuse their gender non-conforming children and doctors who practice
electro-shock or other kind of unethical conversion therapy.
Action against delinquent police officers for violation of human rights of transgender.
The terms sex and gender should not be used interchangeably and only the term gender should be used in official
documents.
- Election
Gender is termed as others

SOCIAL SECURITY
- PENSION
Budget 2014 - One Rank, One Pension for soldiers
Soldiers of the same rank and the same length of service get the same pension, irrespective of their retirement
date.
SC - One Rank, One Pension for HC judges.
Irrespective of the source from where the judges are drawn (from among district judges or from among lawyers),
they must be paid the same pension just as they have been paid same salaries and allowances and perks as
serving judges. Different pensions were discriminatory and breach of Article 14.
RESERVATION
- Requirement
The general policy of reservation is useful as it attacks caste-based inequities that have proved so damaging to our
society; but through an ever-expanding scheme of reservation, we have lost sight of what our aims were in the first
place.
- Article 15 and 16 - bedrock of policy of affirmative action. These were means to establish a system where no discrimination
was permissible on grounds of race, religion, caste, etc.
- Article 16(4) - permit reservation in public employment for any backward class of citizens. Subservient to larger goals of
equality of opportunity to all citizens.
- Earlier status
SC struck down a special reservation in admission on basis of caste and religion
Held that policies of reservation are exceptional measures requiring strict constitutional defence. Otherwise, it would
perpetuate the caste system themselves.
Later SC change its view, held that Article 16(1) permits classification based on caste to achieve its broad goal:
equality of opportunity for each citizen, as an individual.
In 1992, Indra Sawhney v Union of India, by a nine-judge bench, ruled that Constitution permits backward classes to
be identified based on caste. Thereby provided the government the jurisprudential basis for formulating sweeping
policies of reservation.
- Current status
Even for policy of the state,
backward classes of citizens often identified solely on the basis of their castes
Reservation has stretched well beyond the realm of public employment.
Parliament allowed states through series of constitutional amendment
Reservation in matters of promotion to SCs and STs
To carry forward any vacancies created through a failure to fill up the reserved category from one year to the
following year
To provide specially for Other Backward Classes or SCs or STs in matters of admission to educational
institutions, including in private institutions.
SC ruled that the doctrine of creamy layer is inapplicable to SCs and STs.
- RELIGIOUS RESERVATION
Quota for Muslims within the Other Backward Classes quota in education and employment - Supreme Court rejected
reservation on line of religion.
- OBC QUOTA
For Jats
- Equal Opportunity Commission
A statutory body to check discrimination faced by religious minority
Proposed by Union cabinet
Against Sachar committee recommendation
- Committee recommended establishment of an Equal Opportunity Commission for all socio-religious communities and
deprived groups, and not just for minorities.
- It violates the basic idea of an anti-discrimination body.
-
STREET VENDORS (PROTECTION OF LIVELIHOOD AND REGULATION OF STREET VENDING) ACT, 2014
- Silent Features
Town Vending Committee will be responsible for conducting of survey of all the vendors under its jurisdiction, and
such survey must be conducted every five years. No street vendor will be evicted until such survey has been made and
a certificate of vending has been issued.
All street vendors will be accommodated in a designated vending zone. In case, all the vendors cannot be
accommodated in the same vending zone, allocation of space will be made by drawing of lots. However, those who fail
to get space in the same vending zone will be accommodated in adjoining vending zones.
All street vendors above fourteen years of age will be granted a certificate of vending. However, such certificates will
be granted only if the person gives an undertaking that he will carry out his business by him or through the help of his
family members, he was no other means of livelihood and he will not transfer the certificate. However, the certificate
can be transferred to one of his family member if such vendor dies or suffers from permanent disability.
The certificate may be cancelled if the vendor breaches the conditions of the certificate.
No vendor will be allowed to carry out vending activities in no-vending zones.
In case of declaration of a specified area as a no-vending zone, the vendors will be relocated to another area. However,
such street vendors must be given a notice of at least 30 days for relocation. Vendors, who fail to vacate such space
after a notice has been given, will have to pay a penalty which may extend up to two hundred fifty rupees per day.
The local authority may physically remove the vendor and make seizure of goods of such vendors who have not
relocated to the vending zones.
There shall be a dispute resolution body consisting of a Chairperson who has been a civil judge or a judicial
magistrate and two other professionals as prescribed by the appropriate government.
There will be a Town Vending Committee in each zone or ward of the local authority.
A vendor who vends without a certificate of vending or a vendor who contravenes the conditions laid down in the
certificate may be penalised with a fine which may extend up to two thousand rupees.
- SHORTCOMING
The civic bodies, which have no representation of street vendors, are made the final authority on all issues concerning
their fate, including the rehabilitation and resettlement plans.
Legal ambiguities, like no clear definition of "public purpose land", which makes its interpretation liable to misuse of
the law.
the bill leaves the onus of creating the schemes to the local municipalities of the states, which defeats the purpose of a
Central legislation

- The Bill provides for protection of livelihoods rights, social security of street vendors, regulation of urban street vending in
the country and for matters connected therewith or incidental thereto. Street food speaks volumes about the culture of this
country. I am sure that all of us have must have eaten street food many times in our life. Let us examine some of the
salient features of this bill.

1. The Bill provides for constitution of a Town Vending Authority in each Local Authority

2. A Town Vending Committee (TVC) shall be constituted which will have representation of officials and non-officials and street
vendors, including women vendors with due representation from SC, ST, OBC, Minorities and persons with disabilities.

3. 40% members of the TVC will be from amongst street vendors to be selected through election, of which one-third shall be
women.

4. A survey will be conducted, once in every five years to identify the street vendors and subsequently, Certificate of Vending will be
issued to them.

5. Where the numbers of street vendors identified are more than the holding capacity of the vending zone, the Town Vending
Committee (TVC) is required to carry out a draw of lots for issuing the certificate of vending for that vending zone and the
remaining persons will be accommodated in any adjoining vending zone to avoid relocation.

6. Old Certificate of Vending issued before the commencement of this act will continue to remain valid.
7. The authorities will have to conduct the survey as soon as possible and before that no street vendor can be evicted.

8. Necessary recommendation of TVC will be needed for relocation of any street vendor by the local authority. However, relocation
should be exercised as a last resort.

9. No-vending zone shall be declared only in a manner which displaces as less street vendors as possible.

10. The thrust of the Bill is on natural market, which has been defined under the Bill. The entire planning exercise has to ensure
that the provision of space or area for street vending is reasonable and consistent with existing natural markets. Thus, natural
locations where there is a constant congregation of buyers and sellers will be protected under the Bill.

11. An Independent Dispute Redressal Mechanism under the chairmanship of retired judicial officers will be there under this act.

12. The Bill also provides for promotional measures to be undertaken by the Government, towards availability of credit, insurance
and other welfare schemes of social security, capacity building programmes, research, education and training programme etc. for
street vendors.

13. Section 29 of the Bill provides for protection of street vendors from harassment by police and other authorities and provides for
an overriding clause to ensure they carry on their business without the fear of harassment by the authorities under any other law.

14. The Bill specifically provides that the Rules under the Bill have to be notified within one year of its commencement, and Scheme
has to be notified within six months of its commencement to prevent delay in implementation.


There are over 10 million street vendors in India. Street food enterprise contributes immensely to the local economy. Their food
represents the traditional food of India.



MANUAL SCAVENGING
- Prohibition of Employment as Manual Scavengers and their Rehabilitation Act, 2013.
Safai karamchari women be provided dignified livelihood, railway take time-bound strategy.

- SC direction to state to implement the Act.
Enforcement of fundamental rights guaranteed in the Constitution under Articles
14 - right to equality
17 - abolition of untouchability
21 - Right to life and personal liberty
47 - Duty of the State to raise the Level of nutrition and the standard of living and to improve public health
Entering sewer lines without safety gears should be made a crime even in emergency situations.
For each death, compensation of Rs. 10 lakh should be given to the family of the deceased.
- At least 22000 die in India doing various sanitation works.
- Cause of death - oxygen-deficiency in sewer lines and poisonous gases like hydrogen sulphide, methane, carbon dioxide,
and carbon monoxide.

DISABLE WELFARE
- ADIP - Scheme of Assistance to Disabled Persons for Purchase/Fitting of Aids/Appliances
Income eligibility ceiling
For 100% concession - Rs. 15000 per month.
For 50% concession - Rs. 20000 per month.
User-friendly mobile phones to visually challenged student at age of 18 years once in 5 year.
Laptop and Braille Note Taker to School-going disabled once in 10 years.

RIGHTS OF PRISONERS WITH DISABILITY
- Article 21 -Right to life - No person shall be subjected to degrading, inhuman or cruel punishment that is violative of
human dignity; the duty of care to be exercised in this matter during pre-trial custody.
- Article 14 - substantive right to equality before law
Principle of equality that necessarily includes special treatment for persons who are vulnerable.
The denial of special provisions, appropriate assistance and specialised health care access to a person with disabilities
in custody, who uses a wheelchair and has special health care needs arising from chronic illness, comes firmly within
the meaning of degrading, inhuman and cruel treatment.
-
- Veena Sethi case, in the early 1980s
Brought to light the treatment of prisoners with mental illnesses and their prolonged incarceration for periods
ranging from 16 to 30 years in custody.
Rights of persons with disabilities include civil and political rights for prisoners with disabilities.
- arrest of Dr. G.N. Saibaba
A person with disabilities who requires constant assistance and support, what are the standard minimum rules that
must temper the decision to take him into custody, in order that the treatment meted out to him is not construed as
cruel, degrading and inhuman?
- UN Convention on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities (UNCRPD) - India ratified
Article 4(d) - States Parties to refrain from engaging in any act or practice that is inconsistent with the present
Convention and to ensure that public authorities and institutions act in conformity with the present Convention.
Article 15(1) - No one shall be subjected to torture or to cruel, inhuman or degrading treatment or punishment.
Article 15(2) - States Parties shall take all effective legislative, administrative, judicial or other measures to prevent
persons with disabilities, on an equal basis with others, from being subjected to torture or cruel, inhuman or
degrading treatment or punishment.
Article 17 -every person with disabilities has a right to respect for his or her physical and mental integrity on an equal
basis with others.

- The Rights of Persons with Disabilities legislation
Pending
Put in place policies and national legislation that mandatorily provide for special services and basic needs that
prisoners with disabilities might require, and prioritise the conditional and compassionate release of prisoners with
high support needs.
- Vulnerability of women
- Criminal Procedure Code (CPC)
Special standards for the treatment of women prisoners and pregnant women in custody.

VOTING RIGHTS OF DISABLE
- Looking beyond physical accessibility, substantive equality and full participation can only be achieved with a rights-based
approach that values access to the public sphere and a robust protection of civil and voting rights for all citizens.
- Barriers
lack of access ramps and unavailability of voting mechanism for the hearing or sight impaired;
Lack of accessible campaign material which results in a difficulty in making an informed decision.
Lack of voting rights for persons with intellectual and psycho-social disabilities
Article 326 enshrines the value of universal adult suffrage and states that every person who is a citizen of India
and of legal age has the right to vote, with a few exceptions. One such exception is unsoundness of mind.
Ropa51 also disqualifies a person from being registered to vote if he or she is of unsound mind, and is found to
be so by a competent court.
No objective criterion laid down for determining unsoundness of mind.

The over-reliance on the companionship model to provide access for persons with disabilities is an infringement of
secrecy.
ROPA51 provides for Maintenance of secrecy of voting and stipulates that no other elector should be allowed
inside when an elector is inside the voting compartment.
Secrecy and autonomy are key elements of the free expression of the will of the electorship.
The Electoral Commission of India refers to the Conduct of Elections Rules, 1961, which provides for permitting
a companion to accompany a blind/infirm elector to assist him/her to cast the vote.
These rules stem from a charity model of understanding disability and not from a rights-based model.
Solution
Scrapping the unsoundness of mind exception, and tying any voter registration disqualification to the lack of
specific cognitive abilities in making an informed electoral choice only when declared so by a competent court.
Use of assistive and new technologies for making voting accessible for persons with disabilities, to ensure secrecy
and independence in voting.
- Making building entrances, rooms, voting tables and Electronic Voting Machines (EVM) accessible would do away with
voters with disabilities needing assistance.
RIGHTS OF VISUALLY IMPAIRED
- MARRAKASH TREATY - World Intellectual Property Organisation (WIPO)
India - first country to ratify the Treaty
to facilitate access to published works for persons who are visually impaired, or otherwise print disabled.
Treaty will come into force once 20 countries ratify it.
It requires to adopt national law provisions that facilitate the availability of published works in formats like Braille
that are accessible to the blind and allow their exchange across borders by organisations working for the visually
impaired.
Advantage
facilitate import of accessible format copies from the member states by the Indian authorised entities such as
educational institutions, libraries and other institutions working for the benefit of the visually impaired.
also facilitate translation of imported accessible format copies and export of accessible format copies in Indian
languages.



CLASS ACTION SUIT
- INDIAN COMPETITION ACT, 2002
Act provides that if competition law violations cause any loss or damage, persons aggrieved by the violations can form
a group (known in legal parlance as a "class") and file compensation claims before the Competition Appellate
Tribunal(Compat)
class action suits are only permitted after the Compat upholds CCIs decision
Provide a check against un-meritorious claims or frivolous competition law class action suits, which may be used
strategically by competitors to limit market opportunities for their rivals.
- Competition Commission of India (CCI) penalising DLF to the tune of Rs 630 crore for abusing its dominant position in
the real estate market of Gurgaon.
Residents of DLF-built apartments can form a "group of similarly affected persons" and file a US-styled class action
suit against DLF to claim damages.
- CCI imposed a penalty of over Rs 6,000 crore on 11 Indian cement producers after finding them guilty of cartelisation
under the provisions of the Competition Act
If Compat upholds the decision of the CCI, all persons aggrieved apply to the Compat to be compensated by cement
companies.
- Indian competition enforcement system has serves both the "deterrence" and the "compensation" goals of competition
law.
substantial fines attempts to deter errant market behavior
Compensation provides an opportunity to end-consumers, who are the real victims, to claim damages.
- The class action suit also remedies the "rational apathy" problem.
An individual end-consumer, may not initiate proceedings to recover damages, due to heavy legal cost.
Class action suit is a collective action mechanism that incentivises individual petitioners to bring suit by reducing
costs and spreading the risk.
Identifing class of litigants
Law aims to compensate every person who has been unfairly harmed by anti-competitive conduct of enterprises
but identifying such end-consumers may be difficult, and at times impossible.
Ensure all such litigants have a common cause of action against the defendant companies.
new Companies Act, 2013, also allowing dissatisfied investors to bring class action suits against the management of a
company

14. ISSUES RELATING TO DEVELOPMENT AND MANAGEMENT OF SOCIAL SECTOR/SERVICES RELATING TO
A. HEALTH,


- Health sectors problem
asymmetry of information
40 % of its children malnourished,
69 % defecating in the open and
less than 30 % having access to piped water in rural areas,
menace of tuberculosis and other infections, and
Emergence of non-communicable diseases.
-
- Implication of health problems
neglect of health entails real costs to the economy
in terms of household expenditures incurred on buying drugs rather than
nutritious foods,
investments for hospitals rather than factories that generate jobs and
Impair growth due to reduced productivity.
- Achievement in health sector
eliminated polio,
reduced by half the incidence of HIV/AIDS and
accelerated the reduction in maternal and infant mortality
- failure
in availability and quality of human resources in health and
In forging inter-sectoral linkages with social detriments via water, sanitation and nutrition.
- Immediate concerns

the focus on economic growth visualized in terms of physical infrastructure to the exclusion of the social sector,
namely health and education;
the ideology of minimum government and maximum governance
appropriate for economic sectors
But for health, it could imply a government reneging from its duty to provide primary health care, both
preventive and curative, and universal access to public goods like piped water, nutrition and sanitation.
-
Doctor-centric approaches serve vested interests in opening more medical colleges in the absence of systems that make them
accountable to the quality of the product they produce. The presumptive loss to be calculated in terms of the consequences an
unsuspecting patient could face due a poorly trained doctor.
U.K. removing from its rolls a large number of Indian doctors due to inadequate training
- Targets
Universal Health Coverage and
arresting disease and bringing down morbidity
- reforms needed
assuring the quality of our doctors,
Incentivize medical professional to serve in rural India.
paramedicalise primary care,
The effective utilisation of technology and installing latest medical innovation.
Technical training of doctors and staff.
Active engagement of the lay public in the governance of health.
Emphasize on developing world class public health care centre with grass root level penetration and trauma centre
facilities.
instilling the values of cleanliness and hygienic habits
Attention to water and sanitation alone will bring down morbidity and mortality by half and improve public health
Issues such as pricing, patenting, international agreements, quality control and regulation of drugs must be
integrated and a cohesive drug policy formulated.
Introduce free generic drug regime with universal access.
Create awareness regarding anti-biotic resistance
revamped and integrated Multiple schemes related to nutrition the Public Distribution System, food law, mid-day
meal and Integrated Child Development Services programmes reduce wastage and duplication.
Rework relationships to reduce duplication and enable more cost-effective use of resources.
between public and private sector in health,
between the Centre and States,
between the various hierarchies of human personnel such as doctors, nurses and paramedics, and
between allopath and other systems of medicine
central funding to States (conditional to good governance) in terms of a State policy on human resources training,
recruitment and deployment and establishment of systems that ensure the synchronization of all inputs.

- Health sector models
China and Japan - not jump into health rights or health security for all without first attacking the causal factors
responsible for ill-health.
China - healthy China narrative
First ensuring simpler and more basic services like access to water and toilets, good nutrition, access to
public health at the community level
Primitive health for forming sanitary habits like drinking boiled water
U.S. - high-cost, specialist-driven model
- resource constraints
fund required - Rs.10.8 lakh crore
PC allotted 40 per cent during the 12th FYP.
NRHM need - 3 per cent GDP against which hardly 1 per cent is being allotted.

PUBLIC FUNDING OF HEALTH SECTOR
- Six practical steps for better health.
Tax-payer financed services
Universal health insurance (UHI) replaces most private spending by taxpayer-financed health services.
Currently spends about 6 per cent of its GDP on health care
80 % - out-of-pocket and
Drives over 40 million Indians below the poverty line every year.
raise revenue
VAT and other tax reforms can raise about 3 per cent of GDP
regulate downward any growth in private indemnity insurance
UHI will free the current out-of-pocket spending and channel funds toward far more productive uses.
A single-payer system like Gujarats Chiranjeevi Yojana, to enhance the reach of health care through a wide
range of private providers. It will prevent mal-practices in the health-care system.
new vaccines against diarrhoea and pneumonia among children
reduce smoking
Smoking kills about 1 million Indians every year
tubercolosis has risen because of smoking
Prolonged cigarette smoking robs a full decade of life.
Cigarettes must be taxed on their tobacco content and not length.
Tripling of the tax would yield another 0.3 per cent of GDP in revenue.
Prevent vascular deaths
1 million Indians die between the ages of 30 and 69 per year
Low-cost generic risk pills that combine aspirin with a statin drug in order to reduce cholesterol and lower blood
pressure can reduce by two-thirds the chances of suffering another stroke or even dying.
Low-cost treatments of acute heart attacks are also now possible.
Control malaria
Prevent a big resurgence of malaria.
Change in the Indian malaria programme to a proper use of combination drugs.
Make available in rural areas, particularly in Odisha and the northeast.
Fighting resistance to effective malaria drugs that are emerging from the Greater Mekong Region.
Boost Indias foreign aid to combat drug and insecticide-resistant malaria in Asia. India can contribute $100
million to a regional malaria fund, and establish a public-private partnership to provide subsidies to reputable
drug manufacturers.
improve health reporting
Census should be strengthened, expanded and paired with the economic census and other surveys.

- catastrophic health expenses are the biggest reason for pushing individuals and families into poverty. The poor cannot
afford to be sick because they cannot afford to get well.

ANTI SMOKING MEASURES
- RAISE TAXES ON CIGARETTES AND TOBACCO PRODUCTS
increased the specific excise duty on cigarettes in the range of 11 to 72% and by 10% on chewing tobacco.
BENEFITS
revenue generation
reducing tobacco consumption.
Increased excise in the lowest segment would prove to be a deterrent and disincentive to children as young as
15 years.
27% users - in the 15-24 year age group.
shortcomings
failure to tax bidis.
35 to 40 % of total tobacco use in the country
greater than the number of cigarettes smoked
bidis attract incredibly low tax and tax exemption on prodution below two million sticks a year
complete absence of price parity between different tobacco products
steep increase in the price of entry-level cigarettes without a concomitant increase in bidi prices may result in
product substitution.
Did not eliminated current taxation system that is based on the length of the cigarette
possibility of shifting from longer to shorter length cigarettes
failed to link the tax rates to an automatic annual inflation-adjusted increase
majority of smokers would in course of time be able to afford the now expensive cigarettes.



LACUNAE IN PUBLIC HEALTH SYSTEM
- poor quality of care, long waiting lines, patient maltreatment and neglect
sick people, however poor, need diagnosis but they also need a sense of care.
Second, the poor are discriminating, if uninformed, consumers of services including health care. They will pay to get
care which gets them back to work rather than wait.
- common man cannot really access public health system easily.
over burdened and slow and insensitive.
It needs investment and possibly a complete restructuring to make it accessible.
alternative - exploitative private sector
- goal of the public sector
disease control
providing free health services
efficiency, the quality of care and the accessibility of the public sector has to improve.
Restructuring services delivery and improving perception of consumers. The trust deficit must end.
Innovatively engage private sector
ensure that this sector is regulated and monitored effectively.
overuse of diagnostics, over-the-counter sale of drugs and rising numbers of quacks must be checked
build a mutually beneficial relationship with the private sector.
SANITATION

- Nirmal Gram Puraskar a national award given for preventing open defecation.
- Nirmal Bharat Abhiyaan (NBA) scheme meant to deliver toilets to all rural households
Just building toilets without focussing on behaviour change is not going to be enough, the researchers say.
Large parts of the population do not seem to have as yet made the association between good health and using toilets.
connection between sanitation and child health stunting in particular
Difference in the heights of Indian and African children could be explained by nutrient loss on account of open
defecation.

REDIATION FROM MOBILE TOWER

- As per self certifications submitted by telecom service providers, and sample checks conducted by the DoT
The existing level of electromagnetic radiation from mobile towers in the country is within the prescribed limits.
- DoT accepted recommendations of the Inter-Ministerial Committee on radiation,
Made norms for exposure limit for the Radio Frequency Field (Base Station Emissions) to be reduced to 1/10th of the
existing limits prescribed by ICNIRP.
constituted an internal committee to formulate uniform guidelines at national level to enforce restrictions on
establishment / setting up of BTS tower


- The WHOs report on Electromagnetic Fields (EMF) and Public Health
International exposure guidelines developed by
International Commission on Non-Ionizing Radiation Protection (ICNIRP, 1998) and
The Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers (IEEE, 2005).
National authorities should adopt international standards to protect their citizens against adverse levels of RF fields.
Restrict access to areas where exposure limits may be exceeded.
- Licensing and clearance policy
DoT adopted International EMF norms in 2008 as prescribed by (ICNIRP) and licenses were accordingly amended.
DoT directed All the Cellular Mobile Telephone Service (CMTS)/ Unified Access Service (UAS) licensees for
compliance of the reference limits/ levels prescribed by ICNIRP by way of self-certification of their Base Transmitting
Station (BTS) for meeting the EMF radiations norms.
for 900 MHz, permissible Power Density is 4.5 Watt per Square meter,
For 1800 MHz permissible Power Density is 9 Watt per Square meter.
Wireless Planning & Coordination (WPC) wing of DoT issues sitting clearance for installation of mobile towers for
every site from the point of view of interference with other wireless users, aviation hazards, and obstruction to any
other existing microwave links.
Sitting clearances of DoT are issued without prejudice to other applicable bylaws, rule, and regulations of local bodies
such as municipal corporation, Gram Panchayat etc.
Before installation of tower, the telecom service providers have to obtain necessary clearances from concerned
local authorities/ State Government bodies also.


RIGHT TO HEALTH (RTH)
Fundamental and universal right include
Access to safe water and sanitation.
Adequate food and nutrition
Housing
Secure livelihoods
Social equity based on disparities on the lines of gender, caste and class
Suggestion to improve Health status of India
Right to health law
Universal access to quality and comprehensive health care in the primary, secondary and tertiary services
Make denial or non-availability for reasons of access, affordability, or quality a justifiable offence.
Public health expenditure increased to 3.6%.
Right to Safe Drinking Water (Part of RTH)
- Lancet report
access to safe water as defined by the UN MDG- target 7c indicator
Urban - 99.6%
Rural - 97 %,
Contaminated water
41% of urban
60 % of rural
Over-estimation of water quality through the MDG target 7c indicator leads to erroneous assessment of health
challenges and living standards.
Widespread access to safe drinking water coexists with very high levels of child morbidity and mortality, partly
resulting from waterborne disease.

- The MDG target 7c -
It aims at halving the proportion of the population without sustainable access to safe drinking water and basic
sanitation.
89 % coverage globally and
91 % coverage in India.
The MDG target 7c indicator
Does not consider water quality, which relates to pathogens and chemicals that can cause disease.
safe drinking water is defined via provenance from an improved source, which includes piped water on
premises and channels, such as public taps and hand pumps
Water tested for faecal contamination using a UNICEF-validated rapid test for coliform bacteria TARAenviro
aquacheck.

IMPACT OF GLOBALISATION ON HEALTH
- Policy intervention of restricted global governance
1. Financial crisis and austerity measures
2. Intellectual properties
3. Investment treaties
4. Food
5. Corporate activity
6. Migration and
7. armed violence

MATERNAL AND CHILD HEALTH
IMR - Infant Mortality Rate
Millennium Development Goal - 4 national targets of 28 per 1000 live birth.
U5MR - Under-5 mortality Rate
MDG national level target of 42.
NMR - Neo-natal Mortality Rate
Fertility rate - the number of children born to a woman during her reproductive ages of 15-49. National average - 2.6.
National Health Mission on maternal and child health.
Providing adequate number of skilled frontline health workers.
Building community mechanisms for monitoring.
Stronger health care system
Ensuring survival on the first day of birth.

FEMALE FOETICIDE
Haryana Sex ratio - 877 - Countrys 4% Female foeticide
Portable ultrasound machines
Trafficking of women from North Eastern States for forced marriages and bonded labour.
Trend start in 1995 - consequences will be visible in next decade.
SCHEMES FOR WOMEN
- West Bengal Kanyashree Prakalpa 2013 ( a save child programme)
Provides scholarship to girls from economically backward backgrounds.
Conditional cash transfer scheme for schooled girls.

MATERNAL HEALTH
- MMR - counted when deaths occur during pregnancy or in the first 42 days after birth.
Now 178, MDG - 109 by 2015
- India
reduced maternal mortality by 65 per cent between 1990 and 2013.
only 4.5 per cent - miss the MDG 5 target of 5.5 % before 2015.
- Reasons -
Severe bleeding and infections after childbirth and
high blood pressure levels during pregnancy
Lack of skilled care before, during and after childbirth.
Delivery at home rather than of institutional delivery, especially in RJ, UP & BR
- Janani Suraksha Yojana (JSY)- Cash incentives
To BPL Rural Women for institutional delivery.
To mother - Rs. 1400/-
ANM and ASHA - rewards.
- Janani Shishu Suraksha Yojana (JSSY)
Free delivery including C-section in government hospitals and free healthcare for mothers and newborns.
Free entitlements for
Free drugs and consumables
Free diagnostics
Free diet
Free blood wherever required
Free transport from home to institution.
Cover complications during ante-natal & post-natal period & of infants upto 1 year of age.
- MCTS
Mother and Child Tracking System
To track every pregnant woman and child upto 5 years of age and ensure regular service delivery.
-
CHILD HEALTH
- RBSK - Rashtriya Bal Swasthya Karyakram, 2013
For screaning and free treatment of children between 0-18 years of age.
- Routine immunization (RI)
- Measles
Towards elimination by 2020
- Pentavalent vaccine
Protect from Hib meningitis and pneumonia.
- Hepatitis B (Hep-b) vaccination
- Japanese Encephalitis (JE) vaccination

CASE STUDY ON MATERNAL AND CHILD HEALTH
- Bangladesh
Among poorest with highest population density and 75 per cent of the population is rural,
reduced maternal mortality by 66 per cent between 1990 and 2010
average annual rate of decrease was 5.9 per cent during the period 1990 to 2010, which is more than the m MDG 5
target of 5.5 per cent or more.
almost the same in both the urban and rural areas.
Factor of success
status and value of women have improved
more educated and have access to finance.
Discrimination against women has come down
Education
increased womens willingness and ability to seek health care.
Between age 15-24 - 80 % literacy in women.
Time of starting their reproductive life and having families and babies.
In villages girls are educated compared with boys
benefits of education in reduced fertility almost reached replacement rate
increased use of contraceptives, fertility rate reduced to 2.3.
The desired fertility is 1.6.
mothers have a greater risk of dying when they have greater parity
shift from high parity high risk to low risk low parity
3 times increase in deliveries by medically trained healthcare providers
improved access to and use of health facilities,
-


JUNK FOOD
- There is nothing called junk food. The problem with obesity lies with children who do not exercise enough. What is needed
is for them to run and jump, and to do this they need to consume high-calorie food. So, food high in salt, sugar and fat is
good for them." This is what was argued vehemently and rudely by representatives of the food industry in the committee
set up under directions from the Delhi to frame guidelines for junk food in India.

On the face of it, no one from the junk food industry was part of the committee. During the early meetings, we only knew
that there were members of two associations that were representing the food industry in the committee. But, as
discussions got under way, it became clear that the big junk food industry was present in the meeting. We learnt that the
member representing the National Restaurant Association of India was a top official from Coca-Cola - the world's most
powerful beverage company, which is at the centre of the junk food debate globally. The other grouping, the All India Food
Processors' Association, was represented by Swiss food giant Nestle, which has commercial interest in instant noodles and
other junk food.

The other members of the committee were eminent paediatricians, nutritionists and public health specialists. The
committee was set up after a case was filed in 2010 by a Delhi-based non-governmental organisation, Uday Foundation,
which asked for a ban on junk food in schools and in their vicinity. In September 2013, the high court ordered the
government to set up a committee to frame guidelines for food as the "ill effects of eating junk food have been documented
by public health experts and also paediatricians".

The first move by the junk food industry was to block the setting up of the committee itself. But the court rejected this. The
industry then changed tactics to argue that the problem was not junk food but lack of physical activity.

For the rest of us in the committee, the issues were: what makes food junk; why is it bad for our health; and what is being
done to regulate junk food in other parts of the world? A working group was set up to frame the guidelines to present to
the expert committee, which in turn would report to the court.

The Hyderabad-based National Institute of Nutrition has defined junk food as food that contains little or no protein,
vitamin or minerals but is rich in salt, fat and energy. There is also robust evidence of the linkage between consumption of
such food and non-communicable diseases like diabetes, hypertension and heart diseases. Childhood obesity has become
the most serious health concern - even in our part of the world, where malnutrition is a big concern. Study after study
points to high-calorie intake because of unrestricted access to energy-dense fast food in school canteens and
neighbourhoods. Exercise is vital, but it is not a substitute for a balanced diet.

The world over, governments are acting to tax junk food, ban it in schools and restrict its advertisement. All this is adding
up to high-profile campaigns, in which celebrities shun endorsements of such food and push for healthier options.

The question before the working group was not whether action was needed, but how to address these concerns. The first
step was to build the criteria to define and identify junk food - for instance, how much of sugar, fat or salt in food is
unhealthy. Based on this information, a list was prepared of the most common junk food that would need to be regulated.
It included packaged fried food such as chips; carbonated beverages; instant noodles; and confectionery.

The working group was unanimous in its position. It recommended a ban on junk food in and around schools, and also a
canteen policy that foods categorised as green (healthy) would constitute more than 80 per cent of the choices available.
We said that non-standardised junk food, such as samosa, would be available sparingly in the canteens. There would be
efforts to "green" this food through better ingredients and cooking methods. This food was categorised as orange. Red-
category food - common junk food - would not be available at all.

But all this would not work unless people are informed about what they are eating. To do this, labelling on food should
specify how much fat, sugar or salt it contains in relation to their daily diet. The working group also recommended
strongly against celebrity endorsement.

But this was clearly unacceptable to big business. They struck back. By now they could not argue that nothing should be
done. Health-related evidence was overwhelming. Their position was that instead of banning such food, children should
be asked to "eat responsibly". But they could not explain what eating responsibly meant. The committee's final report has
two positions: the industry says the availability of junk food should be restricted or limited in and around schools; the rest
say junk food should be banned. Now the report is with the high court and awaiting a decision. Wait and watch this space
for more. This is business not to be left to business to decide



NEW HEPATITIS C DRUG

- sofosbuvir (brand name Sovaldi),
Drug by U.S. pharmaceutical giant, Gilead,
Is offering succour with a very high 90 per cent cure rate.
direct-acting antiviral (DAA) administered orally
Existing treatment is injection-based and has severe side effects.
Treatment time is reduced from 24-48 weeks to 12 weeks without side effects.
It is available in select markets. It was launched at $84,000 per patient in the U.S., $50,000 in France and
$34,000 in the U.K.
Gilead is already talking to Indian generic manufacturers to license them to sell sofosbuvir in about 60 countries.
But major markets where the disease is prevalent are excluded from the voluntary license
They offered it to some Non-government organizations (NGOs) here at $1,000 per patient. In India, though,
the public sector does not provide that service and the price is way too high.
Worries - about a patent being granted in India as once granted, generic makers are bound by it.
Sofosbuvir can be produced generically in India and marketed at very affordable prices.
Produced generically, it can cost as low as $130 per patient and the opportunity would be huge for Indian
manufacturers.
-
- Hepatitis C disease
WHO estimates that 150 million people globally are chronic HCV patients and it claims 500,000 lives annually.
The highest patient count is in
China (29.7 million),
India (18.2 million),
Egypt (11.8 million) and
Indonesia (9.43 million).

Hepatitis C virus (HCV) - the liver disease, if untreated, can cause liver cirrhosis and liver cancer and has a high
mortality rate.
HAEMOPHILIA
- Hemophilia is a rare bleeding disorder in which the blood does not clot due to total absence or low levels of clotting
factors.
- People of hemophilia have a faulty gene that regulates the bodys production of clotting factors
-

VACCINE DENIERS
- Who claim that immunization is pointless, risky and that the body is better off fighting disease unaided?
- Opposition to routine vaccination of children against contagious diseases such as measles and whooping cough has been
on the rise in recent years, notably in the United States and Britain.
- A hardliner minority disputes the necessity of vaccination outright, while doubters focus on fears such as the alleged links
between measles vaccines and autism, rejected by the overwhelming majority of scientists.
- "The important thing about complacency is that the number of susceptible people who resist or reject facts and
information will accumulate, and the disease will come back, as you're seeing in the United States with measles and
whooping cough, which are terrible diseases.
- Rolling back vaccination in some countries also undermines the global fight against disease,
- When we look at the number of people being vaccinated each year, for childhood vaccination we're seeing close to 85
percent being vaccinated.
- But each new cohort must be vaccinated. We will reap the full benefits of vaccines only if all individuals in all communities
receive the vaccines they need. And clearly this is a shared responsibility.
- Northern Nigeria and Pakistan where polio immunization campaigns have been dubbed a foreign conspiracy by local
opponents.
- And war also takes its toll, with polio rearing its head in Syria, previously free of the disease thanks to widespread
immunization.


ROTAVIRUS VACCINE 116E INVENTED
- At AIIMS, New Delhi - for rotavirus diarrhea.
- India - annually kills over 100,000 children below the age of one. Quarter of global deaths caused by rotavirus diarrhea.
- Efficiency of 56.4% - more than half of preventing severe rotavirus gastroenteritis in infants during first year of life.
- Will be made available to the government at less than $1 per dose.
- Three doses can be co-administered with other vaccines during the routine immunization schedule.
- Boost to science of vaccine development in India -take to completion clinical trials of novel drug candidate.

MIDDLE EAST RESPIRATORY SYNDROME CORONAVIRUS (MERS-COV)
- pneumonia and kidney failure
- MERS-CoV cases have occurred in the Middle East, with Saudi Arabia accounting for a large proportion of them.
- The United Arab Emirates, Jordan, Kuwait, Oman, Qatar and Yemen have also reported cases. France, Germany, Italy, the
United Kingdom, Tunisia and Greece reported instances where people had been infected in the Middle East or came into
contact with such infected individuals.
- Asias first case - Malaysian man appears to have caught the virus while on a pilgrimage to Saudi Arabia and died days
later.
- India
States like Kerala needs to be watchful.
India has large numbers of travellers to the region, including workers,
Unlike the swine-origin flu virus that caused the 2009 pandemic, the MERS virus does not easily spread from one
person to another.
It has a high case fatality rate and its appearance here could well fuel public anxiety.
Measures
Need for vigilance in the form of surveillance, and the importance of good infection control practices in managing
patients with acute respiratory infections.
Hospitals, both government-run ones and those in the private sector, need to be ready to handle patients who
have the virus.
Healthcare facilities dealing with MERS-CoV infections should take appropriate measures to reduce the risk of
the virus passing to other patients, staff and visitors.







ZOONOTIC DESEASE
- Meaning
Pertaining to a zoonosis: a disease that can be transmitted from animals to people or, more specifically, a disease that
normally exists in animals but that can infect humans. There are multitudes of zoonotic diseases.
- Prevelance
This disorders are spread between animals and humans, and are common in societies where poverty is widespread,
and where people depend on animals for their livelihood.
three diseases in particular anthrax, brucellosis and bovine tuberculosis
diseases have been neglected because they mostly arise in developing countries.
Poor healthcare infrastructure in affected countries can often mean that thousands of sufferers are left un-diagnosed
Prevelance in India
Chikungunya, dengue, Avian influenza, plague, SARS and acute encephalitis syndrome (AES) are some of the
zoonotic diseases that have and continue to take a heavy toll of human life in India.
Japanese encephalitis and AES kills hundreds of children in the eastern parts of the country every year and results
in high morbidity.
Reports of deaths due to Chikungunya, dengue and highly infectious Congo Haemorrhagic Fever are also not
uncommon in the country, particularly during monsoon.
Salmonella, mycobacterium, E.coli and Brucellosis are some commonly found bacteria in India which cause highly
infectious diseases like cholera and are often transmitted through unhygienic food and impure drinking water.
MALARIA
- WHO estimates
infected 207 million and killed 627,000 people;
80 per cent of the deaths were of children under five years of age.

INDIGENOUS MALARIA VACCINE
- Indian Institute of Science (IISc),
- Modus operandi
Contains live malaria sporozoites (an immature stage of the parasite Plasmodium berghei) with an important genetic
modification.
The researchers knocked out a gene that produces heme, a molecule central to the pathogens survival.
The vaccine targets the pathogen as it enters the liver, the first destination in the host.
- Usefulness
drugs have proved inadequate against the parasite that often develops resistance to drugs including combination
drugs,
Recently parasite developed resistance to artemisinin, the most important anti-malaria drug.
-
- INVOLVEMENT OF PRIVATE SECTOR
With increased coordination of the Roll Back Malaria (RBM) partners and under the technical leadership of the
World Health Organization (WHO), global malaria death rates have declined by an estimated 42 per cent since 2000,
contributing to a 20 per cent reduction in child mortality and helping drive progress against a variety of other health
and development targets across the board. Our efforts have helped avert an estimated 3.3 million deaths between
2001 and 2012 90 per cent of which were estimated to be children under the age of 5.
With 95 per cent of the Indian population living in malaria-endemic areas, and an estimated 1 million cases of
infection in 2012 reported by the government, we have a tremendous opportunity to leverage the reach of the private
sector to scale-up malaria-control efforts and create healthier, more stable communities.
Asia-Pacific Leaders Malaria Alliance (APLMA), a regional alliance of Heads of Government aimed at combating
malaria and containing the spread of drug resistant malaria through cross-border and multi sectoral collaboration.
During the launch of APLMA at last October's East Asia Summit, 18 leaders, including the President of India
endorsed APLMA and welcomed its creation.
-
.

-

Community Participation in Health
- ASHAs - Accredited Social Health Activists
Provide home based mother and newborn care, counseling newly married couple and distributing contraceptives at
the door step
- VHSNCs
Village Health Sanitation and Nutrition Committees
- RKSs
Rogi Kalyan Samitis

ADOLESCENT
- RKSK
Rashtriya Kishor Swasthya Karyakram
- ARSH Clinics
Adolescent Reproductive & Sexual Health Clinics
- Sanitary napkins
Freedays
- WIFS
Weekly Iron and Folic Acid Supplementation for adolescents.

CONTRACEPTIVE

INFRASTRUCTURE AND HUMAN RESOURCES
- Nutritional Rehabilitation Centres
- AYUSH facility
- Free Drugs Service Initiative
- Special Newborn Care Units

Kidney Disease Prevention
Two simple test every year and preventive measures at early stage
1. To check the level of protein in urine.
2. A blood test for measuring serum creatinine.
Treatment
1. Lifelong dialysis
2. Kidney Transplant

Drug Quality
Drugs and Cosmetics Act 1940
Central Drugs Standard control Organisation (CDSCO)
Ranbaxy was fined by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (U.S.FDA) for making and selling adulterated drugs.

ANTIBIOTICS RESISTANCE
- Chennai Declaration
Document prepared in 2012 by representative of stakeholders and experts in India to tackle antimicrobial resistance.
Strategy
Urgent initiatives to formulate an effective policy to control the rising antimicrobial resistance, including a ban
on the over-the-counter sale of antibiotics , and
To change the medical education curriculum to include training in antibiotic usage and infection control.

Action taken
MoHFW has restricted the sale of 24 antibiotics by amending the Drugs and Cosmetics Act, 1940.
Notified a new Schedule H1.
Five year Plan
First year -
All tertiary health care facilities are expected to have in-hospital antibiotic monitoring facilities.
First 2 year -
Restricting the over-the-counter sale of 60% antibiotic drugs.
All primary and secondary health centres will have an antibiotic policy
5 year
90% restriction
All hospitals and healthcare facilities at the primary level will have an autonomous antibiotic policy
accreditation agency to monitor antibiotic usage and infection control measures will have to be taken.
A Practical not perfect approach has been prepared for achievable targets for the first, second and fifth years.

SUBSTANCE ABUSE
- Narcotic drugs and Psychotropic Substances (NDPS) Act 1985
Strict regulation of use of morphine, which is required for cancer patients.
Lengthy bureaucratic procedures
- Narcotic drugs and Psychotropic Substances (Amendment) Bill, 2011 - simplifying the regulations for procuring and
possessing narcotic drugs when used for medicinal purposes.
- Relief to thousand of cancer patients in the country who use opioid for acute and chronic pain relief.
-
PATHOGEN DETECTION KIT
- Food and water-borne pathogen detection kit
- Help determining what causes food poisoning and common food borne infections and water borne infections.
- Easy, user friendly and rapid detection system useful for Integrated Disease Surveillance Programme, which reports on
food poisoning outbreak and to diagnostic laboratories in government as well as private sector.

ELISA TEST
- To measure serum ferritin in blood or iron content, the deficiency of which lead to anaemia.

SUICIDE
- REASONS
Suicidal fantasies - like revenge, power, escaping pain, reunion with the dead, rescue or sacrifice - result of biological,
genetic and social factors along with cultural environment.
Biology - twins have similar suicidal behaviour
Genetics - more among men than women. More among adolescents and young adults and elders. More among single
than married.
Problem solving skills -
Coping mechanisms - affected by family history of substance abuse, suicidal behaviour and mental illness
Family dynamics - affect development of effective communication skills, how to handle happiness. Worries, sorrow,
successes, failures and how to connect emotionally with others
Physical illness - immobility, disfigurement and chronic pain causing lack of mental and emotional stability and well
being.
- Category
Egoistic - anyone who was socially isolated
Altruistic - the result of a person being too integrated into a social group like soldiers who sacrifice their lives for
other or group
Anomic - the consequence of a drastic disruption to the life of a well-integrated person
- How to handle suicidal behaviour
First, manage your own anxiety about the conversation by focusing on the person and what they have shared with
you.
Then convey your empathy, let them know that youre sorry theyre suffering and that youre there for them
Ask them if they have spoken to a therapist, counselor or trained professional - and if not, ask them if they would like
to contact one.

FOOD HABITS
- The Food Safety and Standards Authority of India - Guidelines Suggestions
School Canteen
They are not any commercial outlets. But have social responsibility towards inculcating healthy eating
behabiours.
Advertisement Standards
Regulating advertisements for foods high in fat, sugar and salt
Limiting reach of such advertisements in the electronic media where the school children are the key audience
Restricting celebrity endorsement for such foods
Regulating promotional activities of such foods targeted at the children.


EUTHANASIA

- Aruna Shanbaug Case - Validity of Passive euthanasia and procedure of executing the same -finally Supreme Court ruled
that euthanasia is not a permissible option.
- Article 21 - Right to live with dignity include the right to die with dignity but it does not mean validity of euthanasia.

DISEASES

TB - TUBERCULOSIS
- RNTCP - Revised National TB Control Programme
Public health programme having reached over 15 million patients in the past 10 years. It helped reduce TB prevalence
and mortality in line with the Millennium Development Goals.

- Indias Status
A quarter of TB cases worldwide - 2.15 million in India.

- Engagement with Private Sector
Reasons

Mostly private sector is the first point of care and 50 % cases are treated in private sector. So engage first-contact
care provider for early intervention by diagnosing with sputum test.
Private sector health care quality is suboptimal. If right anti-TB drugs, in right dosages, right combination and
for full course period is not provided then drug resistance can emerge.
TB treatment require unstopped treatment which is only possible if detailed counseling and continuous follow up
are provided which private practitioners in lack of medical records fail to provide due to busy clinic practice.
Engagement of private sector is necessary to increase rates of TB case notification as required under RNCTP but,
unfortunately, most private practitioner do not notify.
Private sector is critical to detect drug-resistance and ensure that all patients with MDR-TB get linked to second
line treatment.
Private providers perceive TB as a clinical issue and do not always look at the community and public health
perspectives of patient care such as early diagnosis, infection control and prevention of transmission, social and
psychological support and a patient-centric approach.

Bottleneck in engaging private sector
Many TB programme managers may perceive the private sector as their main challenge.
Lack of trust on both sides.
Perverse market forces on private sector side
Antipathy on the public sector side
Manager are too preoccupied with implementation of DOTS
Lack of necessary skill and human resources.
PPP model in anti - TB Programme
Floated in past but unsuccessful
Suggestions
Mapping the private sector in terms of core competence
Non-profit organisations such as Partnership for TB Care and Control; in India can provide support to state
and district TB officers in the mapping exercise.
Knowledge Attitude practices (KAP) studies should explore and identify behavioural barriers within the
public and private sector on PPP.
PPP strategy should include a system for accreditation of private facilities that offer the best standards of
care.
Use of innovations and models of private -private and private-NGO linkage.
Have consultation with key stakeholders including healthcare professionals, NGOs, the pharmaceutical
industry for an ideal and flexible PPP system.
Banning serology testing and mandatory notification of cases.
TB Diagnosis
Lack of uniformity in the diagnostic algorithm between the private and public sector
Private - Serological (blood) tests even though no clinical basis for it.
Public - Sputum smear microscopy - fail in half cases.
India in 2012 banned the manufacture, sale and distribution of serology-bases testing kits. Import is successfully
restricted but still indigenous manufacturers manufacture it and private sector uses it.
Interferon Gamma Release Arrays - useful for diagnosis of latent TB especially in children. But wrongfully used
for detecting active TB.
Correct diagnosis methods
Polymerase chain reaction
Line prove assay
GeneXpert
Cartridge-bases nucleic acid amplification test.
- Pediatric Tuberculosis - Childhood TB - Symptom based contact screening
WHO guidance for national TB programmes (NTPs) on the management of tuberculosis in children.
Targeted at the TB control programmes of the low- and middle-income countries.
Recommendations
Using Expert MTB/RIF, a rapid molecular assay, as the initial diagnostic test for children suspected of having
multidrug-resistant TB (MDR-TB) or HIV-associated TB.
Expert displaces smear microscopy and culture as the initial diagnostic test for these two categories.
Culture test
This test uses your sputum sample to grow any TB bacteria that may be there. It is very reliable and
helps put you on the right medication, by telling the doctors if the TB is drug resistant. As TB germs
grow slowly, it may take up to 8 weeks to get your results.
A definitive diagnosis of tuberculosis can only be made by culturing Mycobacterium
tuberculosis organisms from a specimen taken from the patient (most often sputum, but may also
include pus, CSF, biopsied tissue, etc.)
Unlike in the case of MDR-TB, the recommendation for Expert as a diagnostic test is only conditional in
the case of drug-sensitive TB and extra-pulmonary TB.
But, in the case of children with TB meningitis, WHO strongly recommends Expert as the first diagnostic
test, considering the urgency of rapid diagnosis.

Contact screening of children who have come in contact with adults with TB disease and are not on treatment.
Adults with sputum smear-positive pulmonary TB is most likely to transmit the bacilli to others.
Hence, children below five years of age and HIV-positive children living in the same household as the
diseased adult, MDR-TB included, run the greatest risk of getting infected with TB, particularly when there
has been close contact for prolonged duration.
It is important to note that children aged below five years run a great risk of developing TB disease within
one year of infection; it is about a few weeks in the case of infants.
Strong recommendation to undertake contact screening when an adult meets one of the following criteria:
sputum smear-positive pulmonary TB; has MDR-TB; is HIV positive or if the contact is less than five years
of age.
Earlier the usual practice is to use tuberculin skin test (TST) for confirming infection, and chest X-ray (CXR)
for confirming disease, but these tests have limitations and are often not readily available. Hence, in the
absence of TST or CXR, clinical assessment alone is sufficient to know if the child contact is disease-free.
If [TST and CXR are] required for contact screening but are not readily available, then this becomes a barrier
to contact screening and preventive therapy.
The symptom-based screening has been found to be safe and more feasible than diagnostic test-based screening
in resource-limited settings.
Only children with TB symptoms need to be referred to secondary level for further assessment.
Symptom-based approach would allow screening by health workers at a peripheral level.
Health workers are generally capable of differentiating whether a child has symptoms or not.

- Preventive therapy

The WHO strongly recommends preventive therapy using a single dose of ionized daily for six months when the contact
does not have TB disease. This recommendation is based on the high quality of evidence. But WHO does not
recommend preventive therapy for contacts of MDR-TB index cases.
- Contact screening has twin benefits: it helps in testing contacts early and starting treatment without much delay, while the
ionized preventive therapy (IPT) greatly reduces the likelihood of children developing disease during childhood.
- The WHO had recommended IPT a few years ago and RNTCP has also approved it, but the implementation is at best sub-
optimal in India. Even basic systems to enable IPT are not in place, studies show. The guidance makes it explicitly clear
that follow-up should be carried out every two months until treatment is complete.





- Missing Patients
-
- Tuberculosis in India is big: 2.3 million cases, 30,000 deaths, a million missing patients. These terrifying numbers remind
us of a continuing crisis when every TB death is preventable. Behind these numbers are innumerable unheard stories of
human suffering of misdiagnosis, inappropriate treatment and lack of access to care resulting in chronic illness and
death. Why are these stories not heard? Because TB patients remain silent, disenfranchised, and find no platform to voice
their issues. And they dont have champions for their cause.
- A complex interplay
- Tuberculosis is not just a clinical issue. Its management requires the interplay of clinical medicine, social sciences, factors
of equity and right to health. Ironically, this complex interplay is what prevents patients from accessing care early, which
is vital to preventing deaths.
- The patient-centered approach is supposed to be the hallmark of the DOTS system of delivery under the Revised National
TB Control Programme, RNTCP, where the caregiver becomes entirely responsible for ensuring that the patient takes
drugs regularly and completes the treatment. However, the programme has not factored in and adequately addressed a
critical issue a patients right to choose the provider. Closely linked to this is the issue of confidentiality, given the
stigmatisation of TB patients in the community and by health providers themselves. In addition, the public health system
has not taken into account the need for social and nutritional support. There are structural issues of delivery as well. TB
control services are delivered through a vertical mechanism that is not integrated into primary health care delivery, which
is the first point of care in public health services. This is why despite the RNTCP offering free diagnosis and treatment
everywhere, patients prefer private providers.
- More than 60 per cent of patients choose a provider from the private sector, most often the point of first contact. But here
they have no protection against inaccurate testing or irrational prescriptions. Poor administration of drugs along with
irrational prescriptions and unregulated sale of anti-TB drugs fuel the transmission of drug-resistant TB. Yet, the
government seems disinclined to regulate the private sector.
- The silence around these challenges is deafening. It is disturbing that even with such catastrophic impact, few TB patients
and activists are empowered enough to question the quality of preventive and curative services that exist. However, until
tough questions are asked both in the public and private sector, TB will continue to plague us.
- There is an urgent need for activists and patients to speak up and question approaches to prevention, diagnosis and
treatment. We need to question the purely clinical approaches. Within the public health system we also need to demand
the inclusion of civil society in the planning and review of the anti-TB programme at the national, State and district levels.
However, for all this, patients and activists need funding to build empowered communities.
- From the private sector, activists must seek accountability in the areas of diagnosis and treatment. Also, serology-based
testing for TB should be banned and mandatory notification of TB cases made compulsory.
- There is a need to strengthen community engagement to ensure open participation, empower the patient, family and
community with information and knowledge to speak out for their rights and for public health safety.
- There are learnings from experiences in the fight against HIV/AIDS. Not only were patients empowered enough to
question the credibility of health systems but they were an integral part of decision-making processes.
- TB could affect anyone, irrespective of social or economic status as it spreads through the air we breathe. We need opinion
leaders, concerned citizens and public figures to become champions in the fight against TB.
- As a society and a community we are failing not only these patients but also ourselves by not demanding the rights of
patients to high-quality care and management. Until everyone speaks out, and embarks on collective action to fight TB,
India will continue to lose lives, and the missing million will not be accounted for.
-
AUTISM
- April 02, 2014 - World Autism Awareness Day
- Autism or Autism Spectrum Disorders (ASD) affects the way the brain processes information and prevents individuals
from properly understanding what they see, hear and otherwise sense, resulting in difficulties in social relationships,
communication, and behaviour.
- 10 million people in India - 80% are boys.

OBESITY


CANCER
- Oncology - the study and treatment of tumours.
- India - 6-7 lakh deaths each year.
- 40% of all cancers are caused by tobacco consumption.
- Tobacco uses - 35% of the adult population and about 14% of children in the age range 13 to 15.
- Cancer types
Male - lung, lip or oral cancer.
Female - breast or cervical cancer
- Reasons
Changed life style
Tobacco consumption
- Strategy
Three pillars - prevention, early detection and more effective treatment.

POLIO
- No reported case for 3 years
Polio-free certification by WTO to 11-nation south East Asia region.
2014 - Rotary International Club Award to India for Polio Eradication.
- World over polio eradication
3 endemic country - Pakistan , Afghanistan and Nigeria
World committee, 1988 -
Eradicate polio by 2000 - fail
Now
Stop transmission of all naturally occurring wild polio viruses by 2014 - targets are in jeopardy
Completely eradicate by 2018 -
Polio case increased in 2013 by 82%
Virus has reappeared in polio free countries - Middle East and horn of Africa (Somalia, Ethiopia and Eritrea )
- Steps
Compulsory vaccination of travelers from polio-infected areas.
India made it mandatory to produce certificate of oral polio vaccination.
- Strategy successfully adopted by India -
Drawing up comprehensive micro-plans for routine immunization
Intensively training frontline health workers who will carry out vaccinations
Putting in place monitoring systems so that corrective measures can be taken.
- GPEI - Global Polio Eradication Initiative
It coordinated the global fight against polio.
- Type of vaccines
OPV - Oral Polio Vaccine
Used in India till now.
Cheap and easily administered uses live but weakened forms of the poliovirus. But live viruses can occasionally
revert to virulence.
Vaccine-derived viruses can gain the ability to transmit within communities and even pass from one country to
another. Known as circulating vaccine-derived polioviruses (cVDPV)
IPV - Injectable Inactivated Polio Vaccine
More expensive, uses killed forms of the three types of wild viruses and carries no risk of reversion to virulence.
Need to include in Childhood immunization programme but he end of next year


HIV - AIDS
- SALVAGE THERAPY
Third line therapy also called salvage or rescue therapy is prescribed for people who have limited drug option left -
after the failure of at least two drug regimens and with evidence of HIV resistance to at least one drug in each line or
the latter cause alone.
India launched third line therapy for people living with HIV/AIDS and extended free anti-retroviral therapy (ART).
Free of cost ART for patient with CD4 count below 350.
CD4 count - measure of the viral load.
Under National AIDS Control Pregramme (NACP) Phase IV (2012-2017)
Will enhance longevity and improve the quality of life of patients
- The Human Immuno-deficiency Virus Acquired Immune Deficiency Syndrome (Prevention and Control) Bill 2014
Prevent the spread of HIV/AIDS
Protect the human rights of people living with it.
Prohibit any kind of discrimination against the infected person.

- NACP - IV : NATIONAL AIDS CONTROL PROGRAMME PHASE IV - 2012-17
Scale up of Anti-Retroviral Treatment (ART) and initiation of 3
rd
line ART(salvage therapy)
Roll-out of Multi-Drug Regimen for Prevention of parent to Child Transmission (Naverapine - Option B Plus).
Strengthen Migrant Interventions at Source, Transit and Destinations.
Scale up of interventions among Transgender populations through community participation.
Scale up of Opioid Substitution Therapy for injecting Drug Users.

RADIATION FROM MOBILE TOWER

- EMF - Electromagnetic Field Radiation
- ICNIRP - International Commission on Non-Ionising Radiation Protection -prescribed EMF safe Limits - India adopted
these limits.
- Suggestions
Create national EMF Web portal to provide the public access to the status of compliance with the prescribed EMF
norms of all mobile towers that produce EMF and let the public know how much emission occurs from every tower.



CLINICAL TRIALS
- Meaning
A set of practices performed to certify and ensure the safety of a new drug molecule.
Drugs & Cosmetics Rules, 1945 - systematic study of new drug(s) in human subject(s) to generate data for discovering
and/or verifying the clinical, pharmacological and/or adverse effects with the objective of determining safety and / or
efficacy of the new drug.

- Why prospering in India?
India allows making of drugs by following both the product and process patenting.
availability of highly trained physicians, nurses and technical personnel;
world class medical facilities;
good IT infrastructure; and
A robust Intellectual Property Rights regime.
Availability of trials candidates given the financial incentive due to abject poverty.
- Why India based clinical trials needed?
Most of drugs are tried on individuals from outside the country who have different genetic background, and the
physical built from Indians.
So drug should be tried on patients from within the country to know the effective dosage level, and the side-effects for
Indians before the doctors start recommending these medicines in the country based on Western studies.
- The SC directed the Union health ministry to make drug companies that want to experiment with new formulations
answer with in 2 moths three queries in a format to be prepared by the technical committee.
whether the risk involved in testing the new formulations on human beings is justified by the benefits expected from
the exercise,
whether there are unmet needs for the drug in this country necessitating the innovation and
Whether safer are methods available.
- Deaths and injuries
To poor people in Madhya Pradesh, where unmonitored experiments were allegedly organised on without getting
informed consent from the subjects.
- Compensation
neither the government nor the sponsors gave compensation for the deaths and permanent injuries,
SC suggested that the compensation could be paid first by the government and it could be recovered from the
companies.
Victims could be informed about compensation rights through ads or opening an office where they can record their
claims.

- Regulatory Framework and Approval Procedure
In recent past few clinical trials were conducted in India as a direct consequence of the regulatory restrictions faced by foreign
pharmaceutical companies.
With time the Government of India realized the potential benefits of conducting clinical trials in India, and amended various
provisions of the Drugs and Cosmetics Act, 1940 (D & C Act) in 2005. Pursuant to these amendments, the regulatory restrictions
were eased and clinical trials facilitated. Some of the key amendments was to define the term clinical trials; and to prescribe the
procedure of conducting clinical trials. The amendments also addressed responsibilities of sponsors, investigators and the e Ethics
Committees, besides stipulating guidelines and procedures for the import of drugs for clinical trials in India.
Further, the Medical Council of India Act, 1956 and the Central Council for Indian Medicine Act, 1970 also regulate the conduct of
clinical trials in India. The Indian Council of Medical Research, the apex regulatory body for clinical trials, was set up to promote
research culture in India and develop infrastructure for clinical trials. An approval from the Drugs Controller General of India
(DCGI) is mandatory to conduct clinical trials in India. Before the DCGI can approve companies to conduct clinical trials in India,
it is compulsory for applicant companies to comply with the requirements for registration as provided by the Pharmaceuticals for
Human Use, International Conference on Harmonization, and Good Clinical Practices.
Clinical trials are categorized into two types:
Type A trials: Trials for which study protocol has been approved by an authorized regulatory body in one or more developed
countries like USA, Canada, U.K., Switzerland, Germany and Australia amongst several others. Such trials are approved by
using a fast-track mechanism within 2 to 6 weeks after required documents are filed with the DCGI.
Type B trials: All those trials which fall outside the TYPE-A category. The DCGI takes 8 to12 weeks to get approval for
conducting these trials.

History of Drug Regulation in India
Every government has the responsibility to provide access to the safe, effective and quality medication to its people. Therefore it
enacts specific laws to regulate every aspect of the drugs i.e., manufacture, sale, distribution, import and clinical research in
humans. These regulatory measures are dynamic and ever evolving in consonance with the developing technologies. In India, there
is broadening of regulation, since independence, from mere manufacture and sale to newer aspects like import, clinical research
and adverse drug reaction monitoring. Indian drug regulatory system has been built on the basis of principles enshrined in
documents of ministry of Chemicals and Fertilizers, Department of Chemicals and Petrochemicals [Table 1].[22]

Table 1
Basic principles of drug regulatory legislation
Quite evolved, though, history of drug Regulation dates back to the British Rule in India when majority of the drugs were imported
from abroad. In early decade of 20thcentury, many unscrupulous foreign manufacturers flooded the Indian market with spurious
and adulterated drugs. In response to widespread Gigantic Quinine Fraud; the Government, then, formed a Drug inquiry
committee under Sir Ram Nath Chopra also known as Chopra Committee whose recommendations later on tabled amidst growing
protest in legislative assembly as The Drug Bill later on amended to the Drugs and Cosmetic Act 1940 (D and C Act) and Drugs
and Cosmetic rules of 1945.[23] This would be the central legislation that regulates India's drug and cosmetic import, manufacture,
distribution and sale. This also established the Central Drugs Standard Control Organization (CDSCO), and the office of its
controller, the Drugs Controller General (India) (DCG(I)).[24] The CDSCO in the Directorate General of Health services, is a
division in Ministry of Health and Family welfare, Government of India, headed by Drug Controller General of India (DCGI). It has
four zonal, three sub-zonal and seven port/airport offices and six laboratories to carry out its activities. [25]
The Drugs and Cosmetic Act, 1940 came into force from 1st April 1947. Later on, government, in 1962, extended the regulatory
provisions to the cosmetics, and finally the Act came to known as Drugs and Cosmetic Act 1940. Drugs and Cosmetic Act has been
divided in Chapters, Rules and Schedules and is amended from time to time to control the safety, efficacy and quality of the drugs.
It is an act to regulate the import, manufacture, distribution and sale of the drugs and cosmetics. Manufacture and sale is under the
respective states governments and union territories through their respective drug control organization, whereas setting standard,
import, marketing authorization and monitoring of adverse drug reactions of a new drug is under Central Government. [24]
Under Chapter Two of this Act, one statutory board and a committee have been framed called Drugs Technical Advisory Board
(DTAB) and Drug Consultative Committee (DCC) separately for Modern Scientific System of Medicine and Indian traditional
system of Medicine and a provision of Central Drug Laboratory at Central Research Institute, Kasauli for testing drugs has been
made in this act. DTAB comprises of technical experts who advises central and state governments on technical matters of Drug
regulation. Amendment, if any, to Drug and Cosmetic are made after consulting this board. Drug Consultative Committee, which
has central and state Drug Control officials as its members, ensures drug control measures in all over India. It is an advisory body
for the Central Government, the State Government and DTAB. [26]
Ethical and Legal Concerns
As per the Bulletin of WHO titled Clinical trials in India: ethical concerns While good news for Indias economy, the booming
clinical trial industry is raising concerns because of a lack of regulation of private trials and the uneven application of requirements
for informed consent and proper ethics review.
Indian Council of Medical Research (ICMR) is responsible for the formulation, coordination and promotion of biomedical research
in India. In 2000 it issued a Policy Statement Ethical Guidelines for Biomedical Research on Human Subjects (Ethical
Guidelines) in terms of which all clinical trials in India must be conducted in compliance with the Ethical Guidelines. ICMR has
been trying to put in place systems to ensure safety of patients and good quality of clinical trials through the Clinical Trials Registry
of India, which it launched in July 2007.
Interestingly, Dr. Chandra Gulhati, Editor of the Monthly Index of Medical Specialties, says Fewer than 40 Ethics Committees in
India are properly constituted and functioning, which means that the safety of the subjects of clinical trials is on the back burner.
International agencies have put in place good clinical trial practices from which India can learn. There should be an Ethical
Committee before any drug is put to clinical trial. There is also a need for adequate data of stage 1 and stage 2 trials as well as trial
on animal model giving adequate safety margin for the dosage level at which it is being now tried on human beings.
In the older system, pharmaceutical companies hosting the trial could set up their own committee and have their own investigators
for inquiring into serious adverse events. But the new Rules require the setting up of independent ethics committees under medical
institutes to monitor ongoing drug trials. These committees must now be registered with the DCGI before the conduct of clinical
drug trials.
One of the problems in our country is that people are not educated to the level where they can understand the concept of clinical
trials. It is thus important that clinical trials are conducted in the presence of social worker(s). Every person who agrees to take part
in the clinical trial should be informed and made to understand what it is all about, its benefits, the likely side effects, and the
methods by which we can address the problems which one might face during the course of the trial.
Another critical facet of clinical trials is that people are not guinea pigs. Reportedly as many as 2,262 people died in India in the
clinical trials during the past five years. This led to a public outcry and Supreme Court intervening for stricter norms for holding
these trials. The apex court had also pulled up the Health Ministry for allowing Indians to be used as guinea pigs in the conduct of
drug trials.
If a trial takes place anywhere in the developed world, the patient is adequately compensated for putting himself through a certain
amount of risk. In India, however, at times compensation is not given and even the monitoring is not done properly. This aspect
becomes even more critical when the vital parameters like liver function, kidney function, heart, and certain enzyme systems, of the
individual patients are affected. These health concerns need to be carefully monitored and observed during the course of the drug
trial.

SURROGACY
- Why prospering in India
Legality of commercial surrogacy even allowing import of frozen embryos.
Low cost
Availability of potential surrogates
Due to poverty
World class medical infrastructure
Better connectivity to western world
Increased infertility in western countries due to late marriages
Increased awareness and social acceptability
- Only at registered Assisted Reproductive Technology Clinics (ARTCs) recognized by the Indian Council of Medical
Research (ICMR).
- Compulsory notarized Agreement between couple and prospective surrogate mother.
- Medical visa required for foreigners but exempt for Overseas Citizens of India (OCIs) and Persons of Indian Origin (PIOs).
OCI - Card is issued to foreign nationals who were eligible to become citizens of India on January 26, 1950 or were
Indian citizens on or after that date with eligibility based on lineage.
PIO - card is issued to a person of Indian Origin -
Who is a citizen of any country other than Pakistan
1
, Bangladesh
2
, Sri Lanka
3
, Bhutan
4
, Afghanistan
5
, China
6
or
Nepal
7
or
who has held an Indian Passport at an time or
Who is the spouse of an Indian citizen or a Person of Indian Origin (PIO)?

B. EDUCATION,


TEACHER EDUCATION
A furious debate rages on between educationists connected with half-a-dozen National Council for Teacher Education (NCTE)
committees constituted to implement the recommendations of the Justice Verma Commission (JVC) report. The JVC itself was an
outcome of a legal battle over granting permission to some 291 institutions in Maharashtra to run Diploma in Education (D.Ed)
courses. The report and what the NCTE is doing to implement its recommendations should be a matter of public concern as it
pertains to the regulatory mechanisms governing teacher education in the country. The battle now between two sides of
educationists is essentially about how closely teacher education in the country should be controlled or how best to throttle it.
The JVC was constituted by an order of the Supreme Court while the NCTE constituted several committees to work out norms for
regulation, the qualification of the teacher educator and so on. One of these committees, under Prof. Poonam Batra, is to review the
existing regulatory functions of the NCTE regarding grant of recognition and related functions, including the educational and
professional qualifications for teacher educators for D.Ed, Bachelor of Elementary Education (B.El.Ed), Bachelor of Education
(B.Ed) and Master of Education (M.Ed). These norms, if accepted, will be applicable to all teacher education programmes.
Meanwhile, the NCTE has said, the enabling recommendations of the JVC are being operationalised by a committee with extremely
limited grounding in education and constituted another more balanced committee under the chairmanship of Prof. N.K. Jangira to
work out qualifications for the B.El.Ed and D.El.Ed programme. The raging battle, though is primarily between the protagonists of
these two committees.
Qualifications and eligibility

What all this shows is that the issue of qualifications and eligibility for teacher educators and teacher education itself, needs to be
reconceptualised. Many commissions and committees have flagged the two very serious problems with our teacher education one,
its isolation from university education; and two, its reliance on ritualistic practices rather than developing capabilities required for a
thinking practitioner. In spite of correctly spotting these problems, not many educators understand that these two problems are
much aggravated by the NCTE itself, though they existed even prior to its creation.
Most teacher education colleges lack liberal arts and science education programmes; ghettos tightly controlled by NCTE norms.
There is no research, nor interaction with the larger academic community.
A knowledge base

All our committees and commissions since the Radhakrishnan Commission on Higher Education (1948), as well as educationists
have always lamented that teaching has not developed into a profession in our country, and that the development of teaching as a
profession is essential to improving the quality of school education. But what does it mean for a vocation or practice to develop into a
profession? Of course, there are structural and socio-political aspects of a profession; but what lies at its heart is academic and
epistemic. However, in brief, a practice that (i) is based on a wide ranging knowledge base, (ii) capable of being justified and
understood in theoretical framework(s), (iii) has intellectual coherence and independence and (iv) has a close interaction between
development of theory and practice with substantial engagement from the practitioners themselves, can be reasonably called a
profession from an academic point of view. That is, if (v) there is a substantial body of practitioners and (vi) sufficient institutional
structures to support it. Teaching and teacher education meet the last two conditions in India; the problem is conditions (i) to (v),
which are concerned with knowledge base, methodology and epistemology.
For such a knowledge base to develop, an academic community has to work for long and in a sustained manner. Education, by
nature, is an interdisciplinary field; to bring insights from all these disciplines of knowledge to bear upon the purposes, content and
processes of education, an academic community has to be rooted in educational issues and have in-depth knowledge of some or
other of these disciplines. All this is impossible without freedom in curriculum, assessment and pedagogic processes, and also the
freedom to learn through mistakes.
We need to realise that teaching can hardly develop into a profession without the simultaneous development of education as an
intellectually coherent field of study. They are complementary. The emphasis on education as a single and narrow discipline is
inimical to the development of a coherent field of study with a well-defined domain and with the capability to draw upon the depth
of knowledge, especially in the disciplines mentioned earlier.
Over-regulation in the curriculum, assessment and pedagogy, therefore, will retard the development of teaching as a profession as it
will forbid the experimentation with varied and legitimate permutations and combinations of content from various areas of
knowledge.
Separately, we need to make a distinction between the processes of (i) creation of knowledge, (ii) teaching of knowledge or
constructing knowledge in the students mind, and (iii) impact of knowledge on the behaviour of the knower or using knowledge in
judgment and practice. Teacher education has to bestow a certain mastery to student-teachers in all three processes. The creation of
knowledge is a rigorous process and has to meet some epistemic criteria. The impact and importance of these criteria can be
understood only through a serious study of connected frameworks in which such knowledge is formed. Meddling with these
frameworks in an arbitrary manner will create confusion and will privilege testimony of the teacher or the book over the
independent judgment of the learner, as the learner will have no grounding on the criteria.
Flexibility

Finally, through stringent regulations in terms of teacher educator qualifications, curriculum, attendance, etc. we are closing
opportunities available to teacher education institutions. This will throttle teacher education. If we want teacher education to
develop into a respectable profession, greater flexibility is needed.
Today, where a majority of teacher education institutions, be they public or private, have shown very little capability, seriousness
and commitment, granting them freedom looks like a contradiction. But we have to think anew. The irresponsibility of the
institutions is due to political patronage and corruption in NCTE implementation. We have a history of trying to solve socio-political
problems in education through academic and pedagogical means; it does not work. We should not compromise on academic
principles of flexibility and openness due to an institutional inability to create mechanisms of implementation.

EDUCATION
Programmes
SSA - Primary Education
Near universal primary school enrolment but the dropout rate remains troublingly high.
Bihar continues to have highest dropout rate.
RMSA - Secondary
RUSA - Higher
NLM (National Literacy Mission) - life-long education
- The continuing education scheme is postulated on the principles of:
Treating basic literacy, post literacy and continuing education as one sustained, coherent learning process.
Establishing a responsive and alternative structure for life-long learning.
Responding to the needs of all sections of society.
Learning not to be seen as a function of alphabets, but as all modes of human capacity building.
Addressing the socio-economic situations of the community to provide infrastructure for larger development
initiatives.
- Thus, the scheme of continuing education, taken up in a district after it has completed the total literacy and post literacy
phases, makes the learners aware of the power and significance of education. They realise that education is the agency for
improving their lives and they tend to find ways to use their literacy skills in their everyday life to make it more
meaningful and rewarding. The continuing education scheme is, therefore, multi-faceted and enjoys supreme flexibility to
allow grassroots community participation and managerial initiative.
- Establishment of Continuing Education Centres (CECs) and Nodal Continuing Education Centres (NCESs) is the principal
mode of implementing continuing education programmes. The centres follow an area-specific, community-based
approach. The scheme envisages one CEC for each village to serve a population of about 1,500-2,000 people. About 10
such centres form a cluster with one acting as the nodal CEC.
- The centres are run by full-time facilitators or preraks, and assistant preraks who are drawn from the community itself.
The continuing education centre serves as:
Library and reading room
Teaching-learning centre for continuing education programmes
Vocational training centre
Extension centre for facilities of other development departments
Discussion forum for sharing ideas and solving problems
A composite information window for the community
Cultural centre
Sports and recreation centre
- The CECs, including the nodal one, are set up in active consultation with the user community and its programme is
designed to meet their demands. The stress on imparting literacy skills to non-literates is sustained. Teaching of primers,
identification of target groups, environment-building activities, and other items of work if connected with basic literacy
eradication continues unabated.
- Wide acceptance and local sustainability is achieved by involving NGOs, voluntary agencies, social workers, Panchayati
Raj institutions in the planning and implementation of the scheme of continuing education. State Resource Centres and
Jan Shikshan Sansthans join hands by giving the necessary resource and training support.
- Apart from establishing CECs, the scheme also undertakes the following programmes:
Equivalency programme: designed as an alternative education programme equivalent to existing formal, general or
vocational education.
Income-generating programme: where the participants acquire or upgrade their vocational skills and take up income-
generating activities.
Quality of life improvement programme: It aims to equip learners and the community with essential knowledge,
attitude, values and skills to raise their standard of living.
Individual interest promotion programme: to provide opportunities for learners to participate and learn about their
individually chosen social, cultural, spiritual, health, physical and artistic interests.
MILLENNIUM DEVELOPMENT GOAL OF UNIVERSAL EDUCATION
- In jeopardy as top six donors had substantially cut back on their aid commitments since 2011
global economic meltdown may have contributed to the situation
- prospect - UN 2
ND
Global Partnership for Education Replenishment Pledging Conference in Brussels
donor states promised to step up spending
60 developing countries (not India) agreed to boost allocations in their domestic budgets for primary education.
- Measures
Abolition of tuition fees, cash transfers, teaching in the local language, increased financial outlays and appropriate
curriculum
Needs separate targets factoring in disability in the post-2015 development agenda
15 per cent of the worlds population has some form of disability
about a third of those that are not in school have a disability
IMPROVING QUALITY OF HIGHER EDUCATION
- address the fundamental problem of institutionalised mediocrity, deeply embedded in these institutions by changing
ecosystem of higher education
no Indian university in the top 200 universities
Indian universities are not inspiring enough for knowledge creation, nor have they been designed to ensure the
pursuit of serious research and scholarship.
- Prerequisits for transformation:
Fund - substantial resources,
Regulation - a progressive regulatory environment which build trust of higher education regulators on universities,
Governance - a new governance model for creating opportunities and space for research and scholarship,
Culture - an enabling environment within universities that will significantly incentivise research and publications,
and
Behaviour - an attitudinal change among all stakeholders in the higher education sector.
- Problems
Mediocrity - Mindless expansion with a view to increasing the gross enrolment ratio (GER) resulting into mediocrity.
Faculty - Central universities suffer from a crisis of governance in which over 40 per cent of faculty positions lie
vacant.
Fund - state universities suffer from a lack of resources among other things.
Collaboration - Indian universities averse from making collaborations which are necessary for the development of
new ideas and perspectives.
lack of interdisciplinary teaching among different faculties and schools
The bureaucratic approach of university managements and regulators
- Suggestions
Short moratorium on establishing more central universities, IITs and IIMs.
In addition to building laboratories and knowledge parks, promoting an industry-academia interface and pursuing
research grants and creating incubators; we need to create a culture of research.
Identify a selected set of institutions to represent the best of public and private universities and significantly enhance
their capacities with a view to advancing their research agendas.
help in understanding the key challenges that universities face in relation to nurturing research
Re-examine the policies relating to research collaborations both within and outside India.
Ensure greater autonomy and freedom to universities to determine who they want to collaborate with and what
the terms of collaboration should be.
Remove the distinctions that exist in relation to public and private universities; instead, universities ought to be
differentiated on the basis of their performance and contribution through objective standards and international
benchmarks.
Develop enabling environment to promote innovation


PRODUCTIVE EMPLOYMENT AND EMPOWERING EDUCATION: AN AGENDA FOR INDIAS YOUTH (YOJANA - APRIL,
2014)
- Investment in education has a social rate of return - 7%.
- Target of investing on education - 6% of GDP
- Current investment - 4.1% of GDP
- Indias policy of concentrating only capital, labour and technology for economic development but disregarded human
capital.
- Need to capitalize on demographic dividend with aggressive program of education with emphasis on science and
technology.
- Demographic dividend
65% population in working group of 15-64 age groups.
Smaller dependency ratio.
Greater private financial saving and physical investment.
- Measures for education
Enhanced public and private investment (both human and capital) in education across the spectrum: primary,
secondary, tertiary, professional and vocational. Such investment should come from both domestic sources as well as
FDI
Emphasis on science, engineering and mathematics education.
Regulatory mechanism to facilitate rapid expansion
Central and state government involve in cooperative federalism
- Measures for employment
Regulation of labour and product market.



NALANDA VARSITY
- Chancellor - Noble Laureate Amartya Sen
- Controversy - GOI want is to be Indian Central University & Reservation for Indian Citizens. But as funding is from 11
countries of ASEAN (including Russia, USA, Australia and New Zealand) so argument goes that it is an International
University and so no such reservation. It should stick to Equality Principle in the recruitment and admission processes.
- Nalanda University Act, 2010 - a non-state, non-profit, self governing international institution.

- HISTORY
In Ancient Magadha kingdom which was characterized by an intellectual ferment.
This heritage was divided into two parts - both Buddhist and non-Buddhist.
This ability to meld multiple discourses and to embrace knowledge in its entirety is what made Nalanda uniquely
attractive for all seekers of pure knowledge.
It was a centre of excellence for Buddhist studies, philosophy, medicine and mathematics.
For 800 years from the fifth to the twelfth century CE.
Completely residential university with over 2,000 teachers and 10,000 students.
Seamless co-existence between nature and man and between living and learning.
Attracted scholars from places as distant as China, Korea, Japan, Tibet, Mongolia, Turkey, Sri Lanka and South East
Asia.
Best known record is Xuan Zangs who carried back many hundred scriptures which were later translated into
Chinese.
Twelfth century Nalanda was destroyed by invaders.
The great universities of the western world came into being, marking the shift in knowledge production and
dissemination from the East to the West.
Nalanda ceased its existence just as universities were opening up in Bologna, Paris and Oxford at the beginning of the
second millennium CE.
Shift of centres of knowledge from East to West resulted into transfer of power in following half a millennium.
- REESTABLISHMENT
tremendous resurgence of Asia after centuries
centre of dynamic entrepreneurial and innovative culture, based on knowledge and enterprise
Asian countries are coming together to forge a continent based on the foundations of peace and harmony.
East Asian Summit in 2007, Philippines- plan to re-establish the Nalanda University.
Established in November 2010 by a special Act of the Indian Parliament - a testimony to the important status that
Nalanda University occupies in the Indian intellectual landscape, as standalone international university unlike any
other established in the country.
Location in Rajgir, Bihar,

- VISION
Revival of ancient seat of learning as being central to realizing the concept of Asian Community and strengthening
regional educational cooperation.
It would foster a cross-cultural and cosmopolitan spirit of intellectual and cultural exchange.

Mandate
"An international institution for the pursuit of intellectual, philosophical, historical and spiritual studies".
to re-discover and re-strengthen "educational co-operation by tapping the East Asia Regions centres of excellence
in education
To improve regional understanding and the appreciation of one another's heritage and history".
The foundational philosophy which seeks to recover the lost connections and partnerships that existed in the region
called Asia, before the onset of historical forces that led to their dissolution.
These links reflects in many common cultural features.
It would lead to resurgence in discovering and building upon a shared history.
Nalanda University is envisaged as an icon of this new Asian renaissance: a creative space that will be for future
generations a centre of inter- civilizational dialogue

Match the excellence of Nalanda of the first millennium CE for the third millennium CE.
universalist in its outlook,
open to currents of thought and practice from around the globe, and
Respond to the needs of a world to can ensure peace and prosperity with equity and hope for all the people.
Harness the best talents for the creation and dissemination of new knowledge as well as for the recovery and
restoration of valuable old insights which have suffered unintended neglect.
Open to students from across the world chosen for their desire for and capacity to absorb knowledge in diverse
fields.
Have the best scholars and researchers to create and recreate knowledge.
Provide a vibrant living environment which will also be suitable for the nurture of the next generation - the
children of those creating and recreating the centre of excellence.
Adaptable to the rhythm of Nature where it is located and enriches the lives of the people in the neighbourhood.
Its name must reverberate across the world as a place where people go to seek as well as to add to the fund of
knowledge and to go away from it disseminating its fruits everywhere. It must draw upon the best resources of
Asia and indeed the world and repay manifold in the coinage of new and valuable insights on making the world
better for all.
- INTERNATIONAL COLLABORATION
International in its structure and at least 5 seats on the Board will be held by Member states of the EAS.
An international campus is hoping to attract the brightest students and faculty from around the world and will bring
global excellence into India.
Various international affiliations including "Friends of Nalanda" - a group of advisors who we can turn to at various
times for guidance and support.
more formal "International Advisory Panel" which is chaired by Mr. George Yeo, Ex-Foreign Minister of Singapore
-

RIGHT TO EDUCATION
Right of Children to Free and Compulsory Education Act, 2009.
93
rd
Amendment
Article 21-A
Article 15(5) - enable the state to make special provisions for the scheduled castes, the scheduled tribes and the
socially and educationally backward classes (SEBC) for admission to all educational institutions except those run
by minorities - Is consistent with the socialistic goals set out in the Preamble to and the Directive Principles of
the Constitution to ensure progress of weaker section.
Objection to Article 15(5) - abrogate FRs under Article 19(1) (g) [right to carry on any profession or trade] and
violation of equality by exempting Minority Institution.
Act - Obligations on schools to admit students from weaker sections to at least 25 per cent of their seats.
Prarambhik Shiksha Kosh - the centre fund to finance elementary education.
Suggestion -
Make education as prime development indicator along with bijli-sadak-paani (BSP)
RTE to cover entire spectrum of school education from pre-primary to higher secondary.
Focus on strengthening the public system instead of public-private partnership.
Increasing government expenditure on education.

- EDUCATION LOAN
Budget 2014 - interest subsidy on education loads taken up to 2009. Government will pay the outstanding interest
liability.

PRIVATE EDUCATION SYSTEM
- Enrolment in government school -
65%
- Enrolment in Private School
35%
Higher among boys, in urban areas and among richer households.
Five time expensive


C. HUMAN RESOURCES.
SKILL DEVELOPMENT
- BUDGET 2014 -National Skills Development Trust - 1000 crore
-

15. ISSUES RELATING TO POVERTY AND HUNGER.

HUNGER
- Global food production stands at 120 per cent of the worlds dietary needs. Still about 820 million people across the world
are chronically hungry due to lack of access to sage food.
- One out of six children are under-weight
- Malnutrition cause one-third of deaths in children aged below five years.
POVERTY LINE
- Suresh Tendulkar Committee - absolute Poverty Line
Poverty line Rs. 902 per capita per month
27 crore poor
- C. Rangarajan Committee
Review of Suresh Tendulkar Committee
likely to recommend a formula for identifying the poor
significantly higher number
more than 370 million Indians were below the poverty line (BPL)
approach - relative poverty line
delink the estimation of poverty from a fixed level of consumption.
bottom 35 per cent of rural Indians at any given time (based on monthly consumption) be defined as poor.
urban Indians, the cut off will be at 25 per cent
formula is not for use for inter-temporal poverty comparisons; rather it is only for identifying the poor at any point in
time for the purpose of policy-making and targeting.
- International Comparison Program (ICP)
Validated tendulkar poverty line
PPP exchange rate $1 = Rs. 15.1
World Bank Poverty Line - $2 = Rs. 30.2 or 906 per capita per month


16. IMPORTANT ASPECTS OF GOVERNANCE, TRANSPARENCY AND ACCOUNTABILITY, E-GOVERNANCE- APPLICATIONS,
MODELS, SUCCESSES, LIMITATIONS, AND POTENTIAL; CITIZENS CHARTERS, TRANSPARENCY & ACCOUNTABILITY
AND INSTITUTIONAL AND OTHER MEASURES.

E-GOVERNANCE
MOBILE SEVA INITIATIVE
Awarded a United Nations public service award, 2014.
By Department of Electronics and Information Technology (DeotY)
to enable delivery of public services electronically through the mobile platform
To mainstream mobile governance in India by leveraging on the massive penetration of mobile phones in India to
substantially enhance access to electronic services, especially in the rural areas.
initiative is one-stop solution for all mobile-based public service delivery needs through mobile-based channels,
including
SMS,
voice/Integrated Voice Response System and
Mobile applications.


17. ROLE OF CIVIL SERVICES IN A DEMOCRACY.
CIVIL SERVICE REFORMS
- SUPREME COURT
SC directed the government to fix two-year tenure for senior government officials in the interest of good governance.
In the event of a need for transfer before that period, the reasons will have to be recorded in writing b a Civil Services
Board, to be constituted for issues related to personnel management
- Violation - summarily removal of Keshav Desiraju as Health and Family Welfare Secretary

18. INDIA AND ITS NEIGHBORHOOD- RELATIONS.

DEPLOMACY
- Power is the ability to influence the behaviour of others.
- three Nyes instruments of international influence:
by threatening or actually using military force,
by offering economic incentives or imposing economic sanctions, or
By building soft power of nations to persuade others based on the attractiveness of their technology, politics,
culture, ideas or ideals.
- smart power: a clever combination of the tools of conventional hard (military and economic) power and soft power
- Elements of Foreign Policy of India
strong, self-reliant and self-confident India will pursue a foreign policy of enlightened national interest
National interest is defined as raison d'tat, or reason of state, and can be viewed as the selfish pursuit of
national ambitions.
Enlightened national interest adds a moral prism to the policy. It is the ability of nations to work for the common
good because the pursuit of betterment for everyone serves the self-interest of all. It involves the recognition that
the narrow pursuit of self-interest in an interdependent world can lead to suboptimal policy outcomes.
Japan has used the term enlightened national-interest to define many of its policies, including those steering its
overseas development assistance.
Through supporting other nations via giving attractive development funding and loans, Japan has greatly
increased its regional influence.
The concept opens up the possibilities of creating cooperative outcomes for common problems.
interlinked neighbourhood
To build and strengthen a democratic, peaceful, stable and economically interlinked neighbourhood.
Gujral Doctrine recommend for it
Strengthening of democracy in the region is the first step toward building a security community.
only a strong and economically resurgent India can lead the process of South Asia integration
India should make unilateral gestures to serve longer-term self-interest.
accord on the sharing of the Teesta river with a stridently India-friendly regime in Bangladesh
Soft power through 5Ts: trade, tourism, talent, technology and tradition.
Ministry of External Affairs will need to be restructured and every major mission abroad would need to include a
trade, scientific and cultural counsellor knowledgeable in the relevant domains.
ensure deeper engagement between India and the diaspora
Allow non-resident Indians (NRI) to carry dual passports.
For many Indians, continuing to hold an Indian passport is a badge of honour which they will not give up for
any convenience, glory or money.
multi-alignment policy
Moves beyond non-alignment, non-alignment 2.0, and alignment to multi-alignment polity with all the
great powers.
work with China to develop a strategic and cooperative partnership
work with Japan to build modern infrastructure,
build on the firm foundations of the relations with Russia,
pursue the relationship with the United States with renewed vigour
Work to achieve progress in key areas with the European Union.
India should not to get dragged into external conflicts, assume leadership or prominence on the international stage,
or attract too much attention.
Follow policy of carry a big stick, but speak with a soft voice with Pakistan.
Great Chinese leader Deng Xiaopings 24-Character Strategy: Observe calmly; secure our position; cope with
affairs calmly; hide our capacities and bide our time; be good at maintaining a low profile; and never claim
leadership.
India requires stability within and peace in our neighbourhood and beyond for at least the next decade to emerge
as a great power of some standing.





INDIA FOREIGN POLICY
- Challenges
Craft a regional policy and role that can shape the geopolitical and developmental pattern for the subcontinent.
- Gujral doctrine-1990s.
Central norm was India should assume a posture of re-assurance and pursue incessant dialogue on all core disputes.
The doctrine also prescribed a norm of non-interference for India's role in the neighbourhood.
Flaw in such a unilateral peace-building spirit is there was no supporting strategy or norms to guide regarding
goals to be pursuing and strategy for that.
It removed option of statecraft and pinned its hope on an organic self-discovery of rational behaviour.
India's neighbours sensed a distant Delhi and began pursuing foreign policies that paved the way for external
actors to fill the vacuum left open by India. China has emerged as one of the biggest beneficiaries.
regional approaches
pragmatic approach
Passive and includes self-restraint on evolution of a regional order.
Accommodative posture will yield a peaceful periphery.
Low-risk approach since India is more or less reacting to events around it.
realpolitik approach
More proactive and implies India is shaping the regional agenda.
More challenging - requires pursuing concrete security and developmental goals with each of India's
neighbours.

POLICY RELATED TO REFUGEES
- Hindu rulers of Gujarat granted refuge to Parsi settlers.
- Present refugees sources Tibet, Sri Lanka, Afghanistan, Iran, Somalia and Sudan officially 2 lakh, unofficial above 4.5
lakh
- United Nations High Commissioner for Refugees (UNHCR)
- Problems
Unable to differentiate between Rohingya and illegal immigrants from Bangladesh due to absence of a mechanism of
identity
- Govt response
only judicial decisions and ad hoc administrative advisories by the Ministry of Home Affairs regulating specific
situations concerning refugees
2012 Advisory on preventing and combating human trafficking in India.
Lack of standardised documentation and legal recognition has led to difficulties in their access to basic facilities
such as decent living conditions, employment, free or subsidised medical facilities and education.
In the absence of specific legislation, The Foreigners Act, 1946, applies which penalises those who enter the
country without valid identity documents, or may prohibit entry of such persons.
Problem to India
Lack of a law providing certain basic rights to refugees violates Indias moral obligations under 1951 Refugee
Convention although India is not party to it.
National security interests are hampered as not all non-citizens properly documented.
Due to non-documentations, repatriation becomes highly difficult.
Measures needed
Draft a comprehensive legislation dealing all aspect of refugee issue
Till the formulation of law, define the term refugee. It can be inserted in the Foreigners Act, as a special category
of foreigners.
Recognise the principle of non-refoulement, which means non-expulsion or non-extradition as long as the
compelling circumstances for fleeing persist.
Exceptions must be carved out in Foreigners Act for those legally recognised as refugees.
Establish structured system place for refugee status-determination, documentation and permit issuance at the
borders.
Advantage of above measures
Reaffirm Indias reputation as a humane and responsible actor on the international stage.

IMPACT OF DOMESTIC POLICITS
Domestic politics has reached a stage where chances are even more remote that these ghosts can be exercised anytime
soon.
Prejudices have become more rigid, loyalties have become narrower, nationalism is becoming blinder, and questions
of national good and bad are sounding increasingly empty and meaningless.
All this raises the doubt that foreign policy could be one of the biggest victims of India's upcoming electoral
kurukshetra.

INDIAS INTEREST IN GULF AND WANA REGION
Ancient ties
Civilization ties it shared with Egypt, Syria and Mesopotamia (Iraq).
In Syria old Damascus-Bombay trade routes.
Goodwill enhanced by the diligent and disciplined Indian expatriate, who is now an influential figure in many, a
Gulf and WANA country.
Now disinterest has been enhanced by the growing conflicts in the region, from Libya to Syria and Iraq
oil about 70 per cent of all oil imports
bulk of trade through this region via the Suez Canal
numbers of Indians employed in the countries
7 million Indians in the Gulf and WANA (West Asia and North Africa), sending home about $32 billion half of
India earns in global remittances
Group of 7 million overseas workers forming the equivalent of Indias 30th State, with a population equivalent
to Himachal Pradesh and Uttarakhand.
everyday in the Gulf, two Indians commit suicide on an average
They work grueling hours for unregulated agencies, being shipped around, as the construction workers were
from the United Arab Emirates to Iraq.
Libyan intervention
India went with Russia and China to abstain on the U.N. vote invoking the Right to Protect for strikes on Libya,
but didnt raise its voice against the U.S. and the European Union (EU) countries that turned that mandate into a
license for regime change and the ultimate removal of Col. Qadhafi
Indias stakes in Libya:
thousands of doctors, teachers, engineers and construction workers
potential share of Libyas sweet crude in due course
India was allowed landing rights to evacuate its citizens by air, and Qadhafi permitted an Indian warship to enter
Tripolis waters; even Chinese and Russian ships were made to stay in international waters.
Syria
Voting with the U.S. and the EU against the Assad regime on a Security Council vote that Russia and China
eventually vetoed, but then turning around against the West on others.
Flip-flop voting at the U.N. and the UNHRC, India lost trust.
U.S. funded and supplied arms to Syrian Opposition which is wholly controlled by jihadi and al-Qaeda affiliated
militant groups.
GCC
India has restricted dialogue on the issues of Libya, Syria and Iraq and others to its conversations with the two
most powerful influencers in the region: the U.S. and Russia.
As it is Arab-Persian rivalries government should finds ways of initiating dialogue with the GCC (Gulf
Cooperation Council), mainly Saudi Arabia and Iran.



India - Afghanistan

- Conflict between Russia and USA over Afghanistan
Russia - sought political stability n its immediate neighbour, and feared the prospect that it could be used as a base
for western short range missiles or air assets.
USA - worried that Afghanistan could become a launch pad for Russian expansion towards the oil rich Persian gulf.
Pakistan - want to establish pro-pak Islamist rules
India - to counter Pakistan and to establish democratic governance and control of terrorism.

- Lessons from withdrawal of troops by US from Afghanistan
Geostrategic competition had toxic impacts - Insurgency in Afghan border Russia , Raise of Taliban, 9/11 attack on
USA, Islamist terror attacks in North-western Pakistan , Insurgencies in Jammu and Kashmir of India.

Superpower withdrawal from a war does not end the carnage - left behind country in chaotic condition, Continuous
violence demanding help of superpower, division of leadership in country & anarchy.

Crisis in Afghanistan has the proven potential to destabilize the region - covert war by Pakistan against in India in
Punjab and Jammu & Kashmir.

Crisis management should be done by multilateral international mechanism to negotiate Afghanistans political
future and funding to ensure a viable national state with a functional military.





- Soft diplomacy between Afghanistan and India
Mahaveer Viklang Sahayata Samitee
Free Jaipur Foot (prosthetic legs) for disabled Afghans - terror attack victims and polio sufferers.
Promote the people to people friendship between India and Afghanistan.
Shulabh International - provide sanitary services
SEVA organisation - working for women welfare


SOMALIA
- African Peace Keeping forces vs. Al - Qaeda - linked Shebab militia.

BIMSTEC - BAY OF BENGAL INITIATIVE FOR MULTI-SECTORAL TECHNICAL AND
ECONOMIC COOPERATION

- 7 member countries - India, Myanmar, Bangladesh, Nepal, Sri Lanka, Bhutan and Thailand
- 1
ST
Summit - Bangkok, Thailand 2004
- 2
nd
summit - New Delhi 2008
- 3
rd
Summit - Nay Pyi Taw, Myanmar 2014

SAARC
- 1985
- Not highly successful at regional cooperation
Suspicious perception and mistrust among Indias neighbour due to larger influences.
Near proximity of China, Iran and Russia affects the regional actors perceptions.
- Why South Asia cooperation important
Home to a quarter of the worlds population
1/3
rd
of Muslim population
Worlds largest middle class
Half population lives below poverty line.
Two nuclear armed powers not yet signatories to the NPT who have fought three wars
Several insurgency movements including Islamist militants
Source of most terrorist activities in world
Entirely democratic region

BCIM
- Bangladesh-China-India-Myanmar (BCIM) Economic Land Corridor - Kunming Initiative.
- Started as a Track-II exercise involving scholars, business leaders, tourism experts, policy experts and technical personnel
- Getting together at periodic intervals to explore and promote cooperation between Bangladesh, China, India, and
Myanmar, focusing on their contiguous regions.
- It has graduated to a Track 1.5 process now with government officials also participating but essentially, it remains still
more a forum than an organisaiton, reflecting the desire and hope of peoples in the four countries to increase connectivity,
culture, trade and tourism ties and people-to-people contacts amongst themselves.

INDIA- PAKISTAN
- BORDER CONNECTIVITY
border areas of India and Pakistan
two Punjabs,
Rajasthan-Sindh and
two Kashmirs
services
Amritsar-Nankana Sahib bus service
weekly Thar Express train connecting Munabao with Khokhrapar
Srinagar-Muzzafarabad bus service
Problem in trade
trade between the two Kashmirs has been marred by political and logistical problems,
trade through the Attari (India)-Wagah - only 137 goods can be traded along the Attari-Wagah route
if Pakistan grants Non-Discriminatory Market Access to India, the number of goods and number of trading
hours will increase.
While the Kashmir and Punjab borders draw more attention, there have also been demands of late for opening up
the Munabao-Khokhrapar for bilateral trade, and demands for a goods train service. While trade along this route
was first brought up during a Commerce Secretary level meeting in September 2012, the issue of opening up the
land route was also raised during the parliamentary election by former minister and Bharatiya Janata Party leader
Jaswant Singh who contested as an independent from Barmer (130 km from Munabao). Mr. Singh argued that this
is a peaceful border. It was also Mr. Singh, who pushed the envelope for the Thar Express when he was Finance
Minister. That it commenced in 2005 during the UPA regime is a different matter. A railway connection between
Munabao and Khokhrapar had existed before the 1965 war, but was disrupted as a result of the strained
relationship between the two nations in the aftermath of the war.
The economic ramifications of opening up the Munabao-Khokhrapar land route for trade are significant. Western
Rajasthan will be the biggest beneficiary. Once the Hindustan Petroleum Corporation Limited Refinery and the
petrochemical complex at Barmer, inaugurated in September 2013, actually commence operations, there is immense
scope for selling products such as chemical dye, plastic and wax. Western Rajasthan has also made significant strides
in solar energy, and cooperation with neighbouring Sindh can be explored, too.
Apart from Barmer, Jodhpur, 325 km from Munabao, is known for its handicrafts and furniture and could emerge as
an important economic hub, not just of western Rajasthan, but northwestern India as a whole.
Some businessmen from Rajasthan have begun to establish links with entrepreneurs in Pakistan. A large number of
furniture and handicraft items are already in demand in Pakistan, and some businessmen have begun trading via
Dubai. This is a very tedious procedure, however, since goods first have to be transported to Kandla or Mundra which
are more than 500 km away. Other goods from Rajasthan which are in demand in Pakistan and which may benefit
from opening up the route are marble, henna and some food items.
- Sir Creek
A 100-km long estuary in the marshes of the Rann of Kutch, between Gujarat and Sindh.
is not a flowing creek but a tidal channel that has no officially demarcated boundary separating Pakistan and India
of total coastline 7,417 km long, Gujarat has 1,663 km one-third
Gujarats rich delta has the best fishing, and the Gulf of Kutch has Indias best fishes.
area could have oil and gas deposits that cant be exploited without sorting out the maritime boundary dispute
- Dispute
invisible water border No one knows where the border is in the Indian Ocean because India and Pakistan are
deadlocked on the issue
The Maritime Zones Act, 1976 and the Maritime Zones of India Act, 1981 dont conform to the United Nations
Convention on the Law of the Sea (UNCLOS), which India has signed. Pakistan also has non-conformity.
Till issues are resolved, no countries can set up their continental shelves up to 350 nautical miles and describe their
economic zones up to 200 nautical miles.
The western side of Sir Creek is under Pakistani control and there are naval installations on the Indian side.
Pakistan owns 16 creeks of Sindh and lays claim to the 17th, Sir Creek, by saying that the dividing line must run along
the eastern bank of the Creek.
Pakistan, on the basis of an old map that India no longer recognises, rejects the more internationally recognised
thalweg claim of a line running in the middle of the Creek despite past records of an agreement of 1914 signed by
the governments of Bombay, Sindh and the Raja of Kutch.
The Creek no longer flows and has shifted westwards, to Pakistans disadvantage.
Pakistan wants the boundary established according to the historical maps; India wants according to thalweg.
-
- TERRORISM
Inter-Services Intelligence (ISI) uses terrorism against India for two purposes-
to derail any initiative that might lead to the peace
2008 - the attack on our Embassy in Kabul,
2008 - attack on Mumbai,
2009- attack on Kabul embassy
2013- attack on Indian Consulate in Jalalabad
May 2014 - attack on the Indian Consulate in Herat, Afghanistan
to derail Indias growth by targeting the cities and centres that fuel it
Because an economically strong India would be militarily more powerful, increasing the asymmetry with
Pakistan.
Terrorist Groups
TTP - Tehreek-e-Taliban Pakistan - Group of 40 terrorist groups in FATA (Federally Administered Tribal Areas)
of Pakistan that border Afghanistan.
Al-Qaeda
Haqqani network
FATA -
Afghan bordered north-western Pakistan.
A group of seven tribal agencies was described as once being a peaceful region, which underwent vast changes
after Soviet invasion of Afghanistan. It comes under the direct authority of the President.
It becomes base camp of Afghan Taliban after 9/11.
Important for stabilizing Pakistan- Afghanistan relations.
TTP aims - to take control of the Pakistani state to use it as a base to spread its Islamist obscurantist ideology to other
countries. It seeks complete surrender by the state.
Pakistan Policy
Army - do not have will and capability to wage a decisive battle. Further consider anti-India Groups especially in
east as assets.
Government - trying dialogue route to settle issue to avoid a terror backlash. So legitimize the TTP as a
stakeholder in Pak polity. But this all is resulting into creeping surrender. Further some terrorist groups have
political links and also right wing parties support.
TTP announced a month long ceasefire to end the deadlock in the peace talks with the government.
National Internal Security Policy
National De-Radicalization Programme
Aim at protecting the national interest of Pakistan
3 key element
A dialogue with all stakeholder
Isolation of terrorist from their support system
Enhancing deterrence and capacity of the security apparatus.
Since student of Madrassas were brainwashed to take up arms against the state, policy would focus on them
and develop a national narrative based on tolerance, harmony and the right of the people to make religious,
political and social choices
Impact on India and its role
It would affect security and stability of our entire region.
Support section of people in Pakistan who recognize that the use of terror against others has boomeranged on
Pakistan and wish to engage with India constructively.

- CROSS LOC TRADE
Drivers could not be arrested as he enjoyed diplomatic immunity.
Joint Working Group on Cross-LOC Confidence Building Measures suggestion -
Introduction of banking facilities for replacing barter system.
Bus services continuation.
Scanning of goods and joint mechanism to check goods at crossing point.
Presence of all stakeholders at time of loading and unloading.

INDIA - IRAN
-
- IPI - INDIA-PAKISTAN-IRAN pipeline - Peace Pipeline
Provide spillover benefits and employment generation in the region it passes through especially Makran Plateau and
Pakistan.
Development of Chah-bahar port - Indias anticipation of Iran agreeing for utilizing a north-bound route that enters
into Afghanistan and Central Asia.
Alternative option: undersea route to source gas from Iran bypassing Pakistan.

- IRAN - NUCLEAR DEAL
United States helped start Irans nuclear programme in 1967 by providing uranium enriched to 93%
Iran and the sextet - the five permanent members of UNSC and Germany
IAEA - International Atomic Energy Agency
Joint Plan of Action (JPA) at Vienna, Austria
Iran has to halt production of uranium enriched up to 20 per cent level.
Uranium if purified above the 90% level can be used for making an atomic bomb.
Dilute half of its existing inventory.
No new centrifuges will be installed or prepared for installation.
50% of the centrifuges at the Natanz enrichment facility and 75% at the Fordow enrichment facility will be left
inoperable. Iran will not use its advanced IR-2 centrifuges for enrichment.
Iran will not develop any new uranium enrichment or nuclear reprocessing facilities.
No fuel will be produced, tested, or transferred to the Arak heavy water nuclear power plant. In addition, Iran
will share design details of the reactor.
The IAEA will be granted daily access to Natanz and Fordow, with certain sites monitored by 24-hour cameras.
The IAEA will also have access to Iran's uranium mines and centrifuge production facilities.
Iran will address IAEA questions related to possible military dimensions of the nuclear program and provide data
expected as part of an Additional Protocol.
Sanction lifting
Western countries will not impose further nuclear related sanctions.
Will pay Iran a total of $4.2 billion in oil revenues
Allow Iran to resume exporting precious metals
Suspend sanctions on Irans petrochemical exports, and
Permit the Islamic republic to import goods and services for automobile manufacturing plants
Maintain their current level of crude oil imports from Iran
Will allow Irans civil airlines to acquire spare parts and services.
Israel demand
Include Irans missile programme in future talks


- IRAN - ISRAEL
Gaza Strip - the Stronghold of the Palestinian Hamas and Islamic Jihad.
Israeli PM - Benjamin Netanyahu
Tehran - Iran Capital
- Iran president - Hassan Rouhani
-


ISRAEL- PALESTINE

- U.N. Resolution - 1948, Resolution 181, which delivered the land to
Israel.
2014 - U.N.s Year of Solidarity with the Palestinian People
1993 Oslo Accords-
promise to Palestinians for land
Demilitarise the coastal strip.
Israel has disregarded more U.N. Security Council resolutions
that sanction its behaviour than any other state.
Israeli policy
segregation and apartheid
continuing excessive use of force by Israeli security forces,
extra-judicial killings to maintain dominance over
Palestinians
blockade of the Palestinian economy by the use of
checkpoints and walls
conducting ethnic cleansing
The combined effect of the measures designed to ensure
security for Israeli citizens, to facilitate and expand
settlements, and it would appear, to annex land, is
separation, discrimination and systematic oppression of,
and domination over, the Palestinian people.

Israel PM criticize UN by saying that all critics of Israel are anti-Semites
PM recognise Israel as exclusively Jewish State. It imposes this recognition as a condition for reaching a settlement
with the Palestinians.
Concept of the religious or ethnic purity of States - this idea of the Jewish State will fuels the toxic right-wing in Israel
because the return of Palestinian refugees or delivery of full rights to Arab Israelis would challenge their ability to
create a Jewish democracy.
Arab League rejected to consider Israel as a Jewish State.
Palestine is trying to get itself recognized as sovereign state-nation by making application to adhere to international
treaties.
USA plea to Palestine to withdraw applications but Palestine refused.
Israel threatens to take unilateral measures against, if Palestine goes ahead with application to adhere.
USA appeal to Israel to not take unilateral measures, Israel ignored.
Israel has stopped releasing Palestinian prisoner.
Peace process to deliver a two-state solution - failed. Two options left
Expel the Palestinians to Jordan and Egypt to liquidate the Palestinian question - preferred by Israel
Absorb the Palestinians into a non-racial one-state of Israel-Palestine.
Palestinian Government
two main Palestinian factions, Fatah and Hamas,
Unity government both factions have been sworn in.
Israel suspended peace negotiations due to new government backed by Hamas.
The new government will reunite Gaza and the West Bank under a single political authority for the first time
since 2007, when Hamas which won Palestinian legislative elections in 2006 asserted control over the
Gaza Strip, forcing out Fatah.
Since then the West Bank has been governed by Mr. Abbas and Fatah and Gaza by Hamas, which is regarded
as a terrorist group in many capitals.


- Samer Issawi - the Palestinian who went on a 266-day hunger strike in protest of a previous arbitrary detention.
- Israels ire over the recent unification of Palestinian factions and President Obamas acceptance of the new Palestinian
unity.
- US, EU, UK, UN, Canada and the International Committee of the Red Cross (ICRC) condemned the kidnapping and called
for their immediate and unconditional release.
- India and Israeli commerce
pressure from U.N. , the European Union and other Arab states for its illegal settlement activity,
But India has extended its ties to Israel.
full diplomatic ties in 1992,
reduced political support for the Palestinians
Increased imports of Israeli arms.
India is Israels most important defence industry customer.
Drones -Israeli made searcher tactical drones
Spike anti-tank guided missile - Israeli firm Rafael.
India has exchanged its dependency on Russian military technology for a new dependency on U.S. and Israeli
arms.
Generic version drugs of multiple sclerosis drug copaxone made by Teva Pharmaceuticals of Israel.
India became the fourth country to have successfully developed an Anti-ballistic missile system, after United
States, Russia and Israel

- Why India is extending defence ties with Israel
Indias domestic arms industry is not successful, with exception of the Tejas fighter jet.
- Potentials of UN led peace : reasons
The U.N. agencies are more aggressive about Israeli violations of U.N. resolutions and international law than
previously.
A new public awareness of Israeli policies fuels the Boycott, Divestment and Sanctions (BDS) movement, whose
Indian branch has begun to protest the participation of Indian artists in Israeli cultural fairs and Indo-Israeli business
deals. These protests have begun to assume the kind of force that once propelled the movement against South African
apartheid.
-
- Israel attack on Gaza
Israels raided Gaza and campaign to halt cross-border rocket fire,
Jordan demanding Israel stop targeting civilians
death toll hit 175 More than 75% were non-combatants.
- Several Palestinians, mostly from northern Gaza, have packed into schools run by the U.N. agency for Palestinian refugees.

GULF COOPERATION COUNCIL (GCC) Iraq
- Kuwait
- Bahrain
- Oman,
- Qatar,
- Saudi Arabia
- the United Arab Emirates
-






MUSLIM BROTHERHOOD
- transnational Islamic-political organization which is considered a terrorist organization by the governments
of Egypt, Russia, Syria, Saudi Arabia and United Arab Emirates
- Source of instability in the gulf region
- Qatar support it


EGYPT
- Egypt Crisis
Rule of Hosni Mubarak - till 2011
Result of Arab Spring, 2011 -
Because of increasing unemployment, Poor economy and trade accounts, hunger, poverty, autocracy,
fundamentalist groups, Sharia laws.
Tahrir Square Protest
Thus, Muslim Brotherhood rising - Mohamed Morsy
Nahda project
Nahda Project is based on empowering the people and placing their destinies in their own hands, rather than
the hands of a corrupt clique or a ruthless unscrupulous bureaucracy.
The Project aims at bringing forth Egyptian individuals who feel at peace with themselves, their family,
work, environment, and society.
The project finally aims to build a state that provides people access to education, healthcare, jobs,
investment, and business building opportunities; and protects their rights and dignity within and outside the
country.
Proposal for E-BRICS
Now he was overthrown by El-Sisi in 2013
former army commander-in-chief and Minister of defence and
Now acting deputy prime minister and presidential candidate.
presidential election, 2014
Fattah-El-Sisi won with 95 per cent of the vote
Muslim Brotherhood remains under a ban.

- Egyptian Constitution Draft
President terms -
two four years term
Impeachable by National parliament
Guarantee equality between men and women
State bound by international human rights treaties
Absolute freedom of religion
Ban political parties based on religion, race, gender or geography
Media liberties -
Ban the closure of media bodies and
replaces administrative court removals of programmes or individuals with criminal procedure
freedom of speech granted
Limitation
Political party ban may not be applicable to Freedom and Justice Party, which has links with the banned Muslim
Brotherhood.
Military will appoint the Defence Minister for eight years - partial Military rule instead of democracy.
It gives government legal powers to regulate the right to strike.
It leaves for too much to executive and legislative discretion.

The Arab Spring
- the revolutionary wave of demonstrations and protests (both non-violent and violent), riots, and civil wars in the Arab
world. Rulers had been forced from power in Tunisia, Egypt, Libya, and Yemen; civil uprisings had erupted in
Bahrain and Syria; major protests had broken out in Algeria, Iraq, Jordan, Kuwait, Morocco, and Sudan


INDIA - UNITED STATES OF AMERICA (USA)
- Economic Cooperation
Under process U.S. backed Indo-Pacific Corridor on Indias Eastern flank - development of transport and energy
infrastructure, reducing the time and cost of moving goods, raising finances and find regional institutions that can
support this work.
Proposed U.S. backed Connectivity project on Indias western flank - the New Silk Road - India, Pakistan, Afghanistan
and Iran (Bandar - Abbas Port and Chah - Bahar port).
India - USA bilateral trade target of 500 billion dollar over the next 10 years.
- Energy Cooperation
Indias investment in the U.S. upstream oil and gas sector, including in shale gas. USA is a Gas-surplus country.
Problem- Indian oil investment in countries like Sudan that were sanctioned by the U.S.
Civilian use of nuclear energy.
India does not have a FTA with the US i.e. Non-FTA country.
Proposed Indi-US collaboration-
Joint research in clean energy
Increasing efficiency of solar photovoltaic cells by using local content
Second generation bio-fuel production using non-edible oilseed produced locally.

SOLAR MISSION CONTROVERSY
WTO dispute pertaining to Indias National Solar Mission (NSM)
USA Argument
Domestic content requirement [ in NSM Phase II] discriminate against US exports b requiring solar power
developers to use Indian-manufactured equipment instead of US equipment as India is second largest
market for US solar exporters.
It is against both GATT (General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade) and TRIM (Agreement on Trade Related
Investment Measures)
This type of measures raises the cost of solar energy.
India Argument
Domestic requirement only for 375 MWs a miniscule proportion of total solar generation capacity
Phase two bid for 750 MWs. Half is open to global solar power developers.
India has to create domestic manufacturing capacity.
- Diplomatic Relation
DEVYANI KHOBRADADE
Indian Diplomat to U.S. - Deputy consul general. Accredited to Indias permanent mission to the United Nation.
Strip - searched, arrested, handcuffed and held with criminals for crime related to VISA- fraud and payment
below statutory limit to domestic worker.
Step to avoid such diplomatic crisis
Devise code of conduct under which officials posted abroad do not violate domestic laws.
Policy on official engaging domestic worker to avoid human trafficking.
National level legislation to protect domestic workers from underpayment and exploitation.
- Security Relations
Anti-terrorist Assistance Programme
Started in 1995, USA partner with India in delivering courses and training to the Indian Police to counter
terrorism. Further counter terror equipment are also supplied by USA.
- PIVOT TO ASIA STRATEGY


- Waning American hegemony
Rising powers
BRICS (Brazil, Russia, India, China and South Africa) abstained in the U.N. General Assembly resolution
rejecting Crimean referendum that formed the basis of Russian annexation of Crimea
Unipolar giving space to multiplex world
A world of multiple great and regional powers bound together in complex forms of interdependence.
U.S. will remain a major force but would lack the ability to shape world order after its own interests and image.
It will be one of a number of anchors including emerging powers, regional forces, and a concert of the old and
new powers shaping a new world order.
Measure to handle Stability concerns
Require new forms of international cooperation where leadership is shared rather than monopolized by a single
nation.
Require meaningful reform of global institutions and encouraging more institutions like G20.
Regional mechanisms for peace and stability.

multipolar world vs. multiplex world
huge growth of global interdependence
19
th
century European interdependence based on trade
Now both broader and deeper, covering not only trade, but also finance, production networks and global
economic arrangements

- EUROPEAN REASSURANCE INITIATIVE
$1 billion military aid by US to selected European NATO countries.
To allay Polish and Baltic States (Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian) fears about Russian expansionism following
Moscows annexation of Ukraines Crimea province.
Cover more equipment to Poland, an increased frequency of U.S. troop-rotation, air patrols over the Baltic Sea and
naval operations in the northern Black Sea.
It could revive the Cold War and the arms race


- HURDLES IN STRATEGIC PARTNERSHIP
spat over the diplomat Devyani Khobragade
U.S.s past coldness toward Prime Minister Narendra Modi
U.S. NSA had sought and received official permission to put the BJP under surveillance in 2010.
part of the latest release by whistle-blower Edward Snowden through The Washington Post.
nothing surprising. Virtually every country spies on every other, and in the process spares no one of any
importance.
create negativity about U.S. in the Indian mind
INDIA - MYANMAR
- 10
TH
largest gas field in world.
- Northeast - Myanmar connect
Southeast Asia begins in northeast India
Where China meets India
Similarity between Northeast India and bordering western Myanmar
Underdeveloped
Agrarian Economy and dependent on the export of unprocessed primary commodities.
Hilly terrain
Under development in North East India
Reasons
Largely subsistence agricultural economy
Lack of scale economies
Constraints in the supply chain of raw materials
Lack of access to a market
Poor infrastructure a
Restrictions across the border trade
Solution
Greater collaboration with Myanmar
Revival of Weaving industry and food processing industry in both north-east India and Myanmar with
wider consumer base.
Development of supply chain hubs and Manufacturing hubs
Increasing investment in region by soliciting the Japan, South Korea, Singapore
Development of service industries such as Education, Healthcare etc in NE India.
Better border management and handling security concern including drug, arms and human trafficking.
Develop northeast India-Myanmar connectivity project
- Myanmar Ethnic dispute
After massive democratization, ethnic cleansing of an unpopular minority appears to be a popular vote-getting
strategy.
2012 Rakhine State riots
Rakhine Buddhists and Rohingya Muslims
in northern Rakhine State especially its capital Sittwe,
Later, Muslims of all ethnicities had begun to be targeted.
immediate cause
The rape and murder of a Rakhine woman and the following killing of ten Burmese Muslims by ethnic Rakhine
as the main cause.
government responded
Curfews and by deploying troops in the regions.
State of emergency was declared in Rakhine, allowing military to participate in administration of the region.
The Burmese army and police were accused of playing a leading role in targeting Rohingya through mass arrests
and arbitrary violence.
The authorities have confined Rohingya to internment camps or their own villages.
In 2014, authorities expelled Doctors which had been providing health care for the Rohingya. Further
orchestrated mobs attacked the offices of humanitarian organizations, forcing them out.

Rohingya Vs Buddhist - 2012 bloodshed
Rohingya - Muslim Minorities in Rakhine region in western Myanmar
Buddhists vowed to boycott the census over fears it could lead to official recognition for Rohingya. They want that
Muslim can be termed as Bengali which means they are illegal immigrants from Bangladesh.
1799 document and 1826 report have mention of Rohingya population in Rakhine region.
Myanmar authoritatively decided that Muslims would not be allowed to register as Rohingya in its census.

THAILAND
- Capital - Bangkok
- Authorities
Caretaker premier - Niwattumrong Boonsongpaisan
democratically elected prime minister in 2011 - Yingluck Shinawatra
King - Bhumibol Adulyadej
- Political Crisis
decade-long political crisis
earlier coup in 2006 - deposed the controversial tycoon-turned-politician Thaksin Shinawatra as Premier
anti-government protests by Peoples Democratic Reform Committee against the Pheu Thai party
demand
The elected government is dismissed and a caretaker government of unelected people be appointed to rid the
system of corrupt politicians before elections were held.
In an effort to calm down protestors Yingluck downgraded her government to a caretaker and announced early
elections in February 2014.
Pheu Thai won but the victory was annulled by the Constitutional court.
Ms. Yingluck remained caretaker, but democratically elected Yingluck (sister of Thaksin) was dismissed as Premier in
May 2014 in a controversial Constitutional court ruling.
Pro-Shinawatra red shirts supporters claim that there is a witch-hunt against the party and its leadership.
The new caretaker Prime Minister, Niwattumrong Boonsongpaisan, wants to hold a planned re-election in July, but
the protestors are firmly against it.
The larger battle between
royalist-military + urban elites = Democratic Party, and
populist forces + rural area = Pheu Thai
Impact on the economy: investors are losing confidence, more tourists are staying away, affecting a mainstay sector,
and the growth rate has been revised downward twice since November.
Military Coup 2014
The Thailand Army chief - General Prayut Chan-O-Cha - seized power in a military coup ordering rival protesters
off the streets and deposing the government in a bid to end months of political bloodshed and to restore stability
in the Southeast Asian nation.
Army had disbanded the senate and placed all law-making authority in the army chiefs hands.
Army had detained former premier Yingluck Shinawatra and other leaders from both sides of the political divide
Civil liberties have been curbed, Media restrictions imposed and most of the Constitution abrogated
- International Response
U.S., France and U.K., along with U.N. General Secretary Ban Ki-moon condemned the militarys assumption of
power and sought restoration of civilian order.
-

SRI LANKA
- Indian - build homes to 50000 Tamil families in the Northern Province.
- BORDER - share a maritime border that is more than 400km long, cutting across three different seas: the Bay of Bengal in
the north, the Palk Bay in the centre and the Gulf of Mannar in the south.
Palk Bay Fishing Conflict
Of the nearly two lakh people a fifth of the Northern Provinces population who depend on fisheries for their
income, fishermen are worst-hit by the Indian trawlers.
Conflict over deep sea fishing by Tamil Nadu fishermen.
- Thirteenth Amendment to the SL constitution, 1987
Created Provincial Councils in Sri Lanka.
Made Sinhala and Tamil as the official language of the country and English as link language.
Break the path for Political devolution
Devolution is not just about holding an election to the Northern Province but also allowing the council to
function with administrative powers and enabling the people of the province to lead normal lives as citizens.
- Resolution at the Geneva based United Nations Human Rights Council (UNHRC - 47 member nations)
Condemning the Sri Lankas human rights record during its war against Tamil Militants. Resolution requested Office
of High commissioner for Human Rights to investigate violations by both parties during war.
In 2009 unconditionally backed Sri Lanka
India voted in favour of resolution in 2012 & 2013 But China against it. These resolutions are about urging and
encouraging Sri Lanka to take appropriate actions.
UNHRC 2014 resolution - seeks to support the U.N. High commissioner for Human Rights Navi Pillays call to
establish an international mechanism to investigate alleged violations and abuses of international human rights and
humanitarian law by both sides during Sri Lankas war in the absence of tangible results from national process.
India abstains from voting in 2014. Immediately next day Sri Lanka released all Indian fishermen.
The resolution is also expected to ask the government of Sri Lanka to address human rights concerns make progress
towards a political settlement and support reconciliation for all Sri Lankan people.

Opposite arguments
Sri Lankas domestic processes need time to heal from wounds of war.
Founding Comprehensive, independent and transparent solution found within Sri Lanka would be best.
Sri Lankan government has every right to take steps to stop the return of Tamil Tiger terrorism (LTTE -
Liberation Tigers of Tamil Eelam).
An intrusive investigation has so far not yielded genuine reconciliation and a life of dignity and self respect for
people anywhere.

- UNITED NATIONS HUMAN RIGHTS COUNCIL (UNHRC)
A United Nations System inter-governmental body whose 47 member states are responsible for promoting and
protecting human rights around the world. The UNHRC is a subsidiary body of the UN General Assembly. The
council works closely with the Office of the High Commissioner for Human Rights (OHCHR) and engages the United
Nations' special procedures.
- OFFICE OF HIGH COMMISSIONER FOR HUMAN RIGHTS(OHCHR)
An United Nations agency that works to promote and protect the human rights that are guaranteed under
international law and stipulated in the Universal Declaration of Human Rights of 1948. The office was established by
the UN General Assembly in the wake of the 1993 World Conference on Human Rights. The office is headed by the
High Commissioner for Human Rights, who co-ordinates human rights activities throughout the UN System and
supervises the Human Rights Council in Geneva, Switzerland.

- LLRC - Lesson Learnt and Reconciliation Commission
Established in 2010 by Sri Lanka.
Recommendations related to
Missing persons
Detainees
Reduction of high security zones
Return of private lands by the military
Withdrawal of security forces from the civilian domain in northern province
- CHINA - SRI LANKA
Colombo port and Hambantota port
- Majoritarianism
Body bala Sena
Extremist Buddhist organisation anti-Muslim minority
- KATCHATHEEVU
1974 and 1976 agreements
between the two countries, fishermen were allowed to fish on their side of the IMBL (International Maritime
Boundary Line)
no fishing rights in Sri Lankan waters were bestowed on Tamil Nadu fishermen.
provided for access to Katchatheevu for rest, drying of nets and for the annual St. Anthonys festival.
spoke only of the traditional rights of vessels, not fishermen.

INDIA - AUSTRALIA
- Civil Nuclear Deal
2007 - Australia agreed to sell Uranium to India.
- Trade relation
Ambitious target of volume of trade to Australian $ 40 billion by 2015
India is Australias 9
th
largest trading partner.
India is Australias 4
th
largest export market.
Proposed cyber security dialogue
Proposed Comprehensive Economic Cooperation agreement

MALDIVES
- ELECTION CONTROVERSIES
SC sentenced all four Election Commissioners for contempt of Court. Although as per constitution, the power to
appoint and remove member of Independent election commission rests with the parliament.
Election Results - PPM - Maumoon Abdul Gayoom won election and form coalition government with his allies.
- Maldives Parliament - MAJLIS.
Ruling Party - Progressive Party of Maldives (PPM) - Former President Maumoon Abdul Gayoom
Opposition party - MDP

NORTH KOREA
- Global pressure for denuclearisatoin led by USA
- USA ask for Chinas help as China has

INDIA - CHINA



India will host the India-US-Japan trilateral in Delhi that is seen as a counterpoint to the close engagement with
Beijing.
7th Century traveller Hsuan Tsangs visit to a Gujarati monastery India and China share strong civilization contacts
and should build on them to enhance understanding of each other.


- BORDER DISPUTE - BACKGROUND
From 1985 till now Chinese position
India make concessions in Eastern sector
China would then make appropriate concessions in the western sector.
explicit demand for ceding Tawang
since fifth Dalai Lama had been born in Tawang, the place was of special significance for China's Tibetan
nationality
Reason for insisting on Tawang - if the next Dalai Lama were to be "discovered" in Tawang, a Chinese rival
may not enjoy the same legitimacy.

In 1992, suggestion by India
India gives free access to Chinese pilgrims to Tawang,
While China reciprocally gives similar access to Indian pilgrims to Kailash Mansarovar. China refused.
In 2005, India and China announced a set of Guiding Principles and Political Parameters for resolving the border
issue.
India welcome it as are favourable, such as the need to consider the interests of "settled populations" relevent on
the status of Tawang
China attempt to reinterpret to suit Chinese positions.
2014 talks between Special Representatives of two PM
Little progress on border issue.
Causes of defeat in 1962 war
Indian forces totally unprepared and virtually defenceless due to over faith on friendly China.
Intelligence failure to anticipate and respond to the 1962 crisis.
Poor infrastructure in Himalayan region.
Preparation for future
Make attempt to change status quo costly and risky to the other side
Improve infrastructure and logistic capability
Develop air strike capability and air-lifting and deployment capacity
accelerated economic growth and more coherent foreign policy will improve the India-China relations
Successful reconciliation between Dalai Lama and China will aid solving border issue.

LESSONS FROM THE GATE OF HELL
- From inside Indias western-most outpost, in that bleak winter of 1962, troops would have stared out across the sheet of
ice at the shattered ruins of their retreating army, and at their the foes beyond. Murgo, it was called by the Yarkandi
tribesmen who guided caravans across the great Karakoram pass, the Gate of Hell. The attack they must have feared never
came. Chinese troops reached the line they claimed to be their border, just east of Murgo and then stopped. For two
generations since, soldiers have faced each other, prepared to kill on the roof of the world.
- The online release this month of the first volume of the most closely-held 1962 war secret, Lieutenant General Henderson
Brooks and Brigadier Premindra Bhagats searing indictment of the conduct of operations, has stoked deep fears Indians
have nursed for over fifty years.
- For critics of Prime Minister Jawaharlal Nehru, on the right of Indian politics, the release of the Henderson Brooks report
has been an occasion to call for a more muscular military policy holding him responsible for eviscerating Indias armed
forces in the build-up to the defeat. Every historical text, though, has a context, and the context to this one shows that this
would be precisely the wrong lesson to draw.
- Scape-goating Nehru
- The notion that that Mr. Nehru allowed the Indian military to slowly degenerate towards its catastrophic defeat in 1962 is
an article of faith for many commentators on the war. Like much faith, though, it sits ill with fact. From 1947 to 1962, the
Army expanded from 280,000 to 5, 50,000, the doyen of Indian security studies K. Subrahmanyam pointed out in a 1970
paper. Expenditure on defence rose from Rs. 190.15 crore in 1951-1952 to Rs. 320.34 crore in 1961-1962 despite the
enormous financial constraints that a fragile, just-born nation faced.
- The Army, by the eve of the 1962 war, had acquired a division of state-of-the-art Centurion tanks and two regiments of
AMX-13 light tanks which fought at Kameng against Chinese troops who had none, but could not prevent the routing of
Indian troops. The Air Force bought six squadrons of Hunter fighter-bombers, two squadrons of Ouragons, and two of
Gnat interceptorsall equipment far superior to anything flown by their adversary. The Navy had acquired an aircraft
carrier, three destroyers, and eleven spanking new frigates.
- Mr. Nehru might indeed, as critics contend, been an instinctive dove, but if this is true, the record suggests he also
believed in keeping his talons sharp. Yet, India lost the war. So long as we cling to these myths to explain away the
debacle, Mr. Subrahmanyam concluded, the reasons for the debacle will not be adequately investigated and correct
lessons drawn.
- The real problem wasnt that India didnt have an Army that could fight. It was that it ended up fighting the wrong kind of
war, with consequences even the best-resourced militaries have faced.
- Lessons to be learnt
- So what went wrong? In 1957, China completed driving a road across the Aksai Chin plains, linking Xinjiang and Tibet.
Land of little value now became a critical strategic asset for China. Following the 1959 revolt in Tibet, Chinese fears that
India was aiding rebels added to tensions. Indian patrols headed to the Aksai Chin were detained, and on one occasion,
fired at. In Indias North-East Frontier Area, troops received warnings to vacate their positions.
- Then, in October 1959, Chinese troops opened fire on Indian border police at Kongka, in Southern Ladakh, killing nine
and capturing 10.
- From multiple Cold War sources, among them the Central Intelligence Agencys declassified history of the 1962 war, it is
clear that the Chinese were hoping to push Mr. Nehru to accept a deal: swapping Aksai Chin for what is now Arunachal
Pradesh. Mr. Nehru, the evidence suggests, was preparing Indian public opinion for such a swap. The Kongka incident,
though, made it near impossible.
- Mr. Nehru responded by authorising what has come to be known as the Forward Policy. From December 1960, the
Henderson Brooks report records that India began establishing small posts deep inside Chinese-held territory, opening up
the prospect of our eventual domination of the Aksai Chin highway. By the summer of 1962, small pickets of Indian
troops, often less than platoon-strength, were holding positions face to face with Chinese positions. India had little
logistical infrastructure to support them, and no way to bring forward reinforcements to sustain these positions.
- The positions served no military purpose. Their role, instead, was to serve as a bargaining chip in eventual negotiations.
Mr. Nehru acted in the belief China would not use force to evict the Indian positions.
- His guess was wrong, but not unreasonable. Fearing the United States military presence in East Asia, Mao Zedong warned
his generals not to blindly take on India, despite Chinas military superiority.
- The Soviet Union was also working to rein in Beijing. In China for negotiations with Mao Zedong in October 1959, Soviet
leader Nikita Khrushchev had delivered a testy message of protest against the Kongka clash. You have had good relations
with India for many years. Suddenly, here is a bloody incident, as result of which Nehru found himself in a very difficult
position. In October 1963, Mr. Khrushchev again told the Chinese ambassador to Moscow to avoid military action,
arguing it would push India into the United States embrace.
- Finally, the Army itself didnt come up with viable alternatives to the Forward Policy for leaders besieged in Parliament
and pilloried by the media. Lieutenant-General Daulet Singh, General-Officer-Comanding of the western Army advocated,
the official war history records, that the only safe course would be to leave for the time being the Chinese in possession of
the Indian territory they had already grabbed, and to consolidate the areas still in Indian possession by pushing roads
forward, building up strong bases and inducting a division of troops into Ladakh.
- This strategy, the scholar Srinath Raghavan has pointed out, was obviously incapable of countering Chinese incursions
near the boundary incursions that were the main cause for concern to the political leadership.
- Last year, Indian and Chinese troops faced-off near Daulat Beg Oldi in Ladakh, in the worst flare-up of tensions in
decades. Fears of growing Chinese nationalism, backed by military might, have spurred Indian military acquisitions.
Narendra Modi, who may be Indias next Prime Minister, has cast China as an expansionist threat, a sentiment shared by
many in other parties.
- Mr. Nehru must take the blame for calling it wrong, but responsibility also lies with the ill-informed public debate and
media hyper-nationalism that drove his choices. India cant afford to have to learn the same lessons again.
COOPERATION
- create a world based on good-neighbourliness and mutual prosperity rather than one based on the balance of power
calculations and animosity, to emerge as regional leaders.
- Tracing the India-China journey that started of as that of Buddhist twins to colonial twins to having emerged as geo-
civilisational twins
- India has always followed an independent and autonomous foreign policy. The main task of our foreign policy is to create
an external environment that is conducive for our rapid development. Our foreign policy also seeks to expand our
development choices and give us strategic autonomy in the world.
- correcting the perception gap and to change the negative perception of each other in some quarters
- 1962 left a scar on the Indian psyche and led to a brief interregnum in the growth of ties
craft strategy for management of resources, demographics, inclusiveness, rural-urban balance, energy security,
environmental sustainability and above all a sustained period of peace and stability conducive to economic and social
development to counter the damage to India-China economies, distorted social structures, disrupted lines of trade and
cultural communications, disregarded affinities and synergies caused by the period of imperial or colonial dominance.
- BRAHMAPUTRA RIVER
Yarlung Zangbo in Tibet
China agreed to allow Indian hydrological experts to conduct study tours in Tibet to monitor the flows on the upper
reaches of the Brahmaputra. according to the principle of reciprocity
to assuage Indias concerns about the ongoing dam projects on the upper reaches of the river
also agreed to extend provision of hydrological data,
Three new dams
China started three new hydropower dams on the Yarlung Zangbo, projects might affect downstream flows,
China will provide data on water flows, India will make available information on data utilisation in flood
forecasting and mitigation.
- Other agreement
framework for setting up China-dedicated infrastructure parks in India
first-ever training exchange programme for officials of both countries, between Lal Bahadur Shastri National
Academy of Administration (LBSNAA), Mussoorie, and China Executive Leadership Academy (CELAP), Shanghai.

PANCHSHEEL PRINCIPLE

- History
Launch in 1954 - 60th anniversary
between Chinese Premier Zhou Enlai, Indian Prime Minister Jawaharlal Nehru and Myanmar Prime Minister U Nu
Meaning - Five Principles of Peaceful Coexistence
1. mutual respect for sovereignty and territorial integrity,
2. mutual non-aggression,
3. mutual non-interference in each others internal affairs,
4. equality and mutual benefit, and
5. Peaceful coexistence.
Use
recognised and observed by the international community
served as basic norms of state-to-state relations
Contributions to world peace and progress.
cornerstone of indias and chinas foreign policies helped us to handle our bilateral issues left over by history, such
as the Tibet-related issue and the boundary question
Established the Strategic and Cooperative Partnership for Peace and Prosperity (SCPPP) between two.
- Genesis
After WW II - colonial system collapsed - large number of national states emerged independent in Asia and Africa.
Imperative for them
to safeguard national independence and sovereignty,
prevent external invasion or interference, and
Establish relations with other countries on an equal footing, so as to strive for a peaceful international
environment.
China, India and Myanmar was newly independent
In 1955, the first Asian-African Conference in Bandung, Indonesia, adopted these Principles.
- Present perspective
Emerging - developing countries are becoming important in the international arena
Peace, development and cooperation are trands of today but still faced with many difficulties and challenges.
- Panchsheel of future
1. Firmly safeguard sovereign equality among all states and stand against interfering in other countries internal affairs.
2. Actively seek peaceful and common development in order to realise our common dream.
3. Promote the New Security Concept featuring mutual trust, mutual benefit, equality and coordination, and advocate
common, comprehensive, cooperative and sustainable security.
4. Fully respect diversity of the world and encourage various civilisations, cultures and religions to respect one another.
5. Push the process of multi-polarisation and support larger representation and influence of developing countries in
international affairs.
- Relevance to present China-India relations
1. Respect each other and accumulate mutual trust to solve outstanding issues.
treat China-India relations from a strategic viewpoint
2. carry out practical cooperation based on mutual benefit
largest populations and greatest market potentials
China and India are highly complementary in economy, and are natural partners of cooperation.
deepen mutually beneficial cooperation on the
i. BCIM Economic Corridor,
ii. Silk Road Economic Belt,
iii. 21st Century Maritime Silk Road, and
iv. Establish a China and India double-engine powered Trans-Himalaya Economic Growth Region.
3. Treat each other on an equal footing.
Handle the boundary question to find a fair, reasonable and mutually acceptable solution.
Improve mechanisms on border affairs, properly manage differences and jointly maintain peace and
tranquillity in the border areas.
Treat equally on issues of trade imbalance and Transborder Rivers.
4. Promote people-to-people and cultural exchanges to foster friendship.
youth, media, academia and other people-to-people exchanges to promote mutual understanding
COOPERATION STRATARY
- Maintain high-level exchanges.
o High level visits
o Bilateral meetings on the sidelines of the BRICS summit and on other multilateral occasions.
- Expand pragmatic cooperation in all fields.
o China
Participation in Indias development in infrastructure, manufacturing and agricultural fields with focus
on promoting cooperation on major projects such as railways and industrial parks.
encourage Chinese companies with adequate capacity and good reputation to expand their investment
in India
Welcome Indian entrepreneurs to explore business opportunities in the Chinese market.
- expand people-to-people and cultural exchanges
o Year of China-India Friendly Exchanges - 2014.
o To improve mutual understanding and trust between the two peoples.
- enhance cooperation in regional and international affairs
o pragmatic cooperation under the frameworks of BRICS, China-Russian-India cooperation, G20, East Asia
Summit, Maritime Silk Route framework, BMIC Corridor Project etc.
o To safeguard the common interests of the developing countries and work for a more democratic and rational
international political and economic order.
- properly handle the divergences between the two countries
o China is willing to import more products from India for a balanced trade relationship
o handle issues such as the
boundary question in a proper manner,
maintain peace and tranquility in the border areas, and
Create conducive conditions for the settlement of the boundary question by pushing forward China-
India relations, and try to achieve a phased progress at an early date.
- Chinese Dream of realizing the great rejuvenation of the Chinese nation and Indian Dream of achieving inclusive
development are interconnected and mutually compatible, representing the shared aspiration of our 2.5 billion people
together.
o The China-India friendly cooperation is an irreversible historical trend

- Soft Diplomacy
Bilateral Cooperation in the Field of Films, TV Serials & New-Age Media
mutual exchange of products, services and knowledge in the field of Media and entertainment
student exchange programme between the Film Institutes of both Countries as a step for strengthening the
cultural ties
increasing participation in International Book Fairs like Delhi Book Fair to enhance cooperation in the
Publication sector
Explore the possibility of exchange of content on the TV Channels in terms of Movies and Serials.
Compiled two-volume encyclopedia, chronicling a 2,000-year history of cultural exchanges.
- DEFENCE
Annual Defence dialogue -total 6 from 2009 to 2014
Defence Minister level meeting - first 2012, second 2013 & third (proposed) 2014
BDCA - Border Defence Cooperation Agreement
CBM - Confidence Building Measures in Defence relation
Defence Budget - four times of Indias Budget.
International fleet review and maritime exercise - hosted by china navy.
Join by at least 10 countries including India, Pakistan, Australia, New Zealand, South Korea and Indonesia.
Japan was not invited. So Japan & U.S. will not participate.

- ECONOMIC
Strategic Economic Dialogue (SED)
1
st
- 2011.
2
nd
- 2012.
3
rd
- 2014.
2014 is being observed as the Year of Friendly Exchanges.
Bangladesh-China-India-Myanmar (BCIM) Economic Land Corridor - Kunming Initiative.
Maritime silk road linking Aida and Indian and Pacific Oceans
A corridor linking China and Pakistan
MOU on IT Cooperation allowing Indian software companies in entering into cooperation with Chinese State-owned-
enterprises.
India sought Chinese support in substantially raising the speed on rail corridors and in developing modern stations.
Require realignment of the track and strengthening bridges.
China being worlds biggest high speed rail network.
India also asked Japan for assistance in carrying out a project report considering the possibility of building a high
speed rail line between Mumbai and Vadodara.


MARITIME SILK ROAD / ROUTE
- It is said that the success of the proposed Maritime Silk Route initiative by China will be consequential to regional stability
and global peace.
- Maritime Silk Route (MSR) was the ancient sea route network extending from South China Sea to Indian Ocean to Red
Sea to Mediterranean Sea. It connected China, ASEAN countries, Indian Subcontinent, Gulf countries, Horn of Africa and
Mediterranean European countries in past. This route was famous for trading world famous Silk of China.
- China proposal at 16th China-ASEAN summit to revive the same MSR make it a topic of debate room. The stated objective
of MSR by Chinese official is to achieve common development and prosperity of all countries on sea network. But
strategically, this project certainly aims at projecting china as superpower.
- Due to string of pearl strategy and expansionist policies, Chinas development has become threat to sovereignty of its
neighbour. The MSR strategy will help China wiping this perception and make its neighbour believe that development of
china is in favour of region.
- To boost up it geo-strategic position China needs to establish its hegemony in Asian region. The MSR aimed at countering
U.S. Asia Pivot policy, Japans Asia - Pacific Democratic Partnership and U.S. - India strategic Partnership.
- From economic point of view, MSR will link Chinese hinterland to world market. Further it aims at integrating whole
Asian economy to Chinese economy, resultantly increasing impact of Chinese policies on world trade.
- For making successful this initiative, China inevitably need support of littoral countries of Asia especially ASEAN
countries and India. But these countries have good reasons to be cynical about benevolence of Chinas intention.
Aggressive regional expansion policy, Claim over Sankaku Island and Diageo Island, imposition of Chinese Air Defence
Zone, controlling South China Sea and violation of UNICLOS etc. has created regional instability.
- Until China win over the trust of its neighbour and prove false the apprehensions about naval threat from China, these
countries would not agree to be partners in MSR initiative. So to realize MSR dream, friendly relations among global
powers and peaceful co-existence among regional countries will be quintessential.

To link the Indian and Pacific Oceans
Attempt to counter regional anxieties about its fast expanding naval presence.
Response to the string of pearls theory - a suggestion that china intended to build military bases in littoral
countries from Sri Lanka to Pakistan and Bangladesh.
China announced the setting up maritime cooperation fund.
Boosting regional maritime connectivity, and cooperation on disaster mitigation and fisheries development.
Indian Ocean-focused initiative will prioritise building ports and improving infrastructure in littoral countries
like Bangladesh and Sri Lanka.
To establish free trade zones in Indian Ocean countries as part of the plan a move that will reinforce Chinas
deepening economic presence in the Indian Ocean Region and in Indias neighbourhood.
Involve nations from Malaysia and Singapore to India, Sri Lanka and the Gulf countries
the plan is expected to focus on infrastructure construction of countries along the route, including ports of
Pakistan - Gwadar,
Sri Lanka - Hambantota and
Bangladesh - Chittagong.
China hopes to coordinate customs, quality supervision, e-commerce and other agencies to facilitate the
scheme, as well as set up free trade zones,
Chinas southern provinces of Yunnan which borders Myanmar and is at the centre of another economic plan
to build a Bangladesh-China-India-Myanmar (BCIM) corridor and Guangxi Zhuang may be tasked with
pushing the plan.
The initiative, which will deepen Chinese economic and maritime links with both Southeast Asia and Indian
Ocean Region (IOR) countries, is being seen by some analysts as to assuage regional anxieties about Chinas
growing military and naval presence.
The maritime Silk Road may be a response to the string of pearls theory a suggestion that China intended
to build military bases in littoral countries, from Sri Lanka to Pakistan and Bangladesh.

China set $1.6 billion fund for MSR to build ports and boost maritime connectivity with Southeast Asian and Indian
Ocean littoral countries.
Pakistan - Gwadar port
Sri Lanka - Hambantota port
Bangladesh - Chittagong port
- Continental Security System
China proposed at Asian Cooperation Conference to develop CSS along with including Russia and Iran.

- CHINA - TAIWAN
China regards Taiwan as part of its territory, although both have been effectively governed separately since 1949.
Taiwan is still officially known as the republic of China.
- Russia-China energy ties
Russia and China natural gas deal
In Shanghai
Of $400 billion of Siberian natural gas to be exported to China over 30 years.
Russia selling china
S-400 Missile Defense System- capable of shooting down all enemy aerial. Its not mocking. targets
S-35 Aircraft
Impact
It deflates the post-Ukraine Western threat to cut European imports of Russian gas.
China and Russia together represent the core of a new coalition of anti-democratic autocracies challenging the
Western-imposed, post-Cold War status quo.
Their enhanced partnership marks the first emergence of a global coalition against American hegemony since the
fall of the Berlin wall.
China proposed a brand-new continental security system to include Russia and Iran (lest anyone
mistake its anti-imperialist essence) and exclude America.
It would mark the end of a quarter-century of unipolarity. And herald a return to a form of bipolarity
two global coalitions: not as structurally rigid or ideologically dangerous as Cold War bipolarity. Not a
fight to the finish, but a struggle nonetheless for dominion and domination.
SOUTH CHINA SEA DISPUTE
-
- INDIAs interest
Around 55% of Indias Trade in the Asia-Pacific transits through the SCS region
Indias prosperity is dependent almost exclusively on sea trades. Land routes from the Indian subcontinent are few
and provide little facility or commerce.
Unrestricted opportunity of passage essential for peace and prosperity in the Asia- pacific region.
India favours peaceful resolution of the dispute, in accordance with international law, including the UNCLOS as
opposed to the use of threat.
Access to resources like oil, natural gas, food and minerals is now high on the agenda.
- Importance of SCS
Link Pacific and Indian Oceans. It connects with the Indian Ocean through the Malacca Strait to the southwest.
Region is used b oil tankers moving from the Persian Gulf to Japan as well as by worships en route from the Indian
Ocean to the pacific.
Important for China, Vietnam, Philippines, Malaysia as well as the extra-regional countries like Indian, Japan,
Australia and USA.
Rich seas in term of marine flora and fauna, coral reefs, mangroves, sea grass beds, fish and plants.
Account for 10 % of the annual global fisheries catchment.
Rich reserve of oil and natural gas
Threat to peace and security in the ASEAN region
- Key Issues
Territorial sovereignty
Contention on energy
Significance of the geographic location
Threat to maritime security
Overlapping maritime claims
- China Expansionist policy
On the basis of nine-dash maps china claims dominion over the East and South China Seas.
Imposed fishing rules to operate in the disputed waters
Claim on Sankaku. Diaoyu and Tiaoyutai Island.
Restricting Vietnam and India from exploring sea bed.
Tendency towards unilateral action.

PHILIPPINE
- Court approved birth control law - defeat of powerful Catholic Church
- Law requires government health centres to hand our free condoms and birth control pills as well as mandating that sex
education be taught in schools. Further require that public health workers receive family planning training while post
abortion medical care is also legalised


INDIA - BANGLADESH
- China cooperation in building the Sonadia Deep Sea port, Power Plant construction in Patuakhali, Padma Bridge on
padma river and Karnaphuli river tunnel. Assured a separate economic and industrial zone in Chittagong.
- India , China and Russia backing govt. headed by PM Sheikh Hasina
- Western Countries calling for fresh election.
- Important for regional stability and war against terrorism.
- DISPUTE
Sharing of Ganga water
Construction and operation of the Farakka Barrage by India to increase water supply in the river Hoogly.
Bangladesh insists that it does not receive a fair share of the Ganges waters during the drier seasons, and gets
flooded during the monsoons when India releases excess waters.
transfer of Teen Bigha Corridor to Bangladesh
Part of Bangladesh surrounded by West Bengal.
1992, India leased three bigha land to Bangladesh. But dispute regarding the indefinite nature of the lease.
resolved by an mutual agreement in 2011
Terrorist activities
Banga Sena and Harkat-ul-Jihad-al-Islami
Agreement to jointly fight terrorism
Transit facility to North Eastern Regions of India.
India has a narrow land link famously known as the Siliguri Corridor or "India's Chicken Neck"
Illegal Bangladeshi immigration
Cross border migrants are also at far higher risk of HIV/Aids infection
Continuous border killing of Indian and Bangladeshi people, aiding illegal immigrants, helping in armed decoity, fake
money transfer and illegal drug trades.
Marine border issue
Both make claims over the same seawater at the Bay of Bengal.
Bangladesh has a concave coast, reducing its continental shelf if the line is drawn from the coast; India has a
convex coast and gets a larger share of the gulf as continental shelf.
India and Myanmar both reject Bangladeshs stance that its shelf be measured from where its coastline is
navigable and not choked with riverine effluvium.
Further India and Bangladesh claim a two square miles island, two miles from India and five from Bangladesh,
which has appeared in the Bay of Bengal, composed of drifting volcanic silt. The quarrel is based on the flow of
the river Haribanga inside the bay.

Land Border Agreement (LBA) pending
The India-Bangladesh land border is 4,000 km long and there are reportedly 20 million illegal Bangladeshis in
India. Hugh level of infiltration.
Exchange of about 17,000 acres of 111 Indian enclaves for about 7,000 acres of 51 Bangladesh enclave.
These enclaves of Bangladesh are in the States of West Bengal, Assam, Meghalaya and Tripura.
Exchange of Enclave issue
The Constitution (One Hundred and Nineteenth) Amendment Bill, 2013 still pending
seeks to ratify the agreement on enclave exchange
Amendment will not require permission of majority states or special majority. It will be under article 2 by
simple majority of both houses of parliament.
President will refer the bill to state legislature for its views thereon but view shall not be binding.
opposition
result in a national loss of 10,000 acres of land
fuel secessionist tendencies in other parts of India
enclaves
For state to exercise sovereignty territories are not requirement to be contiguous or geographically
proximate.
example
Pakistan before 1971.
Before annexation of Dadra and Nagar Haveli, which are under Portugal sovereignty, were
enclaved within Indian Territory.
In 1954, India refused the right of passage to Portuguese officers, armed forces, etc to contain
the uprising in that region.
International Court of Justice upheld Indias rights refuse permission
Enclaves are those parts of one state which are being surrounded by the territory of another state
Further complicate situation can be of an enclave within an enclave (counter-enclave) or even an enclave
within a counter-enclave (counter-counter-enclave).
Genesis of problems
States sovereignty gives near-absolute right to restrict or regulate access to and transportation in their
territories.
Residents of an enclave cannot travel to their home state without crossing international borders and
obtaining the necessary permission.
Agencies of the home state cannot access the enclave, despite its sovereignty over it, without the
permission of the state that surrounds the enclave.
Results into exclusion of governmental services, essential facilities and opportunities to residents of
enclaves, counter-enclaves and counter-counter enclaves.
Land Boundary Agreement of 1974 and the 2011 Protocol to the said Agreement
agreed to exchange these small parcels of land and better demarcate the land boundary
significance of exchange
Indias land boundaries
Improve the lives of all those residents of the enclaves.
Net loss of territory is illusory as what we lose are enclaves we cannot access, govern or use in any way
without the consent of Bangladesh.
They are never part of any political campaigns, never on the agenda for development or reforms of
any kind.
The opposition of calls for secession in other parts of India is also fanciful.
Enclave is unique geographically and administratively - cannot be compared to any other situation.
Teesta river water agreement
- Areas of cooperation
power supply on the new transmission grid from Tripura to Bangladesh,
trade relations
bilateral trade stands at $6.6 billion
Could double to more than $10 billion by 2018.
- New cooperation
relaxed some visa rules for Bangladeshi nationals;
the frequency of the cross-border train is to be increased;
new bus service between Guwahati and Shillong with Dhaka.
sharing 100 MW of power from the Palatana power project in Tripura.
Main areas of cooperation
areas of security, economic development, sub-regional cooperation, opening of the Indian market to Bangladeshi
goods, border infrastructure, energy and people-to-people exchanges.
-
NEPAL - GOVERNMENT FORMATION
- Winner - Nepali Congress - Sushil Koirala
- Coalition partner - CPN-UML - Jhala Nath Khanal

BHUTAN

- 1958 - Jawaharlal Nehru visited Bhutan journeying astride ponies all the way to Paro.
underscore Indias deep relations with Bhutan
Nehru thought that the two Himalayan kingdoms, Sikkim and Bhutan, as well as Nepal, were to be kept sacrosanct, to
work as buffer states vis-a-vis Tibet and China
- Bhutanese prime minister - Tshering Tobgay of the Peoples Democratic Party,
Won on a good relations with India platform.
- Mutual interests
Bhutan is the SAARC country with the closest ties with India.
India has helped it fashion itself into a modern country, with representation at the UN from 1971.
Bhutan plays a crucial role in the Northeast geopolitically in driving out the ULFA and other militants from its
southern borders, which were used as safe havens, is a prime example of active cooperation.
Thimphu (Capital) will want to secure the balance of trade with generous rupee grants from India, and more market
access
Exports are mainly in the form of hydropower energy. Bhutan will continue to play a crucial role in Indias power
security regime, especially for the region.
The China factor weighs heavily on Indias relations with other SAARC countries like Bangladesh, Nepal, Maldives,
Sri Lanka and Pakistan. Further in regional groupings like BIMSTAC.
Useful in economic development of NE States especially Sikkim and Assam.
Bhutan is important for industries like Herbs, Aurvedic drug.
- 1975, Sikkim became the 22nd state of India through the insertion of Article 371F in the Constitution.
Sikkim and Bhutan have ties that extend to royalty and other marriages.
monastic and religious ties exist in the form of Kagyupa, the black hat sect of Buddhism, which today is marred by the
competing demands of different Karmapa claimants to the Rumtek Monastery
Bhutans major exports and imports are transferred via the Siliguri corridor or through Assam.
- Flanked by Myanmar, Bangladesh, Bhutan and Nepal, the Northeast too can boldly go forward to develop a robust policy
of development and trade.
Resolving security-oriented framework includeing illegal immigration.
Tourism is an area of great potential. Sikkim has developed well around this mantra. The sheer diversity of the
Northeast can be marketed and segmented in different ways. A big push could be given to the Buddhist circuit
covering Bodh Gaya, Sikkim, Bhutan and Tawang in Arunachal Pradesh.
Trade, facilitated by the opening of Sikkims Nathu-la Pass in 2006 also makes for a great opportunity to secure ties
along this part of the world.
- PM visit
B2B Bharat to Bhutan,
Bhutan PM - Tshering Tobgay and King Jigme Khesar Namgyel Wangchuk
PM announced doubling of scholarships being provided to Bhutanese students in India to Rs. 2 crore, and promised
to assist Bhutan in setting up a digital library.

INDIA - SAUDI ARABIA

- Rails and railway development by Indian labour force between Makkah - Medina.
- Indias biggest crude supplier.
- Indias labour migrates there for construction work.
- India-Saudi defence ties - stop viewing in binary term i.e. choosing between India and Pakistan
- Economic Relation
Indias largest supplier of crude oil
Delhi Declarations - 2006
Riyadh Declaration - 2010
Deeper partnership in the hydrocarbons arena including investments and joint ventures, bilaterally and in third
countries as well.

INDIA - JAPAN
- Industrial Collaboration
Delhi - Mumbai Industrial Corridor (DMIC)
Chennai - Bangalore Industrial Corridor (CBIC)
- CIVIL NUCLEAR AGREEMENT



19. BILATERAL, REGIONAL AND GLOBAL GROUPINGS AND AGREEMENTS INVOLVING INDIA AND/OR AFFECTING INDIA'S
INTERESTS

CHANGING INTERNATIONAL TRADING ARCHITECTURE
- Earlier tariffs were used to restrict imports and free access to foreign manufacturers.
- With efforts of WTO and its agreements tariff barriers was removed.
- But now there is a rise in trend of using quality standards to restrict free market access to foreign manufactures especially
from developing countries.
With the enclavisation of international trade (with the creation of US led trading blocs such as the Trans-Pacific
Partnership (TPP), the Transatlantic Trade and Investment Partnership (TTIP) and the Regional Comprehensive
Economic Partnership), the emphasis had moved away from tariffs and these blocs would now be focused on creating
new trading architecture of rules, regulations and standards.
Increased role of standards due to
Adoption of Sanitary and Phytosanitary (SPS) and Technical Barriers to trade (TBT) agreement during the
Uruguay Round of WTO.
- Recommended Indias action
Mainstream the acceptance of standards even within the government and a consultative mechanism needed to be put
in place to bring all stakeholders together while formulating standards


BRICS
Brazilian resort city of Fortaleza - sixth BRICS Summit
Top agendas
Infrastructure investments in India, increasing bilateral trade and reducing trade deficits
Fortaleza Declaration
big announcement of the BRICS New Development Bank and contingency reserve fund
repeat the BRICS countries endorsement of India, Brazil and South Africas permanent membership of the
United Nations Security Council and firm recommendation on Security Council reform.
Other matters
the crisis in Iraq,
escalating violence in Gaza and Ukraine and
the U.S. revelations on National Security Agency surveillance
all BRICS leaders will head to Brasilia to meet South American leaders





20. EFFECT OF POLICIES AND POLITICS OF DEVELOPED AND DEVELOPING COUNTRIES ON INDIA'S INTERESTS, INDIAN
DIASPORA.



R2P - RESPONSIBILITY TO PROTECT

- morning-after" principle
Need to reflect on the likely consequences before imposing the so-called free-market principles on immature
economies or the militarily intervening to remove inconvenient governments or political leaders using the R2P
argument.
Post-intervention situation has been rendered much worse, the violence more lethal, and the suffering of the people
more severe than before.
Example Iraq, Libya, Syria, Ukraine and Afghanistan - failed instance of international humanitarian intervention -
the persistent lack of support for building the country's economy, educating its children and delivering basic health
services to its people.
- India
Avoids taking a stand on these issues and even side with China and Russia, in opposing Western intervention to
depose tyrants.
accepts the R2P principle and insists that external armed intervention for that purpose should be the last resort
rather than the first, and that political and diplomatic measures must remain the patient - and often painstaking -
instruments of choice for the international community.
India's engagement with Afghanistan has at least remained focused on the welfare.
EMMIGRATION ACT, 1983
- 10,000 Indian workers in strife-torn Iraq.
Most of them have landed in Iraq from Dubai via Qatar and Kuwait through devious Indian travel agents working in
connivance with employment syndicates operating from Gulf countries
- The Emigration Act
Applies only to recruitment and recruiting agents.
Registration and obtaining permits from a State Protector of Emigrants working under a Protector General of
Emigrants under the Ministry of Overseas Indian Affairs are essential for every recruiting agent or employer for legally
sending any person abroad.
Limitations
No panel actions are taken against recruiting agents not registered
Do not define words like travel agent or the phrase human smuggling
It donot regulate proliferating business of human trading
A travel agent needs no educational qualification, no experience, no office or business premises and no registration
or regulation under any law.
- State acts
Only Punjab - The Punjab Prevention of Human Smuggling Act, 2012
to check and curb travel agents illegal and fraudulent activities and penalise those involved in organised human
smuggling rackets
defines human smuggling and travel agent
licensing regime for travel agents
power to magistrates and police officials of search, seizure and arrest
reasonable compensation to be paid to aggrieved persons by the travel agent
punishment for offences and confiscation of illegally acquired property
- subjects of enactments relating to laws regarding professions, welfare of labour, education, employment-related issues etc.,
are in the Concurrent List and only Emigration is in the Union list of the 7th Schedule of Constitution,
Punjab government deserves kudos for its excellent effort.
THE MIDDLE EAST
- Major crisis
Iraq and Syria - partitioned along sectarian lines;
Lebanon and Yemen - close to fracturing;
Turkey, Egypt and Saudi Arabia - increasingly authoritarian states.
- International efforts to maintain peace
state boundaries drawn by Versailles Treaty, 1919 to replace the Ottoman Empire
failed to hold the fractious peoples together
U.S.-led system that kept the region in a rough balance has been shattered by Americas failed intervention in Iraq.
- primary beneficiaries of crisis are ruthless Islamic terrorists
Sunni extremists (and Shiite counterparts in Hezbollah) are the beneficiaries of the sectarian war financed and
encouraged by Saudi Arabia and Iran.
- Iraq splintering
Sunni north and west;
Kurdish northeast; and
Shiite south and with Iranian help, retains Baghdad
- Syria
Alawite-dominated corridor from Damascus to Latakia on the Mediterranean Coast;
Druze and Kurdish minorities have mini-cantons,
Rest by fighters from the Sunni majority.
- only way to restabilise this region is to gather the essential players around a table and begin framing a new security
architecture
Participants would include Saudi Arabia and Iran, joined by the United States, Russia, China, Britain, and France.
Turkey and Egypt should attend as they have big militaries that could play a stabilising role.
Initially, such an action plan could only establish cease-fire lines, aid refugees and empower Sunni moderates against
ISIS.
Syria Crisis
- USA and western allies oppose to Syrian president Bashar Al-Assad
- Russia - the main supporter of Syrian Government
- Russia claims that keeping the Syrian State functional was essential to complete the humanitarian mission.
- China appears to have synchronized its stance on Syria with Russia
- USA along with Saudi Arabia supplying the armed opposition with anti-aircraft weaponry to neutralize the advantage held
b government forces in the air - highly debated from humanitarian angle.
- Russia warned Saudi Arabia not to supplying Pakistan-made shoulder-launched surface to air anti-aircraft weapons and
anti-tank weapons.



Steps to enable humanitarian supplies to Syria
1. Government and the armed opposition to be held responsible for providing relief to the people entangled in the bloody
conflict.
2. Stop the rise of al-Qaeda- affiliated terror.
3. Lift sieges on population centres.
4. De-militarising medical facilities, schools and other civilian facilities. Maintain medical neutrality
5. Stop targeting civilians by stopping indiscriminate use of weapons for shelling and aerial bombardment with barrel
bombs.


SYRIAN REBELS OR INTERNATIONAL TERRORISTS
With Bashar Assad arguing that this is a war against terrorism, and the rebels arguing that this is a war against authoritarianism,
no agreement can come of the peace talks on Syria.
Geneva 2s mood mirrored the sound of mortar and despair on the ground in Syria. Not much of substance came of the former, as
the U.N.-Arab League envoy Lakhdar Brahimi tiredly indicated that diplomacy continued despite the lack of a breakthrough. He
hoped that the United States and the Russians would pressure their clients to remain at the table, from where, for three weeks, little
of value has emerged. No agreement can come of these peace talks for at least two reasons. First, the government of Bashar Assad
and the rebel coalition do not agree on the interpretation of the conflict. Mr. Assad argues that this is a war against terrorism (Al-
Qaeda), while the rebels argue that this is a war against authoritarianism (the Assad government). Second, the rebels themselves
are deeply fractured, with the Islamists in Syria who are doing the brunt of the fighting indisposed to any peace talks.
Mr. Brahimi hoped that humanitarian relief would be the glue to hold the two sides together. Residents in the old city of Homs and
in the Palestinian neighbourhood of Yarmouk in Damascus have been under siege for two years. It was hoped that safe passage
could be provided for food and medicine, but this was not accomplished. U.N. and Islamic Red Cross workers bravely avoided
snipers and shells to transport food and medicines to the Syrians; children among them stared at fresh fruit, unsure of what to do
with it. Absent momentum from Geneva, the options for a regional solution are back on the table.
Role for India, China
In 2012, Egypt convened the Syria Contact Group that comprised Iran, Saudi Arabia and Turkey unlikely partners. Pressure from
the U.S. and Russia at that time closed down the Group. Today, the regional partners seek an exit from their exaggerated postures
over Syria, but there is no diplomatic space for them to act. It falls to powers that are untainted by the war, perhaps China and
India, to call for a meeting a Beijing or New Delhi summit to craft a serious agenda to pressure all sides to a ceasefire and a
credible political process.
The war is now fought less on the ground and more over its interpretation. Expectations of a hasty collapse of the government
withdraw as the Syrian Army takes Jarajir, along the Lebanon border. Islamists groups continue to fight against each other in the
north, weakening their firepower as the Syrian army watches from the sidelines. The emboldened Syrian government has now
stepped up its rhetoric about this war being essentially one against terrorists with affiliation to al-Qaeda. Ears that once rejected
this narrative in the West and Turkey are now increasingly sympathetic to it. As the Islamists suffocate the rebellion, it becomes
hard to champion them against the government. Focus has moved away from the prisons and barrel bombs of the government to
the executions and social policies of the Islamists.
A year ago, the West and Turkey would have scoffed at talk of terrorism as the fantasy of the Assad government. The West and the
Gulf Arabs had opened their coffers to the rebels, knowing full well that they were incubating the growth of the Islamist factions at
the expense of the secular opposition. Turkeys government of Recep Tayyip Erdogan micromanaged the opposition provided
bases in Turkey and allowed well-armed fighters to slip across the border into Syria. By early 2012, it had become a common sight
to see well-armed Islamist fighters in the streets of Antakya and in the refugee camps in Hatay Province. The seeds of what were to
come the entry of al-Qaeda into Syria was set by an opportunistic and poorly conceived policy by Erdogans government. It
did not help that his otherwise well-spoken and highly-regarded Foreign Minister Ahmet Davutoglu began to refer to Syrias
Alawites (Mr. Assads community) as Nusayri, a derogatory sectarian term. Turkey joined U.S., Europe and Gulf Arab calls for Mr.
Assads departure well before the numbers of those dead climbed above the thousands. Nervousness about the spread of al-Qaeda
to Syria has made the rebels patrons edge closer to the Damascus narrative. The U.S. government wishes to arm the Iraqi
government with Hellfire missiles and drones to combat the Islamic State of Iraq and al-Sham (ISIS) in Iraqs Anbar Province.
Britain has said that any fighter who comes back from Syria will be arrested (last week, a Sussex man Abu Suleiman al-Britani
conducted a suicide operation in Aleppo). The Saudi Royal Court decreed that any Saudi found to have waged jihad abroad could
spend up to 20 years in prison.
General Mansour al-Turki of the Saudi Interior Ministry said: We are trying to stop everyone who wants to go to Syria, but we
cant stop leaks. The Turkish Armed Forces fired on an ISIS convoy on January 28 inside Syria, and told the government in a
report prepared jointly with the Turkish National Intelligence agency that al-Qaeda had made credible threats on Turkey. Mr.
Erdogan hastened to Tehran to meet the new Iranian leadership their public comments were on trade, but their private
meetings were all on Syria and the need to combat the rise of terrorism. What Mr. Assad had warned about in 2012 came to pass
for whatever reason and led to a loss of confidence among the rebels patrons for their future. Even al-Qaedas putative leader,
Ayman al-Zawahiri, has sought to distance him from ISIS. These signs indicate that on Syria, the terrorism narrative has come to
dominate over the authoritarian regime narrative.
Islamic Front
The fractious Syrian opposition that came to Geneva does not represent the main columns of rebel fighters on the ground. These
are mainly Islamists with the al-Qaeda wing represented by ISIS and Jabhat al-Nusra, and the rest represented by the Islamic
Front. They have no appetite for negotiation. Mr. Abu Omar of the Islamic Front said that Syrias future would be created here on
the ground of heroism, and signed with blood on the frontlines, not in hollow conferences attended by those who dont even
represent themselves. A U.S. intelligence official told me that when the U.S. went into Afghanistan in 2001, We smashed the
mercury and watched it spread out slowly in the area. Al-Qaeda was not demolished in Kandahar and Tora Bora. Its hardened
cadre slipped across to Pakistan and then onwards to their homelands. There they regrouped, reviving the Libyan Islamic Fighting
Group, al-Qaeda in Yemen, Ansar al-Sharia, Ansar Dine, and ISIS. The latter slipped into Syria from an Iraq broken by the U.S.
occupation and the sectarian governance of the current government. There they worked with Jabhat al-Nusra and fought alongside
other Islamist currents such as Ahrar ash-Sham. It was inevitable that these battle-tested Islamists would overrun the peaceful
protesters and the defectors from the Syrian Army the Free Syrian Army (FSA) who scattered to the wind in 2012.
The FSA troops either joined up with the Islamists, continued to fight in small detachments, or linger precariously as twice
defectors who are now homeless. The barbarism of the ISIS pushed other Islamists with Gulf Arab support to form the Islamic
Front. The hope was that this group would run ISIS back to Iraq and remove the stigma of al-Qaeda from the Syrian rebellion.
The problem is that one of the constituents of the Islamic Front Jabhat al-Nusra, arguably the most effective of its fighting forces
sees itself as the Syrian franchise of al-Qaeda and has largely abjured the fight against ISIS. Another problem is that the in-
fighting on the ground seems to have tapered off one of the Islamist groups; Suqour al-Sham signed a truce with ISIS and
pledged to work together.
By early 2014, these groups found their supply lines cut off. Iraqs attack on ISIS began to seal the porous border that runs through
the Great Syrian Desert. Jordan had already tried to close its border since early 2013, having arrested over a hundred fighters who
have tried to cross into Syria. Lebanons border has become almost inaccessible for the rebels as the Syrian Army takes the roadway
that runs along the boundary line. Last year, Turkey closed the Azaz crossing once it was taken over by the radical Islamists.
On January 20, the rebels attacked the Turkish post at Cilvegz-Bab al-Hawa, killing 16. This is what spurred the Turkish Army to
attack the ISIS convoy a week later.
As the Islamists saw their supply lines closed off, the U.S. announced that it would restart its aid to the rebel fighters. On February
5, the Syrian Coalition chief Ahmad Jabra told Future TV that his rebels would get advanced weapons likely from the U.S. The
FSA announced the formation of the Southern Front - with assistance from the West to revive the dormant fight in Syrias south-
west. All this took place during Geneva 2, signaling confusion in U.S. policy. Does Washington still want to overthrow the Syrian
government? Would it live with an Islamist government on Israels borders? Or, perhaps, the U.S. is eager for a stalemate, as
pointed out by former CIA analyst Bruce Riedel, The rebels lack the organisation and weapons to defeat Assad. The regime lacks
the loyal manpower to suppress the rebellion. Both sides external allies are ready to supply enough money and arms to fuel the
stalemate for the foreseeable future. This is a cruel strategy. It offers no hope of peace for the Syrian people.
Road ahead for Syria group
A senior military official in West Asia told me that one of the most overlooked aspects of West Asia and North Africa is that the
military leaderships of each country maintain close contacts with each other. During Turkeys war against the Kurdish rebellion in
its eastern provinces, the military coordinated their operations with the Syrian armed forces. These links have been maintained.
When it became clear that Mr. Erdogans exaggerated hopes for Syria failed, and with the growth of the Islamists on Turkeys
borders and the Kurds in Syria having declared their independence, the Turkish military exerted its views. The Iraqi armed forces
had already begun their operations against ISIS. Additionally, Egypts new Field Marshal Sisi overthrew the government of
Mohamed Morsi when the latter encouraged jihadis to go to Syria. This was anathema to the Egyptian military who acted for this
and other reasons to depose Mr. Morsi. The military view of the political situation leans naturally toward the terrorism narrative.
It appears now that the regional states are no longer agreed that their primary mission is the removal of Mr. Assad. This view
shared by the militaries is evident in the political leadership in Iran, Iraq, and Turkey. With Egypt, these three states would be
the core of a rejuvenated Syria Contact Group. The 2012 group also had Saudi Arabia, which might be enjoined to come back to the
table if they see that their outside allies notably the U.S. are averse to a policy that would mean Jabhat al-Nusra in power in
Damascus. Without Saudi Arabia, and perhaps even Qatar, the Syria Contact Group would be less effective.
If the Syria Contact Group is to re-emerge, it would need to be incubated by pressure from China and India, two countries that are
sympathetic to multipolar regionalism.
Thus far, neither China nor India has taken an active role in the Syrian conflict, content to work within the United Nations and to
make statements as part of the BRICS group. But the failure of the U.S. and Russia and the paralysis of the U.N. alongside the
continued brutality in Syria require an alternative path to be opened up. Egypt, Iran, Iraq, Jordan, Saudi Arabia and Turkey have
indicated willingness for a dialogue China and India need to offer them the table.

India- SYRIA
- Indo-Israeli
Similar democracies both emerged from British colonialism, less than a year apart, in the latter part of the 1940s.
Together, they straddle a vast swathe of western Asia, comprised of an assorted blend of tyrannies ranging from
military dictatorships through nepotistic monarchies to despotic theocracies.
- potential for cooperation
nanotechnology to mega infrastructure projects
intelligence and counter-intelligence collaboration
naval cooperation in the Indian Ocean theatre
Development of rural landscape.



IRAQ
- Prime Minister - Nouri al-Maliki
- Islamic State of Iraq and Levant (ISIS)
extreme al-Qaeda offshoot
captured the Iraqi city of Mosul, north-west of Baghdad, with minimal resistance
Threaten civil war together with wider international consequences.
led by Abu Bakr al-Baghdadi
stated aim of establishing a Caliphate stretching from western Iraq to North Africa
- 5,00,000 people have fled Mosul toward the self-governing semi-autonomous and stable province of Kurdistan
Office of the United Nations High Commissioner for Refugees has spoken of a rapidly developing humanitarian crisis.
- cause
Illegal U.S. and U.K.-led invasion of Iraq in 2003 (U.S. military withdrawal 2010.)
After the invasion dismissed 7, 00,000 Sunni members of the Iraqi army, leaving them jobless and giving Sunni
militias a recruiting ground.
policies of the Nouri al-Maliki government in Baghdad
Banned Sunnis from becoming military officers, and Sunni civil servants who had been Baath Party members are
not allowed to return to their posts.
Created special militias which were feared as Saddam Husseins dreaded special units.
Terrible sectarian war broke out after the 2003 invasion polarised Iraqi society and created what amount to apartheid
zones in which the Sunni and Shia communities respectively live.
- Consequences
Saudi Arabia has offered to release some of the al-Qaeda members it has imprisoned on condition that they fight for
Sunni militias in Iraq.
Riyadh is uncomfortable about improved U.S.-Iran relations.
uncertainties in Iraq are causing international oil prices to rise, not least because hitherto accessible oil fields in the
northern provinces could be cut off if fighting starts there


- IMPACT ON India
Pushed oil prices up to a nine-month high, trading over $114 a barrel on supply concerns.
Armed groups have attacked a number of oil facilities in major northern city of Mosul, heading for the capital,
Baghdad
Iraq is the second-biggest producer among the OPEC.
Indian OMC ties up crude (requirement) a long time ago. Any international crisis, thus, will not have an
immediate impact on us
Brent crude international benchmark price for crude oil.
Henry Hub International benchmark price for natural gas
India imports 24-25 million tonnes a year of crude from Iraq
With India meeting around 85 per cent of Indias crude requirement through imports, further elevation in crude
oil prices could derail the governments plan to deregulate diesel.
Fuel subsidy could balloon if domestic fuel retail prices are to remain unchanged.
Prices of gold, perceived to be a safe-haven investment, rose
foreign institutional investors (FIIs) continued to pump in money into Indian stocks

India iraq
- Kurdish connection
India has been purchasing Kurdish crude sold through Turkish companies,
But govt at Baghdad argues that region cannot independently trade oil.
There is, however, little diplomatic contact between the semi-independent region and India.
thousands of Indian workers in Kurdistan
many Kurds studying in India, or seeking medical treatment there
- upon collapse of Iraqs national army, Khurdish people has pushed forward to take control of territories key among them,
the oilfields of Kirkuk.
- Even without Kirkuk, it have the ninth-largest proven oil reserves in the world. It can believe we have a real contribution to
make to Indias energy security.
AMNESTY
- Prime Minister Nouri al-Maliki offered a general amnesty to undercut support for militants.
- bid to split the broad alliance of jihadists, loyalists of Saddam Hussein and anti-government tribes.
- amnesty for all tribes and all people who were involved in actions against the state but who now return to their senses,
excluding those involved in killings.

India - FRANCE
- The fifth Indo-French bilateral air exercise Garuda-V at Jodhpur, India
- Cash-strapped France need business
- India wants to bolster its military preparedness, energy security and international profile
- colloboration
multibillion dollar Rafale aircraft deal, and
126 Rafale fighter jets would help cement the air-dominance doctrine of the Indian Air Force (IAF),
already inducted Russian Su-30 MKI multi-role planes and other advanced platforms.
the stalled contract for two French nuclear reactors.
Installed capacity - 1,650 megawatts of power each
Possibility of establishment of four additional reactors of similar capacity at the Jaitapur site in Maharashtra.
Both negotiations involve transfers of state-of-the-art know-how.
India has demanded greater localisation,
expand involvement of domestic industry in project
provide greater scientific and technical exposure to Indian personnel to Light Water Reactor (LWR) technology

RUSSIA

- THE COMMONWEALTH OF INDEPENDENT STATES (CIS)
(also called the Russian Commonwealth) is a regional organization whose participating countries are former Soviet
Republics, formed during the breakup of the Soviet Union. It is a loose association of states.
Although the CIS has few supranational powers, it is aimed at being more than a purely symbolic organization,
nominally possessing coordinating powers in the realm of trade, finance, lawmaking, and security. It has also
promoted cooperation on cross-border crime prevention.
Some of the members of the CIS have established the Eurasian Economic Community with the aim of creating a fully
fledged common market.

UKRAINE - INDEPENDENCE SQUARE REVOLUTION

- Conflict

3 months Anti-government Protest at Kievs Maidan or Independence Square from Dec 2013 to Feb 2014 against
president decision to postpone signing an association agreement with the European Union (EU).
Due to Escalating clashes and pressure from EU and US, president forced to sign EU Agreement - Deep and
comprehensive Free Trade Agreement (DCFTA) which is economically unviable and would cause job losses. As
DCFTA restrict Ukraine from joining Russian Customs Union (EEU - Eurasian Economic Union, a proposed Moscow
led version of European Union) as EU offered an either-or choice between ties with Europe or EEU. Further quota
for agricultural goods like sugar and wheat.
The protests in Ukraine reflected the rise of grass-root civic activity against corruption and authoritarianism. By
intervening in Ukraine, especially Crimeas reunification with Russia, Kremlin sought to stop the surging pro-
democracy wave from spilling over to Russia.
Initial opposition was liberals but later on right wing opposition with neo - fascists ideology take a leading role.
Later to resolve crisis an agreement is signed in February 2014 between western power and ruling govt for resignation
of President - Mr. Viktor Yanukovych and election in November 2014.
Opposition Parties broke the agreement and seize the power immediately at Kiev by overthrowing the President. West
sees it as a revolution but Russia views it as a fascist coup.
New government is also authoritarian. It nullified the law that approves the use of the Russian language in courts,
schools and other government institutions in provinces where Russian-speakers accounted for more than 10% of the
population. It denies the right to give official status to languages other than Ukrainian i.e. 40% speaking Russian &
5% speaking other.
Eastern and Southern Ukraine are Pro-Russia but Northern and Western Ukraine are anti - Russia.
EU, NATO & USA aims: to draw Ukraine into a defence, security and political framework that would give them
strategic importance as a pro NATO state on the very borders of Russia. NATO would come within 425 Kms of
Moscow, cut off Russia from the Black Sea and the Mediterranean, and Squeeze it out of the Caucasus.
IMF offers bailout financial package of $18 billion provided the country adopts severe austerity measures.
Ukraine has to cut the budget deficit
Raise taxes
Shift to a flexible exchange rate
Increase retail energy tariff
Finally, Russia, United States, the European Union and Ukraine have agreed on a plan to resolve the crisis in Ukraine
through a constitutional reform
It would grant more powers to Russian speaking regions
Call for disarming all irregular forces
Vacation of seized buildings
Amnesty for all protesters except those who committed grave crimes.
Decentralization of authority,
Election of regional bodies of power a
Guarantee of language rights of Russian Speakers
Ukraine resumed its military crackdown on anti-government protesters in Ukraines southeast, who are demanding
greater autonomy and even full independence.
Russia responded by launching massive war games along the Ukrainian border.


Crimea
58% - Russians, 25% - Ukrainians, 12% - Tatars, 5% - others
Crimean Tatars -Native Muslim group
Crimea is a peninsula in Black sea and was a part of southern Ukraine. Crimea is a Russian majority region
Russia had treaty with Ukraine that allows it to station its Black Sea Fleet base in Crimea against monetary
compensation and annual fees.
Russian naval base at Sevastopol gives access to Mediterranean Sea. Facility leased from Ukraine until 2042 in
exchange for discounts on Russian Gas supplies.
In referendum Crimea decided to join Russian federation.
Crimeas vote to split away from Ukraine and return to the Russian Fold led to Other Russian speaking regions of
Ukraine get inspired to demand greater powers from the centre including switch from unitary state to a
federation.
Pro-Russians demonstrated in eastern Ukraine for greater autonomy.
Protester in Eastern Ukrainian city of Donetsk proclaimed independence from Ukraine
Referendum held in Donetsk region and Luhansk region
People supported state sovereignty and declared independence from Kiev and asked for joining Russia.
Break-up of Ukraine would potentially disastrous, threatening bloody sectarian violence and entrenching ethnic
animosities.
World countries reactions
USA
USA ordered visa ban, assets arrest and put sanctions on Russia and US with 6 countries expel Russia from
G8 although initially EU countries hesitated. Further Washington cancelled joint military drills with Russia
and suspended preparations for G8 summit in Sochi. EU - similar sanction.
USA sends a Navy Warship to the Black Sea, fighter planes to Poland and American troops to former Soviet
Baltic states.
Baltic States - Latvia, Estonia and Lithuania
All member of NATO
NASA has cut ties with Russia except for cooperation aboard the International Space Station.
India
Will not support sanctions. The Indias policy is to implementing sanctions approved only by the United
Nations.
Western powers
Who had been insisting on the territorial integrity of Ukraine and defending Ukrainian sovereignty from
foreign interference are the same nations that in a series of conflicts from the Balkans to Afghanistan to Iraq
have helped undermine these principles in name of a greater good.
Russia
Scrap final gas discount for Ukraine.
When Russia was in need for support after annexing Crimea, it promised to India for oil wells and even a
pipeline.
Russia demanded from Ukraine payment of due debt otherwise Russia would stop supply of Oil and Gas.
Further this would lead to disrupt supply of Oil and Gas to Europe which is channeled through Ukraine
such an oil shock, though disruptive in the short run, could have the same long-term impact as the 1973
Arab oil embargo only more so.
That 1973 embargo led to the first auto mileage standards in America and propelled the solar, wind and
energy efficiency industries. Current embargo would be even more valuable because it would happen at
a time when the solar, wind, natural gas and energy efficiency industries are all poised to take off and
scale.

Group 8 - US, Canada, UK, Italy, France, Germany, Russia and Japan



Effects

US - Russia geopolitical rivalry will intensify and affect their collaboration on Syria, Iran and Afghanistan. The
competition in the military sphere will spread to other areas from cyberspace to conventional prompt global
strike.
Economic sanctions from U.S. and Europe threaten to impose against Russia will push it further towards China.
India may also benefit from Russias pivot to the East, winning greater access to Russian energy resources and
speeding up talks for a free trade agreement.
Some major military-industrial complexes in eastern Ukraine supply crucial components for Russian-made
helicopters, frigates, destroyers and transport planes, all of which have been bought in large numbers by India in
the past.
Many EU nations are heavily reliant on Russian energy and so the bloc is in dilemma on how far it can go with
economic sanctions. Notably Russia supplies more than a quarter of its natural gas, much of it in pipelines
through Ukraine. EU will try to cut the energy dependency on Russia.
Economic sanctions
So broad-based economic sanctions including trade embargoes and business asset freezes is likely to see
much less of a consensus between trans-Atlantic allies and within the countries of Europe.
This crisis has bolstered EUs political and economic ties with Ukraine and make it main political player.
Germany is likely to be hit the hardest. As it is heavily dependent on Russian oil and gas.
Russia is the EUs third largest trading partner, a major energy supplier and a hub of European business
investment.
Russia is the 11
th
largest foreign holder of U.S. Treasury bonds
EU is Russias primary trading partner - 40% of trade
EU import 80% of oil and gas
Chances of Russian slowdown. Growth rate to slide from 2.5% to 1 or zero.
Russia depends on import from EU for eatables. Chances of shifting focus from EU to BRIC countries.
Russia would be vulnerable to ban on high technologies on which governments modernization plan and
defence industry depends.
Threats by Russia - would dump American Treasuries, Refuse to pay off loans to U.S. banks, Drop the dollar
as a reserve currency and create an alternative currency system in national currencies.

- President - Mr. Viktor Yanukovych
- New President after election Petra Poroshenko pro EU
- Opposition Leader- Mr. Oleksandr Turchynov
- Former PM - Yulia Tymoshenko - Orange Revolution
ORANGE REVOLUTION, 2004 - a powerful civic movement to stop the ruling elite from falsifying an election and
hijacking Ukraine's presidency. Millions of Ukrainians staged nationwide nonviolent protests that came to be known
as the "orange revolution."

- Kremlin - official residence of the President of the Russian Federation.

- Capital - Kiev
- Other City - Kharkiv
- President Allies - Russia
- Opposion Allies - US, EU, NATO


INDIA RUSSIA
- China - $400-billion gas deal for Gazprom
- Russia is likely to have India as the next stop for expansion of its hydrocarbon market.
pipeline, either through Afghanistan and Pakistan or China
physical challenge to bring a pipeline from China to India through the Himalayas, so a route via China is
impractical
$30-billion pipeline from Russia via China's Xinjiang province
Afghan-Pak route - Terrorism
Or long-term liquefied natural gas supply and gas-swap deals.
- TAPI - proposed $9-billion Turkmenistan-Afghanistan-Pakistan-India (TAPI) pipeline is struggling to find a consortium
leader because of terrorism in the region.
- Cooperation
India's crude oil imports from Russia - 0.5 million tonnes a year.
State-owned ONGC has an interest in the Sakhalin oilfields


WARSAW PACT
- Formally, the Treaty of Friendship, Co-operation, and Mutual Assistance
- It was a mutual defense treaty among eight communist States of Central and Eastern Europe in existence during the Cold
War. The founding treaty was established under the initiative of the Soviet Union and signed in 1955, in Warsaw. The
Warsaw Pact was the military complement to the Council for Mutual Economic Assistance (CoMEcon).
CoMEcon - the regional economic organization for the communist States of Central and Eastern Europe.
- The Warsaw Pact was in part a Soviet military reaction to the integration of West Germany into NATO but was primarily
motivated by Soviet desires to maintain control over military forces in Central and Eastern Europe which in turn
(according to The Warsaw Pact's preamble) to maintain peace in Europe.
- Disbanded in 1991 with end of cold war.

- The Warsaw Pact (formally, the Treaty of Friendship, Co-operation, and Mutual Assistance, sometimes, informally War
Pac, akin in format to NATO)
[1]
was a collective defence treaty among eight communist states of Central in existence
during the Cold War. The founding treaty was established under the initiative of the Soviet Union and signed on 14 May
1955, in Warsaw. The Warsaw Pact was the military complement to the Council for Mutual Economic Assistance
(CoMEcon), the regional economic organization for the communist States of Central and Eastern Europe. The Warsaw
Pact was in part a Soviet military reaction to the integration of West Germany
[2]
into NATO in 1955, per the Paris Pacts of
1954
[3][4][5]
but was primarily motivated by Soviet desires to maintain control over military forces in Central and Eastern
Europe
The 1955 treaty established the Joint Command of the armed forces (Article 5) and the Political Consultative Committee (Article 6),
both headquartered in Moscow. In practice, however, the Joint Command, as well as the Joint Staff drawn from the general staffs
of the signatories, was part of the Soviet General Staff. Both the Pact's commander in chief and its chief of staff were Soviet officers.
The Joint Armed Forces had no command structure, logistics, directorate of operations, or air defence network separate from the
Soviet defence ministry.
Over the years the military structure of the Warsaw Pact was adjusted to reflect the evolution of Soviet strategy and changes in
military technology. During the first decade of the organization's existence, political control over the non-Soviet forces was its
principal focus. Following Stalin's death, East European militaries were partly renationalized, including the replacement of Soviet
officers in high positions with indigenous personnel, and a renewed emphasis on professional training. The Polish October of 1956,
and the Hungarian revolt that same year, raised serious concerns in Moscow about the reliability of non-Soviet Warsaw Pact forces.
In the 1960s the lessons learned from de-Stalinization, as well as Albania's defection from the Warsaw Pact, brought about greater
integration of the WTO through joint military exercises, intensified training, and the introduction of new Soviet equipment. The
most significant reorganization of the WTO took place in 1969, including the addition of the Committee of Defence Ministers, the
Military Council, the Military Scientific Technical Council, and the Technical Committees. These and subsequent changes allowed
increased participation from the East Europeans in decision making, and helped the Soviets better coordinate weapons research,
development, and production with the East Europeans.
In addition to its external defensive role against NATO, the Warsaw Pact served to maintain cohesion in the Soviet bloc. It was used
to justify the invasion of Czechoslovakia in 1968, and again to prepare for an invasion of Poland in 1980 or 1981 if the Polish regime
failed to suppress the Solidarity movement. The Warsaw Pact was also an instrument of Soviet policy in the Third World. In the
1970s and 1980s the Soviet Union relied on several non-Soviet WTO members to assist client states in Africa and the Middle East.
The alliance began to unravel with the introduction of Mikhail Gorbachev's perestroika in the Soviet Union, and his attendant
redefinition of Soviet-East European relations. Though the alliance was renewed in 1985, as required by the
treaty, deteriorating economic conditions and the rising national aspirations in Eastern Europe put its future in question. The
Soviet military attempted to adjust to the shifting political landscape. In 1987 the WTO modified its doctrine to emphasize its
defensive character, but this and other proposed changes proved insufficient to arrest the decomposition of the alliance. The key
development that hastened the WTO's demise was the unification of Germany, which constituted an irreparable breach in the
Pact's security perimeter. Under pressure from Eastern Europe, the decision to abolish the military structures of the Pact was taken
at a Political Consultative Committee meeting in Budapest in late February 1991; the remaining political structures were formally
abolished on July 1, 1991.
The overall value of the Warsaw Pact to the Soviet Union during the Cold War remains a point of debate. Clearly, the organization
legitimized the continued Soviet garrisoning of Eastern Europe and provided additional layers of political and military control. In
addition, the potential contributions of the East European armed forces to Soviet military strategy, as well as the use of the
members' territory, were significant assets. On the other hand, throughout the Warsaw Pact's existence, the ultimate reliability and
cohesion of its non-Soviet members in a putative war against NATO remained in question. In addition, the declining ability of the
East Europeans to contribute to equipment modernization, especially as their economies deteriorated in the late 1970s and 1980s,
raised doubts about the overall quality of the WTO armed forces.
-

Read more: http://www.answers.com/topic/warsaw-pact#ixzz30IgP5fn4

MAJOR CRISIS OF WORLD AND ROLE OF USA
- Afghanistan, Syria, Libya and Iraq.
In each of these countries, United States sought to oust authoritarian regimes that were secular.
President Najibullah - Afghanistan,
President Bashar al-Assad - Syria,
Saddam Hussein - Iraq and
Muammar Qadhafi - Libya.
movements were dictatorial involving stifling intelligence agencies, and crushed all political Islamic movements.
But women and minorities had a more secure status under these regimes than under their Islamist and monarchist
neighbours like Saudi Arabia, Qatar, Kuwait and Bahrain.
women and minorities find places in cabinets
sense of Arab/Afghan nationalism overshadowed the sectarian divide.
- West intervention
strengthened the opposition including groups that are anti-secular, jihadi extremists.
led to a carving up of the country on sectarian lines; along bitter, historic, ethnic and communal lines.
Afghanistan
U.S. purposefully developed Islamic jihad as a counterpoint to Soviet communism, with American arms and
Pakistani training.
Trained Taliban, mujahidin, jihadists against the Soviet Union.
US left the problems of a well-equipped, fundamentalist, ideological and religious group that had been battle
hardened to the Afghans and the Pakistanis.
Extremism takes root when America is present, and then goes absent, leaving battle hardened, fundamentalist
groups in its wake with each intervention.
Libyan crisis
French intervention
French government backed the Libyan rebels who eventually stormed Tripoli after air raids by NATO aircraft.
French military airdropping weapons and ammunitions for the rebels against U.N. mandate of the
responsibility to protect citizens.
This ushered in an era of jihadist control Libya.
Cities like Benghazi came under the control of Ansar-al-Sharia,
newly elected assembly voted in full Sharia law in 2013.
AQSL or Al-Qaeda Senior Leadership and AQIM or Al-Qaeda in the Islamic Maghrib
use parts of the country to train cadres operating in other parts of Africa including Kenya and Mali.
protesters, like the secular army commanders and human rights activists, were either sidelined or murdered.
famous human rights activist Salwa Bugaighis was shot dead in Benghazi.
West turned its interest and attention away from them, and to Syria.
Syria crisis
the West averted a full-blown intervention in 2013
its support to the Free Syrian Army (FSA), wound up helping the extremist rather than moderate militants.
terrorists of ISIL or the Jabhat Al Nasrah have won control, it has killed or co-opted these very rebels of the FSA
and acquired the weapons smuggled to them via Qatar and Saudi Arabia.
West - the groups it enables, invariably take its weapons, and then turn their jihadi guns on it (the West). From the
Taliban and Osama, to the rebels in Benghazi, the U.S. has been the hardest hit by these very groups it once saw as the
means to its interventional ends.

CENTRAL AFRICAN REPUBLIC (CAR) - CONFLICT
- Anti-Balaka vs Seleka
- Seleka - Muslim militias - killed Christian civilians
- Anti-Balaka - Christians militias massacring Muslim civilians in revenge
- Christian: Muslim: 50%: 15% (of population).
- CAR may collapse into ethnic-religious cleansing.
- Operation Sangaris - French Peacekeeping Forces, not much success due to
Tough local condition - narrow streets in the capital and dense vegetation in the rural areas make heavy military
equipment and air power ineffective.
French public reluctance to commit more troops
Unwillingness of the European Union and the United States to help - it is landlocked country and of little strategic
importance to the west.
NIGERIA
- President - Goodluck Jonathan
- Boko Haram - Islamist Group
Part of al-Qaeda operation.
Meaning western Education is sinful.
Causing northeastern Nigeria in a state of civil war.
Recently abducted more than 200 school girls and threaten to sell them in slavery.
- Paris Summit - regional plan of action to fight against Boko Haram
Nigeria, Cameroon, Niger, Chad and Benin.
Joint border patrols and sharing intelligence to find girls.
-
MALI
- Ansar dine - Maghreb-based and al Qaeda-linked extreme Islamist group - kind of terrorist
- Tuarag - Local people - Rebellions
- France and African Union (AU) troops restored stability by blocking Ansar Dine - successful
BAHRAIN
- Suppressed the local movement for democratic change with help of Western allies.
- West support because Bahrain and Saudi Arabia are important western allies in the war on terror.
ARGENTINA
- Falkland Island -
referenda in 2013 in favour of remaining a British Overseas Territory
Argentina opposes it.
Significant offshore oil deposits

21. IMPORTANT INTERNATIONAL INSTITUTIONS, AGENCIES AND FORA, THEIR STRUCTURE, MANDATE.


G8
- International organisation of a group of eight leading industrialised countries,
- Members
Originally, six countries then add two additional members.
Russia, the last member participated under a general plan to strengthen East-West cooperation.
At Hague Declaration, Russia was excluded from the forum because of Crimea crisis in Ukraine. however, suspension
is temporary
Now only seven nations as G7 group of nations.
- Origin
1975 France summit - France, West Germany, Italy, Japan, the United Kingdom, and the United States = Group of
Six or G6.
G6 + Canada = G7 = seven wealthiest developed countries on Earth (by national net wealth or by GDP), and it
remained active even during the period of the G8.
G7 + Russia = G8.
The European Union is represented but cannot host or chair summits.
- Meeting
G8 ministers also meet throughout the year, such as the G7/8 finance ministers (who meet four times a year), G8
foreign ministers, or G8 environment ministers.
Each calendar year the responsibility of hosting the G8 is rotated through the member states.
- International influence
Comprised 50.1% of global nominal GDP and 40.9% of global GDP (PPP).
14% of world population
Majority of global military power and almost all of the worlds active nuclear weapons.
72% of worlds total military expenditures
Four of G8 (US, UK, Russia and France) - 97% of worlds nuclear weapons.

- Future
Both France and the United Kingdom have expressed a desire to expand the group to include five developing
countries, referred to as the Outreach Five (O5) or the Plus Five:
Brazil (7th country in the world by nominal GDP ),
People's Republic of China (2nd country in the world by GDP ),
India (10th country in the world by GDP ),
Mexico, and
South Africa.
These countries have participated as guests in meetings which are sometimes called G8+5.With the G-20 major
economies growing in stature since the 2008 Washington summit, world leaders from the group announced at
their Pittsburgh summit on 2009, that the G20 would replace the G8 as the main economic council of wealthy
nations.
- Criticisms
Not serious to help global problems such as Third World debt, Global warming and AIDS epidemic- due to strict
medicine patent policy, global Apartheid and globalizations ill-effects

G4

- Brazil, Germany, India and Japan
- Support each others bids for permanent seats on the UNSC.

G15

- It is an informal forum set up to foster cooperation and provides input for other international groups, such as the World
Trade Organization and the Group of Eight, with a common goal of enhanced growth and prosperity.
- Established
at the Ninth Non-Aligned Movement Summit Meeting in Belgrade, Yugoslavia, in 1989,
composed of countries from Latin America, Africa, and Asia
Membership has since expanded to 18 countries, but the name has remained unchanged.
Chile, Iran and Kenya have since joined the Group of 15, whereas Yugoslavia and Peru is no longer part of the group.
- cooperation among developing countries in the areas of
investment,
trade, and
Technology.
- objectives:
harness cooperation among developing countries
conduct a regular review of the impact of the world situation and of the state of international economic relations on
developing countries
forum for regular consultations among developing countries with a view to coordinate policies and actions
To identify and implement new and concrete schemes for South-South cooperation and mobilize wider support for
them
To pursue North-South dialogue and to find new ways of dealing with problems in a cooperative, constructive and
mutually supportive manner
-

G20 Meeting

- A group of twenty of the most important economies on the world
- 19 countries + European Union
- 90% of Global GDP and 2/3
rd
of population
- an informal forum
For discussion between advanced and emerging countries that seek to strengthen international cooperation and
ensure global economic stability.
main goals are
Recovery = to coordinate macro-economic policies to strengthen the global economic recovery;
Reshape = to reshape the international financial architecture; and
Prevent Crisis = to promote financial regulations to help prevent another crisis, such as the one in 2008, from
occurring again.
- Origin
Due to 1998 Asian economic crisis.
1999 Germany conference -
The finance ministers and central bankers of the most important global economies = G20 GROUP
international financial crisis, 2008 = G20 SUMMITs
The G20 began to meet at a Leaders' level and has since become the most important forum for global economic
and financial cooperation and discussion."
- Summits
The G-20 finance ministers and central bank governors continue to meet twice a year, usually in coordination with
meetings of the International Monetary Fund, the World Bank, and the G-20 summits themselves
Washington Summit, 2008
First ever G-20 summit.
agreed
To regulate hedge funds and debt rating companies such as Standard & Poor's.
To strengthen standards for accounting and derivatives.
Insufficient regulations and standards were blamed for the crisis that turned into a global recession.
2013 Summit Meeting
In St. Petersburg, Russia.
Dominated by discussions over how to respond to Syria's chemical weapons attack.
President Obama sought support for a U.S. strike, while others argued for economic sanctions. Russia supports
the Syrian government with arms and trade, while China is concerned about an increase in oil prices. France,
Turkey and Saudi Arabia support an air strike.
Officially, the leaders focused on spurring global economic growth.
The BRIC countries sought G-20 action to reinvigorate their economies, which have been dampened by a
withdrawal of foreign direct investment.
9
th
G20 Summit at Brisbane, Australia, in mid-November 2014

- Important
The growth of Brazil, Russia, India and China (the BRIC countries) has driven the growth of the global economy. The
G-8 countries grow slower. Therefore, the BRIC countries are critical for ensuring continued global economic
prosperity.
In the past, the leaders of the G-8 could meet and decide on global economic issues without much interference from
the BRIC countries. However, these countries have become more important in providing the needs of the G-8
countries: Russia provides most of the natural gas to Europe, China provides much of the manufacturing for the U.S.,
and India provides high tech services.

- Indias concerns -
1. Withdrawal of stimulus by US.
2. Need to expedite the International Monetary Fund (IMF) quota reforms.

- CONTRIBUTION OF G20


G 77

- Loose alliance of developing countries established in 1964.
- At the conclusion of the UN Conference on Trade and Development (UNCTAD) in Geneva - original 77 members.
- The name G-77 has been kept despite the groups growth to include more than 130 countries.
- goals
to maintain the independence and sovereignty of all developing countries,
to defend the economic interests of member countries by insisting on equal standing with developed countries in the
global marketplace,
to establish a united front on issues of common concern, and
To strengthen ties between member countries.
- Principles of the G-77 - Charter of Algiers, adopted in 1967.
- institutional structure
consisting of five chapters based in Geneva, Nairobi, Paris, Rome, and Vienna and
An Intergovernmental Group of 24 based in Washington, D.C.
Each chapter has a chairperson appointed on a one-year rotating basis from one of its member countries.
The South Summit, the highest decision-making entity of the G-77, convenes every five years.
The Annual Meeting of the Ministers for Foreign Affairs of the G-77 occurs at the beginning of every regular session of
the United Nations General Assembly.


WPNS - Western Pacific Naval Symposium
- A USA established grouping of 20 countries, including Australia, Canada, Russia, Japan, South Korea, and China.
- Observers - India, Bangladesh and Mexico.
-

GLOBAL BILL OF RIGHTS-STYLE TREATY
- The treaty bans arbitrary killings, torture, unfair trials and imprisonments without judicial review.
- Debate
U.N. Interpretation - the treaty impose legal obligation in connection with people inside countrys territory and also
people elsewhere who are subject to its control
U.S. interpretation - only in connection with people inside countrys territory. So no human rights obligations on US
military and intelligence forces when they operate abroad.

SOUTH-SOUTH COOPERATION
- exchange of knowledge and resources in the political, economic, social, cultural, environmental or technical domain,
- Between governments, organizations, and individuals in developing nations.
- Can be on a bilateral, regional, sub-regional or interregional basis and can involve two or more developing countries.
- Aims to observe the principle of non-interference in internal affairs, equality among developing partners and respect for
their independence, national sovereignty, cultural diversity and identity and local content.
- Complement to North-South cooperation (Developed - Developing).
- To strengthen developing countries voice and their bargaining power in multilateral negotiations.

TRIANGULAR COOPERATION (TC)
- Involves two or more developing countries in collaboration with a third party, typically a developed country government
or organization, contributing to the exchanges with its own knowledge and resources.
- Collaboration in which traditional donor countries and multilateral organizations facilitate South-South initiatives
through the provision of funding, training, and management and technological systems as well as other forms of support
is referred to as triangular cooperation.

EUROPEAN UNION
- 28 NATIONS BODY
- 1951 - European coal and Steel Community - France, West Germany, Italy, Belgium, Luxembourg, and the Netherlands.
- 1957 - treaty of Rome - founded European Economic Community, 1958


YALTA CONFERENCE
- Major World War II conferences held in 1945. At Yalta, Crimea
- presided by three chief allied leaders,
U.S. - President Franklin d. Roosevelt
Great Britain - PM Winston Churchill
Soviet Union - Premier Joseph Stalin

- To plan the final defeat and occupation of Nazi Germany.

- Allied Powers in WW-2
Great Britain
France,
The Soviet Union
The United State
China
- It conferred the policy adopted at the Casablanca Conference of demanding Germanys unconditional surrender.
- Plan was made for dividing Germany into four zones of occupation (America, British, French and Soviet) under a unified
control commission in Berlin.
- Further following principles was accepted
Allies had no duty toward the Germans except to provide minimum subsistence,
Declared that the German military industry would be abolished or confiscated,
Major war criminals would be tried before an international court in Nurnberg.
-
-
- Post WW-2 strategy
Agreed to reorganize the Polish Lublin government (supported by Stalin) "on a broader democratic basis" that would
include members of Poland's London government-in-exile, which the Western Allies had supported.
decided to ask China and France to join them in sponsoring the founding conference of the United Nations to be
convened in San Francisco on Apr. 25, 1945;
Agreement was reached on using the veto system of voting in the projected Security Council.
- Conspiracies
USSR secretly agreed
to enter the war against Japan within three months of Germany's surrender respecting the disposal of Japan's
holdings
China later protested that it was not informed of these decisions concerning its territory and that its sovereignty
was infringed.
The United States and Great Britain also agreed to recognize the autonomy of Outer Mongolia, and to admit
Ukraine and Belorussia (Belarus) to the United Nations as full members.
The subsequent outbreak of the cold war and Soviet successes in Eastern Europe led to much criticism in the
United States of the Yalta Conference and of Roosevelt, who was accused of delivering Eastern Europe to
Communist domination.

GLOBAL SOLUTION NETWORK - A BRETTON WOODS FOR THE 21
ST
CENTURY
- Concept
A group of independent parties that have coalesced for global problem or task they all perceive as important but that
none can handle on its own.
They become a network when they begin communicating about and coordinating their activities to make progress,
rather than working unilaterally and competitively
- Factors for evolution
First, the Internet has created the means for participants of all sizes, down to individuals, to communicate, contribute
resources, and coordinate action. We no longer need government officials to convene for the rest of us to align our
goals and efforts.
Second, businesses have gained the ability, by virtue of their international scale and their growing eagerness to be
forces for good, to play an important role in global cooperative efforts. Today corporations routinely engage with
other sectors to address issues of sustainability, social justice, and public well-being.
- Key to Success
Global solution networks lead to cooperation, governance, and problem solving and make faster, stronger progress
than state-based institutions ever could.
As global solution networks proliferate (research has already identified 10 types), business is ideally positioned to
play an integral role.
- Example - Climate Change
State-based institutions have mobilised by meeting in Cancun, in Copenhagen, in Rio... and have so far failed to align
on a plan for even a six per cent reduction in carbon emissions. Meanwhile, some 20 million people have joined the
Climate Reality Project and other self-organising networks and are already taking action.

WTO
Year Host City
1st 1996 Singapore
2nd 1998 Geneva, Switzerland
3rd 1999 Seattle, United States
4th 2001 Doha, Qatar
5th 2003 Cancn, Mexico
6th 2005 Hong Kong
7th 2009 Geneva, Switzerland
8th 2011 Geneva, Switzerland
9th 2013 Bali, Indonesia
10
th
2014 Geneva, Switzerland
-
- AGRICULTURE COMMITTEE
Issue - Australia asked India to remove immediately the export subsidy of Rs. 3300 a tonne on raw sugar
As Indian is the third largest exporter of sugar, this threatens to distort trade.
India response
The policy was designed to encourage diversification away from white sugar to raw sugar.


- Total 6 Agreements
GATTs
GATSs
TRIPs
TRIMs
AOA
UN WOMEN
- Report - Hearts and Minds: Women of India Speak.
- On Gender based violence
Alcoholism and Dowry
Child Marriage
Female foeticide
Violence against women in the work place especially informal lobour in garment industry or as domestic help.
Low awareness regarding HIV and AIDS - Rural in high risk category of contraction of disease from their husbands.
- Improvement
Greater visibility
More education and employment
Better health related access, facilities and social security cover especially for pregnant and lactating mothers
- Limitations
Access to water and sanitation
Housing , roads and electricity
Lack of employment option and skills training


NORTH ATLANTIC TREATY ORGANIZATION (NATO)
- also called the (North) Atlantic Alliance
- It is an intergovernmental military alliance based on the North Atlantic Treaty which was signed on, 1949.
- The organization constitutes a system of collective defence whereby its member states agree to mutual defense in response
to an attack by any external party.
- 28 member states , headquarters in Brussels, Belgium,

PAPER-IV
General Studies -III 250 Marks (Technology, Economic Development, Bio-diversity, Environment, Security and Disaster
Management)


1. INDIAN ECONOMY AND ISSUES RELATING TO PLANNING, MOBILIZATION OF RESOURCES, GROWTH, DEVELOPMENT
AND EMPLOYMENT.

BLACK MONEY
- M.B. Shah Special Investigation Team


VENTURE CAPITAL
- Budget 2014 - Venture Capital Fund - 200 Crore.


- Indias changing development potential
demonstrated its prowess in the IT, biotech and pharmaceutical sectors and
accelerated its growth rate to nine per cent per year in the first decade of this century, up from an earlier 40-year
(1950-90) socialist era average annual growth rate of a mere 3.5 per cent,
Become the third largest nation in terms of GDP at Purchasing Power Parity (PPP) rates.
- Indias ails from
backward agricultural sector of 62 per cent of the people,
Farmer suicides because of inability to repay loans.
national unemployment rate of over 15 per cent of the adult labour force,
a prevalence of child labour arising out of nearly 50 per cent of children not making it to school beyond standard five,
a deeply malfunctioning primary and secondary educational system, and
300 million illiterates and 250 million people in dire poverty.
Indias infrastructure is pathetic, with frequent electric power breakdowns even in metropolitan cities,
dangerously unhealthy water supply in urban areas,
a galloping rate of HIV infection, and
Gaping potholes that dot our national highways.
- second generation of reforms
rises the rate of investment to from the present 28 per cent of GDP to 36 per cent,
Reduce incremental output-capital ratio from the present 4.0 to 3.0.
Incentivising the people to save more to increase the current rate of investment (which is domestic saving plus net
foreign investment).

- Indias Economic advantages
We have a young population (an average of 28 years compared to the U.S. 38 years, and Japans 49 years) that could
be the base for it to usher in innovation in our production process (a demographic dividend);
an agriculture sector that has internationally the lowest yield in land and livestock-based products, and also, at the
lowest cost of production,
a full 12 months a year of farm-friendly weather, and
An internationally competitive, skilled and low wage rate, semi-skilled labour at the national level.
The advantages are already being proved to the world by the outsourcing phenomenon of skills in the developed
world and the cheap supply of labour to oil-rich countries.
Economic development is no more thought of as being capital-driven, but knowledge-driven instead.
For application of knowledge, we need innovations, which means more original research which in turn needs
more fresh young minds the cream of the youth to be imbibed with learning and at the frontier of research.

ECONOMIC RECOVERY
- Depends upon
Pace of policy de-bottlenecking
Investment appetite of the corporate sector
Extent of the governments own role in capital formation.
- CAD from $88 billion, or 4.8 per cent of GDP to about $32 billion, or 1.7 per cent of GDP
- Fiscal deficit contained within 4.6 per cent as budgeted for.
- quality of contraction in the CAD and in fiscal consolidation
Restrictions on gold imports cannot last indefinitely. The large part of the gold trade is shifting underground.
Develop easy-to-invest savings instruments that offer returns that beat inflation.
contraction is not due to the sustained rise in exports but due to a fall in non-oil imports which is a sign of slowdown
On fiscal consolidation quality
Compressed expenditure including Plan expenditure
dodgy practices of pushing items of expenditure to the following year
taking credit for receipts which will not be available during the current period
MEASURES TO ECONOMIC RECOVERY
- 1. Rebalance savings and investments to sustain a high rate of growth.
- 2. Increase share of manufacturing in GDP in accordance with the employment imperative and the need to build an
advanced knowledge-intensive, technology-based product profile.
- 3. Incorporate in economic mindset a much faster pace of planned urbanisation, along with a humane approach, to foster
higher economic productivity.
- 4. Modernize financial sector and integrate with the larger global system.
- 5. Upgrade human resources for effective participation in a knowledge-driven global economy.
- 6. Expand global integration in terms of the flow of goods, services, technology and funds.
- 7. Strategize to redress the massive infrastructure gap that we currently face.

Key problems and their solution
- inflation- Agriculture Productivity
better food-grain management
water management
New irrigation facilities, water user charges, mapping of micro-districts for best usage, and interlinking of rivers.
The Supreme Court has mandated the river-linking project, and the administration now has to plan to execute
the detailed strategies that would help share water resources across the country.
Water resource management for every village using geospatial technologies.
Pradhan Mantri Krishi Seechayee Yojana.
strengthening of supply chains
for agri inputs such as fertilizers, farm mechanisation and seeds as also for
Upstream investments in storage and cold chains.
Corporate sector participation through novel ideas like land leasing, and farmer-producer cooperatives

- Taxation and savings
Reduced inflation would reduce interest rates that could kick-start new household consumption and corporate
investments.
Enact Goods and Services Tax to lower inflation, raise economic efficiency and productivity, and incentivise
investments.
Increase both public and private investments in all infrastructure sectors, including power, transport and urban
development, among others.
Restart the infrastructure and manufacturing projects already on the ground by creating a strong institutional
mechanism for project oversight.
include Central and State governments along with industry
Unlocking stranded projects to create demand for upstream and downstream sectors.
Public-private partnership contracts can be renegotiated, rebid or restructured, while fresh norms and models
should be worked out for future projects.
Identify top projects with multiplier impact and roll them out immediately.
Strengthen the corporate bond market to make it more efficient and vibrant through new financial instruments,
calibrated tax measures, rationalization of stamp duties and so on for infrastructure build-up.

- Energy management
Institute a holistic energy policy to bring together thermal, hydro and renewable sources and to resolve challenges in
electricity pricing, transmission and regulation
Update Electricity Act, 2003 to encourage minimisation of transmission and distribution (T&D) losses and
strengthen the finances of distribution companies, including by reducing subsidies
In mining
develop fuel supply linkages for fully utilizing large power capacities
Incentivize private sector to play a stronger role
Reform Administrative procedures and ease of doing business
Streamlined and fast-track lengthy and complicated procedures in environment clearances, land acquisition
and other processes through transparent and time-bound technology platforms.

- Employment generation
committed efforts towards education and skill development
employment regulatory architecture
Leverage Mahatma Gandhi National Rural Employment Guarantee Act (MGNREGA) funds for skill development,
deploying private sector expertise under the Apprenticeship Act,
Expansion of the number of Industrial Training Institutes (ITI) and more vocational trades.
Re-examine the labour law framework to consolidate laws as well as shift some social security obligations from the
government to the private sector.
Build export competitiveness to have a larger presence in global value chains.
identify the right products and strategies in conjunction with Indias product profile and comparative advantages
Effectively market in key global destinations and make India a favoured investment destination.



SOVEREIGN CREDIT RATING
- Depends on
The governments fiscal position
The regulatory constraints on investment and output
Growth in social and physical infrastructure.

RISING INDIAN ECOMONY
- 2011 - India became world's third largest economy based on purchasing power parity (PPP) in dollar terms. America and
China came first and second, respectively.
PPP is adjustment of exchange rates to find the purchasing power of one unit of a currency in a foreign economy.
While India's gross domestic product (GDP) on this basis was $5.75 trillion in 2011, Japan's was $4.37 trillion.
India went ahead of Japan because its currency was valued at 15.11 a dollar on a PPP basis in 2011, while the East
Asian nation's currency was pegged at 107.45 to a dollar. In 2005, Japan's currency was 129 to a dollar, while the
rupee was 14.67 a dollar.
per capita GDP - $4,735
Ranking
India 129th among 177 nations in PPP terms.
Qatar had the highest per capita income.


MICRO, SMALL AND MEDIUM ENTERPRISES (MSME)
- Cotribution of formal sector
half GDP
10 % employment
post-liberalisation, the jobs in the organised sector came down from 8 to 7%. Although rise in absolute number.
- Contribution of corporate sector
15 per cent of national consumption
private corporates added just 3.7 million jobs in 20 years from 1991
- why informal economy
West - informal economy represents illegal business purely to avoid taxation or regulations
India structural, a reflection of the lack of development and limited government reach
- Magnitude and contribution of MSMEs
84% of non-formal employment against 4-6 per cent in Developed nations
NSSO - 57.7 million non-corporate business units outside the huge construction sector.
70% are unregistered
Own Account Enterprises (OAE) are self-employment units
85 % of 57.7 million units are OAEs.
rest are Establishments employing outside labour.
majority operate in rural areas, the most difficult terrain for the government to provide non-farming jobs.
add Rs.6.28 lakh crore to the national rural economy,
employ 108 million; 53 million in the rural areas.
More than two-thirds of them are engaged in trade and services and a fourth, in manufacturing.
Caste based
dominated by disadvantaged sections OBCs, SC and ST
NSSO - two-thirds of the sector
71 % of manufacturing units and 60% of trading.
generates OBC, SC and ST entrepreneurs almost like an open air university.
elite IITs and IIMs generate job seekers, not entrepreneurs.
- Bottleneck in growth of MSMEs
Finance
Access only 4 per cent of institutionalised finance
Depending to usurious (practice of lending at high interest rate) money lenders.
Banks monopolise national cash savings.
bank deposit to GDP ratio - 71%.
As unregistered, banks, perhaps rightly, do not finance them.
Malaysia case study
just 2 per cent in 1970 to 20 per cent in 1990.
systematic redistribution of ownership of private capital in favour of discriminated groups.
providing finance MSMEs is the best way of formalising them



TOURISM INDUSTRY
- E-visa service
It would place India among the top four countries with vise-friendly policies.
GAAR- GENERAL ANTI-AVOIDANCE RULES

- Coming into effectin 2016. Australian and New Zealand have already implemented
- GAAR is often confused with tax evasion
Tax evasion arises where the taxpayer is fully aware that income has been derived but he deliberately conceals this
income for tax purposes.
Tax avoidance arises when a taxpayer gets into an arrangement that has the effect of creating a tax advantage that
would not exist if the arrangement had not been created.
Arrangement has artificially created a tax advantage. And that this tax advantage, although legal, nevertheless violates
the spirit and purpose of the income tax legislation.
- how to determine tax avoidance
Test not subjective, so taxpayers' personal motivations are irrelevant. It is determined objectively - by reference to the
tax effect of the transaction.
Morality has no role in tax avoidance analysis.
- When legitimate tax mitigation crosses into GAAR?
If main purpose of a tax arrangement is to create a tax benefit.
For example if an arrangement has already been entered into and that arrangement was subsequently altered to
create tax benefits and GAAR would not apply to tax benefits flowing from "new" arrangements.
"Parliamentary contemplation test" under which the focus is to analyse the intention of the underlying tax
legislation that the tax arrangement is trying to abuse.
Commerciality of transactions and the economic substance of transactions. So, for example, deductions would
only be allowed if the taxpayer suffered an economic cost (i.e. actually paid for the deduction one way or the
other).

BANKING SECTOR

PRIORITY LENDING
- Priority sector includes following categories:
Agriculture and allied activities: (dairy, fishery, animal husbandry, poultry, beekeeping and sericulture.)
Lending to Individual farmer, self-help groups (SHG), cooperative societies Food processing industry, other
Corporate and firms engaged in this sector.
Micro and Small industries (upto 2 crores)
Education loans (10 lakh in India, 20 lakh for going abroad)
Housing loans (upto max. 25 lakh in metropolitan cities)
Renewable Energy: Loans for solar and renewable energy solutions.
- Within Priority Landing, 10% of loan is required to be given to weaker sections and 18% to agro sector.
- Weaker section include
Small and marginal farmers;
Farmer Landholding up to
Small more than 1 ht. but less than 2 ht.
Marginal up to 1 hectare
Artisans, village and cottage industries
Beneficiaries National Rural Livelihood Mission (NRLM); Swarna Jayanti Shahari Rozgar Yojana (SJSRY); and
Manual scavengers rehab. Scheme
Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes;
Women, self-help groups
Distressed people in the clutches of non-institution lenders (private Moneylenders, loan-sharks, financers etc.)

FINANCIAL INCLUSION

Steps taken so far
- Giving More Access to banking /Payment
1. Post office: savings account, e-money order, even international money transfer (Remittances) via Western Union.
2. Government has nationalized Banks and insurance companies, made them serve low income groups and rural areas.
3. Government helped setting up Regional rural banks, Cooperative banks, Primary Agriculture societies.
4. Lead bank schemes: RBI assigns a district to a particular bank. That Bank will be Responsible for promoting banking
services and financial literacy, in that district.
5. Government launched Swabhiman project to extend banking services to rural areas.
6. RBI permitted Business Correspondents (BC) system. Banks extend their services to villagers with help of these agents.
7. Bhartiya mahila bank setup and owned by GOI, exclusively for women is an initiative towards financial inclusion
8. RBI permitted White label ATMs, and ordered the companies to open 2/3rd of these ATMs in semi urban and rural
areas.
9. RBI has ordered the banks to open at least 25 per cent of their new branches in unbanked rural centres.
10. RBIs No Frills accounts for poor people. Later renamed to Basic Savings Bank Deposit Account (BSBDA).
11. Governments Direct Benefit Transfer (DBT) initiative. Money directly sent to beneficiarys bank account. If he doesnt
have bank account already then itll be opened.
12. RBI relaxed Know Your Customer (KYC) norms for small value accounts. RBI allows customer accounts to be opened
without any documentary proof of identity or current address if the amounts involved are less than Rs.50, 000. (But once
that limit is crossed, hell have to give proofs).
13. RBI permitted Aadhar card can be used as proof, for opening bank account.
- Giving Access to Credit (Loans)
1. Priority sector lending targets. Banks have to compulsory give some of the loans to farmers, students, small
businessmen etc.
2. NABARD=>Microfinance, Various schemes for Self-help groups.
3. Interest Subvention scheme for farmers.
4. Debt relief to farmers in 2008.
5. General Purpose Credit Card (GCC) and Kisan Credit Card (KCC) to help people get loans easily.
- Giving More Access to Investment
1. National Savings certificates
2. Public Provident Funds
3. New Pension Scheme + Swavalamban
4. Rajiv Gandhi equity savings scheme + tax benefits offered.
5. Inflation indexed bonds
- Giving Access to Insurance
1. Post office: has tied up with LIC, offering variety of insurance schemes, particularly targeting rural junta e.g. Gram
Surakha, Suvidha, and Sumangal etc.
2. Weather based crop insurance loans for farmers
3. Aam Admi Bima Yojana
4. Rashtriya Swasthya Bima Yojana (RSBY)
5. Rajiv Gandhi Shilpi Swasthya yojana (one type of Health insurance)
- Plus, RBI and SEBI running financial literacy campaigns.

- Nachiket Mor committee on Financial Inclusion
RBI appointment a Committee on Comprehensive Financial Services for Small Businesses and Low-Income
Households in 2013.
motive of the panel
To frame a clear and detailed vision for financial inclusion and financial deepening in India.
Designing principles for achievement of financial inclusion and financial deepening across the country.
Development of comprehensive framework to monitor the progress of financial inclusion.
Six point Vision of panel
A Universal Electronic Bank Account by 1/1/2016
Ubiquitous Access to Payments and Deposit Products at Reasonable Charges
Sufficient Access to Affordable, Formal Credit problems of NPA, liquidity and loan defaults. Well setup special
Wholesale banks to help them.
Universal Access to Investment Products at Reasonable Charges
Universal Access to Insurance and Risk Management Products at Reasonable Charges
Consumer protection, right to suitability, grievance redressal
recommendations of the panel
(a) Every adult (Above 18 years) of our country should have a bank account by January 1, 2016. This account will
be known as Universal Electronic Bank Account (UEBA).
(b) Every resident should be issued an account at the time of receiving Aadhaar number (UIDAI) by a bank itself.
(c) It recommends unified Financial Redress Agency under Finance Ministry for customer grievances.
(d) It recommends abolition of interest subsidies and loan waivers. It suggested that government should transfer
benefits directly to farmers.
(e) Permission to banks for pricing farm loans below base rate should be withdrawn.
(f) Statutory liquidity ratio has outlived its utility for both Banks and NBFCs. So, it needs to be scrapped.
(g) It recommends raising priority sector lending cap for banks to 50 per cent from the current 40 per cent.
(h) It also proposed for creation of a Payment Bank (PB) to provide payments services including credit, insurance
and risk management products.
(J) Panel also suggested for the creation of State finance regulatory commission (SFRC). All existing regulators at
state level should be merged into SFRC.
(k) Each district should have a total term life insurance sum assured to GDP ratio of at least 30%.
Some bare facts brought by Panel
90% of small businesses have no links with formal financial institutions.
About 60% of the rural and urban population does not even have a functional bank account.
Bank-credit to GDP ratio in the country, as a whole, is a modest 70%.
In Bihar, Bank-credit to GDP ratio is even lower, at 16%.
Savings as a proportion to GDP has fallen from 36.8% in 2007-08 to 30.8% in 2011-12
financial inclusion target of a banking presence in villages with a population of over 2,000 to the motivation to
expand the banking sector by issuing new licences and a host of other goals and initiatives
MOR committee provides a comprehensive solution encompassing services, new delivery mechanisms and the
optimal use of technology, for both authentication and delivery.
Focus should be precisely on building the right support structure, including an appropriate prudential framework
and, particularly, supervisory capacity.
- Arvind Mayaram committee on new definitions for FDI and FII
Foreign investment of 10% or more in a listed company should be treated as FDI
Govt. accepted and further if an investor invest below 10% and raise total stake to 10% plus within 1 year that
that investment will be treated as FDI. If not raised within 1 year than it will be treated as Portfolio Investment.
FDI reflects a lasting interest and long-term relationship
Under Portfolio investment relationship is largely anonymous.
Foreign investment in an unlisted company, irrespective of the threshold limit be treated as FDI.
Any investment by way of equity shares, compulsorily convertible preference shares/debentures less than 10% should
be treated as Foreign Portfolio Investment (FPI).
FPI includes portfolio investors like FIIs and QFIs

- Raghuram Rajan committee on Multi Dimensional Index to measure state backwardness

PAYMENT BANK
- As per recommandation of Nichiket Mor panel
- Financial inclusion with focus on remittances by invoving payment system
- A payment bank is essentially an entity which can accept deposits and facilitate remittances and payments but cannot lend
money.
- RBI guidelines
Elegible
existing non-bank PPI issuers and
other entities such as
Non-Banking Finance Companies (NBFCs),
corporate BCs,
mobile telephone companies,
super-market chains,
companies,
real sector cooperatives and
public sector entities.
Even banks can take equity stake in a Payments Bank.
minimum paid-up capital - Rs 100 crore, of which the promoters contribution would be at least 40%.
payment banks can accept current and savings bank deposits, and take payments and remittance services through
various channels, including branches, banking correspondents and mobile banking.
- Benefit of opening payment bank
charging transaction fees
additions customer base
- scope of activities
Acceptance of demand deposits, i.e., current deposits, and savings bank deposits.
Payments and remittance services through various channels including branches, BCs and mobile banking.
Issuance of PPIs.
Internet banking
Functioning as Business Correspondent (BC) of other banks.
-


SHADOW BANKING

- Unregulated companies that act as financial intermediaries providing credit and generating liquidity in the system.
Are perceived to be regulated by the central bank but actually not.
Instance - companies engaged in multi-level marketing, offering prize chits and money circulation schemes.
- Positive
Some shadow banking entities have been playing an important role in supporting efforts towards financial inclusion.
Need for clarity in the regulatory framework for shadow banking entities in India.
review of NBFC as per Nichiket Mor Committee recommendation will cover
the legislative framework of the NBFC sector,
asset classification and
provisioning norms for NBFCs vis-a-vis that of banks - (including the need for raising tier-I capital requirement
for NBFCs),
corporate governance guidelines including 'fit and proper' criteria for their directors,
regulation of deposit acceptance activity,
consumer protection measures,
present classification scheme of NBFCs and
Activity of lending against shares by NBFCs.

FINANCIAL SECTOR LEGISLATIVE REFORMSCOMMISSION (FSLRC)
- B N Srikrishna commission.
Under Budget 2010-11 (set up on March 24, 2011)
The objective was to review the legislative and regulatory system governing the countrys financial sector
report in 2013
- Unified regulatory framework by merging regulation of trading under a Unified Financial Agency.
merge bond-regulation activity of RBI, the Securities and Exchange Board of India and the Forward Markets
Commission
all regulation of trading should move under one roof,
all regulation of consumer protection should move under another roof
the regulation of credit should be balkanised banks should continue to be regulated by RBI
the regulation of the quasi-bank NBFCs should move to the Unified Financial Agency, a regulatory that would
combine supervision of trading as well as credit
- critism
No discussion of the empirical magnitude of the synergies gained or synergies lost.
severely hamper the development of the government bond market, including the process of making bonds more
liquid across the spectrum, a process which RBI is engaged in
This balkanisation will hamper regulatory uniformity, the supervision of credit growth, and the conduct of monetary
policy
Easing the appellate process will invite huge appeals in our not yet developed financial system - could paralyse the
system and create distortions, as participants exploit loopholes.

P J NAYAK COMMITTEE
- on the governance of Indian banks
- Recommendation
Bring down these holdings to fewer than 50 % so to rid them of government's anti-corruption machinery, Right to
Information Act and restrictions on remuneration.
government should transfer its holdings in these banks to a bank investment company (BIC)
this will act like a passive wealth fund for government holdings with the sole aim of maximising the government's
returns.
The non-executive chairman and chief executive officer (CEO) of the BIC will be nominated by the government
and all other directors will be independent.
The BIC will professionalise and empower bank boards,
Bank boards will appoint independent and whole-time directors - including bank CEOs.
This will require repealing of the State Bank of India (SBI) Act, the State Bank of India (Subsidiary Banks) Act
and the two bank nationalisation Acts.
Banks come under Companies Act and listing requirements of SEBI.
developmental functions of public sector banks be supervised by the RBI in consultation with the government
- problem with public sector banks
Political executive exercises its influence in management matters through a pliant civil service causing lack of
professionalism in management as well as no concern for the bottom line.
- Critism
risk of even less accountability due to crippled oversight of government vigilance system
formation of BIC would not be sufficient to cripple political influence
In global financial crisis, 2008 in which private developed-country banks had to be bailed out

- Further suggestion reduce ownership in PSB except in few very large public sector banks. Develop them of global scale,
which can provide crucial support to the requirements of large infrastructure projects and the global operations of leading
Indian firms.
Smaller public sector banks can be taken over by bigger players - public or private - and a few large national
companies among banks can remain in the public sector.
A separate category of authorised bank investors (ABIs) will be allowed to own up to 20 % of a private bank without
regulatory approval


HANDLING NPA
- proposal
setting up of National Asset Management Company for improving the performance of DRTs (debt recovery tribunals)
to collect loans
strengthen the Securitisation and Reconstruction of Financial Assets and Enforcement of Security Interest Act to
ensure fast recovery of bad loans.
recommendation to raise the tax benefit limit for health insurance, and for tax exemption under Section 80C of the
Income Tax Act to be enhanced from the existing Rs.1 lakh per annum
continuation of interest subvention scheme for investment lending in the agriculture sector, insurance awareness to be
made part of corporate social responsibility and interest subsidy for solar power projects.
BANKING LICENSE
- Bimal Jalan Committee
- To IDFC and Bandhan Financial Services Private Limited
- Banking license regime
1993-93 - obligated to open branches in rural areas
2003-04 - required to have 25% branches in semi-urban and rural locations
2014-15 - 25 % branches in unbanked rural locations with population up to 9,999.
To extend the geographical coverage of organized finance and to promote financial literacy and inclusion.
- IDFC - NBFC working in infrastructure finance.
- Bandhan Financial Services Private Limited - NBFC working in Micro-financing in rural parts of Eastern India. It caters to
the entrepreneurial/bankable masses by extending them credit via joint liability group (JLG) model.





WHITE LABEL ATM (WLA)
- An ATM which provides alternative source of cash dispensing as against the traditional ATMs owned and operated by
banks. WLA accept the debit cards of all banks but the company / agency running this ATM is not a bank.
- RBI allowed non-bank to set up, own and operate ATMs to widen the spread of ATM network.
- Features
Non-banking entity requires minimum Net worth - Rs. 100 crore.
Free to choose location but comply with RBI guidelines relating with rural-urban ratio.
No deposits shall be accepted.
No fees to be charged.
Revenue from advertisement or by providing value-added services.
The Payments and Settlement Systems Act, 2007 will apply.
Declare one Sponsor Bank as settlement bank.
Would require RBIs Certification of Authorisation.
- Certificate issued to
TCPSL - Tata Communications Payment Solution Ltd. - First WLA in Thane district
Prizm payment Services Pvt. Ltd.
Muthoot Finance Ltd.
Vakrangee Ltd.

Post Bank of India (PBI) -
- RBI to grant banking license to the Department of Posts (DoP) for setting up the Post Bank of India.
- Approved from Planning commission and the Ministry of Finance.
- Approval pending - CCEA
- The wide teach of the DoP would help in providing banking facilities in remotest areas ensuring financial inclusion
- The PBI would use over 1.3 lakh post offices as business correspondent for the last mile reach in rural areas by providing
simple yet the complete suite of financial products including deposits, loans, insurance, remittances, pension products
and government subsidies.
- Unique Model
150 bank branches
800 head post offices
25000 sub-post offices
1.3 lakh branch post offices
-


LIBOR RATE - LONDON INTERBANK OFFERED RATE (LIBOR)
- The average interest rate that leading banks in London charge when lending unsecured funds to other banks.
- Banks borrow money for one day, one month, two months, six months, one year, etc., and they pay interest to their
lenders based on certain rates. The Libor figure is an average of these rates.

NON PERFORMING ASSETS (NPA)
-
- Trend
Indias NPA ratio increased from a low of 2.3% in 2011 to around 4% in 2013.
Publicly owned Indian banks, which account for about 75% total lending, are behind the increase in NPA.
Bad loads account for less than 5% of all loans
Due to more prudent lending standards since the 1997 Asian financial crisis and 2008 global recession and
efforts by the authorities to increase credit ratings.
- Reasons
Government encouragement of lending to support development of inadequate infrastructure projects.
Delays to projects and other regulatory issues have weighed on revenues and thus developers ability to repay debts.
-
- United Bank of India - vary bad position of loan due to heavy NPA
- Capital adequacy - Indian banks moving towards global norms as set by BASEL - III.
-
- RBI guidelines to tackle NPA
Forming Joint Lenders Forum (JLF) and adoption of Corrective Action Plan (CAP) for operationalising the
framework.
General principle of restructuring should be that the shareholders bear the first loss rather than the debt holders.
Infusion of more equity into their companies by promoters and transfer of their holdings to a security trustee or an
escrow arrangement till the turnaround of the company.
Bank will be required to report credit information including classification of an account to CRILC, on all their
borrowers having aggregate fund and non-fund based exposure of Rs. 5 crore and above.
If an account was reports to CRILC, where principal or interest payment overdue between 61 days and 90 days, they
should mandatorily form a committee to be called JLF if the aggregate exposure (AE) of lenders in that account was
over Rs. 100 crore.
For accounts with AE of less than Rs. 500 crore, the restructuring package should be approved by the JLF and
conveyed by the lenders to the borrower within the next 15 days for implementation.
For accounts with AE more than Rs. 500 crore, the techno-economic viability study and restructuring package would
have to be subjected to an evaluation by an independent evaluation committee of experts.

CUSTOMER PROTECTION NORMS
- Moving from the principle of caveat emptor(buyer beware) to caveat venditor (seller beware)
Caveat venditor vested the burden of effort of proving that the shortcoming deficiency of service was absent on the
seller.
- To discourage lenders from mis-selling and to hold them accountable for all products they are offering.
- Nachiket Mor panel report on comprehensive financial services for small businesses and low-income households
Caveat emptor principle had led to fundamental flaws in the customer protection architecture and had created large
welfare losses for customers.
Need to move to a customer protection regime where the provider is held accountable for the service sold to the
buyer, by ascertaining that the products sold or the advice given was suitable for the buyer considering her needs and
current financial situation, that is to the customer must have a right to suitability.
Framework governing customer protection should consist of
Fairness
Transparency of rules and conditions
Suitability of products that matches customer needs
Ability to pay
Grievance redress process
Clear specifications of liability if things go wrong
Simplicity of the product
Duty to inform about the changes in the product.








INFLATION - WPI VS CPI


- Now for policy purpose the RBI has shifted its focus from WPI to CPI inflation. As high-level RBI panel headed by Urjit
Patel suggested consumer inflation should be the main monetary policy anchor because CPI is what actually the common
man sees and based on many decisions including wage decisions. Target CPI - 4% with 2% band on either side.
- WPI
WPI doesnt cover services.
Its calculated using Laspeyres formula.
Items are classified into three categories
Primary articles
food articles, non-food articles and minerals
Fuel, power, light, lubricants
Fuel, power, light and lubricants, electricity, coal mining and mineral oil are included.
Manufactured products
The manufactured goods category encompasses food products; beverages, tobacco and tobacco products;
wood and wood products, textiles; paper and paper products; basic metals and alloys; rubber and rubber
products and many others.
WPI accounts for changes in general price level of goods at wholesale level, it fails to communicate actual burden
borne by the end consumer.
- Core WPI inflation - exclude volatile food and fuel prices.


CPI
- The computation of CPI takes into account price changes and the actual inflation that affects the end consumer. CPI is
thus a reflection of changes in the retail prices of specified goods and services over a time period which is traded by
particular consumer group.
- three subtypes of CPI
Entire urban population
Entire rural population
Urban + Rural (consolidate from above two)

INFLATION

- Measures announced by govt
Onion
fixing a minimum export price (MEP) of U.S. $500 per MT,
distributing onions through the Public Distribution System, and
advising State governments to delist fruits and vegetable from the Agricultural Produce Market Committee
(APMC) Act.
- Causes
low agricultural productivity and yield,
global price changes,
scarcity of resources such as land and water,
domestic price policies such as Minimum Support Prices, and
stocking and trade policies (both international and domestic).
- Consumption pattern
increase in income (including effect of MNREGA) decline in intake of wheat and rice increase in demand for
foods of high value such as milk, fruits and vegetables, meat, egg and fish.
supply constraints such as lack of proper storage facilities post-harvest losses 30-60% of perishables.
- Long term solution
macro policies like monetary tightening by the RBI
commodity-specific measures implemented by different branches of the government (trade policies and domestic
interventions in food markets)

- expectation of a poor monsoon and consequent fall in harvests has encouraged traders and middlemen to hoard food
staples such as onion and potato.
- India is one of the largest onion exporters in the world.
- GOVT ACTIONS
decision to bring the two vegetables under the purview of the Essential Commodities Act and imposing stock limits on
them is a direct result of this reading.
role of the Centre is limited to notifying the commodity under the Essential Commodities Act
Setting of actual stock limits and cracking down on hoarders are entirely under the purview of the States.
- large stocks of foodgrains
already allocated an additional 50 lakh tonnes of rice for PDS distribution.
impact on the monetary policy of the RBI.
Food inflation rebounded which means that easier interest rates to spur growth are distance.


Remedial options
Faced with the current scenario, what are the remedial options? For one there seems to be little reason to not liquidate excessive
wheat and rice stocks. In distributing released stocks, the government should think about an incentive overhaul along the lines of
what was done in Chhattisgarh. The small State is a leading example of a well-functioning PDS system where leakages have been
checked because of measures like colour coding of transport vehicles and raising the commission of PDS shopkeepers. Over time,
there must be a gradual movement toward a cash transfer system. This depends on development of backend facilities such as bank
outlets.
In food items with a high value, a case- by-case approach is needed. While onions could be facing a problem of excessive hoarding
due to expectations of inflation, in commodities like milk the cost push might be playing a role. Dairy products such as oil cake and
molasses are increasingly being diverted to alternative uses or markets. Milk has been the prime driver of inflation for many years
and though its demand has been rising substantially (different estimates show that it is the food item with the highest income
elasticity), there are supply side issues that need to explored for finding the right policy mix.
Given the current governments paradigm of accepting short-term pains to incur long-term gains, it should seize this opportunity of
high food prices. Investing in the private sector in cold chain or processing units needs to be encouraged. This will create rural jobs
that are not farm-related, and create more efficient value chains, giving a better deal to farmers and consumers alike. Over the long
run, streamlining wholesale markets under Agricultural Produce Market Committees, reducing limitations on private-sector
procurement and storage, and checking on double taxation in interstate movement, need to be considered.
Finally, as a weak monsoon is being predicted, we must think of the long run. It is about time we gear up toward climate-smart
agriculture (drought-resistant crops, conservation agriculture, etc.) to increase yields and income of farmers. This will increase
farmers productivity while providing the much-needed price stability to consumers. The promise of acche din for consumers and the
agricultural industry need not be a far cry.
(Devesh Roy is research fellow and P.K. Joshi is Director for South Asia, International Food Policy Research Institute.)

- CAUSES
Structural problem seriously on the supply side.
Following food inflation rising to 9.5 per cent in May, the government has announced a series of moves to address the matter. These
include asking states to crack down on hoarders and allow farmers to directly sell fruit and vegetables to consumers. It is likely the
Centre will release additional rice for the public distribution system.

With a sub-normal monsoon looming, the government is worried about spiralling food inflation and its debilitating impact on the
nascent economic recovery. The anxiety is understandable, as food inflation has hovered at about 10 per cent through the past seven
years. Here is a list of five reforms the government must consider to address the issue:

Calibrated rise in MSP

In the first five years of the last decade, the minimum support price (MSP) for common paddy was increased from Rs 510 a quintal
to Rs 560, a rise of about 10 per cent. However, in the second half of the decade, the MSP saw growth of about 75 per cent. In the
case of wheat, while the MSP rise in the first half of the decade was a mere Rs 30, the second half saw and increase of Rs 450. Other
food items for which the government fixed MSP saw a similar trend.

Crops for which the government sets an MSP account for a third of the primary article basket in the Wholesale Price Index (WPI);

WPI CPI (reformed in 2012)
Compiled by Economic advisor CSO
Ministry Commerce ministry Statistics ministry
Includes services? No Yes
Base year 2004 2010
Items included 676 200
Known as Headline
inflation?
Yes No
Importance
When RBI and Government make policies, they mainly pay attention to
this number. As it is calculated at early distribution stage.
Not much
food inflation has a weight of 47.6 per cent in the Consumer Price Index (CPI). Any MSP-led increase in the prices of agricultural
commodities, therefore, pushes up WPI and CPI in general, and food inflation in particular. Recently, Reserve Bank Governor
Raghuram Rajan had said, "Since minimum support prices are intended to be a floor for market prices, and have sometimes directly
set the market price when increases have been substantial, for key crops, the rate of price inflation seems to relate to the increase in
MSP in recent years." He, therefore, advocates "limiting the pace of MSP increases".

APMC reform

if limiting the pace of increase in MSP will moderate the prices of wheat, rice and pulses, comprehensive reforms in regulated
markets, also known as mandis, might arrest the price spiral for fruit and vegetables, another key component of food inflation.
Mandis owe their genesis to the Agricultural Produce Marketing Committees (APMC) law, put in place by state governments to
ensure the interests of farmers are protected and trade in agricultural items follows an order. There are 7,246 mandis in India and
the average area served by a mandi is 450 sq km. These mandis control almost the entire wholesale trade in agricultural goods.
- There have been numerous reports on how distortions at mandis lead to a huge difference between the price a consumer
pays and the price the producer gets. A 2011 Indira Gandhi Institute of Development Research paper by Gokul Patnaik
quotes research on the supply of fruit and vegetables in Delhi, Mumbai, Bangalore and Kolkata and says, "On an average,
there are five-six intermediaries between the primary producer and the consumer. The total mark-up in the chain adds up
to 60-75 per cent. The primary producers receive only 20-25 per cent of the retail price."

In the past, there have been attempts to reform the APMC law. For a better system, the central government had
formulated a model APMC Act in 2003. It permitted private and corporate bodies to set up a marketing network and
demolish the well-entrenched mechanism of middlemen and arthiyas. And, it allowed private mandis. But the approach of
state governments has been partial-adoption of some of these provisions. Less than 10 per cent of trade in agricultural
commodities takes place through private mandis. Some states have allowed contract farming, while others have allowed
direct purchase from farmers. But comprehensive reform of the APMC legislation is yet to take place in any state. Several
attempts to delist fruit and vegetables from the purview of the APMC law, too, have yielded very little.

Aditi Nayar, senior economist at rating agency Icra, feels "a mechanism to build consensus with state governments for
introducing appropriate amendments in APMC Acts is also crucial, particularly with a view to reducing middlemen and
allowing contract farming".

PDS reform

A 2005 Planning Commission report had arrived at a rather alarming conclusion that for every four rupees spent on the
public distribution system (PDS), only one reached the intended beneficiary. It had estimated 57 per cent food grains
didn't reach the targeted beneficiaries. Since then, the situation has improved somewhat. But the leakage, according to
authoritative estimates, is yet to fall below the 40 per cent level.

India has a network of about 478,000 fair price shops, catering to the needs of 400 million people. They distribute, among
other items, wheat, rice, sugar and kerosene oil. Such a vast network of fair price shops would have done wonders to
moderate the prices of essential commodities. However, a leaking system has only added to the ballooning food burden
without addressing the issues it was aimed at.

Food security legislation

the negative impact of the food security law enacted last year, on burgeoning subsidy bill, has been widely documented.
What is even more worrisome is the impact it will have on the evolution of the country's agricultural sector. The share of
the expenditure on cereals in overall food expenditure declined from 41 per cent in 1987-88 to 29.1 per cent in 2009-10 in
rural regions and from 26.5 per cent in 1987-88 to 22.4 per cent in 2009-10 in urban areas. However, the new food law
will ensure there is excessive focus on production and procurement of low-value food items such as rice and wheat at the
expense of high-value produce. Will this not depress the already depressed agriculture sector? Even if there is a slight shift
away from fruit, vegetables, pulses and other high-value items, it will stoke food inflation further. CRISIL chief economist
D K Joshi, therefore, prescribes any review of the food security law "should make it more focussed and targeted", even if
that means reducing the percentage of intended beneficiaries from the current 67 per cent.

Investing in back-end infra

According to estimates, the value of fruit, vegetables and grains going waste due to inadequate infrastructure stands at a
staggering Rs 44,000 crore a year. The country has 6,300 cold storages, with an installed capacity of 30 million tonnes
(mt), against the required 61 mt. How can a country battling persistent high food inflation afford to have such a large
amount of fruit and vegetables going waste? "Inadequate storage of infrastructure and cold chains leads to substantial
wastage of perishable items; small, short-lived supply disruptions cause large price spikes, such as the sharp rise in
vegetable inflation in August-November 2013," says Aditi Nayar.
The government's response to the escalation of wholesaleinflation to a five-month high of 6.01 per cent in May from 5.2 per cent in
April was speedy, but unfortunately the outcome of the package of measures devised may be mixed. The government, after a
meeting of ministers and bureaucrats on Tuesday, announced a series of measures directed at food inflation, which rose to 9.5 per
cent in May from 8.64 per cent in April - and might go further if the monsoon is subnormal. The main concern is the prices of non-
cereal, high-value and protein-rich foods, notably vegetables, fruit, eggs, milk, meat and fish. Though the prices of vegetables as a
group have tended to dip a bit due to seasonal effects, the gains have been more than offset by potato prices, which increased by 32
per cent. Milk became dearer by about 10 per cent; eggs, meat and fish by over 12 per cent.

The grain storehouses are overflowing. The government has announced the sale of some rice through the states. This will help. But
it does not solve the real problem, which would require reform of the existing outmoded food management system. Siphoning off
the bulk of the marketable surplus in the peak post-harvest marketing season, as is the case under the present open-ended grain
procurement system, needs to be avoided to leave adequate supplies in the open market. At the same time, the available grain
stocks would need to be kept at strategic locations to sell quickly if prices spike. Increases in minimum support prices, or MSPs,
too, may have to be moderated to balance the interests of grain producers and consumers.

Vegetables need a different strategy. They are mostly short-duration crops, some of which can be grown more than once in a year.
The farmers need to be incentivised to do so. The problem is when the government clamps down on exports, as the government
announced on Tuesday. This sends out the wrong supply signal - and harms future supply. Overall, the government's promise to
crack down on hoarding and to restrict imports sounds like the same knee-jerk reactions that characterised earlier attempts and is
likely to meet with the same results. Even the pious admonition to take fruit and vegetables out of state-level agricultural marketing
Acts is not new. While necessary, it requires more than statements, since it is a state-level decision. Persuading states to ensure
expeditious enforcement of the new legal framework for agriculture produce marketing committees will be necessary to eliminate
monopolistic control of regional markets over fruit and vegetables.

As for livestock products, increasing their availability in a short time is not easy, except in the case of poultry, which operates like a
formal industry. Milk prices have already been raised by organised sector dairies more than once in recent months in anticipation
of reduced supplies in summer. If the output dip is more pronounced than apprehended, skimmed milk powder imports can be
encouraged to produce reconstituted liquid milk. Overall, food inflation does not seem entirely unmanageable - though it needs
advance planning and result-oriented action, which should begin forthwith. In short, it needs a reform strategy. Measures such as
those that the government announced recently are only short-term solutions. For sustainable results, there is need for deep-rooted
reforms in the food procurement strategy and state-level marketing frameworks - through legal changes, if necessary.
APMC AGRICULTURE PRODUCE MARKETING COMMITTEE ACT
- State government acts
Give near monopoly status to traders and middlemen to procure, stock and trade food produce. Causing unregulated
inflation
Urgent need to reduce the numerous intermediaries between farmers and consumers possible for farmer to fetch a
higher price without pushing up the price paid by consumers.


RBI
- URJIT PATEL COMMITTEE ON MONETARY POLICY
RBI hawkish interest rate regime to tame inflation - silently accepted
CPI Inflation target of 4% in three year with a 2% band on either side b 2018.
CPI inflation target at 8% for January 2015 and 6% by January 2016.
To reduce liquidity access to overnight repos while making a corresponding increases in term repos - accepted
Adoption of CPI as the key measure - accepted
Explicit recognition of the glide path for disinflation (time bound Targeting inflation) - accepted
Transition to a bi-monthly monetary policy cycle. -accepted
- NEW BANK LICENCES
Jalan Committee


GPD
Oct - Dec 2013, continuous 7
TH
Quarter with Growth below 5%.
Low Growth rate reasons :
Weak investment scenario.
Delay in fast-tracking large projects clearance.
Policy logjam.
Environmental and judicial activism.
Uncertainty in decision making ahead of election.
Indias Three Arrows (Yojana, April-2014)
- Decline in growth rate and measures to recover.
- Major demand rebalancing in globe
From Advanced to Emerging Market economies
From public to private.
- After the economic crisis from 2008-12 the global economies are failing to achieve high growth trend of 2003-07 period
Because the old growth model is broken; that the 2003-07 trend was an unsustainable boom based on high levels of
leverage and imbalances.
US economy is in secular stagnation.
Secular stagnation is a condition of negligible or no economic growth in a market-based economy. When per
capita income stays at relatively high levels, the percentage of savings is likely to start exceeding the percentage
of longer-term investments in, for example, infrastructure and education, that are necessary to sustain future
economic growth.
Low investments => low economic growth => low per capita income => low per capita savings.
Low savings rate + low investment rate = stagnation.
Consumers might transfer their savings to more attractive-looking foreign countries resulting into devaluation of
their domestic currency, which would potentially boost their exports, assuming that the country did have goods
or services that could be exported.
Recovery is difficult due to globalization, excessive financialization and ageing.
Require politically difficult structural reforms.
- Emerging market economies are recovering faster than advance economies.

- INDIAS RECOVERY STORY
Problems
Decline in growth
Internal, external and structural imbalances
Polar vortex of the currency crisis
Sweeping markets in the wake of the Quantitative Easing taper tantrums.
Potentials for recovery
Dependency ratio continuously declining
Domestic savings as a share of GDP is increasing
Whereas world is facing demand constraint led crisis, Indias crisis is caused by supply side problems. So our
solutions are within domestic control only.
- Measures - three arrows to be adopted through good governance.
Agriculture - to tackle inflation problem
Global economies are facing deflationary trend but India faces inflation specially food inflation.
Indian food inflation is the result of market failure - weak price signaling mechanism (efficient markets equating
supply and demand).
Cereal inflation - repeated sharp spikes in the administered support prices inspite of deflationary pressures from
the demand shift from cereals to non-cereal food items on account of rising income.
Non-cereal inflation -
Due to pro-cereals govt policies production of non-cereal products get discouraged.
Insufficient marketing system and infrastructure resulting into low productivity, high wastage and big mark
up in prices




Labour intensive manufacturing - to target CAD
Transfer large number of underemployed workers stuck in low productivity agriculture to high productivity
manufacturing
India has advantages in manufacturing
Large labour force
Strong private entrepreneurships
Developed money and capital markets

Fiscal restructuring - to targets the infrastructure deficit.
Distinguish between cyclical and structural budget deficits
Structural deficit is declining due to FRBM measures
Measures to be taken
Revenue side - increase revenue buoyancy to GDP
GST
DTC
Improved tax administration
Expenditure side - shifting from non-targeted subsidies to stepping up public investment in infrastructure.

Economic Slowdown
India is experiencing a slowdown in economic growth since 2012
India's GDP growth stood at 9% in the 11th plan (2007-12). It fell to 4.5% in 2012-13 and is estimated to be only
slightly better in the current fiscal at 4.9%.
the target for the entire 12th five year plan period (2012-17) is 8%
Without a revival in industrial growth, services will struggle to maintain high growth and employment generation
will not revive.
Reform needed like address its infrastructure shortfalls, pervasive state control in business activities, unequal access
to quality education, and issues related to labour, trade and finance.
Measures
increasing the efficiency of education services,
increase formal employment in labour market,
Overly Stringent labour regulations in India hinder job creation in the formal sector and leave most workers
with no formal labour contract and social coverage.
a more inclusive education system would help reducing severe poverty and inequality, while labour
market reform would help reduce informality in India
reducing barriers to foreign trade and investment,
promoting more effective infrastructure-related regulation and
undertaking wide-ranging financial sector reforms such as
easing bank portfolio restriction and
Allowing greater participation of foreign investors in financial service sector.
Address deteriorating fiscal balance of the Union government by maintaining fiscal discipline so that monetary
policy can become effective in responding to business cycles.
deeper regulatory reform and an expansion of regulatory capability and capacity in Mining,
the stagnation of which is aggravated by environmental and other regulatory bottlenecks especially iron ore
mining in Karnataka and Goa
Reforming construction.
It feeds the cement and steel industries, and provides crucial employment to many of India's semi-skilled
citizens who are barely above a subsistence level of income.
Unregulated nature of real estate has meant that the sector is struggling with dodgy balance sheets and
artificially inflated asset prices. High prices mean sales have dipped sharply.
Law to regulate real estate.
still stuck in the Rajya Sabha due to legislative paralysis
Recently passed land acquisition law is excessively bureaucratic.
Infrastructure sector is worried about the resolution of disputes between the government and the
private sector in the absence of efficient and speedy regulation.

notable reforms in the country in the past two years include
addressing the infrastructure bottlenecks,
the reform of the land acquisition law and
The relaxation of FDI restrictions in various sectors, including in multi-brand retail and civil aviation.

- world over slow growth and stubbornly high unemployment
due to The widespread deceleration in productivity
fuelled also by high unemployment and falling labour force participation in many countries
Already engulfed OECD countries now spreading towards developing countries.
needs to boost productivity and lower trade barriers



CAD - CURRENT ACCOUNT DEFICIT
- Excess of foreign exchange outflow over inflow.
- High CAD put pressure on rupee, which in turn makes import expensive and fuels inflation - circular effect.

EXTERNAL DEBT
- The external debt to GDP ratio at 23.3%.
- Long term debts especially non-resident Indian (NRI) deposit.







FCNR - FOREIGN CURRENCY NON-RESIDENT DEPOSITS

- Wherein a Non-Resident Individual of Indian Nationality or Indian Origin can maintain a Fixed Deposit in Foreign
Currency and earn regular interest on the same. The following foreign currencies are permissible:-
1. US Dollar
2. British Pound
3. Euro
4. Japanese Yen
5. Australian Dollar
6. Canadian Dollar

- As the NRI can maintain his account in the foreign currency, the risk for fluctuations in Currency Conversion is eliminated
and the investor can earn a fixed rate of interest on his FCNR deposits which is usually more than the country in which the
NRI is residing.

- Features of FCNR Account
Deposits with a maturity of more than 1 year and less than 5 years can only be opened.
FCNR account can be opened jointly with other NRIs as well as with Resident Indians.
Loan Facility against FCNR Account can also be availed of. However, the Loans cannot be used for the purpose of re-
lending, carrying on agricultural/plantation activities or for investment in Real Estate Business.
A major advantage of FCNR Account is that the Interest earned on these deposits is not taxable in India and nor is the
principal deposited in these accounts taxable under the Wealth Tax.

NEW COMPANIES ACT, 2013

- object
to sustain rapid economic growth "by putting in place a modern legal framework that would enable India's corporate
sector to operate in an environment of best international practices in a globally competitive manner, while fostering a
positive environment for investment".
TCA 2013
470 sections and seven schedules
337 sections are empowered through rules.
enormous discretionary powers to the Ministry of Corporate Affairs (MCA).

CORPORATE SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY - CSR
- NEW CSR RULES
Company with sizable businesses would need to spend a minimum 2 % of 3 year average net profit for the benefit of
the society.
Limits - Rs. 5 crore net profit or Rs. 1000 crore turnover or Rs. 500 crore net worth
Profit from overseas branches and dividend received from other companies in India will be excluded from the net
profit criteria.
Surplus arising out of the CSR projects shall not form part of the business profit.
A company can also carry out CSR works through a registered trust or society or a separate company.
The CSR activities must be undertaken as per the stated CSR policy excluding activities undertakes in pursuance of its
normal course of business.
Fund given to political parties and money spend for own employees will not count as CSR activity.
CSR activities will has to be within India and new rules will also apply to foreign companies registered here.


CORPORATE SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY EXCHANGE
- Would enable member organizations and industries with appropriate social engagements. Besides it would encourage and
support the industries in identifying a suitable CSR activity.

BHARTIYA MAHILA BANK
- First womens bank and a wholly owned government institution
-
- A channel for womens education, employment and empowerment.
- Special loan product to set up day care centres.

FICCI
- Federation of Indian Chambers of Commerce and Industry.






KUZNETS CURVE

- CONCEPT
The natural progression of development is towards industrialisation and urbanisation.
Initially, this leads to increased inequality in society, as capitalists get richer and the influx of rural labour holds
wages down.
But as employment opportunities grow and the flow of rural labour dries up, wages rise and an equalisation tendency
appears, which gets stronger over time.
Thus, if we plot inequality against time, we get an inverted-U or bell-shaped curve, the Kuznets Curve. If this
hypothesis were true, it would show that the trickle down of the benefits of growth to all is a natural and automatic
part of capitalist development.

- Piety U-curve of growing inequality
-
Shows a U-curve in the trends of inequality in the advanced capitalist nations of the world US, Japan, Germany,
France and Great Britain the exact opposite of the Kuznets Curve. Inequality grows sharply after having fallen
initially for a few years.
In this analysis, government policies and social and political factors are given a prime role.
Piety clearly recognizes that there are powerful forces that can mitigate inequality. He specifically identifies diffusion
of knowledge and skill as a key factor. But these too depend on state policies on education, access to training and skill
development.
Much more worrisome are the powerful forces of divergence that exacerbate inequality, even when there is sufficient
investment in skills and training.
Thus, the most important engine that drives inequality up, according to Piety, is the higher rate of return on capital
compared to the low overall growth rate of the economy.
In slowly growing economies, past wealth takes on a disproportionately higher importance. Inherited wealth grows
faster than overall output and income.
Further aggravating this tendency is the fact that savings rates tend to increase faster with greater wealth and
that the average effective rate of return on capital is higher for those with higher initial capital endowments.
A Riparian rise in prices of oil and real estate makes the forces of divergence in incomes even stronger.
In India, the net worth of the billionaire community increased 12-fold in 15 years, enough to eliminate absolute
poverty in this country twice over.

- Pietys proposes for a global progressive tax on capital based on closer international co-ordination,
- Pietys work provides a strong theoretical and empirical basis for the need to address the social legitimacy of the capitalist
system within the framework of democratic governance.
- Effective work in this field necessarily calls for a shift from market economics to political and social economy.


INSURANCE INDUSTRY
- IRDA - Insurance Regulatory and Development Authority
- Insurance Companies allowed to invest in ETFs - Equity exchange Traded Funds

- FDI IN INSURANCE
Raised from 26 % to 49% with full management and control through the FIPB route
The move would help insurance firms to get much needed capital from overseas partners.
Pending Insurance Laws (Amendment) Bill will be take up.
- smart cities
requirement of the built up area and capital conditions for FDI is being reduced to 20,000 sq m and $5 million
respectively with a three years post completion lock in.
projects, which commit at least 30 per cent of the total project cost for low cost affordable housing, (they) will be
exempted from the minimum built up area and capitalisation requirements with conditions of 3 years lock in
existing mid-sized cities would be modernised to develop smart cities and satellite towns of larger cities.
With increasing development, pace of migration from rural areas to the cities is increasing.
unless new cities are developed to accommodate them, existing cities would become unliveable.

ETF - EQUITY EXCHANGE TRADED FUND
- ETF is a security that tracks an index, a commodity or a basket of assets such as an index fund, but trades like a stock on
an exchange.
Introduced in India in 2001. Gold ETFs dominate market.
- CPSE ETF - Central public sector enterprises exchange traded fund
It will track the CPSE index. It will comprise shares of 10 blue chip state owned firms and solicit retail participation.
The ETF would have a corpus of Rs 3000 Crore and will be used as a vehicle for the government stake sale in major
PSUs.
Managed by Goldman Sachs Asset Management (India)
Investment limit -
Individual Retail investors - Rs. 5000 to Rs. 2 lakh.
Non - institutional Investors/QIB - above 10 lakh.
Purpose - launched in accordance with the governments disinvestment programme.

INFLATION INDEXED BOND
- Rate of interest
CPI (compounded half-yearly) + 1.5%
Investment - 5,000 to 5 lakh.
Tenure - 10 years
Early redemption - after 1 year for senior citizens and after 3 years for all others.
Security can be pledged as collateral for taking loan
Eligibility - Individuals, HUFs, Charitable Institutions and Universities

REGISTERED FOREIGN PORTFOLIO INVESTOR (RFPI)
- These are the foreign portfolio investors registered in accordance with SEBI guidelines
- Includes categories of FII and QFI also.
- Investment in
Shares and convertible debentures in primary and secondary market.
Can participate in disinvestment of share made by CG or SG
Can invest in government securities and corporate debts.
Permitted to trade in all exchange traded derivative contracts
May offer sovereign securities with AAA rating or corporate bonds or domestic government securities, as collateral to
the recognised stack exchange.
- Benefits
eligible to open special non-resident rupee (SNRR) accounts and foreign currency accounts with banks
can also transfer sums from a foreign currency account to an SNRR account at the prevailing market rate.
allowed to trade in all exchange-traded derivatives contracts on stock exchanges
eligible to invest in government securities and corporate debt
For transactions in the cash and derivatives segment, RFPIs might offer cash or foreign sovereign securities with AAA
rating, corporate bonds or domestic government securities as collateral to recognised stock exchanges.
investment limits
10 %(individual) or 24 % (aggregate) of the total paid-up equity capital, or
10 %(individual) or 24 %(aggregate) of the paid-up value of each series of convertible debentures issued by an
Indian company.
In case there is a composite sectoral cap under the foreign direct investment (FDI) policy, the limits for the RFPI
investment will be within the overall sectoral FDI cap

MAZES OF GLOBAL ECONOMY
1. Some countries facing deflation as Japan and other facing high inflation as India.
2. European Union battling with debt crisis but Euro is strengthening.
3. Huge bond rally in the U.S. in spite of downgrading of US economy rating from AAA to AA.
4. Debt-to-GDP ratio concern regarding EU and other countries but no concern of Japan who highest Debt-to-GDP Ratio.

U.S. FEDS TAPERING
- Effects
o Flight of capital out of the emerging economies.
o Hammering their currencies.
- Indias concerns at G20
o Withdrawal of US stimulus
o The need to expedite the International Monetary Fund (IMF) quota reforms.


SCOPE
- Standing conference Of Public Enterprises - an apex body of central public enterprises.
- On improving governance of PSEs -
Need for greater autonomy and empowerment of board with the establishment of a holding company of leading PSEs.
Greater transparency in selection procedure to the board level position.


GOLD IMPORT CONTROL
- Increase in Custom Duty - 10%
- 80:20 scheme of RBI - linking the imports to exports
Allowed nominated agencies to import gold on the condition that 20 per cent of the inward shipment will be
exported. The permission to import the next lot would be given on the fulfillment of export obligation
Rule will not apply on imports made as part of the Advance Authorisation (AA) or Duty Free Import Authorization
(DFIA) for units in
SEZs
EOUs
Premier and star trading houses.
- Tight Baggage Rules requiring details such as source of funds and duty being paid in foreign currency - help checking
smuggling.
Eligible passengers (Indian Citizen of 6 months abroad stay or PIO) baggage allowed importing gold upto 1 kg b
paying 10 % customs duty in foreign currency.
- Both export and import must continue to grow. Lower imports are not a healthy sign as it correlates with economic
slowdown.

Impact of Restriction on gold import
- Eased the pressure on the CAD, which fearing of a drain on forex reserves.
o With the CAD now under control (projected to be a little over 2 per cent in 2013-14 compared to 4.8 per cent in
the previous fiscal) and
o the rupee appreciating past the 59-to-a-dollar mark,
- an increase in smuggling
Easing restriction
- more entities such as star trading houses and premier trading houses can import gold now, the 20:80 scheme (a fifth of
the gold imported has to be used for exports by jewellery manufacturers) remains, and the quantum of gold that each such
entity can now import is capped at the highest level of monthly imports by them in the 24 months prior to August 2013.
- Banks can now fund gold imports by jewellery manufacturers, the quantum is restricted to the outstanding gold loans in
their books as of March 2013.
- Gold prices dropped to a 10-month low on May 23 after the RBI eased up.



MOBILIZATION OF RESOURCES

KIRTI PARAKH COMMITTEE
- to look for ways to rationalise fuel prices
- suggestions-
kerosene prices should go up by Rs 4 per litre,
diesel by Rs 5 per litre and
Cooking gas by Rs 250 per cylinder.
The number of subsidized cylinders per family should be cut back from nine per year, to six.
Even after hike, oil marketing companies will be making a loss of Rs 6 per litre. This, it suggests, should be paid back
to them by the government.
- Objections -
Under-recovery calculations are deceitful, because they are based mostly on import-parity rates and include non-
existent charges like customs and freight expenses. If the calculations were made on an export-parity basis, much of
the under recoveries would vanish.
A sharp diesel price hike could also cascade on to overall inflation, which is already high.
- important for the government to wean India off fuel subsidies ranging around Rs 1.3 lakh crore,
- steps taken
Diesel prices rise by 50 paise every month.
Government might not implement a sharp Rs 5-perlitre hike immediately, but simply wait 10 months for prices to
creep up by that much.

TRADE REFORMS
- rationalisation of export promotion schemes,
multiple and overlapping export promotion schemes with many focus markets and products
rationalisation would reduce transaction costs, litigation and avoid discretionary decisions.
limited rates instead of different rates even for similar items.
simpler procedures for documentation.
- Export infrastructure
port connectivity,
improving conditions of roads and
cargo handling techniques and equipment.
- inverted duty structure
Some trade agreements making it cheaper to import the finished product than the raw material, a reality check of
these trade agreements is required.
- product diversification of our export basket
- electronic hardware manufacturing sector
special attention to it which virtually collapsed with the signing of the Information Technology Agreement-1.
-


CORE SECTOR
- Have combined weight of about 38% in the Index of Industrial Production (IIP).
- Industries -
Coal
Crude oil
Natural Gas
Electricity
Refinery products
Steel
Cement
Fertilizer

MINING SECTOR
- Supreme Court allowed iron ore miners to resume operations in Goa.
Placed a cap of 20 million tonnes a year on production; Goa's mines were producing 45 million tonnes a year.
Acknowledged the concerns of environmentalists by prohibiting mining within a kilometre of the boundaries of
national parks and sanctuaries in Goa.
Directed the Centre to notify eco-sensitive zones around national parks and sanctuaries within six months.
State government is being permitted to grant fresh leases as per its own policy, whether by auction or other means.

- Benefits of ban lifting
Restore livelihoods to a vast number of people in a State whose economy is powered by the twin engines of mining
and tourism.
Court ban in 2012 hit industrial production and exports as well as employment and capital utilisation in the state.

- Reason of ban
Mining in areas outside the lease territory,
under-reporting production both in quantitative and qualitative terms and
disregard for the environment
It is shocking that the exports of iron ore exceeded official production figures in each of the five years between 2006-
07 and 2010-11. This is evidence of illegal mining.
-



Telecom Spectrum
- 2G Spectrum sale - highly successful, sold higher than the reserve price. Reasons -
1. Expiry of license of Airtel and Vodafone
2. New entrant in the form of Reliance Jio Infocomm
3. Booming telecom industry due to expanding customer base.
- Problem
May result into higher tariff rate for the customers.
Competition would ensure that tariff do not shoot up immediately, at least for voice telephony.
OIL AND NATURAL GAS
- Seemandhra and Telangana regions have proven commercial productivity of hydrocarbons.
Pranahita - Godavari Stretch in Telangana region.
Krishna - Godavari stretch in Rayalseema region.



NEW GAS PRICE REGIME
- Rangarajan Committee formula
- Double the cost of natural gas to $8 to $8.5 per mmBtu from the present $4.2 per mmBtu form April 1, 2014 for 5 years.
- Postponed following a direction from the Election Commission due to enforcement of model code of conduct.
- The new rates will change every quarter based on 12-month average of global rates and LNG import price with a lag of one
quarter.
-

-

EMPLOYMENT

REFORMING LABOUR LAWS
- Rajasthan announced proposals to amend the Industrial Disputes Act, 1947, the Factories Act, 1948, and the Contract
Labour Act, 1970.
According to the Industrial Disputes Act, 1947, an organisation cannot retrench more than 100 employees without
permission of the state government.
Govt proposed to increase the floor to 300 employees.
Amendment would require President's nod as the law falls under the concurrent list of the Constitution. The Factories
Act, 1948, and the Contract Labour Act, 1970, too, are sought to be diluted in favour of industry
- Rajasthan is expected to witness an infrastructure boom
Delhi-Mumbai section of the Golden Quadrilateral highway project,
proposed Dedicated Freight Corridor (DFC)
40 per cent of the DFC passes through Rajasthan
Delhi-Mumbai Industrial Corridor
Japanese and Koreans interest in Neemrana
Industrialists scouting various Rajasthan cities and government departments.
- 20 labour laws in Rajasthan.
- Faster growth in employment in the services sector compared with manufacturing as labor laws donot apply to service
sector.
- Effect of Amendment
New investment in factories that can achieve cost competitiveness in the 100-300 worker range.
Encourage them to choose technologies that are relatively labour-intensive.
The ability to lay off workers when business conditions so actually provides employers an incentive to hire more
workers when times are good.
- Further suggestions
Grandfathering mechanism - for establishments with more than 300 workers. This means that, while existing
establishments will have to work within current regulations, new ones will be free to lay off workers.
Safety nets - for lay-off workers being funded by CG, SG, Employer and contributions from workers when they are
working.
Enhance the resource base to ensure a minimum threshold of benefits.
Suggestion - setting up of a national urban workers unemployment insurance scheme, akin to the national rural
employment guarantee programme
Skill forecasting - Develop a capacity to predict future labours skills requirement
government can specially encourage the growth of certain industries,
It will ensure that appropriate training and certification capacity is available, or quickly created.

LABOUR LAW REFORMS
- process of amendments began in 2008
MOTO - increased productivity comes from having satisfied workers, who produce quality products.
- Case study
Thermal Power station case
hundreds of workers dying prematurely and
over 50% of the workforce suffering from lung diseases, deafness and other occupational illnesses.
The Commonwealth Games case
workers living in conditions akin to bondage without safety equipment, sleeping in sheds without mattresses
and fans, and using toilets without doors and water.
- Factories Act, 1948
proposed amendments in 2014.
Section 56, increase the working day to spreadover 10{+1}/{-2}hours to 12 hours;
Section 65(2), compulsory overtime be increased from 50 hours per quarter to 100 hours, and
Section 66, women not be allowed to work after 7 p.m., unless a specific notification is issued qua(as being) a
particular factory that is capable of demonstrating that it has facilities in place to guarantee the safety of women
workers.
Effect
instead of making norm for equal work for men and women, women have been penalised.
Hazardous substance
SC- strict liability or no excuse standard for liability,
Existing provisions
Section 7(b) employer must ensure as far as practicable that the substance is safe.
Section 99 enables an employer to employ children.
Juvenile Justice Act 18 yr age.
Factories Act - 14 years.
parents will be punished, not the employer.
- Minimum Wages Act, 1948
problems
partial coverage
did not cover all workers, but only workers in notified industries. Domestic workers are not covered.
Need universal coverage by providing minimum wages for residual workers.
Proposed amendment deal with universal coverage but residual minimum wage will be the lowest of all the
minimum wages notified.
exclusion of contract workers from the minimum wages
75% of the workforce
Exclusion of home-based and other forms of unorganised labour.
- Reforms demanded by labours
introduction of a secret ballot for determination of trade union recognition
do away the requirement to take permission from the government under Section 10 of the Industrial Disputes Act for
approaching court.
two anti-labour judgments of SC in the Umadevi case and the SAIL case be reversed by amendment
so that non-permanent workers who have put in long years in government services are entitled to regularisation,
and that when the contract labour system is abolished by the Board, the contract workers will be regularised.
SC had condemned these categories of workers to permanent servitude.
child labour be abolished
EMPLOMENT RELATED STATISTICS
Additional 51 million new jobs needed by the end of this decade.
Skill deficit - needed to skill or re-skill 500 million Indians by 2022.
The high dropout rates in India's secondary schools.
The poor learning outcomes - most children in class 5 cannot do basic arithmetic.
Only 40 % of Indian women between the ages of 25 - 54 work outside, china 90%.
Reform India's apprenticeship laws, India only have 300,000 apprentices, while Germany has three million, Japan 10
million and China 20 million.
Indian companies were at the very bottom in terms of on-the-job training while Chinese companies were at the top.

MGNREGA - MAHATMA GANDHI NATIONAL RURAL EMPLOYMENT GUARANTEE ACT, 2005
- Salient features of the Act
Right based Framework: For adult members of a rural household willing to do unskilled manual work.
Time bound Guarantee: 15 days for provision of employment, else unemployment allowance
Upto 100 days in a financial year per household, depending on the actual demand.
Labour Intensive Works: 60:40 wage and material ratio for permissible works; no contractors/machinery.
Decentralized Planning
Gram Sabhas to recommend works
At least 50% of works by Gram Panchayats for execution
Principal role of PRIs in planning, monitoring and implementation
Work site facilities : Crche, drinking water, first aid and shade provided at worksites
Women empowerment: At least one-third of beneficiaries should be women
Transparency & Accountability: Proactive disclosure through Social Audits, Grievance Redressal Mechanism,
Only Job Card holders to be employed for MGNREGA works
Master rolls to be maintained on work sites
Wage payments to be through accounts in banks/post offices
Implementation
Under Sec 3, States are responsible for providing work in accordance with the Scheme. Under Sec 4, every state
government is required to make a scheme for providing not less than 100 days of guaranteed employment in a
financial year, to those who demand work
Funding
Central Government -100% of wages for unskilled manual work, 75% of material cost of the schemes including
payment of wages to skilled and semi skilled workers.
State Government- 25% of material including payment of wages to skilled and semi skilled workers cost. 100% of
unemployment allowance by state government
- MGNREGA 2.0 - a PC idea but no policy document released till now.
Includes
strengthening the Panchayati Raj system,
focusing on increasing the productivity of agriculture and other livelihood systems,
permitting the use of NREGA in private lands of small and marginal farmers,
strengthening social audits,
creative use of information technology and machinery,
reforming the Schedule of Rates and
creating greater space for civil society participation in NREGA
Allowing private contractors to implement NREGA work
Permitting a new set of works that could be done under NREGA including, construction of buildings and sports
stadiums
Appointment of ombudsman in each district for grievance redressal
Going beyond unskilled manual work by including "measurable" semi-skilled services like fishery and carpentry
Convergence with projects of other ministries
Appointing dedicated staff at the district level to educate people of their rights
- Under Ministry of Rural Development (MoRD)

- As employer of the last resort has proved itself as a social safety net via a massive public works programme with massive
reach, universal nature and in the realm of rapid economic growth.
- Targeting
Official data - 500 lakh household - 36% of rural household.
NSSO & IHDS - 25% of rural household.
- Participants - at three level
At village level - more in village with low level of infrastructure than in village with better infrastructure
At household level - more from marginalized communities - Dalits and Adivasis- than other upper caste.
At individual level - older workers and women.
- Achievements
Better targeting
Massive Increased daily wages - poverty eradication
Better life for Dalits, Adivasis and women
Infrastructure Development
Increase in non-agriculture work in rural area.
Capacity enhancement of rural land - especially arid.
- Limitations
The number of work-days is not very large due to lack of work. Acts provide for compulsory 100 days work. Only 10-
15% get 100 days work.
Now additional 50 days employment for tribals who have been granted land rights, provide they have no other
private land and they have already completed 100 days of work,
Act mandate payment in cash for people who are not offered work. But most dont know about such rule and even less
avail it.
Sometimes MGNREGA just replace existing work instead of creating alternative source of work.
- Suggestions
Planning for MGNREGA work so that work do not coincide with the peak agricultural periods

Innovative reforms
- Coal India will be broken up into smaller, state-specific units
with the respective state governments holding a stake in each of these
Benefits
state-level roadblocks to coal production are easily overcome,
Resulting in higher mining efficiency and higher production.
revival of power plants lying idle for want of coal
Plugging India's power deficit.
align the incentive of the states with the Centre
limitation
Not address a key roadblock; financially unsound state electricity boards (SEBs).

alternative
Instead of equity stake, assigning a share of their revenue to the respective SEBs will double the potential
benefits.
While retaining the core benefit of aligning state and central interests, it contributes directly to the financial
health of the respective SEB, allowing it to drive further growth in the sector.
maintain purity of ownership, which will be extremely important for ensuring professional management
- holding company for all public sector undertakings (PSUs)

Benefits
freeing PSUs from ministries,
encouraging professional management,
Diluting government stake in the holding company to raise the capital required for infrastructure and other
developmental initiatives.
Bottleneck - financing these initiatives in the absence of a robust financial sector will prove to be extremely
difficult.
- create a "Bad Bank"
which buys all impaired assets from the PSBs
benefits
all potential impediments to increasing the investment capacity of the economy and its financial sector are
removed, and
The potential multiplier significantly enhanced.
For this to work, the holding structure will need to be two-tiered, with a parent and subsidiary holding
companies. The subsidiary holding company would hold all PSU stakes and transfer the proceeds of any dilution
to the parent, which will use them to fund the "Bad Bank". The "Bad Bank" would be a distinct subsidiary and
would use these funds to buy impaired loans from PSBs, freeing them from the burden.
The Specified Undertaking for the Unit Trust of India could be used as the "Bad Bank" to avoid reinventing the
wheel and lowering costs.
Assets so acquired may then be allocated to existing asset reconstruction companies for recovery on an agency
basis, and the money recovered transferred back to the parent and used for developmental initiatives.
- unbundling the Food Corporation of India
Into three entities; one each for procurement, storage and distribution.
Distinct goals to focus on, bringing in efficiency.
Allowing states to manage some of the stages independently to achieve state-level participation.
procurement and distribution may be handed over entirely to states
CG retaining exclusive control over the storage entity, which will act as a clearing house.
Storage entity will reduce rotting and waste, targeting a major source of existing losses.
CG deciding MSP, states may increase this MSP from their own funds, but not reducing it.
Once procured, states transport food-grains to the nearest storage hub and get reimbursement from CG.
For distribution, the CG decides PDS price for each item with individual states free to sub-vent it.
States will place orders on a centralised portal for withdrawing grains from the storage entity and become liable to
pay the storage entity an amount based on the quantity withdrawn at the central PDS price.
With states becoming an integral part of procurement as well as distribution, interests of all stakeholders will be
aligned and costs managed more effectively.
A well-designed technology-enabled platform can serve to reduce misuse significantly.
Ultimate aim to end dependence on a government-run structure


Jobless growth no more

Since 2004-05, for the first time in the history of India, more workers have left agriculture for productive work in industry and
services
Higher than normal inflation, high current account deficit, a depreciating rupee and slowing GDP growth might hold true in recent
times. However, when it comes to employment, the facts are quite different as between 2009-10 and 2011-12, non-agricultural
employment grew rapidly.
Between 1999-2000 and 2004-05, National Sample Survey (NSS) data reveal that nearly 12 million joined the labour force.
However, the number of non-agricultural jobs created per annum was much lower 7.5 million. Non-agricultural employment
increased between 1999-2000 and 2004-05 (which coincides with the time the National Democratic Alliance was in power) by 37.5
million over the five-year period, i.e., 7.5 million new jobs in industry (manufacturing and construction) and services per annum.
Growth of non-agricultural jobs
The number of non-agricultural jobs between 2004-05 and 2011-12 increased by 52 million over seven years, i.e., by 7.5 million per
annum again. However, since 2004-05 fewer people joined the labour force. This meant that fewer people were looking for work,
but the number of non-agricultural jobs created was as many as before; the open unemployment rate fell.
The important point is that millions left agricultural work after 2004-05 on account of many new opportunities. Although 37
million persons left agriculture during the periods 2004-05 and 2011-12, they found work in non-agricultural activities, both rural
and urban. In comparison, 20 million new workers joined agriculture during 1999-2004. At Indias stage of development, more
workers joining agriculture at a time when agricultural productivity is very low is exactly the opposite of what is expected, since
agricultural productivity is already lower than comparator countries. Incomes fall when a sector has more workers than needed.
Development implies that workers leave agriculture for more productive work in industry and services, and total factor productivity
increases in the entire economy. Every developing country is supposed to undergo this structural transformation.
Since 2004-05, this transformation has been happening for the first time in the history of India. Of the 60 million additions to the
workforce between 1999-2000 and 2004-05, a third (20 million) joining agriculture indicated growing rural distress, on account of
the slow growth in agriculture between 1996 and 2005.
Agriculture has grown much faster since 2005. In fact, during the 11th Plan, agricultural output grew at 3.2 per cent per annum
(2007-12) on average, despite crippling drought in 2009-10. The share of agriculture in the workforce has been in decline for
decades (falling to 49 per cent in 2001-12). However, the absolute numbers in agriculture have always grown till 2004-05. So,
fewer workers were producing more output in agriculture, farm mechanisation increased, and productivity grew.
There was another development. Unskilled workers who left agriculture flocked to construction employment. Such employment
increased by only eight million (17 to 25.6 million) during 1999-2000 to 2004-05. But it grew sharply to 50 million by 2011-12. This
was an increase from under two million a year to seven million a year. While a part of this increase in construction employment was
in housing real estate, it was infrastructure (roads, bridges, airports, ports, energy projects) investment which drove most of the
employment growth.
Rural areas also saw significant growth in non-farm construction-related employment: government investment in rural housing for
the poor (Indira Awas Yojana) grew, as did rural roads and other rural construction investment (Pradhan Mantri Gram Sadak
Yojana and the Mahatma Gandhi National Rural Employment Guarantee Act). In addition, $475 billion worth of infrastructure
investment materialised during the 11th Plan period.
Increasing employment was accompanied by rising wages. Wages were stagnant between 1999-2000 and 2004-05, especially rural
wages. However, two factors drove wages upward after 2004-05. First, as a result of MGNREGA and rising minimum support
prices for government procured cereals, a floor wage was created in the rural areas. This along with an increasing demand for
labour in construction led to a tightening of the labour market, both rural and urban. This led to a knock-on effect on urban
unskilled wages as well. A second reason for the rise in wages for unskilled/semi-skilled workers was the demand for labour in
construction which is treated as non-manufacturing industry.
The prophecy of a recent CRISIL report that employment in industry will fall in the next five years, and that workers will go back to
agriculture is baseless. If anything, the 12th Plan projects an investment of $668 billion in infrastructure over 2012-2017, which
should sustain employment growth.
Growth in service jobs
Most importantly, services jobs grew by 11 million, and manufacturing employment increased by a remarkable nine million in two
years alone (2009-10 and 2011-12), although manufacturing employment fell in absolute terms by three million between 2004-05
and 2009-10. It is crucial to understand why non-agricultural employment has risen rapidly between 2009-10 and 2011-12. After
2004-05, demand for a number of consumer goods has grown sharply, which is reflected in the rise in consumption expenditure to
2011-12. This rise of consumption expenditure shows that the numbers of poor fell from 407 million (Tendulkar line) in 2004-05 to
356 million in 2009-10, and further to 269 million (2011-12).
For the first time in the history of India, there was a decline in the absolute numbers of the poor after 2004-05; until then for
nearly 30 years (1973-74 to 2004-5), there was a fall in the percentage, but not in the absolute numbers of the poor (322 million
poor in 1973-74 and 302 million poor in 2004-05, by the Lakdawala poverty line). The decline in poverty was driven by a rise in
real wages. This rise in real wages and an increase in consumption expenditure have driven demand for goods to the bottom of the
pyramid, as poor people have emerged out of poverty.
The new non-poor demand simple manufactured consumer goods: processed food (biscuits, milk), leather goods (shoes, sandals),
and furniture (plastic chairs/tables, wooden furniture), textiles, garments and mobiles. All these product areas and services saw a
dramatic increase in employment between 2009-10 and 2011-12, primarily because these simple, low-end products (at least those
consumed by the new non-poor) are produced in the unorganised sector, using labour-intensive methods.
A new inclusive dynamic is in place in the Indian economy, which is difficult to reverse. There is a feedback loop between
increasing demand, and production to meet that demand, that generates employment among those who will consume the products
that are produced.


DIRECT BENEFIT TRANSFER (DBT) -
- Aadhaar-enabled Payment System (AEPS)
- Jharkhand was one of five pilot States chosen for an Aadhaar-enabled payment system (AEPS). Beginning with Mahatma
Gandhi National Rural Employment Guarantee Act (MGNREGA) payments in select blocks in four districts in 2012, AEPS
added pension and scholarship schemes and the Janani Suraksha Yojana scheme in the second phase and extended to
three more districts in 2013.
- Nearly three years after the government began experimenting with Aadhaar-based payments in Jharkhand; it has still not
been able to start disbursing payments to beneficiaries at their doorstep as envisioned. The push towards getting
beneficiaries enrolled in Aadhaar continues in Jharkhand, but in several instances, this is done with the threat of
exclusion from existing benefits.
- A beneficiarys Aadhaar is seeded in the governments database. Banks carry out the same procedure for their account
holders. Banks then report the fact of the Aadhaar having been seeded to the National Payments Corporation of India
(NPCI) for mapping in its database. After all three steps have been completed; a beneficiary can electronically receive
the subsidy through an Aadhaar payment bridge system. Then, a banking correspondent, whether appointed by a bank or
a post office, acts as an automated teller machine (ATM) for the village or household by making the payment after
scanning the fingerprints of beneficiaries. Used in conjunction with a hand-held device/micro-ATM, this biometric system
functions as the personal identification number (PIN) of a beneficiary.
- In Jharkhand, there have been concerted enrolment drives since 2011, but the beneficiaries of various schemes with
Aadhaar and Aadhaar-mapped accounts constitute less than 20 per cent. The numbers are still too low to shift to AEPS,
say officials.
- In Ramgarh district, for instance, a model district as far as Aadhaar penetration is concerned, and where Aadhaar pilots
were launched in 2012, enrolment is over 82 per cent of the nine-lakh strong population. But the number of Aadhaar-
mapped accounts is 37,938, i.e., less than four per cent. Examining the numbers for individual schemes, in MGNREGA for
example the scheme in which the State government first started linking beneficiary details with Aadhaar of 1.91 lakh
workers in Ramgarh, only 21,110 have Aadhaar-mapped accounts, i.e., 11 per cent. The corresponding numbers are lower
in Ranchi and Hazaribagh also pilot districts at over seven per cent and five per cent respectively.
- Even after beneficiaries enrolled, they had to be physically located to collect their data, which took time. Banks neither
deployed staff to seed data at their end, nor did they forward mapping requests to NPCI, says N.N. Sinha, Principal
Secretary, and Information Technology.
- Slow switch to post offices
- The Bank of India, which has a sizeable network of branches in Jharkhand and was the first to migrate to an Aadhaar-
based platform, has been unable to rid the processes of glitches. For instance, none of the banking correspondents it
employed during pilots in Ranchi in the Tarup, Tigra and Purio panchayats in 2012 has been paid wages for over a year
now. Under the original plan, the correspondents were to earn two per cent of all transactions as commission. Ranchis
lead district manager S. Ghosal explains this by saying that technical errors were behind transactions not being reflected
in the banks Management Information System (MIS). As a result, invoices could not be prepared.
- Further, the two crucial elements of last-mile delivery a dense, interoperable network of banking correspondents, and
biometric devices such as micro-ATMs or tablets with fingerprint scanners are still not in place. The State Chief
Secretary, R.S. Sharma, previously the director-general, Unique Identification Authority of India (UIDAI), identified poor
cooperation from banks as being the main limiting factor. For banks, this is simply not a priority. They did not hire
banking correspondents or purchase micro-ATMs even after being granted an Rs.15, 000 subsidies from the government.
Banks were not interested at all.
- Taking cognisance of the tardy response from banks, and recognising that over two-thirds of beneficiaries in schemes such
as MGNREGA and pension plans hold post office accounts, the government now plans to start AEPS in post offices. On
October 2, 2013, the Union Minister for Rural Development, Jairam Ramesh, inaugurated Aadhaar-enabled payments by
micro-ATM in Lali panchayat on the outskirts of Ranchi.
- But since then when three MGNREGA workers were paid at the function only 15 workers have been paid using the
micro-ATM. The machine stopped working in mid-October. For six weeks, there was no replacement. Sometimes there is
no line (power failures), and at other times, no connectivity, says the officer at the post office, Jairam Mahto, while
taking the micro-ATM out of a cupboard in his office. Of 540 active MGNREGA workers, seeding was done for 190; the
figure was much lower for mapping. The government now plans to purchase 2,800 hand-held devices worth Rs.4.8 crore
for post offices.
- In Ranchi, senior officials say that while they still prefer the Aadhaar route because it allows interoperability the
linking of different UID-enabled databases they are now coming around to acknowledging that a majority of
beneficiaries still do not have Aadhaar-seeded and mapped accounts. Instead of biometrics, the government now plans to
start payments in post offices based on a system of one time password verification sent to the mobile phones of
beneficiaries registered on the databases of schemes.
- Disruptions for beneficiaries

there is another factor. The government may be beginning to search for alternatives to a biometrics-based, universal
database it had set out to create. However, in the rush to enroll and map accounts, beneficiaries already face the prospect
of being left out.
- In its interim order on September 23, 2013, the Supreme Court said that Aadhaar cannot be made mandatory to access
government schemes, but investigation reveals another story. In the implementation of individual schemes, Aadhaar has
de facto been made mandatory. In MGNREGA, for instance, when district officials found it difficult to locate workers
enrolled in the job scheme, they decided to focus on active workers those who had worked in the scheme in the last or
current year. Who was a genuine beneficiary or not was to be determined after holding gram Sabhas, but in Ranchi and
adjoining Khunti district this was seldom done.
- While seeding and freezing details, we could not find workers in remote areas such as Lapung. This lowered the
percentage of seeding. There was a lot of pressure. In some instances, the staff resorted to removing workers from the
MIS. I have received reports that workers in some villages resisted being deleted from lists when they found this out later,
says a district project officer in Ranchi. Records show that 2,211 workers cards were permanently deleted and 11,234
workers tagged as deleted i.e. the cards have been temporarily marked as deleted but could be used if the worker
applied afresh for work. Even those who reapply for work will have to submit their Aadhaar numbers or the EID, a
provisional number given at the time of enrolment in Aadhaar, or face the threat of being excluded from the job scheme.
- If among all districts in the State, Khunti has the highest ratio of 78 per cent of active MGNREGA workers, and whose
details are seeded with Aadhaar; beneficiaries have one person to thank for this Mr. Mukesh Kumar. Under his eagle
eye and guidance, senior officials set up a district control room for Aadhaar, went to panchayats to seed data manually and
hired local private computer centres to digitise the data when banks were reluctant to undertake this job. I organised
training sessions, met with panchayat representatives and explained that this is pavitra karya or sacred work since there is
no ulterior motive, says Mr. Kumar, who was the district collector till early February.
- There have been instances of coercion too. A letter by Mr. Kumar, as the Khunti Deputy Commissioner and dated January
25, 2014 to all block development officers (BDOs), says they would face showcause notices if Aadhaar seeding targets were
not met. The same day, letters by the Deputy Development Commissioner and Nodal Officer, Aadhaar, stopped salary
payments to all BDOs, panchayat sewaks and rozgar sewaks till further orders as they had failed to achieve 100 per cent
seeding.
- A few workers in Khunti say that unlike other workers, they have not received payments since January under the
electronic-Fund Management System, which is a transfer system, for work done last year. When a local activist and
MGNREGA member asked if this was because the beneficiaries did not have an Aadhaar or EID yet, they faced
harassment from officials. While block officials admit that delays may be because of seeding errors, workers say that they
have still not got their wages.
- In Belahati in Khunti, villagers say they have submitted photocopies of their Aadhaar documents a number of times,
spending up to Rs.100 on photocopies alone as it is mandatory now. It is the same situation in other districts. Aadhaar
has been made compulsory. The DC has said this in every meeting, says Mr. Ravi Kumar, rozgar sewak in the Jabra
panchayat of Chatra district. Every official asks us for Aadhaar. It is necessary whether it is for bank or post office
payments, says Mr. Jagai Lakda, a tribal farmer in Lali panchayat in Ranchi.
- A circular by the Ministry of Rural Development on February 12, 2014, that MGNREGA workers shall not be deprived of a
work opportunity if they do not have Aadhaar may be too little to address the uncertainty and disruptions on the ground.

DOMESTIC WORKERS
- 4.75 million in India
- Prejudice against domestic workers, which is institutionalised not just in informal work relations in individual households
but also in he organised domain if state and public policy
- The practice of untouchability perpetuate caste and the stigma associated with caste based labour.
- The theft is a fear not only for the employer but also for the worker
the mere allegation of theft can cause the loss of the job held as well as an end to work possibilities forever.
- Acknowlege home as work place instead of private space.
First step in taming that suspectibility of being humiliated or being subject to degraded treatment.


2. INCLUSIVE GROWTH AND ISSUES ARISING FROM IT.

3. GOVERNMENT BUDGETING.

BUDGET 2014-15 HIGHLIGHTS
For individuals
* Tax slab on personal income remains unchanged
* Income tax exemption limit raised by Rs 50,000 to Rs 2.5 lakh and for senior citizens to Rs 3 lakh
* Exemption limit for investment in financial instruments under 80C raised to Rs 1.5 lakh from Rs 1 lakh.
* Investment limit in PPF raised to Rs 1.5 lakh from Rs 1 lakh
* Deduction limit on interest on loan for self-occupied house raised to Rs 2 lakh from Rs 1.5 lakh.
* Kisan Vikas Patra to be reintroduced, National Savings Certificate with insurance cover to be launched
* Long term capial gain tax for mutual funds doubled to 20 pc; lock-in period increased to 3 years
* Mandatory wage ceiling of subscription to EPS (Employee Pension Scheme) raised from Rs 6,500 to Rs 15,000
* Minimum pension increased to Rs 1,000 per month
* LCD, LED TV become cheaper
* Cigarettes, pan masala, tobacco, aerated drinks become costlier
New projects
* 5 IIMs
* 5 IITs.
* 4 AIIMS like institutions
* 'Digital India programme to ensure broad band connectivity at village level
* Kisan TV for farmers, Arun Prabha TV for northeast.
* National Rural Internet and Technology Mission for services in villages and schools, training in IT skills proposed
* Ultra Modern Super Critical Coal Based Thermal Power Technology
* river Ganga project called Jal Marg Vikas for inland waterways between Allahabad and Haldia
* EPFO to launch the Uniform Account Number Service for contributing members.
* Neeranchal to give impetus to watershed development.
* Beti Bachao, Beti Padhao Yojana to generate awareness and help in improving the efficiency of delivery of welfare services meant
for women.
* Free Drug Service and Free Diagnosis Service to achieve Health For All
* Two National Institutes of Ageing to be set up at AIIMS, New Delhi and Madras Medical College, Chennai.

Allocations
* 600 new and existing Community Radio Stations
* Swachh Bharat Abhiyan to cover every household with sanitation facility by the year 2019
* metro projects in Lucknow and Ahmedabad
* Integrated Ganga Conservation Mission called Namami Gange
* increasing safety of women in large cities
* project of developing 100 Smart Cities.
* PSU banks capitalisation
* rehabilitation of displaced Kashmiri migrants
* Pradhan Mantri Krishi Sinchayee Yojna for assured irrigation.

Economic initiatives
* Composite cap of foreign investment to be raised to 49 per cent in Defence and Insurance sectors.
* Requirement of the built up area and capital conditions for FDI reduced to 20,000 square metres and USD 5 million respectively
for development of smart cities.
* Manufacturing can sell its products through retail including Ecommerce platforms.
* Requirement to infuse Rs.2,40,000 crore as equity by 2018 in our banks to be in line with Basel-III norms PSUs will invest through
capital investment a total sum of Rs. 2,47,941 crores.
* increase flow of cheaper credit for affordable housing to the urban poor/EWS/LIG segment.
* Govt in favour of consolidation of PSU banks
* Govt considering giving greater autonomy to PSU banks while making them accountable

The numbers
* Government expects Rs 9.77 lakh crore revenue crore from taxes
* Plan expenditure pegged at Rs 5.75 lakh crore and non-plan at Rs 12.19 lakh crore.
* Fiscal deficit target retained at 4.1 pc of GDP for current fiscal and 3.6 pc in FY 16
* Disinvestment target fixed at Rs 58,425 crore
* Gross borrowings pegged at Rs 6 lakh crore
* Contours of GST to be finalised this fiscal; Govt to look into DTC proposal.

Administrative reforms
* Committee to look into all fresh tax demands for indirect transfer of assets in wake of retrospective tax amendments of 2012
* Expenditure management commission to be setup; will look into food and fertilizer subsides
* Legislative and administrative changes to sort out pending tax demands of more than Rs. 4 lakh crore under dispute and litigation.
* New Urea Policy would be formulated.
* More productive, asset creating and with linkages to agriculture and allied activities wage employment would to be provided under
MGNREGA.
* A committee will to examine and recommend how unclaimed amounts with PPF, Post Office, saving schemes etc. can be used to
protect and further financial interests of the senior citizens
* Slum development to be included in the list of Corporate Social Responsibility
* Committee to examine the financial architecture for MSME Sector, remove bottlenecks and create new rules and structures to be
set up and give concrete suggestions in three months.
* An institution to provide support to mainstreaming PPPPs called 4PIndia to be set up with a corpus of Rs. 500 crores.

BUDGET ANALYSIS
- Budget is more than a statement of accounts. It is a policy statement.
- A budget can be analysed from three standpoints.
Fiscal deficit shows impact of budget on the economy. It will indicate how expansionary the fiscal policy is.
expenditure pattern - This gives us an idea of the expenditure priorities of the government.
tax design - which affects the tax payers ability and willingness to save and invest.
- Fiscal deficit
committed to fiscal consolidation.
Stick to fiscal deficit of 4.1% of GDP
commitment to reduce to 3.6% in next fiscal and to 3% the year after.
to be achieved by raising the tax/GDP ratio in next 4 years.
role of fiscal deficit
high fiscal deficit leads to growing debt and interest payments burder grow larger.
2013-14, interest payments constituted 45.5% of the net tax-revenue of the Centre.
high borrowing by the government reduces the space available for the private sector.
savings in financial assets of the household sector (the only surplus sector) around 10% of GDP.
combined fiscal deficit of the Centre and States 6% of GDP is reasonable
budget 2014-15 assumption for tax revenue growth 19.8%.
Expected Real GDP grow between 5.4% and 5.9%.
It implies increase in nominal income around 13% i.e. high level of inflation.
With this rise in nominal income, the expected tax buoyancy is around 1.4
Tax buoyancy - indicator to measure efficiency and responsiveness of revenue mobilization in response to
growth in the GDP or NI. A tax is said to be buoyant if the tax revenues increase more than proportionately in
response to a rise in national income or output
Why achieving fiscal target is difficult
tax concessions - reduction in the tax revenue of Rs.9,000 crore.
Increased Expenditures around Rs.31,000 crore.
Target of substantial increase in non tax revenue
Disinvestment is pegged at Rs.63,000 crore.
Dividend contribution from RBI is expected to goes up by Rs. 13,000 crore.
- Expenditure patterns
caution needed
governments investment expenditure should not be spread out thin over several projects.
public sector investment can be a catalyst for private investment. Therefore, utilising funds available to complete
existing projects must take priority.
Key initiatives
allocation of Rs.37,880 crore for road development
initiative to set up a venture capital fund for start-ups
several measures aimed at stimulating private investment such as FDI
budget emphasis reducing subsidies from 2.3% on GDP last year to 2% in the current year and 1.7% and 1.6% in
the next few years. But there are no specific action points. For example, it says With rising fuel subsidy, there is a
need to cap the subsidised cylinders at a more realistic level. But no concrete plan is mentioned.
suggestions
allow banks to float long-term bonds which may be utilised for long-term lending for capital expenditures.
revive the earlier system of development finance institutions
We have moved over to the universal banking system from this model
This worked reasonably well but fail to develop capital market and make available sufficient equity and
debt funds for long-term capital expenditure.
- tax proposals
clarifying and introducing transparency, as in the case of transfer pricing.
A low withholding tax on all bonds issued by Indian corporates abroad.
Lowering the limit for investment allowance.
incentives for the promotion of savings.

FISCAL RESPONSIBILITY AND BUDGET MANAGEMENT ACT
- revenue deficit as nil (total revenue expenditure not exceeding total revenue receipts by even a single rupee) and
- the fiscal deficit as less than 3 per cent of GDP
New borrowing of the government in a financial year cannot exceed 3 per cent of the countrys GDP for that year.


BUDGET FORMULATION PROCESS
- Four distinct phases.
1. Budget formulation: the preparation of estimates of expenditure and receipts for the ensuing financial year;
2. budget enactment: approval of the proposed Budget by the Legislature through the enactment of Finance Bill and
Appropriation Bill;
3. budget execution: enforcement of the provisions in the Finance Act and Appropriation Act by the governmentcollection
of receipts and making disbursements for various services as approved by the Legislature; and
4. Legislative review of budget implementation: audits of governments financial operations on behalf of the Legislature.
- Budget division - department of economic affairs - Ministry of Finance.
Process of formulation start in the months of AugustSeptember by annual budget circular.
Contains detailed instructions for the Union government ministries / departments relating to the form and
content of the statement of budget estimates to be prepared by them.
Estimates, revised estimates and actual
ministries provide three different kinds of figures
Budget estimates-for budget period (2015-16). will sought Parliament approval
Ministries will provide budget estimates for plan expenditure only after discussing their respective plan
schemes with the Central Planning Commission.
PC depends on the finance ministry to first arrive at the size of the gross budgetary support.
Revised estimates - for the ongoing financial year (2014-15). not seek approval from Parliament
Revised estimates would allow the government to reallocate its funds among various ministries based
on the implementation of the budget during the first six months of financial year.
Actual - actual receipts and expenditures for the previous financial year 2013-14.
Revenue estimation
Revenue-earning ministries provide the estimates for their revenue receipts in the current fiscal year (revised
estimates) and next fiscal year (budget estimates) to the finance ministry.
With an idea about the total requirement of resources to meet expenditures in the next fiscal year, the finance
ministry focuses on the revenue receipts for the next fiscal.
Finance minister examines the budget proposals prepared by the ministry and makes changes in them, if required.
The finance minister consults the prime minister, and also briefs the Union Cabinet, about the budget at this stage. If
there is any conflict between any ministry and the finance ministry with regard to the budget, the matter is supposed
to be resolved by the Cabinet.
Budget division in the finance ministry consolidates all figures to be presented in the budget and prepares the final
budget documents.
The National Informatics Centre (NIC) helps the budget division in the process of consolidation of the budget data,
which has been fully computerised.
At the end of this process, the finance minister takes the permission of the president of India for presenting the Union
budget to Parliament.
- Constitution
The Union budget is to be presented in the Lok Sabha on such a day as the president may direct.
By convention, Union budget has been presented in Lok Sabha by the finance minister on the last working day of the
month of February every year.
The finance minister, by convention, makes a speech while introducing the budget.
The annual financial statement is laid on the table of Rajya Sabha only after the finance minister concludes his budget
speech in Lok Sabha.
The budget documents are made available to the members of Parliament after the finance bill has been introduced in
Lok Sabha, and the House has been adjourned for the day.

FISCAL CONSOLIDATION
- Fiscal Responsibility and Budget management Act, 2003
- How to increase Revenue
come up with innovative ideas for new sources of non-tax revenue such as
o The Investor Protection Fund and the cess on coal and diesel.
o Raising revenue from assets lying idle such as plantations and auction of natural resources.
o New non-tax revenue sources fall within States jurisdiction. For instance, auctions for car VIP registration
numbers.
o Innovative user charges on public services such as for assured uninterrupted power supply.
o Tax agricultural income if it is less than 25 per cent of the total taxable income of an individual.
A major expenditure reform to curb fiscal deficit is a graded move from subsidies to direct benefit transfers. This
could result in about 20 per cent savings on the subsidy bill.


INTERIM BUDGET 2014-15
- Fiscal Deficit Target - 4.1%.
- Target to bring down deficit to 3 % of GDP by 2016-17.
- Skepticism
Window dressing - subsidies getting rolled over into next year and taking credit for dividends that would normally
accrue next year - have improved public finance for this year but correspondingly made the task of the next finance
minister that much more difficult.
Critics that deficit has been pegged down by cutting down on productive capital expenditure even while leaving the
subsidies untouched.


GOALS OF PRO-GROWTH BUDGET:
(a) Boosting business and investor confidence
(b) Facilitating the flow of debt and equity capital to businesses and banks; and
(c) Re-orienting government spending from consumption to investment.

PLAN AND NON-PLAN EXPENDITURE
- 14th Finance Commission (FC) might propose to abolish distinction.
- Reduce the role of the PC, with the finance ministry deciding all allocations.
- The estimates of Plan allocation are decided by the PC; the finance ministry decides non-Plan expenditure without
reference to the Commission.
- Plan expenditure, originally meant as development expenditure, is spent on government programmes and flagship
schemes. It had led to excessive focus on so-called Plan expenditures, with a corresponding neglect of items such as
maintenance, which is classified as non-Plan
- Non-Plan expenditure includes spending on defence, subsidies and devolution to states
- The Rangarajan committee also recommended the same in 2011
- The government wants to remove the distinction between the two as it has become dysfunctional and an obstacle in
outcome-based budgeting
- Once the distinction is removed, the PC might look at guiding the overall development priorities, setting of outcome
targets and review of performance of departments. The PC can evaluate schemes and suggest sectoral expenditure.
- Budgetary allocations, Plan and non-Plan, will be handled by the finance ministry

TAX REFORMS
- Parthasarathi Shome Commission
Tax Administration Reform Commission
Recommandation
Revenue Secretary - abolition of the post of Revenue Secretary,
Suggested a governing council, headed by a chairperson of the two Boards, by rotation, and with
participation from outside the government, to be set up at the apex level to oversee the functioning of the
two Boards.
Functions of the Department of Revenue should be allocated to the two boards (CBDT and CBEC). This
would empower the tax departments to carry out their assigned responsibilities efficiently.
CBDIT - merger of the Central Board of Direct Taxes (CBDT) and the Central Board of Excise and Customs
(CBEC),
Embark on selective convergences immediately to achieve better tax governance and in next five yrs, move
towards a unified management structure with a common board for direct and indirect taxes, called the
Central Board of Direct and Indirect Taxes.
PAN develop PAN as a common business identification number, to be used by other government departments
also such as customs, central excise, service tax, Directorate General of Foreign Trade (DEFT) and Employees
Provident Fund Organisation (EPFO).
Retrospective - avoid retrospective amendments to tax laws
Results in protracted disputes, apart from having deeply harmful effects on investment sentiment and the
macroeconomy.
Income + wealth - income tax return should also include wealth tax details
Refund - separate budget allocation to ensure time bound tax refund and
TDS - a passbook scheme for TDS (tax deduction at source).
Autonomy - tax administration should be provided greater functional and financial autonomy and independence
from governmental structures.
Evalution - Independent Evaluation Office to monitor the performance of tax administration, promote
accountability, evaluate the impact of tax policies and assess all factors that affect tax administration
Tax council - to develop a common tax policy, analysis and legislation for both direct and indirect taxes
headed by the chief economic advisor in the finance ministry
Review - rule, regulation and other tax policy measure such as exemptions should be reviewed periodically to see
whether they remain relevant to the contemporary socio-economic conditions and meet the changing
requirements
Service delivery - dedicated organisation for delivery of taxpayer services with customer focus and made a strong
case for "pre-filled tax returns".
A minimum of 10 per cent of the tax administration's budget must be spent for information and
communication technology-based taxpayer services.
4. MAJOR CROPS CROPPING PATTERNS IN VARIOUS PARTS OF THE COUNTRY, DIFFERENT TYPES OF IRRIGATION AND
IRRIGATION SYSTEMS STORAGE, TRANSPORT AND MARKETING OF AGRICULTURAL PRODUCE AND ISSUES AND
RELATED CONSTRAINTS; E-TECHNOLOGY IN THE AID OF FARMERS

Agriculture / Rural development

The Agricultural Bio-security Bill, 2013
Highlights of the Bill
The Bill establishes the Agricultural Bio security Authority of India (ABAI) to protect plants, animals and related products
from pests and diseases to ensure agricultural bio security.
ABAI will regulate imports and exports of plants and animals, as well
as their inter-state movement. Imports and exports of plants and
animals shall only be allowed if they are issued permits by the
respective authority in the originating country or by ABAI,
respectively.
ABAI will also conduct surveillance of pests and diseases in the
country, undertake pest risk analysis, and interact with research
institutes and state governments on plant and animal protection.
ABAI may notify quarantine pests. It may also declare an area as a
controlled area if it is suspected of being infested with pests. It shall communicate the measures to be taken by the state
government.
If a state government fails to take the required measures, ABAI can take necessary steps to eradicate or contain a
quarantine pest in a controlled area. The state government shall reimburse ABAI with the costs incurred for such
purposes.
The central government may declare a bio security emergency on the recommendation of ABAI in case of a pest or disease
outbreak.
ABAI shall discharge international obligations under various international trade, sanitary and phytosanitary agreements.
Key Issues and Analysis
Currently, import, export, quarantine, and the inter-state spread of plant and animal diseases are regulated by various
entities under different laws. These functions will be subsumed under the proposed ABAI.
Other countries have established bio security systems similar to the one proposed under the Bill. Most of them have
established national authorities that regulate imports, exports, quarantine and inter-state movement of plants and
animals.
The Standing Committee examining the Bill recommended a higher representation of states in ABAI. It also
recommended removing the requirement for states to reimburse ABAI for measures taken by it to contain a quarantine
pest or disease.

Image Credit: www.pdmis.dacnet.nic.in


SYSTEM OF RICE INTENSIFICATION (SRI)
- a new rice transplant method of boosting yield of rice (a key kharif crop)
- METHODOLOGY
Under SRI, rice seedlings, less than 15 days old with just two leaves, are planted singly and spaced optimally to permit
more growth of roots and canopy. Seedlings are removed and relocated when young to avoid trauma to roots and
minimise transplant shock.
It involves only reorganising the way in which available resources are managed.
new green grassroots revolution
not dependent on purchased inputs
Under SRI,
farmers transplant young, single seedlings, spacing them widely in a grid pattern, while keeping soil moist
and fertile, but not flooded.
Soil aeration is ensured by regular weeding both manually and by specially designed Cono Weeders.
Compost and other sources of organic nutrients are preferred over fertilizers to enrich soil biota.
- BENEFITS
This technique requires less water and seeds, and increases yield on any type of land.
Through SRI, we can get five times more paddy production,
giving impetus to more crop per drop practices.
ability to save water while raising yields in a cost-effective manner.
raise rice yields to about 8 tonnes per hectare (the current national average is 2.1 tons)
not require new varieties,
reduced fertilizers and agrochemicals,
reduce water requirement by half.
If use best practices, 15-20 tonnes per hectare.
climate-smart agriculture
lower costs, improvement in soil health, and the capacity to withstand biotic (pest and disease) and abiotic
(climatic) pressures.
Used by 50 plus countries demostrating benefits of 30-50 per cent decrease in water use
no patents, royalties or licensing fees only the farmer benefits from SRI.

- APPLICATION
60 % rice area - irrigated
guzzling disproportionately large volumes of water
16 % global population
4% worlds freshwater resources.
Andhra Pradesh, Odisha, Tripura and Bihar have made SRI a part of their farm policy
In India
first tried in Tamil Nadu in 2000-01
Tamil Nadu
With scientific and extension support from Tamil Nadu State University
area under SRI management - half of the States rice area.
Tripura- half of States rice area.
Bihar - 10 per cent of the States rice area.
For small and marginal farmers, SRI would be beneficial because of reduced input requirement.
spirit of SRI more from less: Beej kam, saar kam, jal kam, aushadh kam, kharcha kam, phalan bishi, aay
bishi (lesser inputs in seed, fertilizer, water, pesticides, costs, with increased output and incomes).
first Green Revolution of the mid-1960s
improving yields through breeding new traits,
using agrochemicals to enhance soil nutrients and
providing assured irrigation.
resulted in adverse ecological effects
- Constraintws
labour-intensive
possibilities of linking it with theMNREGA.
more weeding, on-farm water control, and organic fertilizer application.
works can be taken up on private farms of small and marginal farmers.
- Other applications
crops like wheat, sugarcane, millets, potato and rapeseed-mustard,
referred to as the System of Crop Intensification (SCI).
Wider adoption of SRI/SCI techniques will have implications for institutional arrangements such as canal and tube
well irrigation system management, markets for inputs and agricultural commodities.
- a dedicated band of innovative farmers, grassroots non-governmental organisations, development professionals, committed
academics and researchers valiantly labouring on SRI.

SOVEREIGN SEEDS - seed varieties that have been conserved through generations.

SEED SAVING MOVEMENT - Jardhar, Uttarakhand
Beej Bachao Andolan - Vijay Jardhari
Barahnaja (Bara Anaaj) - old tradition of seed saving involving 12 grains/seeds
Some of these are resistant to droughts, floods and pests, thus ensuring some output even at times of major
distress or natural calamity.
Best and lost ancient seed varieties.

GM CROPS
- BT COTTON AND BT BRINJAL
BT refers to Bacillus Thuringenesis soil bacterium from which the genes are introduced into the native cotton and
brinjal varieties to create pest resistant variety.
Farmers complaining against introducing such GM cotton, Brinjal (stopped after initial intro) as they are causes for
increasing farmer suicides in Karnataka, Vidharbha region. High input cost of seeds, genetic erosion of local varieties,
farmers dependence on private seed companies are said to be the reasons.


- Farmers Demands-
To be treated on a par with agriculture researchers for minimum income security.
Impress upon government the need to promote diversity conservation and prevent bio-piracy and corporate
monopolization.
- Risk related to GM Crop
Commercial monopolies in agriculture - wherever GM Crops are linked to intellectual property rights or commercial
contracts.
Impact on health (toxicity) and the environment.
Biosafety.
The stability of the inserted gene
Nutritional effect associated with genetic modification
Any unintended effects which could result from the gene Insertion.
Autonomy of farmers affected because the seeds of these tech crops are monopolized and are marketed by big private
firms. If he is unable/does not provide us the requisite seeds, we have a problem.
Genetic erosion of our local varieties.
Loss of regenerating capacity of seeds so complete dependence on GM seed companies.
- Argument in support of GM crops
The past 10 years saw a much better growth of close to four per cent in agriculture amid more volatile weather
conditions when compared to the preceding decade.
Four key areas where quick action was needed to boost agriculture
Use of technology
Better policy framework in trade and marketing
Enabling infrastructure and
Social subsidy related policies.
- VASUDEV ACHARYA COMMITTEE
- SUPREME COURT TECHNICAL EXPERT COMMITTEE- KEY RECOMMENDED
stopping all ongoing open field trials on such crops for 10 years
reassessment of the Biosafety data that is generated by field trials;
ensuring there is no conflict of interest (that is, those tasked with evaluating the bio-safety of GM crops are
themselves not stakeholders in promoting such crops);
a ban on outsourcing or subcontracting field trials; and
ensuring that crops being considered for testing be evaluated by rodent-feeding trials
Criticism - field trials are necessary to generate biosafety data.
So instead of blindly opposing, more research work should be allowed in terms of number of trials. Further work
on two fronts has to happen concurrently - work on science must happen as well as efforts should go to
strengthen approval protocols.
- GEAC - Genetic Engineering Appraisal Committee - the statutory appraisal arm of the Environment Ministry.

- GM CROP Approval Procedure
1 - Validation by the GEAC
2 - Approved by the Union Environment and Forests Minister (MoEF).
3 - Final nod from states as agriculture is a state subject.

- Biotechnology Regulatory Authority of India Bill, 2013 - lapse due to dissolution of Lok Sabha
- Solution
Public - Private Partnership
Public Sector Institutions should concentrate on the development of high yielding and disease resistant varieties
Private sector will only produce hybrids whose seeds will have to be brought every year by farmers.
Nutritional Security - balanced diets (both Macro and micro - nutrients), sanitation, clean drinking water, primary
health care and nutrition literacy.
Macro-Nutrients : NFSA - provide necessary calories
Micro-Nutrients : Protein hunger and Hidden hunger - attention required
Bio-fortification - is the idea of breeding crops to increase their nutritional value.
This can be done either through conventional selective breeding, or through genetic engineering.
Biofortification differs from ordinary fortification because it focuses on making plant foods more nutritious as
the plants are growing, rather than having nutrients added to the foods when they are being processed.
These are developed by selection and breeding.
Example - iron rich bajra, yellow flesh sweet potato, drumstick, amla, breadfruits etc.







E-TECHNOLOGY IN THE AID OF FARMERS

NUCLEAR IRRADIATION TECHNOLOGY
To increase the shelf life of fruit and vegetables, particularly that of onions and potatoes.
enable to meet its supply shortage during lean seasons.
In between July and October, shortage of onions, potatoes and tomatoes.
Bhabha Atomic Research Centre (BARC) and Deptt of Atomic Research
Working on application of radiation technology improving the shelf life of onions and potatoes
Can establish such irradiation plants alongside Central Warehousing Corporation and FCI warehouses mainly those
situated around metro cities
- Current usage
Two plants
Vashi for spices
Lasalgaon for onions
These plants help in storage through this technology and ensure supplies during the lean season
safety and regulatory issues
technology has been approved by the Atomic Energy Regulatory Commission and there are no safety issues.


12th Agricultural Science Congress
- by National Academy of Agricultural Sciences (NAAS)
promoting ecologically sustainable, economically vibrant and socially equitable agriculture
- At National Dairy Research Institute (NDRI), Karnal during February, 2015.
- The theme Sustainable Livelihood Security for Small Holder Farmers.
- technological strength in practising profitable agriculture, attuned to social and environmental milieu
- Family farming
2014 is Year of Family Farming (IYFF) based on the significant contributions made by family farmers towards
enhancing agricultural production and reducing rural poverty. It is experiencing new challenges due to globalization
and trade liberalization.
need is to make agriculture more exciting and rewarding for family farms so that self-employed workers in agriculture
are not pushed to move out to non agriculture under distress
The approach of Family Farms is Farm, Feed & Flourish.
family farming
Promote biofortified crop in nutrition gardens and agro-forestry systems
Converting family farms into nutria-farms.
Goal of combating hunger by achieving the Zero Hunger Challenge by 2025.


SOFTWARE APPLICATION TO USE TEXT-TO-SPEECH (TTS)
- Currently used for visually challenged people in the context of text-to-speech software (TTS), now application will use
TTS to help out farmers.
- The Sandesh Pathak application, an Indian language SMS Reader, will enable SMS messages to be read out loud, for the
benefit of farmers who may have difficulty in reading. It takes the received SMS message as input and reads it out aloud.
- available for download from the Appstore of the Mobile Seva Project of government of India,
- It supports five Indian languages Hindi, Tamil, Marathi, Gujarathi and Telugu. It also has options to select the language
and speed of the voice as normal, slow, slower, fast and faster.
- It uses the text-to-speech synthesis systems developed by the Indian Language TTS Consortium.
- The app is part of the project launched by the Indian Government to help farmers read messages which may be of the
following types: advice to solve farming problems insect, disease, fertilizer or weed management; information on
weather such as forecasts; and updates on latest technology for improving yield and much more.
- In Phase two, where the plan is to develop it in 13 languages, including Malayalam, Kannada, Rajasthani, Assamese,
Manipuri, Odia and Bodo and also 13 flavours of English (with regional accents).

RURAL E-CONNECTIVITY
- two major target
broadband connectivity across the length and breadth of rural India and
electronics manufacturing.
Develop semiconductor wafer fabrication manufacturing facilities.
once a fabrication facility is established, India is going to expand enormously in everything from chip design
to manufacturing,
he said and added that the government was looking at creating STPI-like structure to further incentivise this
sector.
developing e-education and e-healthcare products to spur a demand for broadband.
The Northeast has a large English-speaking talent pool which can be tapper to take IT and BPOs beyond the
Bangalore-Hyderabad-Mumbai-Pune circles, and to tier-II cities.
Hinderance
tax structures and regulatory hurdles
skills gap when it comes to new technologies.



5. ISSUES RELATED TO DIRECT AND INDIRECT FARM SUBSIDIES AND MINIMUM SUPPORT PRICES; PUBLIC
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM OBJECTIVES, FUNCTIONING, LIMITATIONS, REVAMPING; ISSUES OF BUFFER STOCKS AND
FOOD SECURITY; TECHNOLOGY MISSIONS;

SUBSIDY REFORMS
- To lower wasteful expenditure and release such funds for creation of capital assets.
- Gradually increase prices of cooking gas, Diesel and urea.
- carryover of subsidies "unpaid bills" - Rs 1,15,000 crore
- The total subsidy requirement in 2014-15 could be Rs 2.5 lakh crore, including a provision of Rs 1.15 lakh crore for food
subsidy. If arrears of Rs 1.15 crore towards food, fertiliser and fuel subsidy are also included, the burden would be Rs 3.6
crore.

NFSA - NATIONAL FOOD SECURITY ACT
- Offers 5 kg per person a month of cereals namely Rice, Wheat and Coarse grains at highly subsidized prices to more than
the bottom two-thirds of the population.
- Financial subsidies involved are estimated to be Rs. 1.15 lakh crore a year.
Limitation
Hugh financial burden on economy
Twice than Indias poverty gap, the cost of pushing all households above the poverty line if cash transfers
were used instead.
FCI incurs huge costs on holding procured foodgrains.
Regressive subsidy -
Not-so-poor are already consuming 5 kg of cereal so they would substitute their earlier consumption
expenditure with subsidized consumption and save money equivalent to direct cash subsidy.
Poor are consuming less than 5kg. They will not get substitution benefits. Which means real worth of
subsidy benefit will be lesser than equivalent direct cash subsidy.
So poor will receive less benefit than not-so-poor.
Less targeted as poorest are not specifically prioritized.

- Challenges
Identifying the poor is likely to remain a problem particularly for the urban areas.
75% rural, so most of the poor would be covered. But only 50% urban, risk of exclusion.
PDS covers less than half of the households cereal budget, if the expansion of NFSA affects cereal prices it will impact
all households, even those covered by NFSA - As 5 kg accounts for 50% of the total grain consumption.
Inter-state disparities will continue to persist. 85% people purchase form PDS in south but 40% only in north states.

- PDS cards - 3
Above Poverty Line (APL)
Below Poverty Line (BPL)s
Antyodaya Anna Yojana Cardholders (AAJ)

- PDS Targeting
Central Government - decides on the proportion of a states population that is eligible for BPL status
State Government - identify which particular households should get which card using their own criteria.

- Reforms Alternative
Direct unconditional income transfer i.e. Direct Cash Transfer
Favourable point
Not regressive
Better targeted
High cost of distribution of cereals through PDS can be avoided.
Benefit compliance and complete benefit delivery can be ensured.
Removal of middlemen and control red-tape.


Limitation
Less awareness of bank accounts or other money solution among poorest.
Higher graft and corruption potential
Inflation and other regional price changes would reduce real subsidy benefits
Chances of diversion of subsidy for non-food consumptions.

Coarse Grains targeted NFSA
This reform propagate that subsidy should only be provided for coarse grains like jowar, bajra and ragi.
The millet group includes sorghum (jowar), pearl millet (bajra) and several small grain cereals such as finger
millet (ragi), foxtail millet (kangni) kodo millet (kodo), proso millet (cheena), barnyard millet (sawan) and little
millet (kutki).
Favourable points
Less financial burden - as Coarse grains are cheaper and highly consumed by poor people and better
targeting. They can provide both food and fodder, and do not require much labour and cash inputs to grow.
Hardy, drought-tolerant and heat-resistant crops that generally do not succumb to pests and diseases, and
are suited for cultivation in rain-dependent farms.
Nutrition and health - same as rice and wheat and some more nutritious. They are high on proteins, calcium,
iron and rich source of fibre, minerals and Vitamin B-complex. Pearl millet (Bajra) has the highest content of
macro as well as micro nutrients such as iron, zinc, magnesium, phosphorus, folic acid and riboflavin. Finger
millet (Ragi) has an exceptionally high content of calcium.
Reduce poverty among relatively poor farmers in arid zones engaged in the cultivation of coarse grains by
increasing demand.
More production as semi-arid and arid land will come under cultivation due to increased demand of coarse
grains. Further yield of coarse grain is increasing more than rice and wheat.
Better targeting as not-so-poor who are not much need of subsidy would not substitute their dieting habit
and voluntarily opt out of programme.
Less corruption as diverting coarse grain would not be economically beneficial due to not ready and
demanding market as they as inferior goods are mostly consumed by poor and they would be receiving them
free of cost.
Easy acceptability among poor as it is their habitual diets further it would not be regressive as substitution
benefit would be available to large extent.
Water conservation as they are hard and can flourish in relatively dry weather.
Environment conservation high efficiency in converting solar energy into biomass and edible grains through
photosynthesis. Coarse Grain (Millets) belongs to the topmost C4 category of plants in terms of
photosynthesis efficiency, while wheat and rice are in the C3 category. Millet is very good at sequestering
carbon. It, therefore, lessens the environment's total load of greenhouse gases and contributes to mitigating
climate change.


Limitation
Not sufficient production
Some have strong preference for wheat or rice would not accept it.
Solution
Gradual reform - initially increase entitlement of Coarse grains to 6 kg while keeping rice and wheat at 5 kg
only.
Provide policy support to coarse grain production.
Create procurement and distribution network for coarse grain
Later on reduce entitlement of rice and wheat gradually.

Efforts for millet production

Initiative for nutritional security through intensive millet promotion
Aimed at evolving and introducing more productive technologies for raising millet output and
encouraging value-addition through processing.
public-private partnership programme
For popularising millet as health food and developing value chains from production to consumption
stages.
It aims to ensure market-driven production and processing of millet to churn out wholesome
convenient foods.
ITC uses its "e-Choupal" infrastructure to rope in farmers and entrepreneurs in setting up and operating
millet-based value chains. Hundreds of farmers in Maharashtra and Andhra Pradesh are now
cultivating millet with modern technology.

- Other Food Security schemes
TN - Amma Unavagam
Amma Salt
Amma Drinking Water


- As the Minister for Food, Public Distribution and Consumer Affairs, Lok Janshakti Party leader Ramvilas Paswan faces
the daunting task of rolling out the ambitious Food Security Act and ensuring availability of food commodities to keep
prices under check.
- Proper storage of foodgrains is another challenge the Minister will have to tackle.
- Speaking to journalists after taking charge on Tuesday, the 68-year-old leader from Bihar said his top priorities would be
to contain price rise in essentials, improve public distribution system, create adequate storage capacity for food grains and
ensure minimum support price to farmers for their produce.
- I have just assumed office. In the next one week, I will discuss important issues such as PDS, Food Corporation of India
godowns and ensuring minimum support price to farmers with Food and Consumer Affairs secretaries and then fix
priorities, he said. The aim of the National Democratic Alliance government was to tackle corruption and inflation, he
added.
- Mr. Paswan will have to grapple with the supply side of food commodities which is the responsibility of the Department of
Consumer Affairs. Last fiscal, the country faced a supply-demand imbalance in onions, tomatoes and some other
commodities especially before the Delhi elections resulting in huge price escalation in these commodities.
- This year, already the cost of milk, pulses, wheat, and wheat products among other commodities is up.
- A seasoned politician, Mr. Paswan is known to have the knack of being on the right side of national coalitions which had
kept him in office since 1996 except during the United Progressive Alliance-II.
- The Hajipur MP has served under several Prime Ministers and handled various portfolios, including Labour, Railways,
Chemicals and Fertilizers, Communications and Coal. He quit the NDA government in 2002 over Godhra riots.

FOOD PRODUCTION IN INDIA
- India is top producer of milk, fruits, vegetables, eggs and fish.
- Worlds 2
nd
largest - international Terminal market for fruits, vegetables, flowers, dairy products at Ganaur, Sonipat -
Haryana
- 2013-14 forecast - 264 million tonnes
- Highest -
1
st
-Wheat
2
nd
- Rice

WHEAT PRODUCTION
- Wheat production in India, the world's second largest grower, at 93.5 mt in the previous year.
- Likely to be low due to poor quality of the crop having higher moisture content following recent unseasonal rains.
- Low wheat procurement would not hamper India's public distribution system, as the government still holds sufficient
(wheat and rice) in its warehouses.
- Storage capacity
lack of storage space during the ongoing wheat procurement season
FCI along with state agencies have around 80 mt of storage capacity.
The wheat marketing year runs from April to March but FCIs procurement operation gets completed in three
months.
- Flour milling industry with fortified wheat flour (enriched flour) is important to address malnutrition in the country; there
is nutrition deficiency not only in poor section but also among affluent class.

WTO DISPUTE ON SUBSIDY
- WTO in Geneva
US demand that India and China be categorised as emerging rather than as developing economies.
It will halve WTO caps applicable to Indias food subsidies from 10 per cent to 5 per cent
It will also require India to grant market access to the U.S.
U.S. is insisting that India meet its food security law obligations with American imports.
- India counter
By per capita income, India is actually the worlds largest Least Developed Country where about 600 million live at
less than $2 a day.
U.S. farm subsidies to its corporate sector are to the tune of $20,000 to $30,000 per capita per year against Indias
mere $200.
Besides, Indias subsidies go to subsistence farmers
Indias efforts aimed at finding a permanent protection against WTOs agriculture caps currently applicable to its food
subsidies.
- US countinue with its agenda of an agreement on Trade Facilitation as laid down at the Bali Ministerial.

AGRICULTURE SECTOR
- Projected growth in 2014-15 to be 4.6%.
- Overall Growth for last 10 years is around 4%.
- Weakness -
Govtt Policy tilted towards cereals, to the detrimental to the other essential food products.
High Procurement price with state level bonuses
Storage and distribution problem - cereal inflation high even if govt godowns fill with foodgrains

- How to building agriculture as an industry
o free up exports of dairy products and foodgrains, etc.,
prices of rice and milk and other farm sector produce in the global market is several times that in India,
o globalize Indias agriculture
o Back-end support for the agriculture sector cold-storage and packaging and processing to be developed
across the country
- benefits
- creating jobs in rural India
- Arresting migration from villages.
Revamping Sugar Industry
- Why sugar industry is in crisis
Price of sugarcane is fixed by the Uttar Pradesh government.
For electoral gains, successive governments kept it high.
Sugarcane became the most attractive crop to grow.
High cultivation kept sugar prices low. All this pushed the arrears to farmers to a record high.

- C Rangarajan committee - link sugarcane prices to sugar prices.
- Maharashtra and Karnataka adopted this formula.
- Uttar Pradesh is still to make the transition.
- Measures
Boost sugar export through export subsidy
Increase tariff barrier on sugar export
Implement ethanol blending norm in oil
Provide soft loans to clear arrears.

IMPACT OF PESTICIDE
- Insecticides are a class of pesticides that are supposed to kill insects that can destroy the plants.
- negative:
Insecticides have contaminated the environment risking global food production.
These insecticides works as potent and long-lasting neurotoxins.
Resulting into grave harm to creatures essential to global food production from bees to earthworms to other
pollinators.
Pollution due to high waste production and dumping into water bodies.
Chemical contamination of food - The worst examples being of DDT poisoning and a new class of neonecotinoids
leading to impairment of kidneys and brain related malfunctioning.
Euthrophication causes diseases in fishes adversely impacting the livelihood of fisherman and also threatens food
security apart from the problem of bio accumulation.
- There is no comprehensive proof of increase in production due to usage of insecticides.


6. ECONOMICS OF ANIMAL-REARING.

7. FOOD PROCESSING AND RELATED INDUSTRIES IN INDIA- SCOPE AND SIGNIFICANCE, LOCATION, UPSTREAM AND
DOWNSTREAM REQUIREMENTS, SUPPLY CHAIN MANAGEMENT.

JUTE INDUSTRY

- Killing of Chief Executive Officer (CEO) of Northbrook Jute Co Ltd at Champdani in West Bengals Hooghly district by
workers
- twin fears of worker
suspension of work running into months
Detained by police for investigation of the brutal incident.
- The Jute Packaging Materials (Compulsory Use in Packing Commodities) Act, 1987, stipulating compulsory packaging of
foodgrains, sugar, cement and fertiliser was passed by the Centre to help the jute industry.
- Jute industry failed to modernise and enhance their cost competitiveness vis-a-vis plastic bags.
- This years problems could be traced to the overestimation of foodgrains during the Rabi season (90 per cent of which
should be packed in jute bags as per mandatory order) by the government. This was repeated during a part of the kharif
season.
- Industry is seeking protection from the State government (where the industry is concentrated) by way of mandatory
packaging of potatoes and rice two commodities where West Bengal leads the country.
- This can boost demand significantly and perhaps help stem such violence, which is often fomented by outsiders.
- Causes
Dwindling orders for jute bags from Central and state governments,
lack of control over multiple workers' unions by the state-level leadership and
relentless interference by outsiders
- Jute industry alone employs over 3 lakh people, More than 12 lakh people are dependent on them and it's the sole cash
crop for 2 lakh farmers. Any unrest in this sector will impact over 2 million people in the state
- Every jute mill should have only one bargaining agent to stop inter-union rivalry and mushrooming of unions.
- The mills face stiff competition from artificial fibres such as polypropylene and suffer the problem of low labour
productivity.
Thus, the jute produced in India is incredibly expensive when compared to artificial products and the jute produced
by other countries.
- In 2012-13, CG diluted the Act by limiting usage of jute bags.

8. LAND REFORMS IN INDIA.

LAND ACQUISITION ACT
- Earlier Land Acquisition Act 1894 ambiguous definition of Public Purpose.
- Right to Fair Compensation and Transparency in Land Acquisition, Rehabilitation And Resettlement Act, 2014
Govtt to take consent from at least 80% of the project-affected families
Social impact assessment
Enhanced compensation 2 times in urban & 4 times in rural
Compulsory rehabilitation of affected families
Critics
No prohibition on acquiring irrigated multi-crop areas

-

9. EFFECTS OF LIBERALIZATION ON THE ECONOMY, CHANGES IN INDUSTRIAL POLICY AND THEIR EFFECTS ON
INDUSTRIAL GROWTH.

10. Infrastructure: Energy, Ports, Roads, Airports, Railways etc.

ENERGY

ADMINISTRATIVE REFORMS
- Conclave titled Sampark, Samanvay Evam Samvad of the officers of Ministries of Power, Coal, and New & Renewable
Energy
To develop better synergy between all the three energy sectors to create harmony in the working of the Ministries to
reach the National goal of Energy Security.
to bring officers closer so that they can enter in to regular dialogue, understand each other, and bring better
congruence in working.
Help in exchange of innovative ideas and open a channel of communication and information flow between the three
Ministries.

ENERGY PRICING
- Problems
Poor electricity supply hampering the growth of the manufacturing sector.
high energy costs for consumers
Huge government subsidies on fuel and on electricity causing high deficits.
Policy mismanagement and pricing distortions.
Hugh losses to companies supplying electricity and retailing petroleum products
Apathy of private players.
- oil and gas subsidy - Rs 1.45 lakh crore
shared between oil-producing public sector undertakings and the central government
- power sector losses run at about Rs 60,000 crore per annum
Cash-strapped state-owned power distribution companies cannot repay loans, or even settle with suppliers such
as Coal India and NTPC, the country's largest power producer.
- Large gas-based power capacities are also sitting idle.
- Power sector losses have led to a banking crisis.
The latest bailout involved restructuring almost Rs 2 lakh crore in unpaid loans by state power distribution
companies.
States issued bonds as part of a debt restructuring package.
- end-user rational prices
gradual hikes in the retail price of diesel
restrictions on the number of subsidised gas cylinders
State Electricity Regulatory Commissions have allowed some hikes in tariffs
Gujarat model - that state has a good gas grid and 24x7 power supplies. Gujarat's consumers pay market rates for gas
and power



WIND ENERGY
- Indian Wind Power Association
representing wind power investors and generators
appealed to CG
To reinstate the accelerated depreciation scheme to attract investments.
renewable purchase obligation (RPO)
Distribution companies and captive consumers should purchase a specified percentage of energy from
renewable energy sources
- Accelerated Depreciation scheme
80 % investment set off in IT in the first 3 yrs.
For wind energy from 1992 to 2012 - not available now.
It donot require budgetary allocation.
Now available in other sources of renewable energy.
- Effect
Lack of investments resulting into non-utilisation of wind mill full manufacturing capacity.

NUCLEAR ENERGY

India Nuclear Programme
- Experiments
1974 - Smiling Buddha - nuclear explosion
1998 - Operation Shakti - thermonuclear bomb test at Pokharan, Rajasthan International Economic Sanctions.
- Agreement
NSG decision to relax the technology ban on India after the 2008 Indo-U.S. nuclear deal. Following the NSGs step,
Russia, France, the United Kingdom, South Korea, Canada, Argentina, Kazakhstan, Mongolia and Namibia have signed
bilateral civilian nuclear cooperation agreements with New Delhi.
Under process - Japan , Australia
- Authorities
NPCIL - Nuclear Power Corporation of India
AERB - Atomic Energy Regulatory Board.
Department of Atomic Energy.
- Plants
Proposed - Kovvada Nuclear Power Plant in Srikakulam District in Andhra Pradesh
- Nuclear Liability
Civil Liability for Nuclear Damage Act, 2010
CSC - International Convention on Supplementary Compensation for Nuclear Damage
Controversy over sec 17(b) and 46.
Section 17 - The operator of the nuclear installation, after paying the compensation for nuclear damage in
accordance with section 6, shall have a right of recourse where-
(a) Such right is expressly provided for in a contract in writing;
(b) The nuclear incident has resulted as a consequence of an act of supplier or his employee, which includes
supply of equipment or material with patent or latent defects or sub-standard services;
(c) The nuclear incident has resulted from the act of commission or omission of an individual done with the
intent to cause nuclear damage.
First contract with Westinghouse for Nuclear Energy R&D.

NUCLEAR WEAPON AND SUBMARINE
- Mysore nuclear centrifuge plant constructed in 1992
Mysores Indian Rare Metals Plant
Help expand Indias uranium enrichment for its nuclear submarine fleet and naval reactors.
Indias first indigenous nuclear-powered ballistic missile submarine INS Arihant is still not ready for sea
trails, a stage critical for testing the vessels systems and weapons
Enable the introduction of ballistic missile nuclear submarine fleet, to enhance its existing nuclear deterrent
against both China and Pakistan
Can be used to develop thermonuclear weapons
- early development stages of a Special Material Enrichment Facility (SMEF).
production of uranium hexafluoride that could theoretically be channelled towards the manufacture of hydrogen
bombs.
- Defence Research and Development Organisation
- for developing and testing long-endurance [48-72 hours] Unmanned Aerial Vehicles [UAVs] and Unmanned Combat
Aerial Vehicles [UCAVs].


NUCLEAR DETERRENCE DOCTRINE

- Indias deterrence dilemmas
The deterrence effect of nuclear weapons is yet to mature in South Asia.
The presence of non-state actors and their ability to draw states into armed conflicts has complicated nuclear contest.
Fears in India regarding Pakistan-based non-state actors gain control of Pakistans nuclear assets.
Speculation about the repercussions of rogue elements in the Pakistani armed forces engaging in unauthorised
nuclear activities. There can be an unauthorised nuclear strike or genuinely accidental launch against India.
- why nuclear deterrence is not effective
nuclear can be used only in the combat over the Line of Control or the international border so wont work against
shooting across LOC or non-state actors
In lack of the robust road and rail infrastructure difficult to move the missiles, warheads and cores from safe storage
to launch hideouts and dispersal points with confidence and alacrity.
Against china in the absence of the Agni long-range missiles, Indian retaliatory capacity is based on air delivery
weapons, which could mean anything Mirages, Jaguars, Su 30s.
Against Pakistan. India intends to deter nuclear use by Pakistan while Pakistans nuclear weapons are meant to
compensate for conventional arms asymmetry.
Against LeT creating terror strikes, India punishes the Pakistani state with conventional war.
Indian National Command Authority is ill designed to manage transition from conventional war to a possible
nuclear exchange, if need arises.
Nuclear signaling from the Indian government is hugely overdue; it will take some effort to restore stability to South
Asian deterrence.
- The political angle
Indias failure to respond to Pakistani aggression state sponsored and non-state actor attack
This perceived failure of deterrence, despite the possession of nuclear weapons by India, could lead to greater
instability in India-Pakistan bilateral relations.
- No First Use (NFU) and Massive Retailiation Doctrine,
+ve
By presenting India as a responsible nuclear power aiding Indias integration into the global nuclear order.
Reneging from NFU pledge or conducting a thermonuclear test to showcase its deterrent capability will alienate
the international community.
structural and operational weaknesses of our nuclear doctrine
The doctrine of massive retaliation is not credible enough threat to deter Pakistani conventional or sub-
conventional aggression.
This self-imposed normative bind is preventing India from responding to Pakistans acts or behaviour which has
undermined its deterrence capability.
Lake of sophistication in command and control (C&C) structures
Only nuclear weapon country without a Chief of Defence Staff to act as the interface between the Prime
Minister, the National Command Authority and the military.
Indias nuclear weapons are de-mated and separate components are put under different departmental
control.
Neither the DAE nor the DRDO is willing to leave controlling part of the bomb. Between the
military, the DAE and the DRDO, none has any hierarchical control over the other two.
Doubt about Credibility of Indias declared nuclear capability.
Fears about the material performance failures of the Indian nuclear arsenal.
Doctrinal and material credibility is necessary for creating deterrence effect that it seeks to derive from
its weapons.
Steps
A strategic review of the countrys nuclear doctrine to make it more credible.
solution
limited Ballistic Missile Defence (BMD) shield programme
Steady development since the mid-1990s.
Criticism - BMD is neither foolproof nor cheap, it can cause destabilisation between nuclear-armed
adversaries
Favour
It will positively respond without breaching international redlines.
Would not be normatively opposition by international community such as the United States and its
NATO allies, but may be collaborate by them.
It increases deterrence by denial. The deterrence effect of BMD is applicable against both rational
state actors and non-state (rational or irrational) actors.
It can, with necessary wherewithal to retaliate in all certainty, very well achieve nuclear deterrence
i.e. generating dissuasion in the mind of the aggressor in the South Asian context.
reinforce Indias NFU posture as well as make it more credible
Mainstream and articulate the strategic objectives of its BMD programme and show commitment and a
sense of purpose towards BMD programme.
- No First Use
NFU has moral and diplomatic value
It not have impact on hard strategic decision makers
They are concerned about actual capabilities of the adversary.
India has a system of keeping its warheads de-mated from
their missiles and delivery aircraft.
minimum built-in delay in launching an attack after the
decision to do so has been made.
reduces the risk of an accidental or hastily decided
launch.
Pakistan developed the Nasr a nuclear capable battlefield
missile which could be used on Indian forces if they march
deep into Pakistani territory.
With respect to China, what deterrence needs is not more
bombs, but longer range missiles capable of reaching major
Chinese cities



IAEA protocol
- India ratified an Additional Protocol with IAEA
to enhance transparency of its nuclear infrastructure
Cover only IAEA monitored facilities. Not non-safeguarded
facilities which are used for building weapons.
IAEA will collect data of Indias nuclear exports, to guarantee
that material is not diverted for unauthorised use.
Provide multi-entry visas to IAEA personnel for regular
visits, apart from guaranteeing free communication
generated by the surveillance or measurement devices of the
IAEA.
covered 20 facilities that include the Nuclear Fuel Complex in
Hyderabad, Tarapur atomic power plant, Rajasthan Atomic
Power Station, both units at Kudankulam, and the Kakrapar Atomic Power Station.
- Benefits
Boost energy security and lift international confidence.
Clearing the decks for large imports of nuclear technology, boosting power generation and other civilian purposes.
Japan, France and the United States will enhance the level of their civilian nuclear trade with India.
Help India joining Nuclear Suppliers Group the elite 45-country club, which controls the global flows of nuclear
wherewithal.
India has bagged a low-hanging fruit
NUCLEAR DEPLOMACY

- MNCs Westinghouse, GE and AREVA.
- Five nuclear weapon states recognised by the NPT (the United States, Russia, the United Kingdom, France and China)
full-scope-safeguards were not applicable as these countries had a nuclear weapon fuel cycle that could not be
subjected to international accounting and inspection by the IAEA
Model Additional Protocol, 1997
full-scope-safeguards - assurance that all nuclear materials were fully accounted for in exclusively peaceful
activities
Additional Protocol - to strengthen existing safeguards regime applicable to the non-nuclear weapon states.
Remote monitoring and analysis,
environmental sampling to detect traces of radioactivity,
inspections without notice
scope of declaratory activities relating to the nuclear fuel cycle was expanded,
thresholds to trigger inspections were lowered, and
Imports (and exports) of dual-use items came under scrutiny.
five nuclear weapon states excluded themselves citing national security considerations
Volunteered to conclude an Additional Protocol.
- Next Steps in Strategic Partnership (NSSP) - implemented in phases in 2004
- civil nuclear energy cooperation agreement
american Congress to adjust U.S. laws and policies
adjust international regimes to enable full civil nuclear energy cooperation and trade with India
India to take same responsibilities and practices as other countries with advanced nuclear technology, including
signing an Additional Protocol with IAEA for civilian facilities.
- Safeguards
Not being party to the NPT, not subject to full-scope-safeguards.
Nuclear reactors set up with international cooperation (Tarapur, Rajasthan and Kudankulam) were subject to the
IAEAs facility-specific safeguards.
as a nuclear weapon state, keep some facilities out of safeguards for national security reasons
Indian Additional Protocol requires that India provide information to the IAEA regarding its nuclear-related exports.
- Next step
resolving the ambiguities of the 2010 Nuclear Liability Law
now, India can only import nuclear fuel for the existing power plants
but not able to undertake the much-needed expansion of the nuclear power sector
supplier liability
Idea of some measure of supplier liability is an idea that can no longer be bypassed.
But make sure that supplier liability does not become infinite or open-ended.
Address the concerns of the suppliers community so that their liability can be quantified in a manner that does
not raise costs to prohibitive levels.

NUCLEAR TEST BAN TREATY
- CTBTO - Comprehensive Nuclear Test Ban Treaty Organisation
- IMS - International Monitoring System
- Technology used for verification of compliance - 4 technologies
Seismic Sensors - for whats occurring underground
Hydrophones - listen for underwater events.
Ultra-sensitive nuclide detectors - For the atmosphere, which are designed to pick up the tiniest amount of nuclear
radiation.
infrasound detectors
Acoustic waves with very low frequencies that are inaudible to the human ear are called infrasound
Infrasound is produced by a variety of natural and man-made sources exploding volcanoes, earthquakes,
meteors, storms and auroras in the natural world; nuclear, mining and large chemical explosions, as well as
aircraft and rocket launches in the man-made arena,
CTBTO has posted infrasound of the asteroid which exploded over Russia last year on the Internet. Not the
sound of the meteors explosion, but of it tearing through the atmosphere before it became a fireball raining
molten rock on the Ural Mountains.
- IMS infrasound network
Only global monitoring network of its kind and when it is fully operational it will consist of 60 stations situated
strategically in 35 countries around the world.


SOLAR ENERGY
- Jawaharlal Nehru National Solar Mission
Launched 2010.
ambitious target - 20,000 MW of grid connected solar power by 2022
aimed at reducing the cost of solar power generation and to achieve grid tariff parity by 2022 and parity with coal-
based thermal power by 2030 in the country through
(I) long term policy;
(ii) Large scale deployment goals;
(iii) Aggressive R&D; and
(IV) Domestic production of critical raw materials, components and products.
Total installed capacity - 2000 MWs
part of National Action Plan on Climate Change
The Mission will adopt a 3-phase approach,
Spanning the remaining period of the 11th Plan and first year of the 12th Plan (up to 2012-13) - Phase 1 - 1100
MW, but only 252 MW has been added.
The remaining 4 years of the 12th Plan (2013-17) - Phase 2 - 3000 MW began recently in 2014, a year late - is yet
to get going properly. Projects totaling 750 MW have been approved, but most are yet to get off the ground.
And
the 13th Plan (2017-22) - Phase 3 - 16000 MW
- performance of JNNSM
Not very successful. Although schemes launched by some states offers cost-free land and tempting tax breaks done
well. Of over 2,208 MW solar capacities installed so far, 1,540 MW has come up under states' schemes. Gujarat alone
accounts for nearly 70 per cent of such solar capacity.
- Constraints in JNNSM
Difficult land availability.
Solar energy is land-intensive
Land is not readily available, except in isolated and remote areas. From there, bringing power to a grid is
burdensome and costly.
Land acquisition is already tough and - thanks to the new land acquisition law - is set to become more difficult.
Complicated Equipment procurement
trade disputes between domestic and foreign suppliers
frequent revisions in the mission's guidelines
Investors are hesitating due to uncertainty caused by such disputes.
Bureaucratic problem
Cumbersome official approvals even for micro-units.
in some states such as Uttar Pradesh, official permission is mandatory even for solar units that cater only to
limited local needs
Grid connections are mandatory
Frequent changes in Tariff - uncertainty
rates offered by distribution companies are un-remunerative
- solutions
Incentivize off-grid solar power, to electrify areas that are still un-electrified or face long power interruptions...

APPICATION OF SOLAR ENERGY

- Solar Impulse aircraft
Switzerland - based worlds first day and night fling solar-powered wide bodied aircraft.
Around the world flight powered by the sun.
- Countrys biggest - Welspun solar power project in MP - Bhagawanpura, Neemuch, MP
- Green Mobile Tower
In Africa by Indian Company
Solar-powered worldGSM mobile tower architecture - environment friendly and cost effective mobile
system to deliver affordable services in villages.
- world's largest solar-powered bridge
At Blackfriars Bridge across the River Thames in London, UK.
- Solar powered toilets
Waterless toilet powered by solar power
Convert human waste to bio-char, a highly porous charcoal
Heating human waste to a high enough temperature to sterilize it and create bio-char which can be used to both
increase crop yields and further it will sequester carbon dioxide, a GHG.


- India requires extraordinary effort, innovative vision and viable solutions to tackle the increasing demand for energy,
while maintaining an eco-friendly approach. Energy commodities comprise gas, oil, coal, renewable energy and electricity.
- Currently, high levels of consumption are paralyzing operations in the country because of non-performing policy
initiatives. The demand-supply imbalance is evident across all commodities, requiring augment energy supplies to avoid a
severe energy supply crunch.
- The Planning Commission indicates that by 2016-17, the country will manage an approximate 6.7 million tonnes of oil and
by 2021-22; this will rise to 850 million tonnes. However, this will meet only 70 per cent of the expected demand; the
remaining 30 per cent will have to be sourced through imports.
- Even though India possesses a rich heterogeneous mix of energy components, deterring policies have created a difficult
environment for potential investors.
-
- Thermal (Coal) Energy
dominant position in Indias energy mix
Statistics
54 per cent of the total electricity generation capacity
70 per cent of energy generated
67 per cent of the planned capacity added during 11
th
FYP
Coal reserves - around 293.5 billion tones.
Last year, we imported 100 million tonnes from Indonesia.

Challenges
With CAG stating national loss of Rs.1, 76,000 crore government will have to collate a clean coal policy with
respect to exploration, mining and use.
Reduction in dependability on imported coal.
Pricing, regulation and resolving disputes for domestic coal, in a manner favorable to both coal blocks and users.
- Gas Based Energy
Natural gas resources - estimated 1330.26 billion cubic meters and increasing due to indigenous discoveries of more
reserves.
Challenges
Due to the KG-D6 basin like experience we need a complete overhaul of the tariff policy.
Government should now explore attractive opportunities to lure foreign investors for gas exploration.
The government can fix contracts based on the O&M or Public-Private Partnership model, which would
ensure that operators dont pocket extra profits or face undue losses.
The New Exploration Licensing Policy requires revision to derive maximum benefits from gas acquisition and
create more employment opportunities.
Increase export of gas to set off expenses of equivalent imports.
With PSUs right of first refusal involve private sector participation as exploration is also capital-intensive and a
risk-fraught business, which requires expertise.
- Petroleum Based Energy
With lack of good resources with maximum reserves in the western offshore. , crude oil has to be imported.
Major issue is of pricing of petroleum products drawn from crude oil, which fluctuates every fortnight. Instead of
fortnightly revision, we can have annual pricing based on the previous years import parity.
- Renewable energy
Potential of 89,774 MW, with Gujarat having the highest potential.
Renewable energy comprises solar, wind and biomass.
Wind power - 69.65 per cent,
hydropower - 13.64 per cent
Biomass power at 12.58 per cent.
Legislation
Currently do not have any existing Renewable Energy Law.
Renewable Energy Law needed for making it mandatory for all conventional energy users to use a certain
percentage of renewable energy across all segments including energy.
Renewable energy comprises 60 per cent of electricity and 40 per cent of other sectors.


- Investing in electricity
Per capita consumption touching 1000 KW, less than China and other developing countries.
The total installed capacity for electricity generation was 2,66,387 MW
Challenges
Distributing electricity at the retail level at affordable and reasonable prices.
Strengthening the regulatory framework for the electricity business.
Loss in distribution.
Government must invest in this field, which may involve rationalising tariff and incentivising reduction of
losses.
We should have an energy commission for formulating synchronous policies with other inter and intra
ministerial departments. States must also be taken into confidence.


INFRASTRUCTURE


COMMITTEES ON TRANSPORT POLICIES
- 1980 - National Transport Policy Committee, chairmanship B D Pande
- 2014 - National Transport Development Policy Committee, chaired by Rakesh Mohan
Report titled 'India Transport Report: Moving India To 2032'.
Involve strategic thinking for the transportation sector - covering railways, roads, civil aviation, ports, urban
transport and a special section on connectivity for the north-east.
Investment Reforms
proposes a "massive capacity expansion of the railways for both freight and passenger traffic
increase investment in railways from 0.4% of GDP in 11th FYP to 0.8 % the 12th Plan, and then rising to 1.1-1.2
per cent in the 13th Plan
massive public expenditure on railways would reduce public expenditure in roads
Private capital in roads was already at a level of 20 per cent in the 11th Plan; up from 8.5 per cent in the 10th
Plan.
Regulatory Reforms
Limit ministry of railways to setting policies; and leave the management and operations to a corporatised entity,
the Indian Railways Corporation.
A new and independent Railways Regulatory Authority should be made responsible for overall regulation,
including the setting of tariffs.
set up a National Railway Construction Authority (independent of the ministry, to expedite the delivery of
projects), a National Board for Rail Safety, a Railway Research and Development Institute, and Academic Centres
of Excellence on Railway Research.
Harness information technology i\by having an autonomous central-level institution called the Indian Institute
of Information Technology in Transportation along the lines of the Research and Innovative Technology
Administration of US
Six other bodies that are meant to complement and populate the institutional architecture are:
Dedicated Metropolitan Urban Transport Authorities for each city with population in excess of one million
for integrated planning, co-ordination and delivery of urban transport services.

A National Automobile Pollution and Fuel Authority responsible for setting and enforcing vehicle emission
and fuel quality standards.
A new Maritime Authority for Ports, to be constituted under a modernised Indian Ports Act
Safety departments within all operating agencies.

The Central Logistics Development Council comprising of industry members, ministry representatives, and
financial and academic institutions with the mandate of promoting the logistics industry.

A Civil Aviation Authority replacing the existing Directorate General of Civil Aviation and Airports Economic
Regulatory Authority.
Pricing for transport services and for associated inputs like fuels should be depoliticised and set by market or by
independent regulatory authorities.
Set up an expert authority to regulate and monitor PPP projects to bring in private capital requires.
Regional reforms
transport infrastructure in the north-eastern part of India
"Special and specific" attention be paid to intra-regional, inter-regional and trans-border transport movement
and connectivity.
Separate body under the ministry of development of north-eastern region to oversee the implementation of
infrastructure projects.
Develop a strategic long-term view on intensifying international transport linkages from the north-east to its
neighbours such as Bhutan, Bangladesh and Myanmar.
- Other reports by Rakesh Mohan
famous India Infrastructure Report in 1997
Indian Railways Report in 2002.
INDUSTRIAL INFRASTRUCTURE
- Delhi - Mumbai Industrial Corridor (DMIC)
- Chennai - Bangalore Industrial Corridor (CBIC)
India - Japan Collaboration


AIRPORT
- Plans for 200 Low Cost Airports - Low-frills Airports in Tier - II and Tier - III cities.
- 49% FDI allowed.
- Bottlenecks
High costs of aviation turbine fuel (ATF) due to heavy VAT.
Operation cost is very high and most cost is dollar-denominated.



ROADS

- Most dangerous in the world.
- Impacts of accidents
Human tragedy, avoidable death and disability - over five lakh people get injured, about 1.4 lakh people die in about 5
lakh accidents every year
Affect economic progress - 3 per cent of GDP is lost in a year due to the carnage.

- key problem
Unsafe transport, including services operated by government agencies,
State governments involved have shown little sense of accountability.
Neglect of the public district hospital network and the high cost of treatment at private hospitals affect access to good
trauma care for accident victims.
- Suggestion
Sundar Committee - 2007
An apex agency to be created to assess all aspects of road safety, and to address the lacuna in scientific accident
investigation. Not implemented
National Transport Development Policy Committee headed by Rakesh Mohan
National, State and local-level institutions be set up, with responsibility to address the issue of safety.
Need to appoint professionals empower to upgrade driver-licensing practices, road systems, public lighting and
signage.
Overhauling Accident investigation
CCTVs can help determine the cause of mishaps.
Arranging medical facilities at a proximate institution free of cost to all.

Umbrella Act incorporating various Central Rules and laws, like the Motor Vehicles Act 1988, Central Motor Vehicle
Rules 1989, Carriage by Road Act and Rules etc.
Bring down the road traffic by developing inland waterways and by promoting coastal shipping.
a National Road Safety Board be constituted with professionals in various areas of road safety
A Road Safety Fund from contributions from the cess on petrol and diesel.
NATIONAL ROAD SAFETY COUNCIL

Road safety
- cause of unsafe
shortcomings in road and traffic engineering,
old and non-standard codes of traffic control devices,
poor driver training and assessment,
outdated legislations and a poor enforcement system
Poor information systems, victim transportation and trauma care.
Road deaths in India 1, 40,000 annually is the highest in the world. In addition, an estimated 2.2 million
people are seriously injured on roads.
- components of safe traffic management system
traffic engineering with the codes and standards,
vehicle regulation,
elements and methodology of driver training and assessment,
traffic enforcement,
public awareness and
Post crash management.
Introspect areas of capacity building on a countrywide basis by updating traffic legislations and codes of
practice, build capacity of police training in traffic enforcement and accident investigation.
Introduce the science of traffic engineering to each and every road authority.
Integration of road transport with rail, inland waterways (as has been announced), maritime shipping
and air traffic.

PORTS
- MAJOR PORTS - 12
Name Location
Kandla GJ
Visakhapatnam AP
J.N.P.T. (Jawaharlal Nehru Port) Mumbai, MH
Mumbai MH
Chennai TN
Paradip Odisha
Kolkata West Bengal
Mormugao Goa
New Mangalore Port Karnataka
Tuticorin Tamilnadu
Kochi Kerala
Ennore (Corporate) North of Chennai port, Tamilnadu

RAILWAY

DIAMOND QUADRILATERAL
- diamond quadrilateral project of high speed trains
- modelled on the golden quadrilateral national highways programme
- special high-speed corridors to link the four main metros
- Support of Japan and China in fast-tracking special and hi-tech Railway projects.
- Help to resolve congestion along the highways and slowing road speeds.
- Involve huge investments and consequently high fares.
AGRI-RAIL NETWORKS
- For the quick movement of perishable commodities, and the expansion of the rail network in the northeast.
-
KAKODKAR COMMITTEE REPORT
- Safety, security and funding on the Railways both in terms of technology and human resources.

Mono rail system
- It is a system which has a single broad beam which supports the carriages.
- Wheels - The wheels have rubber tires for smooth and noise free operation.
two side vertical wheel as in a normal motor car
Two horizontal guide wheels, which give lateral support to the vehicles. These horizontal wheels run abutting a
vertical structural element connected to the main slab.
- propulsion system
electric rotary motors
Linear Induction Motors - advance systems make use of Maglev (Magnetic Levitation) technology which uses linear
Induction Motors instead of conventional rotary motors.
- Mechanics
As the train picks up speed, the entire body of the vehicle lifts up in air by a few centimetres due to magnetic force and
gives a total noise free travel. The rubber-tired system is good for lower speeds up to 160 km per hour. Maglev system
can give speeds up to 400 km per hour. Some systems have a hybrid of both rubber tired and Maglev. At slow speed,
it uses tired system and as the speed picks up, it changes to Maglev.
-
-
- PERFORMANCE IMPROVEMENT
Drop in number of accident
Increase in number of trains and frequencies
Increase in freight net tone kms
Increase in passenger kms
- NEGATIVE
Fail to achieve Vision 2020 targets.
Inadequate capacity on the passenger front.
- Committee for Railway
One Man Committee
Vision 2020
The Kakodkar Committee Report
The Sam Pitroda Committee
- SAFETY MEASURES
Multi-tier protection for electric circuits
Electric induction cooking to replace LPG use in Pantries.
Portable fire-extinguishers.
More escalators at stations.
- SEMI HIGH SPEED TRAINS
160 - 200 KMPH
From Delhi to Chandigarh and Delhi to Agra
Asked for help from China and Japan
- Dynamic Pricing
Similar to Airlines - The fare is likely to increase depending on the demand intensity
REAL ESTATE
- Maharastra Housing (Regulation and Development) Act, 2012








INNOVATION IN RAILWAY
- India status
fourth longest railway network in the world
in proportion to the population served, the track length is lowest.
In terms of energy and environment, train is highly superior than road transport.
high-speed trains, could compete with air travel up to a range of around 500 kilometres.
- Problems
inherent inefficiency of investment and operation
inadequate inspection and maintenance
overdue delay in modern vehicle-borne ultrasonic flaw detection system and a broken-rail detection system
necessary for high speed trains
poor quality of tracks caused mainly by discharge of human waste on tracks
Unmanned level crossings causing of fatalities on tracks.
- Measures
bio-toilets in rail coaches.
eliminate unmanned level crossings
Replacing manned level crossings with road-over-bridges or road-under-bridges
permanent improvement in operational efficiency and safety
augment rolling stock inspection facilities (independent vehicle inspection and component inspection for compliance
with mandatory, voluntary or contractual requirements) during turn around at terminal locations.
bringing about improvements in signalling will enhancing operational efficiency as well as safety.
using IT solutions for several passenger amenities and administration.
Working conditions and facilities for engine drivers need serious attention.
Rest, working conditions and workplace ergonomics (study of people's efficiency in working environment.).
structural reforms in functions of Railway Board
overlapping roles of policy formulation, implementation safety management and regulation of the Railway Board
need to be separated.
setting up a Railway University to improve skills as well as Innovations Incubation Centre.
Augmenting research, promoting greater engagement with the academic community within the country and
abroad, and creating an ecosystem that synergises industry and academia with Railways would go a long way in
making the Railways a technology powerhouse and leader.
-

Investment models

PPP MODEL
- Limitation
economic slowdown coupled with land acquisition and environmental clearances besides funding issues preventing
public private partnership
Since 2009, just 315 km was added to the Highways.
- Initiative
National Highway Authority of India (NHAI) website
to place all information relating to projects taken up by them under Private Public Partnership mode (PPP) in the
public domain
Road users and the general public can lodge their complaints directly on the website in the user friendly form.
Redressal of these complaints done by NHAI / IE / Concessionaire will also be posted on the website.
EPC model
- Government funds the entire project and a developer undertakes construction work.
- is now being preferred after private players unwillingness to take up the projects
- No project awarded through PPP mode, while 2,500 km were awarded under the engineering-procurement-construction
(EPC) mode.
- Road projects worth Rs 83,000 crore are pending completion.


BOT model
- Private-sector developer raises and invests money for the construction of roads at its own risk, while NHAI acquires land
for the project.
- government charge premiums, which developers pay to NHAI over a period of time,
- No project awarded under the build-operate-transfer (BOT) mode the same year, as there were no takers from the private
sector.

CAPITAL MARKET RECOMMANDATION
- Liberalize foreign borrowing norms,
- Rolled back capital controls imposed by the Reserve Bank of India last year.
Restore outward remittance limit to $200,000 from $75,000 at present
- Replacing short-term capital gains tax with a higher securities transaction tax (STT).
- Exempting global income of India-based permanent establishments from tax, and offering tax sops to encourage retail
investors' participation in equity markets.
- deepen corporate bond markets,
By liberalising the rupee-denominated corporate bond market.
- strengthen retail participation in equities,
- comprehensively revamp American and global depository receipts (DRs)
Only listed companies are allowed to sell DRs (that too only against underlying equity shares).
M S Sahoo committee - DRs for debt and unlisted companies
Easy access to foreign investors who don't wish to invest directly in Indian companies.
- relax the external commercial borrowing (ECB) norms
enable companies to fully hedge against foreign currencies
Ease end-use of ECBs (cheaper funds).
Expand usages with control for certain sectors.
- join Brussels-based Euroclear bank
The world's largest securities settlement system.
to internationalising debt
Facilitate cross-border settlement of locally-issued government bonds.
bring down borrowing cost for Indian companies
may require amendment to the Sebi Act
- Uniform tax treatment for all investors in the bond market
- Listed companies to follow e-voting rules
- Encourage SMEs to get listed
- Tax pass-through status sought for real estate investment trusts


CM REFORMS
- SEBI
All PSUs to ensure al least 25% public shareholding within 3 years
Ensuring uniformity among listed entities irrespective of their promoters
Help Govtt raise Rs. 60000 crores from the sale of shares in 36 listed PSUs
Current norm PSU 10% non-PSUs 25%
Share Know Your Clients (KYC) information with entities regulated by other financial sector watchdogs.
Stringent disclosure requirement for research analysts to safeguard investors from manipulative reports
- GOI
Allowed infrastructure fund finance companies (IF - NBFC) to issue secured debentures with a tenure of up to 30
years for raising long-term funds for the sector
Housing finance companies allowed relaxed terms for maintaining debenture redemption reserve similar to RBI
registered NBFCs


NATIONAL INVESTMENT FUND (NIF)
- Concern relating to infrastructure.
First, there is a severe imbalance between investments across sectors, which lowers the productivity of each
investment.
Infrastructure is essentially a network phenomenon, a chain, which is only as strong as its weakest link. It works
efficiently only when all the components of the network match.
Second, public-private partnership (PPP) may have been a promising strategy in theory, but it is now proving to be
financially unviable.
The ability of the companies in the business to mobilise even a fraction of the total resources needed from
financial institutions and capital markets has virtually disappeared.
Large and synchronised investments are not within the capability of the PPP framework in its current state.
- Infrastructure importance
Acceleration in growth critically rests on infrastructure investment across a range of sectors.
Power plants without coal linkages or ports without rail and road access are not going to cut it.

- National Investment Fund (NIF)
Essentially, this involved pooling the resources mobilised through disinvestment into a fund, which would then invest
it into various social priorities
Plan is promising but did not become operational in any meaningful way.
A well-designed and well-governed NIF could help the economy narrow the gap between infrastructure demand
and supply.
Lesson of the last decade on this issue is: just because the public sector cannot do something doesn't mean the
private sector can.
It does not reject PPP but it just redefines the roles and responsibilities of each partner.
An NIF can, with a holistic strategy, adequate funding and credible governance, play a catalytic role in this
process and, ultimately, in solving the infrastructure mess.

Three aspects : Strategy, Financing, and Governance
investment strategy
Challenge
Draw up a blueprint of interlinked projects with balanced capacities is easy but executing them is huge
challenge.
This requires co-ordination between executing agencies and conflict-resolving mechanisms that work
quickly and integration of planning, monitoring and conflict resolution functions.
The institutional framework within which this integration takes place is important and needs to be
carefully designed.
All of these functions currently exist within government; any new design needs to be based on a clear
appreciation of why they didn't work to the desired level of effectiveness.
NIF
Strategy could be internalized into the structure, thus making it into a National Infrastructure
Commission, for instance. Or
It could be an external mandate to a more narrowly focused mechanism, combining finance and
governance.


financing
Some standard budgetary provisions.
Disinvestment realisations are clearly an important potential resource.
Substantial prospects, if the government is willing to give up its majority stake in the more successful
public enterprises.
This entails a restructuring of the employment contracts of management and workers in these
companies, perhaps done through grandfathering.
Balance sheet substitution.
When the government transfers assets that it conventionally owns to the private sector, it is reasonable
to expect that the proceeds be used to create other, new assets.
While the original concept of the NIF was limited to disinvestment realizations, the far bigger
opportunity lies in land, mining rights and spectrum.
Resource potential from a fairly valued and well-managed asset transfer is enormous and could
significantly enhance the economy's capacity to invest in critical infrastructure.
The first task for an NIF will be to make a realistic assessment of the size of the potential resource base
and the level of difficulty - legal, social and political - in being able to tap into it.

Governance
Absence of an appropriate governance framework.
Framework must consider the time horizon over which these transfers have an economic impact.
Since this is far beyond the term of any government, perhaps even more, the governance of the NIF needs to
have much wider representation, going beyond the government, to opposition parties at the very least.
11. SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY- DEVELOPMENTS AND THEIR APPLICATIONS AND EFFECTS IN EVERYDAY LIFE

SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY

SCIENCE TECHNOLOGY & INNOVATION (STI) POLICY 2013
- The Key features of the STI policy 2013 are
Promoting the spread of scientific temper amongst all sections of society.
Enhancing skill for applications of science among the young from all social strata.
Making careers in science, research and innovation attractive enough for talented and bright minds.
Establishing world class infrastructure for R&D for gaining global leadership in some select frontier areas of science.
Positioning India among the top five global scientific powers by 2020(by increasing the share of global scientific
publications from 3.5% to over 7% and quadrupling the number of papers in top 1% journals from the current levels).
Linking contributions of Science, Research and innovation system with the inclusive economic growth agenda and
combining priorities of excellence and relevance.
Creating an environment for enhanced private sector participation in R &D.
Enabling conversion of R & D output with societal and commercial applications by replicating hitherto successful
models, as well as establishing of new PPP structures.
Seeking S&T based high risk innovation through new mechanisms.
Fostering resource optimized cost-effective innovation across size and technology domains.
- Triggering in the mindset & value systems to recognize, respect and reward performances which create wealth from
S&T derived knowledge.
- The policy seeks to focus on both STI for people and people for STI.
- It aims to bring all the benefits of Science, Technology & Innovation to the national development and sustainable and
more inclusive growth.
- It seeks the right sizing of the gross expenditure on research and development by encouraging and incentivizing private
sector participation in R & D, technology and innovation activities.
- The policy also seeks to trigger an ecosystem for innovative abilities to flourish by leveraging partnerships among diverse
stakeholders and by encouraging and facilitating enterprises to invest in innovations.
- Bring in mechanisms for achieving gender parity in STI activities and gaining global competitiveness in select
technological areas through international cooperation and alliances.
- Accelerate the pace of discovery, diffusion and delivery of science led solutions for serving the aspirational goals
of India for faster, sustainable and inclusive growth.
- A Strong and viable Science, Research and Innovation system for High Technology led path for India (SRISHTI) are the
goal for the STI policy.
- A
spirations of the Policy
Raising Gross Expenditure in Research and Development (GERD) to 2% from the present 1% of the GDP in this
decade by encouraging enhanced private sector contribution.
Increasing the number of Full Time Equivalent (FTE) of R&D personnel in India by at least 66% of the present
strength in 5 years.
Increasing accessibility, availability and affordability of innovations, especially for women, differently-abled and
disadvantaged sections of society.
- M
echanisms
Empowering women through appropriate STI inputs and investments
Facilitating private sector investment in R&D centres in India and overseas.
Promoting establishment of large R&D facilities in PPP mode with provisions for benefits sharing.
Permitting multi stakeholders participation in the Indian R&D system.
Treating R&D in the private sector at par with public institutions for availing public funds.
Bench marking of R&D funding mechanisms and patterns globally.
Aligning Venture Capital and Inclusion Innovation Fund systems.
Sharing of IPRs between inventors and investors.
Modifying IPR policy to provide for marching rights for social good when supported by public funds and for co-
sharing IPRs generated under PPP.
Providing incentives for commercialization of innovations with focus on green manufacturing.
Closing gaps in the translation of new findings at the grassroots and the commercial space.
Forging strategic partnerships and alliances with other nations through both bilateral and multilateral cooperation in
science, technology and innovation.
Triggering ecosystem changes in attitudes, mindset, values and governance systems of publicly funded institutions
engaged in STI activities to recognize, respect and reward performances which create wealth from S&T derived
knowledge.
- Chronology
1958 - Indias first Scientific Policy Resolution.
1983 - New policy. Focused on the need to attain technological competence and self reliance.
2003 - This new policy wanted to
Bring science and technology together
Bring higher investment into R&D to address national problems.
2013 - science-tech policy. (Made by Department of Science and Technology).
2010 - 20 - India has declared this as decade of innovation
- SRISHTI
Goal of new Science, Technology and Innovation Policy (STI) policy = SRISHTI.
SRISHTI= Science, Research and innovation system for High technology led path for India.
- STI 2013 policy
use STI for faster, sustainable and more inclusive growth
Focus on both STI for people and people for STI.
position India among the top five global scientific powers by 2020
Release more research papers.
Encourage private sector to invest in Research and Development (R&D)
Achieve gender parity in S&T.
Global cooperation, science diplomacy.
Criticism
#1: private sector =no social good
1. On one hand, STI policy wants inclusive Development and social goods. But on the other hand, it says the investment in R&D
sector is very low and well bring more investment from private sector.
2. Here comes the problem: When private sector invests in R&D, their aim is always profitability.
In this policy, Government says additional R&D investment will come from private sector = indirectly theyre hinting that we
(the State) are not interested in R&D investment because we want to control fiscal deficit. But history tells us that no country
has developed without massive State investment in R&D.
#2: Indian private sector is lazy in research
Government is already giving many tax reliefs to Indian corporates so they can invest more in research, buying / import
necessary machinery without hassle etc. yet they donot invest that much in R&D compared to their American counterparts.
We take pride in our IT sector. But our IT sector is mostly involved in the back-office tasks and software coding for
international giants like Google, Microsoft and Apple. We dont have an Indian brand of our own, that can compete with them.
Research - Development has long gestation period. Indian businessmen are more concerned with short term gains. Therefore,
Government is over-confident when it expects that Indian private sector to invest lot of money in R&D.
#3: no lesson from past
The new STI policy doesnt provide any analysis / reason why the last three policies failed. And what precautions will they take
to make sure this new policy wont be #EPICFAIL.
For example, It says India is not investing much in R&D sector, there is need to attract more manpower towards science-
research field.all these things have been repeated thousands of times in previous speeches of Presidents and prime ministers
and policies.
#4: No structural / fundamental reforms
To break the stalemate in research - development, Government needs to fundamentally reform the higher education, the
funding and autonomy of universities, IITs, IIMs etc.
No amount of private sector investment can compensate the loss through brain drain. (And the Nobel prizes lost because of it).
But the STI policy is not much concerned with this angle.
#5: Conflicting Goals and Policies
Policy document repeatedly emphasizes that both economic growth and social good will be pursued through STI. But there are two
sets of problems here,
1. Can private sector funded R&D directly deliver social goods?
2. Can science really tackle the social sector problems (gender parity, inclusiveness) on its own, without the necessary political
will?

4G TECHNOLOGIES
- Benefits
Performance
Extremely high-quality video equal to that of high definition television.
enable wireless downloads at speeds exceeding 100 Mbps
Interoperability
Instead of multiple standards of 3G one global standard that provides global mobility and service portability
Networking
hybrid networks that utilize both wireless LAN (hot spot) concept and cell or base-station WAN design
4G with stations everywhere, ensure phone users' connection to a high-speed network anywhere, anytime.
Bandwidth
Transmission speeds of more than 20 mbps, would offer high-bandwidth services within
the reach of LAN "hotspots. Away from these hotspots, customers could connect to souped-up 2G networks for
voice and rudimentary data coverage.
Technology
Conglomeration of existing technologies rather than an entirely new standard.
Seamless combination of existing 2G wireless networks with local-area networks (LANs) or Bluetooth.
Convergence
Convergence of technology, services and markets.
Cost
Can be built atop existing networks and won't require operators to completely retool and won't require carriers
to purchase costly extra spectrum.
open system IP wireless environment would further reduces costs for service providers by ushering in an era
of real equipment interoperability
Scalability
ability to handle increasing numbers of users and diversity of services
all IP core layer of 4G is easily scalable

EVOLUTION OF BROADBAND WIRELESS
- First Generation (1G):
1980s.
Analog and supported the first generation of analog cell
phones.
Include a signaling protocol known as SS7 (Signaling System
7).
- Second Generation (2G):
late 1980s,
Primarily for voicetransmission and about digital PCS.
- Third Generation (3G):
Migration to faster, data-centric wirelessnetworks.
goal to raise transmission speeds from 125kbps to 2mbps
- Fourth Generation (4G):
Conceptual framework to address future needs of a universal
high speed wireless network that will interface with wireline
backbone network seamlessly.



4G is an integrated wireless system that enables seamless roaming between technologies.
o A user can be operating in cellular technology network and get handed over to a satellite-based network and back
to a fixed wireless network, depending upon the network coverage and preference of charging.

The Goals
o Open Mobile Alliances (OMA) main goal is to make sure different wireless services and devices work together,
and across countries, operators, and mobile terminals.
o Other plans
Deliver open standards and specifications based on market and customer requirements.
Establish "centers of excellence" for best practices.
Create a common industry view on an architectural framework.
Help consolidate standards groups and work in conjunction with other existing standards organizations
and groups.
The Composite Vision
1. 20 Mbps data rates
2. Streaming Audio/Video
3. Asymmetric Access
4. Adaptive Modulation/Coding
5. Dynamic packet assignment
6. Smart/Adaptive antennas supported

The working Principle
Each cell phone is assigned a permanent "home" IP address, along with a "care-of" address that represents its
actual location.
When a computer somewhere on the Internet wants to communicate with the cell phone, it first sends a packet to the
phone's home address.
A directory server on the home network forwards this to the care-of address via a tunnel, as in regular mobile IP.
However, the directory server also sends a message to the computer informing it of the correct care-of address, so future
packets can be sent directly.
This should enable TCP sessions and HTTP downloads to be maintained as users move between different types of
networks. Because of the many addresses and the multiple layers of subnetting, IPv6 is needed for this type of mobility.

DRONE
- Uses
For security purpose -
In Naxal hit area for monitoring.
At bordering states and border line.
In Archaeology
Aerial images of thermal infrared wavelengths of light could be a powerful tool for spotting cultural remains on
the ground. But few have had access to million-dollar satellites, and helicopters and planes have their limits.
Archaeologists can get quality images from very specific altitudes and angles at any time of day and in a range of
weather using inexpensive drones and commercially available cameras that have as much as five times the
resolution of those available just a few years ago.
Drones are most effective in dry environments such as Saudi Arabia, Egypt and Cyprus, where the difference
between daytime and night-time temperatures would be great enough to allow the heat signatures of buried
stone structures or other features to pop up on the thermal images.
Drones outfitted with sensors can hone in on whats most important in archaeology, the landscape and features
that are buried beneath the ground.
-

BODY PART IN LABORATORY
- Noses , Ears and Blood Vessels - in British laboratory using stem cells
- Stem cells were taken from the patients fat and grown in the lab. Later nose was implanted into the mans forearm so that
skin would grow to cover it.

IBMS WATSON
- Watson cloud computing system will be used to help in sequence cancer DNA for the treatment of glioblastome, the most
common type of brain cancer.
- Will sequence the DNA of cancer tumors at a much faster rate than would be possible if done by a human being.
- The DNA information would them be combined with clinical information and fed to Watson to help determine the best
way to treat a particular patient.
- Instead of relying on the information thats put into it, Watson learns by reading vast amounts of information and
combining it with the results of previous work to find answers to problems.

TURING TEST
The test was established in 1950 by Alan Turing - a computer convinces a sufficient number of interrogators into believing that it is
not a machine but rather is a human.
Supercomputers were presented with a series of unrestricted questions.Real people also answered the questions, and the judges
had to decide who was human and who was not.
Eugene Goostman persuaded the judges 33 per cent of the time that it was a human.
Now working on making Eugene smarter and continue working on improving its conversation logic


FOLDSCOPE
- An origami-based print-and-fold optical microscope that can be assembled from a flat sheet of paper. Although it costs
less than a dollar in parts, it can provide over 2,000X magnification with sub-micron resolution weighs less than two
nickels (8.8 g), is small enough to fit in a pocket) and requires no external power. Its minimalistic, scalable design is
inherently application-specific instead of general-purpose gearing towards applications in global health, field based citizen
science and K12-science education.
RAIL TRACK ROCKET SLED
- Where
o By DRDO in Terminal Ballistics Research Laboratory in Chandigarh
- Component and functioning
o The Rail Track Rocket Sled (RTRS) Penta-Rail Supersonic Track comprises five precision-aligned rails, each
four-km long; specially designed rocket motors; aerodynamic sleds; and advanced instrumentation.
o The system consists of five rails called Penta Rail Supersonic Track. Each rail has a sled, which has a specially
designed rocket fitted into it. When the rocket is fired, the sled with the payload is propelled at a very high
velocity on the rail track. The tracks are precision-aligned and are capable of withstanding heavy loads travelling
at supersonic speeds.
o The system is equipped with instruments to measure the velocities achieved by the warheads; high-speed video
and still cameras to record the events, solid state recorders, on-board telemetry system and other equipment to
record the data.
- use
o It is a unique facility which allows you to test many aerospace technologies on the ground for which you have to
otherwise use missiles, launch vehicles and aircraft.
o here missile warheads can be propelled at supersonic speeds
o It allows the simulation of interception of a missile coming in at a supersonic speed.
o It can also be used for simulating the velocities encountered during the re-entry of crew capsules to be used in
Indias manned missions to space and the parachutes that will be deployed to bring back the Indian astronauts
safely to earth.
o A velocity of Mach 3 could be achieved on the ground with this facility.
o Allowed the country to do captive flight testing.


ALTERNATIVE TO LITHIUM BATTERIES
- The primary reason for burn-up was Thermal Runaway. In a Li battery during every charge-discharge cycle, there is a
small amount of charge lost. The amount of loss is a geometric progression. The lost charge generates heat. So with each
cycle, the battery becomes hotter and performs worse. As the temperature increases any flammable components stat
burning.
- PFPE - perfluoropolyether polymer.




12. ACHIEVEMENTS OF INDIANS IN SCIENCE & TECHNOLOGY; INDIGENIZATION OF TECHNOLOGY AND DEVELOPING
NEW TECHNOLOGY.

Indian Scientist
- Rajesh Gopakumar - String Theorist - G.D. Birla Award

Rajiv Gandhi Centre for Aquaculture (RGCA)
- first aquaculture pathology laboratory in the country to be accredited by NABL (National Accreditation Board For Testing
& Calibration Laboratories)
- under Marine Products Export Development Authority (MPEDA)
- In Sirkali, TN in 2011.
- Provide timely and reliable diagnosis of various diseases encountered during the culture of finfish, shrimps and freshwater
prawns.
- Has three component units for Molecular Pathology, Histopathology and Microbiology which together helps in diagnosis
of various diseases encountered by the aquaculture industry.
- Laboratory conducts periodical and need-based aquaculture disease surveillance in India for the benefit of the seafood
export industry.

INDIAN SCIENCE
- Bottlenecks
Scientific departments are modeled on the rest of the bureaucracy. There is systematic undermining of scientific
enterprise. Bureaucracy is not designed to encourage innovation.
Bureaucratic mentality values administrative power over scientific achievement. It is tainted with the malaise of
promotion based on years of service and not by achievement.
Restriction on research related foreign travel - Research students get no funding support to travel abroad to
participate in conferences, scientists are constrained by limited foreign travel.
Lack of lateral movement form one institution to another.
Collaborating with scientists from other institutions is rare. Funding is rather provided for collaboration within the
institution than across institutions.


INNOVATION

India Inclusive Innovation Fund (IIIF)
- Establishment
By the National Innovation Council (NInC) and the Ministry of Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises (MSME).
The NInC was set up by the Prime Minister to create an Indian model of innovation.
- Importance
Lack of capital resulted into failure of ventures and entrepreneurs seeking to address the needs at the base of the
economic pyramid
At least 50 per cent of IIIF investments initially would be to enterprises that fall in the MSME stage.
- Concept and aims
Conceived as a unique concept that seeks to combine innovation and the dynamism of enterprise to solve the
problems of citizens at the base of the economic pyramid in India.
The IIIF seeks to create a new class of capital which helps set up and scale entrepreneurial skills and innovation.
- Strategies
The fund will invest in innovative ventures, through model of venture capital, that are scalable, sustainable and
therefore profitable, but address social needs of the less privileged citizens in areas such as healthcare, food,
nutrition, agriculture, education and skill development, energy, financial inclusion, water, sanitation employment
generation, etc.
The fund will be registered under SEBIs Alternative Investment Fund Category I guidelines
corpus
initial - Rs 500 crores,
20 per cent (Rs 100 crores) - Ministry of MSME
Balance - banks, insurance companies and overseas financial and development institutions.
Targeted - Rs 5,000 crores in next 24 months.
Would partner with entire ecosystem in this space, including incubators, angel groups, and also public research and
development programmes and laboratories
Day to day function - by an autonomous Asset Management Company.


Inclusive innovation
- Concept
Any innovation that leads to affordable access to quality goods and services for the poor on a sustainable basis and
with extensive outreach.
An inclusive innovation strategy is a set of policies that connects excluded populations to a nations innovation
system. It complements frontier innovation by increasing the purchasing power and enhancing income-generating
opportunities for the poor population.
- Benefits/importance
It is crucial to the bottom-up approach of indigenous innovation
As the key provider of public services, the government could benefit from pursuing a well-articulated inclusive
innovation strategy and use inclusive innovation as a powerful tool to significantly reduce the burden on the fiscal
budget and improve the supply of affordable quality basic goods and services

- Strategies
The role of the government should be to facilitate, support, incentivize and leverage the strengths of all stakeholders
Contributions from the private sector, the research and academic community, NGOs, and global partnerships - as well
as the poor population itself are essential to an effective inclusive innovation system.
potential options for the public policy interventions including:
An integrated national inclusive innovation policy and required institutional systems;
A facile regulatory system and supportive public procurement policy;
A dedicated fund to support inclusive innovation including private risk capital for pro-poor solutions;
Incentives to leverage strengths and comparative advantages of all stakeholders, especially the private sector;
Mandates for public research system to channel the very best technical and scientific expertise towards inclusive
innovation;
Dedicated support to grassroots innovators to deepen and expand their innovation capacity;
Collaboration with national, regional and global STI organizations to leverage global talent, technology and
resources;
Grand Challenge and recognition for game changing inclusive innovations to target specific goals- encouraging
risk taking, experimentation and recognizing failures; and
Independent and regular monitoring and assessment of policies and programs to maximize efficiency and
impact, and benefit from lessons learned.
- Inclusive innovation -two key aspects
First, the fruits of innovation must be accessible to the public at large and not confined to a privileged few.
Particularly in the case of drugs, which are often priced out of the reach of the average consumer?
Indeed, the very process of creating affordable versions of existing products could be innovative.
Innovations bestowed with a state-sanctioned monopoly (through a 20-year patent term) must be worked for
public benefit.
Second, our innovation architecture ought to be democratic and open to all who wish to participate.
Current framework focuses almost entirely on the formal sector. And yet, a quick perusal of the informal
economy demonstrates that creativity is not the preserve of the rich.
Innovation is plural and diverse. It need not be biased towards one kind of script, premised on the notion that big
is better. Rather small can indeed be beautiful. The pharmaceutical industry, with its archaic blockbuster model
has much to learn from this sentiment.



13. AWARENESS IN THE FIELDS OF

a. IT

RADIO BROADCAST IN INDIA
- First broadcasting in South Asia. In 1924, the Madras Presidency Radio Club (MPRC) transmitted the countrys first radio
broadcasting programme.

LIFI
- Through overhead lamp
- Very high data rates
- It donot travels through walls so cannot be intercepted.

Digitalization of Televisions
- Setting up of set-top boxes to convert signal from analog to digital
- Benefits
Higher revenue as one connection one TV
Value addition as more channels
Transparency as new regulatory authority and national level data collection
National level competition - reduction in price and attractive products and schemes to customers.
Television Rating Agency
- Guidelines for Television Rating Agencies in India on the recommendation of TRAI.
- Salient features
Registration from the Ministry of Information and Broadcasting.
No single company / legal entity either directly or through its associates or interconnect undertakings shall have
substantial equity holding that is, 10 percent or more of paid up equity in both rating agencies and
broadcasters/advertisers/advertising agencies.
Ratings ought to be technology neutral and shall capture data across multiple viewing platforms viz. cable TV, Direct-
to- Home (DTH), Terrestrial TV etc.
Panel homes for audience measurement shall be drawn from the pool of households selected through an
establishment survey. A minimum panel size of 20,000 to be implemented within six months of the guidelines
coming into force. Thereafter the panel size shall be increased by 10,000 every year until it reaches the figure of
50,000.
Secrecy and privacy of the panel homes must be maintained. 25 percent of panel homes shall be rotated every year.
The rating agency shall set up an effective complaint redressal system with a toll free number.
The rating agency shall set up an internal audit mechanism to get its entire methodology/processes audited internally
on quarterly basis and through an independent auditor annually.
Non-compliance of guidelines on cross-holding, methodology, secrecy, privacy, audit, public disclosure and reporting
requirements shall lead to forfeiture of two bank guarantees worth Rs. one crore furnished by the company in the first
instance, and, in the second instance shall lead to cancellation of registration. For violation of other provisions of the
guidelines, the action shall be forfeiture of bank guarantee of Rs. 25 lakh for the first instance of non-compliance,
forfeiture of bank guarantee of Rs.75 lakh for the second instance of non compliance and for the third instance,
cancellation of registration.

Head-end in the Sky (HITS) Broadcasting Services
- It is Comcast's satellite multiplex service that provides cable channels to cable television operations.
- At a traditional cable television headend, multitudes of satellite dishes and antennas are used to grab cable stations from
dozens of communication satellites. In contrast, HITS combines cable stations into multiplex signals on just a few
satellites; cable television companies can then pull in hundreds of channels at the local headend with relatively little
equipment; the HITS feed effectively replaces the more complex traditional headend operations.

Internet Protocol television (IPTV)
- It is a system through which television services are delivered using the Internet protocol suite over networks like LAN or
the Internet. Unlike downloaded media, IPTV offers the ability to stream the media in smaller batches, directly from the
source. As a result, a client media player can begin playing the data (such as a movie) before the entire file has been
transmitted. This is known as Streaming media.
Uplinking and downlinking of TV channels
- Uplink (UL or U/L) is the portion of a communications link used for the transmission of signals from an Earth terminal to
a satellite or to an airborne platform.

- Downlink (DL) is the link from a satellite to a ground station.

- Forward link is the link from a fixed location (e.g., a base station) to a mobile user. If the link includes a communications
relay satellite, the forward link will consist of both an uplink (base station to satellite) and a downlink (satellite to mobile
user).

- Reverse link (sometimes called a return channel) is the link from a mobile user to a fixed base station. If the link includes
a communications relay satellite, the reverse link will consist of both an uplink (mobile station to satellite) and
a downlink (satellite to base station) which together constitute a half hop.
-

b. SPACE,

Planets with rings
- Jupiter , Saturn , Neptune, Uranus
- Fifth object - Chariklo Asteroid
Asteroid - a small rocky body orbiting the sun. Large numbers of these, ranging enormously in size, are found
between the orbits of Mars and Jupiter, though some have more eccentric orbit


ISRO
- Chairman - K. Radhakrishanan
- Astrosat - astronomical satellite to be launch in 2015


-
IRNSS
- Indian Regional Navigation Satellite System
- Constellation of 7 satellite series to be launched by 2016. First launched in 2013.
- Second to be launched.
- Launching through PSLV-XL version
- Application
Provide positional information to users only in India and the region extending 1500 km from its birders.
Land, sea and air navigation.
Civil and defence application
Help missiles in accurately reaching their targets.
- Other countries with navigation satellite
Global navigation system
U.S. - GPS - 24
Russia - GLONASS
Europe - GALILEO
Regional Navigation system
Japan -
China - BeiDou Navigation Satellite System
India - IRNSS - 7 plus can add 4 in future.
- The Indian Space Research Organisation (ISRO) intends to launch the first in a constellation of seven satellites envisaged
for the ambitious Indian Regional Navigation Satellite System (IRNSS) project, GPS' Indian counterpart, by the end of
next year.

“ the subsystems [of the satellite] are under various stages of fabrication at ISRO's centres. At least four such
satellites [each with a life in excess of seven years] are required to make it operational. After launching the first satellite
using a PSLV in the last quarter of 2011, periodic launches would take place every six months. Which means by 2014, we
would have the IRNSS optimally functional, ” said ISRO sources here.

Range of applications

IRNSS, which will have a range of applications including personal navigation, will be India's answer to the U.S.-operated
GPS, Russia's Glonass, European Space Agency's under-development Galileo, and China's emerging constellation,
Compass.

“ the problem with the existing constellations is that they are controlled by defence agencies in those countries.
While Galileo is a pay-to-use system, Compass is military-controlled. On completion, IRNSS will have all-weather, round-
the-clock coverage over the Indian landmass with an extended coverage of about 1,500 km around it, ” said the
sources.

Meanwhile, the GPS-Aided Geo Augmented Navigation (GAGAN) payload in GSAT-4 which would be placed into the
geosynchronous transfer orbit — before the satellite self-adjusts into its geostationary orbital home at 82 degree
east longitude — by the eagerly-awaited April 15 flight of GSLV-D3 with indigenous cryogenic upper stage will
provide a position accuracy of better than 7.6 metres required for precision landing of civilian aircraft.

The navigational payload, operating in C, L1 and L5 bands, will form the space segment of GAGAN Satellite-Based
Augmentation System (SBAS). “ we are planning the launch of GSAT-8, with another GAGAN payload, by this
year-end. A third satellite, GSLV 8 or 9, with GAGAN payload would also be launched in succession, ” the sources
said.

Independent function

GAGAN and IRNSS, once it comes into being, will function independent of each other. The ground segment of GAGAN
comprises Indian Reference Stations (INRES) Indian Master Control Centre (INMCC) at Kundanhalli, near Bangalore,
and Indian Land Uplink Stations (INLUS). ISRO has already set up eight such reference stations at eight Indian airports
in collaboration with Airports Authority of India during the technology demonstration phase of GAGAN and 14 more are
in the pipeline.

GAGAN's user segment consists of SBAS receivers capable of receiving GPS signals and corrections from geostationary
satellite.

“ Data from INRES is transmitted to INMCC. This data is processed by INMCC and sent to INLUS. INLUS
transmits the corrected GPS information and time synchronisation signal to a geostationary satellite.
- Defence, prime factor
- The European Commission noted that Galileo would ensure Europes independence in a sector that had become critical
for its economy and the well-being of its citizens. We have become so dependent on services provided by satellite
navigation in our daily lives that should a service be reduced or switched off, the potential disruption to business, banking,
transport, aviation, communication, etc to name but a few, would be very costly.
- Military operations rely heavily on satellite navigation, and Indias defence requirements appear to have played an
important part in the decision to establish an independent system. The operator of a foreign system can choose to
deliberately degrade the accuracy of its signals, as the U.S. reportedly did with the freely accessible GPS signals when
invading Iraq.
- Apart from signals that anyone can utilise free of cost, satellite navigation systems, including the Indian one, provide an
encrypted service that is restricted to those authorised to receive it.
- As part of Indias modernisation of its armed forces, a satellite system of its own gave the country redundancy and reduced
dependence on outside agencies for a key technology, observed Wing Commander Ajey Lele, a space and national security
analyst at the Institute for Defence Studies and Analyses in Delhi.
- Moreover, satellite navigation had huge civilian applications, he pointed out. With India developing both economically
and technologically, this factor too would have influenced the decision to establish the IRNSS.
- The applications of global navigation satellite systems are potentially enormous, according to the consultancy firm, Frost
& Sullivan. The industry view is that it is a massive market waiting to take shape and what we see of its present use can be
considered a tip of the iceberg.
- The global applications market would grow from 65 billion in 2012 to about 134 billion in 2021, it estimated in a report
issued some months back.
- Indias IRNSS, along with GAGAN, is set to serve a potentially huge market across the sub-continent, the report noted.
(GAGAN, an abbreviation for GPS Aided Geo Augmented Navigation, is a satellite-based system implemented jointly by
ISRO and the Airports Authority of India to improve GPS accuracy over the country as an aid for aviation.


PSLV
- Polar Satellite Launch Vehicle
- Perigee - The point in the orbit of the moon or of an artificial
Satellite most nearest from the center of the earth
- Apogee - The point in the orbit of the moon or of an artificial
Satellite most distant from the center of the earth



PSLV C-23
- successfully put five foreign satellites into orbit.
- challenge of developing a Saar satellite which can be dedicated to our neighbourhood, as a gift from India.
- Satellite technology had become an invaluable asset in disaster management. Accurate advance warning and tracking of
cyclone Phailin had recently saved countless lives.

- Mars Orbiter Mission (MOM) cost less than the Hollywood film Gravity.


CHINA
- Lunar rover - Jade Rabbit or Yutu in China - deployed on moon surface.
- Third country to successfully send a lunar rover to the moon after the United States and the former Soviet Union.

BIG BANG
- About 14 billion years ago, the universe was packed into a very small, hot and dense volume that exploded, releasing lots
of energy, this is the Big Bang.
- Cosmic Inflation - About 10
-36
seconds later to Big Bang, the universes expansion briefly accelerated before slowing down.
- Cosmic Microwave Background (CMB) - About 380,000 years later matter had started to clump together to let energy
from the Bang pass through the universe uninhibited. This residual energy is called the Cosmic Microwave Background
(CMB).
- Gravitational Waves - waves releases from Cosmic Inflation. These waves ripple through the universe and would have
caused some changes to the CMB.

- Recent Event

Astronomers through telescope BICEP2 situated in South Pole observed CMB.

NATURALLY OCCURING FUNDAMENTAL FORCES - FOUR

- Since the early 20th century, physicists have recognized four fundamental forces, or interactions, that encompass all
known phenomena in nature. The four forces are -

STRONG NUCLEAR FORCE (also known as the color force) - This force binds neutrons and protons together in the
cores of atoms and is a short range force. It is 100 times stronger than the electromagnetic force. When nuclei are
smashed in nuclear reactions, energy from this force is released.

THE ELECTROMAGNETIC FORCE - This acts between electrically charged particles. Electricity, magnetism, and
light are all produced by this force and it has infinite range. It is responsible for all chemical reactions. It is mediated
by photons, which make up all electromagnetic radiation, from cosmic rays to visible light to extremely low
frequency radio waves. Both heat and light are made up of photons. Electromagnetic force interactions are
determined by electric charge.

WEAK NUCLEAR FORCE - This causes Beta decay (the conversion of a neutron to a proton, an electron and an
antineutrino) and various particles (the "strange" ones) are formed by strong interactions but decay via weak
interactions (that's what's strange about "strangeness"). Like the strong force, the weak force is also short range. So it
is responsible for a relatively small range of fundamental interactions over short distances. Mediated by W and Z
bosons, it is about a hundred billion times weaker than the electromagnetic.

GRAVITY - This force acts between all mass in the universe and it has infinite range. Gravity is the weakest of all
forces, but the most pervasive in the universe because it is generated by all bodies with mass.

- At very high energies, the weak nuclear and the electromagnetic force unite (start behaving interchangeably), while at still
higher forces, it is believed that the strong force unites with the electroweak, and finally, the strong-electroweak force
unites with gravity. It is believed that all four were united an instant after the Big Bang, in the earliest stages of the
universe's formation.


NEUTRINO
- A neutrino is an electrically neutral, weakly interacting elementary subatomic particle.
Neutrinos do not carry electric charge, which means that they are not affected by the electromagnetic forces that act
on charged particles such as electrons and protons.
They are called ghost particles because the travel at almost the speed of light, hardly interact with matter and are
very light. Therefore trapping and measuring them requires extremely sensitive detectors shielded from interfering
radiation.
Neutrinos are affected only by the weak sub-atomic force, of much shorter range than electromagnetism, and gravity,
which is relatively weak on the subatomic scale. Therefore, a typical neutrino passes through normal matter
unimpeded.
Neutrinos are created as a result of certain types of radioactive decay, or nuclear reactions such as those that take
place in the Sun, in nuclear reactors, or when cosmic rays hit atoms.
There are three types, or "flavors", of neutrinos: electron neutrinos, muon neutrinos, and tau neutrinos. They
spontaneously switch from one type to another. Each type is associated with an antiparticle, called an "antineutrino",
which also has neutral electric charge and half-integer spin.
Most neutrinos passing through the Earth emanate from the Sun. About 6.51010 solar neutrinos per second pass
through every square centimeter perpendicular to the direction of the Sun in the region of the Earth.
[2


NEUTRINO OBSERVATORY
- India
1960 - a neutrino observatory at Kolar Gold Fields, Karnataka
worlds first experiments to observe neutrinos in the Earths atmosphere
Neutrino produced as a by-product of cosmic rays colliding with earths upper strata.
Laboratory shut in 1990s as mines were being closed.
Proposed as India-based Neutrino Observatory (INO) under a mountain in the Bodi West Hills, Theni District, TN
To develop by 2020
It is an India-based observatory, not an Indian observatory, because we seek foreign collaborators in terms of
investment and expertise.
Under Department of Atomic Energy (DAE) and Department of Science and Technology (DST)
Got approval off environment ministry, planning commission and atomic energy commission.
Cabinet Approval pending for last one year.
Investors are in jeopardy and discouraged due to delay.
Scientist and bright Indian mind that have ideas to test will prioritize foreign research labs, if delay persists.
process
Detector is made up of layers of magnetized iron plates
Interleaved with resistive plate chambers (RPCs)
Neutrino strike iron atoms produce charged muons
RPCs detect muons
The main goal would be to investigate the masses of the three types of neutrino relative to each other
Underground
INO will be surrounded by at least a kilometer of rock on all sides to shield against cosmic rays and other
background radiation that could swamp the detector.

- China
Daya Bay Neutrino Experiment
JUNO - Jiangmen underground Neutrino Observatory to be complete by 2020
- Japan
Super-Kamiokande Neutrino Observatory.



c. COMPUTERS,

d. ROBOTICS,

- His is at the limits of the Bluefin-21 robot, a 5.3 metre yellow torpedo-shaped machine which can create a high-resolution
map of the seabed through sonar pulses.
To conduct surveys and searches in the subsea world, things move at about three nautical miles an hour not
very fast. At that rate, it would take the Bluefin six years to map the search area.
Despite the greater depth, the comparatively flat Indian Ocean floor could be easier to search than the area
around the mid-Atlantic ridge where AF447 was eventually found.
The echo sounding systems should be much more effective in detecting anything unusual and providing a high
resolution image.
The Remora, which can function at 6,000 metres, was used in the salvage of AF447 and other crashed planes,
as well as the inspection of the Titanic. Its two hydraulic arms could either tie debris to a winch or place things
in a sample basket, ideally including the flight data recorder and cockpit voice recorder.
While the robot takes care of business on the ocean floor, work remains hard on the surface. The impending
southern hemisphere winter may further delay operations.
EMIEW 2 -
- Humanoid robot with a sense of humour.

3D PRINTING
- Meaning and Mechanics
Based on methods of applying a 2D image on a 3D surface, a system for generating three-dimensional objects b
creating a cross-dimensional pattern of the object to be formed.
It employs additive layer processes, where successive layers of materials are laid down in different shapes.
- Uses
For both prototyping and distributed manufacturing with applications in almost every design and construct industry.
- Online 3D printing service - open to both consumer and industries. Requires people to upload their 2D designs to the
company website. Design is then 3D printed using industrial 3D printers and shipped to the consumer.
- 3D scanning - is the process of analyzing and collecting date of real object; its shape and appearance and builds digital,
three dimensional models.
- Specialized 3D bio-print - Chinese scientists began printing ears, livers and kidneys, with living tissue instead of plastic.


O


e. NANO-TECHNOLOGY,
GHOST PARTICLES
- Neutrinos are so called
- Because they travel at almost the speed of light, hardly interact with matter and are very light.



















f. BIO-TECHNOLOGY

Human Organs Transplant Laws in India
The term organ transplant refers to the transplantation of an organ from one body to another. The person who receives the organ is
the recipient and one who gives is called the donor. This procedure is undertaken for the replacement of the damaged organ in the
body of the recipient with the working organ from the body of the donor. The organ donor can be a deceased or alive.
Organ Transplantation is considered to a boon for the medical industry as this procedure can help in saving lives of people who
would die because of their dysfunctional organ. It is important that before this process is conducted several related laws should be
kept into consideration. Medical India Tourism offers to give you online information on Human Organ Transplant Laws in India,
India.
Some of the organs that are mainly donated are kidney, Liver, heart, lung, pancreas, small bowel and sometimes skin along with the
other things. In the earlier times illegal organ trafficking is a major problem because of corrupt and inefficient health care system.
For stopping illegal organ transplant, the Government of India had come up with certain laws in 1994 that made organ sale a crime.
The Human Organs Transplant Act, 1994 laid down certain rules and regulations that were to be followed while conducting organ
transplant.
According to Organ Transplant Laws, no money exchange between the donor and the recipient was allowed. According to the 1994
Act, the unrelated donor had to file an affidavit in the court of a magistrate stating that the organ is being donated out of affection.
Later, the donor had to undergo a few tests before the transplant. The Authorization Committee checked all the supplied
documents.
As per the Indian Law, sale of organs was banned. Thus, no foreigner could get a local donor. In case of money exchange, the
offender had to pay heavy penalty. Close relatives of the recipient like siblings, parents, children and spouse could donate the organ
without clearance from the government. However, they were required to appear before the authorization committee for clearance
and approval.
Aim of Transplantation of human organs act, 1994
The Government passed an act in 1994 to rationalize organ donations and transplants in the country. The main aims of the act:
Regulating removal, storage and transplantation of human organs for therapeutic purposes.
Accepting brain death and making it possible to use these patients as potential organ donors.
Preventing commercial dealings of organs.
After this deal, the concept of brain death was legalized for the first time in India.
Definitions - In this Act, unless the con otherwise requires-
Advertisement - Any kind of advertising for the public generally or to a section or to selected persons
Appropriate Authority - The Appropriate Authority appointed under Section 13
Authorisation Committee - The Committee constituted under clause (a) or clause (b) of sub-section (4) of Section 9
Brain-stem death - A condition when all brain-stem functions have permanently and irreversibly stopped and is so
certified under sub-section (6) of Section 3
Deceased person - A person in whom the evidence of life has permanently disappeared, because of brain-stem death or in
a cardio-pulmonary sense, at any time after live birth has taken place
Donor- Any person, above 18 years of age, who voluntarily authorises the removal of any of his human organs for
therapeutic purposes under sub-section (1) or sub-section (2) of Section 3
Hospital - Is inclusive of a clinic, medical centre, nursing home, medical or teaching institution for therapeutic purposes
and any other kind of an institution
Human organ - Any part of a human body comprising of a structured arrangement of tissues which, if removed
completely, cant be replicated by the body
Near relative - Siblings, spouse, son, daughter, father or mother
Notification - A notification published in the Official Gazette;
Payment - Payment in money or money's worth. However, not including any payment for reimbursing or defraying-
(a) Cost of removal, transportation or preservation of the human organ to be supplied or
(b) Any kind of expense or loss of earnings sustained by a person so far as reasonably and directly because of his supplying any
human organ from his body
Prescribed - Prescribed by rules made under this Act
Recipient - A person in whom any human organ is to be transplanted
Registered medical practitioner- A medical practitioner who has any recognised medical qualification in clause (h) of
Section 2 of the Indian Medical Council Act, 1956 (102 of 1956), and who is enrolled on a State Medical Register as defined
in clause (k) of that section
Therapeutic purposes - Systematic treatment of any disease or steps for the improvement of health as per any particular
method, and
Transplantation - Grafting of any human organ from any living person or deceased person to any other living person for
therapeutic reasons.
The Transplantation of Human Organs (Amendment) Bill, 2009
The Bill passed in 2009, made certain changes and alterations in the previous laws. This Amendment Bill offers regulation of the
transplantation of human tissue along with organ transplant. It was made necessary that the medical staff looking after the patient
to put forward a request to the relatives of the brain dead person form donation of organs. It was necessary that every organ
donation case should go to the Authorisation Committee first.
Highlights
The bill made amendments in the Transplantation of Human Organs Act, 1994.
Along with human organs, the Bill also regularized the transplantation of tissues of the human body.
The act permitted donations from living persons who are near relatives. This act also added grandparents and
grandchildren to the list of near relative.
The doctor had to inform the patient or his relatives about the possibility of organ donation and made sure that they given
their consent to it.
If the organ of the donor and the recipient does not match medically, the bill gave a permission to swap organs with
another pair of such a person.
The bill made an increase in the penalty for illegal removal of human organs and for receiving or making payment for a
human organ.
Key Issues and Analysis
The bill became strict in curbing commercial human organ trade but made organ availability easier for transplantation for
needy patients.
The donor as well as the recipient would get penalized in case there is any involvement of money in the transplant.
If organ donor is not a near relative, he required prior permission from the State Authorisation Committee.
The bill offered for the establishment of Advisory Committees.
The Transplantation of Human Organs (Amendment) Bill, 2013
The state health department, a few months back, came- up with a composite set of guidelines for dealing with deceitful practices
and for countering illegal organ transplant. Now along with an authorization committee, there will be a Verification Committee as
well in every block for the verification of the details that are offered by the donor and recipient. It will also look after all the other
legalities of the matter of organ transplant.
Going for an organ donation?
There are mainly 2 types of donations -
1. Live donation - Where organ transplant takes place between the patient and his close friend or a family member
2. Cadaveric donation- Where a person pledges his organs for harvesting and donated after his death.
Keep the following in mind, if you are donating to your own family member:
Leaving other states apart, if you live in Maharashtra and wants to donate an organ to your family member; you will need
an NOC from the government.
Before the donation starts, one has to undergo a complete health check- up along with a blood cross matching test.
Cadaver donation means that a person takes a pledge to donate his organs after death. Here the organs of a person are harvested
after the person is declared brain dead. In case of cadaver donation keep the following in mind:
If you want to donate an organ, you need to register with any NGO who will arrange an organ donation card for you.
It is important that you should inform your family about your wish so that after your death they give permission to the
doctor for organ harvesting.
As per the rules, once the donation is done, the body has to be returned to the family members in an aesthetic manner,
covering it properly.
After being declared brain dead or after death, the organs are tested for their usability.
If once suffers from kidney disease, liver failure or heart conditions etc., organs cannot be used.
One can donate his skin, eyes, liver, lungs, kidneys, and sometimes intestines.
For more information on Liver Transplantation Surgery, check Liver Transplant Guidelines in India
For Recipients:
In case you are on the receiving side, you should be aware of the following:
Register yourself with the Zonal Transplant Coordination Center (ZTCC) for cadaveric donations, as per your need and get
an NOC.
You can take the assistance of your physician who can also guide you through the process of registering.
Every available organ has to go through a cross match test. In case the result is negative, the doctor does not go for the
transplant.
Whatever the kind of transplant is, the donor goes through the following:
Blood Type Testing: This test for finding ones ABO blood group so that there is no mismatching in the blood groups.
Serology: Another blood test to check for transmissible diseases like HIV, CMV and hepatitis.
Crossmatch: This test determines if the recipient's antibodies will accept or reject the donor kidney.
Human Leukocyte Antigens (HLA): This is a blood test is also known as tissue typing
The government has notified the Transplantation of Human Organs (Amendment) Act, 2011 that allows swapping of organs and
widens the donor pool by including grandparents and grandchildren in the list.
However, rules of the amended law are yet to be notified, without which the Act cannot be implemented.
The Act, which has come into effect in Goa, Himachal Pradesh, West Bengal, Delhi and all Union Territories from January 10, also
provides for the establishment of a National Human Organs and Tissues Removal and Storage Network, and development and
maintenance of a national registry of recipients of organ transplants.
Importantly, it prescribes stringent punishments for commercial dealing in human organs and contravention of any provisions of
the law.
The Act regulates the removal, storage and transplantation of human organs for therapeutic purposes, and prevents commercial
dealing in human organs. It enables a surgeon or a physician and an anaesthetist to be included on the medical board in the event
of non-availability of a neurosurgeon or a neurologist to certify brain death; makes it mandatory for the ICU/Treating Medical Staff
to request relatives of a brain-dead patient for organ donation; and empowers the Union government to prescribe the composition
of authorisation committees that grants approvals for donating organs.
Since health is a State subject, the government had to wait until some States passed this Central Act before notifying it. The Act
received Presidential assent in September 2011. The remaining States will have to pass the Act in their respective Assemblies.
Welcoming the notification, Pallavi Kumar, executive director of MOHAN Foundation, said it would boost organ donation in the
country. The provision that allows making requests to families of the dead to donate organs would help those in need, she told The
Hindu.
There is a huge shortage of organs in India and patients die while on the waiting list. Around 7.85 million people in India suffer
from chronic kidney failure. At present, the approximate prevalence of Chronic Kidney Disease is 800 per million populations and
the incidence of end stage kidney disease is 150-200 per million populations. Nearly 3,500 kidney transplants are done annually as
against the need for 21000 transplants.









STEM CELL



- Types of stem cells
Pluripotent Stem Cells (PS cells)
These possess the capacity to divide for long periods and retain their ability to make all cell types within the
organism.
Best known pluripotent stem cells -embryonic stem cells
These are present in embryos that help babies grow within the womb. These cells form at the blastocyst stage
of development i.e. when a newly fertilized egg begins to divide. The embryonic stem cells lie within
blastocyst ball of cells.
Now we can derive pluripotent cells from adult human skin cells known as induced pluripotent stem cells or iPS
cells.


Fetal stem cells
These are obtained from tissues of a developing human fetus.
Have some characteristics of the tissues they are taken from. For example, those taken from fetal muscles can
make only muscle cells.
Stem cells are mother cells that have
the potential to become any type of
cell in the body.
Have ability to self-renew or multiply
while maintaining the potential to
develop into other types of cells.
Stem cells can become cells of the
blood, heart, bones, skin,
muscles, brain etc.
There are different sources of stem
cells but all types of stem cells have
the same capacity to develop into
multiple types of cells
These are also called progenitor cells.

Adult stem cells
Obtained from some tissues of the adult body.
Example - bone marrow. Bone marrow is a rich source of stem cells that can be used to treat some blood diseases
and cancers.
These stem cells can act like a repair system, dividing regularly to provide new specialized cells to take the place
of those that die or are lost.
Tissues where adult stem cells have been found include the brain, blood, muscle, skin and bone.
Research with adult stem cells has been limited due to the difficulty in growing and differentiating them under
laboratory conditions.

- Discovery of stem cells
In 1998 scientists found methods to isolate stem cells from human embryos and grow the cells in the laboratory.
Early studies utilized embryos created for infertility purposes through in vitro fertilization procedures and when they
were no longer needed for that purpose. The use required voluntary donation of the embryos by the owners.
- Potential for use
Valuable as
Research tools for screening new drugs and toxins and understanding birth defects without subjecting human
volunteers to the toxins and drugs.
Treat of diseases in future such as Parkinson's disease, diabetes, heart failure, cerebral palsy, heart disease and
host of other chronic ailments.
As stem cells can give rise to any tissue found in the body, they provide nearly limitless potential for medical
applications.
- Current use
Currently provide life-saving treatments for patients with leukemia, lymphoma, other blood disorders, and some solid
tumors.
- Technology :The three main technologies in use today are:
Adult stem cell transplant: bone marrow stem cells
From last 20 years used for bone marrow transplants, where the patient's bone marrow stem cells are replaced
with those from a healthy, matching donor. The stem cells will migrate into the patient's bone marrow and begin
producing new, healthy leukocytes to replace the abnormal cells.
Adult stem cell transplant: peripheral blood stem cells (PBSCs)
While most blood stem cells reside in the bone marrow, a small number are present in the bloodstream.
PBSCs can be obtained from drawn blood, making them easier to collect than bone marrow stem cells.
However, PBSCs are sparse in the bloodstream, so collecting enough to perform a transplant can pose a
challenge.
Umbilical cord blood stem cell transplant
Umbilical cords traditionally have been discarded as a by-product of the birth process.
Now the stem-cell-rich blood found in the umbilical cord has proven useful in treating the same types of health
problems as those treated using bone marrow stem cells and PBSCs.
- Where do scientists get stem cells?
Adult stem cells - removed from adult tissues with little harmful effect.
Embryonic stem cells - from multi-cellular embryos cultured in the laboratory.
current and potential sources of stem cells:
Early embryos created by in vitro fertilization - which are not needed for infertility treatment (called spare
embryos) or created specifically for research;
Early embryos created by somatic (body) cell nuclear transfer (SCNT), a procedure that bypasses the normal
fertilization process by taking the genetic material from a cell in an adults body and fusing it with an empty egg
cell.
This is a form of therapeutic cloning, which would allow cells to be customized for each individual and
thereby minimize the chances of tissue rejection;
Germ cells or organs of an aborted fetus;
Blood cells of the umbilical cord at the time of birth;
Some adult tissues (such as bone marrow);
Mature adult tissue cells reprogrammed to behave like stem cells
-
- BIO-ETHICS
Hwang Woo Suk - South Korean Stem Cell Researcher
Jailed for embezzlement and violation of the countrys bioethics law
Image manipulation, date falsification and fabrication, misrepresentation of facts.
Two papers
For cloning 30 human embryos and for deriving a human embryonic stem cell line from one of them.
For creating human embryonic stem cell lines from the skin cells of individual patient
EDCs- Endocrine Disrupting Chemicals (affecting harmones)
Cause cancers, birth defects and development disorders in children.

ICMR issued code of conduct for life sciences research and Guideline on Stem cell
ICMR - Indian Council of Medical Research
Guideline -
Any use of stem cells in patients except to treat various haematological, immunological and metabolic
disorders using haematopoietic stem cells should be considered as clinical trials.
So now bone marrow treatment is clearly exempted
But Limbal transplantation is not exempt
Treatment of damaged corneas for limbal stem cell deficiency. An established safe and only method
involving transplant of limbal stem cells from the healthy eye to the damaged eye of the same
patient.
Code of conduct
For preventing the use of scientific research for bio-terrorism and bio-warfare.
Aim is to ensure that all research activities, involving microbial or other biological agents or toxins are only
of types and in quantities that have justification for prophylactic, protective or other peaceful purposed.
Code binding on all laboratory scientists involved in scientific research concerning dangerous organisms and
toxic weapons against any living being or environment.
Institutional review boards and ethics committees have evolved as conscience keepers of professionals.

DESIGNER CHROMOSOME

- Of Yeast (Eukaryotes - organism with complex cells that contain a nucleus and other structures enclosed within
membranes)
- Yeast is used to make beer, biofuel and medicines and it can be made to work more efficiently
- Chromosome has been synthesized for bacteria which are simpler, prokaryotic organisms.
- A big step towards acquiring the ability to redesign plants or animals
-



MOLECULAR GENETICS SCIENCE
- First patent for living organism - Dr. Anand Chakraborty -developed an organism to clean up oil spills.
- Uses in medicine, industry, environment and agriculture.
Medicine - vaccines, insulin and genetic medicine concerns of bio-ethics
Concerns related to Bio-ethics - reproductive cloning.
Therapeutic cloning has been welcomed.
Bioremediation methodologies in the field of environmental biotechnology - for pollution control in ground
and river water.
But concern in food and agricultural biotechnology
Biosafety
Environmental safety
Biodiversity loss
Human and farm animal health

INDIAN AGENCIES FOR BIO-TECHNOLOGY REGULATION
- ICAR - Indian Council for Agriculture Research
- DBT - Department of Bio-Technology
- ICMR - Indian Council of Medical Research
- CSIR - Council for Scientific and Industrial Research
- MoEF - Ministry of Environment and Forests
- BRAI - Biotechnology Regulatory Authority of India - Proposed Bill lapse due to dissolution of Lok Sabha

Biotechnology Regulatory Authority -

The Biotechnology Regulatory Authority of India Bill, 2013
- Highlights
To regulate organisms and products of modern biotechnology.
Regulate the research, transport, import, containment, environmental release, manufacture, and use of biotechnology
products.
Regulatory approval by BRAI will be granted after a multi-level process of assessment undertaken by scientific
experts.
BRAI will certify that the product developed is safe for its intended use.
All other laws governing the product will continue to apply.
A Biotechnology Regulatory Appellate Tribunal will hear civil cases that involve a substantial question relating to
modern biotechnology and hear appeals on the decisions and orders of BRAI.
Penalties are specified for
providing false information to BRAI,
conducting unapproved field trials,
obstructing or impersonating an officer of BRAI and
For contravening any other provisions of the Bill.
- Key Issues and Analysis
The Tribunal has jurisdiction over a substantial question relating to modern biotechnology. However, the Bill does
not define this term. Leaving a term undefined could allow for flexibility but could also increase ambiguity.
The Tribunal will consist of one judicial member and five technical members. This is not in conformity with a
Supreme Court decision that the number of technical members on a bench of a Tribunal cannot exceed the number of
judicial members.
The Tribunals technical members shall be eminent scientists or government officials with experience in the field. It
is unclear whether the technical expertise of the latter can be equated with the former.
The Bill does not specify any liability for damage caused by a product of biotechnology. Therefore, it will remain open
to the courts to determine liability arising out of any adverse impact of modern biotechnology.
It proposes for an easy single window approval mechanism for GM crops.
The bill proposes the creation of too many authorities without prescribing or defining their powers and
responsibilities.
According to the Bill, only three to four experts will decide about GM crops and products. Even one or two members
could also take a decision in the absence of other members. Ideally, any decision should be taken involving different
ministries and peoples representation.
Further the confidential commercial details will not be shared even under the RTI.
Organisms
- GMO - Genetically Modified Organism
Genetically modified organism (GMO) is an organism whose genetic material has been altered using genetic
engineering techniques. Organisms that have been genetically modified include micro-organisms such as bacteria and
yeast, insects, plants, fish, and mammals.
- LMO - Living Modified Organism
Living modified organism" means any living organism that possesses a novel combination of genetic material
obtained through the use of modern biotechnology.
The difference between an LMO and a GMO is that a Living Modified Organism means any biological entity capable
of transferring or replicating genetic material, including sterile organisms, viruses and viroids and typically refers to
agricultural crops. Genetically Modified Organisms include both LMOs and organisms which are not capable of
growing, i.e. are dead.

g. ISSUES RELATING TO INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS



PHARMACEUTICAL DRUGS - PATENT ISSUES
- India the generic pharmaceutical capital of the world can once again come to the rescue. India first earned the above
sobriquet in the late 1990s when it supplied generic versions of high-priced AIDS drugs to patients in sub-Saharan Africa
at a fraction of the prevailing prices.
- Natco Pharmaceuticals
Compulsory license (Section 3(d) of Indian Patent Amendment Act, 2005) on the kidney and liver cancer drug Nexavar
made by Bayer (Germany) being overly priced beyond the reach of a majority of Indian patients. Indias First. (Kidney
(Axa = nexa) Cancer = Compulsory = necessary = nexavar)
Generic version drugs for blood cancer drug, Glivec made by Novartis involving only incremental innovation.
(Generic = Glivec = Geela = liquid blood)
Generic version drugs of multiple sclerosis drug copaxone made by Teva Pharmaceuticals of Israel.
- Compulsory Licence - can be issued for a drug if the medicine is deemed unaffordable by the government.
A CL is granted subject to three conditions
Price - The price should be reasonably affordable.
Availability - It should be sufficiently available in India.
Working - It should be worked in India.
Debate regarding working should the inventor manufacture the invention locally or is it sufficient to import
it?
The Controller held that working meant local manufacture to a reasonable extent.
The Intellectual Property Appellate Board (IPAB) said that working could in some cases mean local
manufacture entirely, while in others, only importation.
This issue will be settled by the superior courts on review.
CL would be a beneficial addition to patent system, would not significantly impact the incentives for innovations, and
that, a compulsory licensing provision would ensure that the public is adequately supplied with a product.
- Ever-greening patents -
Ever-greening is where a company extends its patent on a drug by repatenting slightly modified versions of the drug.
For example, they might release the original drug in its salt form, even if this does not bring a therapeutic
improvement. Prohibited under Section 3(d) of the Indian Patents Act 1970, Amended in 2005 to streamline with
TRIPs
Invention must be novel, inventive and patentable.
The patent is a creature of law by which the state bars public access to that invention for a fixed period. The economic
reward from the invention is earned during this time after which it goes to the public domain.
Section 3(d) is a test of patentability.
- In compliant of WTO agreement TRIPS - Agreement on Trade Related Intellectual Property Rights and reaffirmed by the
Doha Ministerial Declaration on TRIPS and Public Health.
It is aimed at increased access to life-saving treatment.
TRIPS recognises that members have the right to use/adopt measures to protect public health so long as they are
consistent with TRIPS
Doha Declaration emphasises the importance of implementing and interpreting the TRIPS Agreement in a way that
supports public health.

- World Health Organisation strongly endorsed Indias patent law and its TRIPS compliance.
- USITC - United State International Trade Commission
India has been placed on the priority watch list of countries, whose IPR regimes will be scrutinised during the year.
India has not been labelled a Priority Foreign Country (PFC). This would have resulted into the withdrawal of
Generalised Scheme of Preference (GSP) duty benefit for Indian exports.
The withdrawal of GSP benefits would have affected exports of the MSME sector to the US. However, the move
would not affect Indian exporters much.
This sanction could spark off a trade war with retaliatory sanctions from India also hurting large U.S. companies.
Priority Foreign Country is the worst classification given to those, which deny adequate and effective protection
of IPR or fair and equitable market access to the US persons relying on IPR protection.
- US account for 30 % of Indias pharmaceutical exports. Therefore, sanction will hurt US and US consumers the most.
- Why innovation will not discourage? -
Innovator pharmaceutical companies had explored promising strategies to increase revenues with differential pricing.
Further, they also profit from the large generic market in India.
- India might take the US to the World Trade Organization (WTO) if such unwarranted action was taken, while keeping
open the door for discussion to allay perceptions on Delhi's trade laws. India was WTO-compliant on TRIPs.
- Special 301 report
By the office of the US Trade Representative
An annual survey in which the USTR is supposed to identify countries which do not provide adequate and effective
IPR protection or fair and equitable market access to United States persons that rely upon IPR.
- The US International Trade Commission, a quasi-judicial independent federal body which advises the US President, the
USTR and the nations legislature on trade matters, had begun a probe into Indias trade and industrial policies
Policy circles here believe the US is doing these to protect the interest of a handful of pharmaceutical companies,
which command influence in policy making circles there. These include Pfizer, Bayer and Swiss pharma major
Novartis.
- The department of industrial policy and promotion, under the commerce & industry ministry, has prepared a list of all
cases since 1974 where the US is held to have breached IPR laws, rejected patents and invoked compulsory licensing, in
sectors ranging from electronics to pharmaceuticals.
Refusing to deal with the matter bilaterally, the government has apparently told its American counterpart that such
issues should be discussed only at multilateral platforms like the World Intellectual Property Organization and WTO.
The US is concerned that other countries such as Brazil, China and in Africa might follow Indias model of compulsory
licensing.
- IPR WAR
Officials decided India will not cooperate with the US on any sort of investigation on Indian IPR or trade laws
- Government invoking emergency provisions with regard to Dasatinib, a cancer drug.
Refused to issue a compulsory license for production of a cancer drug Dasatinib.
- Argument in favour of Indias patent law
Any person who pursues commercial interests in another country must submit to the laws of the country.
Invention did not stand up to the test of our legislation - not our fault.
Few instances of using flexibilities (only twice) indicate the fact that India uses those safeguards selectively.
- India needs foreign technologies and investment.
WTO TRIPS COUNCIL MEETING, GENEVA
- Proposal
Easing patent terms and strengthening TRIPS flexibilities for environmentally sound technologies, so that the
technologies can be transferred more easily to them.
similar to the flexibilities for pharmaceutical products
Developing countries supported Ecuador's position, others stressed that existing flexibilities should be used.
Innovation and intellectual property protection help build technology for industry across the globe to move up the
value chain.
also helps large companies to integrate better with global value chains





14. CONSERVATION, ENVIRONMENTAL POLLUTION AND DEGRADATION, ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT AND
BIO-DIVERSITY

Coral reef bleaching
- Whitening of diverse invertebrate taxa, results from the loss of symbiotic zooxantheallae and/or a reduction in
photosynthetic pigment concentrations in zooxanthellae residing within corals.
- Caused by various anthropogenic and natural variations in the reef environment including sea temperature, solar
irradiance, sedimentation, xenobiotics, sub-aerial exposure, inorganic nutrients, freshwater dilution, and epizootics.
- Global climate change may play a role in the increase in coral bleaching events, and could cause the destruction of major
reef tracts and the extinction of many coral species.
Coral reefs
- Found in circumtropical shallow tropical waters along the shores of islands and continents.
- Reef substrate is composed of calcium carbonate from living and dead corals.
- Invertebrates, vertebrates, and plants live in close association to the corals, with tight resource coupling and recycling,
allowing coral reefs to have extremely high productivity and biodiversity, they are referred to as the Tropical Rainforests
of the Oceans.
Suitability
- live in very nutrient poor waters
- Have certain zones of tolerance to water temperature, salinity, UV radiation, opacity, and nutrient quantities.
- Corals build skeletons of calcium carbonate sequestered from the water. When the coral polyp dies, this skeleton remains
incorporated in the reef framework.
- corals receive their nutrient and energy resources in two ways
capture tiny planktonic organisms
Having an obligate symbiotic relationship with a single cell algae known as zooxanthellae.
Zooxanthellae live symbiotically within the coral polyp tissues and assist the coral in nutrient production through
its photosynthetic activities.
Host coral polyp in return provides its zooxanthellae with a protected environment to live within, and a steady
supply of carbon dioxide for its photosynthetic processes.
- The corals receive their coloration from the zooxanthellae living within their tissues.
- Coral reefs bleaching include anthropogenic and natural events.
Anthropogenic impacts (overexploitation, overfishing, increased sedimentation and nutrient overloading.)
Natural disturbances include violent storms, flooding, high and low temperature extremes, El Nino Southern
Oscillation (ENSO) events, subaerial exposures, predatory outbreaks and epizootics.
- Bleaching, or the paling of zooxanthellate invertebrates, occurs when
the densities of zooxanthellae decline
(ii) The concentration of photosynthetic pigments within the zooxanthellae fall.

- Ecological causes of coral bleaching
Temperature
Solar Irradiance
Subaerial Exposure
extreme low tides, ENSO-related sea level drops or tectonic uplift
Sedimentation
Fresh Water Dilution
Inorganic Nutrients - lowering of coral resistance and greater susceptibility to diseases.
Xenobiotics
Exposure of coral to elevated concentrations of various chemical contaminants, such as Cu, herbicides and oil.
Epizootics
Pathogen induced bleaching - coral

GANGA
- 2,500 km, from the Gangotri glacier in the Himalayas to the Sunderbans delta in Bangladesh,
- ISSUES
Pollution due to Untreated sewage and industrial waste
dumping solid waste
Carcasses of dead animals and dead bodies
Idol immersion after puja = chemicals to paints for the idols are toxic
Reduced flow and rampant underground water withdrawals
Frequent floods and droughts
changing climate
glacial retreat, decreasing ice mass, early snowmelt and increased winter stream flow
- initiatives by GOI
Ganga Action Plan: Phases I and II
projects River Development,
Ganga Rejuvenation ,
Ministery of Water Resources,
National Ganga River Basin Authority and
the National Mission for Clean Ganga
- basin-scale approach to manage complex transboundary basin
Shared Management of River Water instead of Sharing River Water
require close coordination with all the countries sharing the Ganga, such as Nepal and Bangladesh, to protect
interests of both upstream and downstream users
The existing treaties on sharing water resources could be renegotiated as shared management of water resources.
- Main pollutant - sewage constitutes and industrial discharge
Alternative use
Farmers frequently rely on waste water for irrigation.
Urban waste offers a significant nutrient resource for farming, if safely treated and applied. Low cost, simple
ecological sanitation and reuse systems can make waste water treatment feasible for agricultural purposes.
- environmental flows
It means the water requirements of aquatic ecosystems and of basic human, social and spiritual needs.
It only refers to the quantity of water required to maintain river ecology under different environmental conditions.
Deteriorating water quality in the Ganga due to domestic, industrial and agricultural effluents is also a major
threat to riverine ecosystems and to people whose livelihoods depend on water.
Innovative methods for maintaining environmental flows and the quality of water during environmentally critical
periods,
- Flooding
Major investments to address climate variability. s
Application of remote sensing and hydrological modelling has helped in developing high-quality flood maps useful for
developing plans for river conservation, maintaining the quality of water in different stretches and, more importantly,
reducing the vulnerabilities of the affected communities.
Innovative approaches such as underground taming of floods for irrigation and aquifer management could offer
solutions to the flood problem.
These approaches essentially involve storing floodwaters in underground structures in upstream areas. This will help
prevent floods and help maintain water availability even during dry seasons.
- partnerships with various stakeholders

- BJP Government Mission to Clean Ganga
Liquid waste from towns and cities along the river will now be recycled and treated in case it is let into the river also
mandated under Ganga Action Plan.
make the Ganga navigable with a bit of dredging
Concerns over ganga mission
developing tourism - religious and secular - is also mentioned as a goal
Unchecked commercialism riding on the back of pilgrims visiting Kedarnath resulting ino environmental
degradation causing losses from the flash floods of 2013.
Tourism to natural destinations has to be strictly regulated or rationed for it to be sustainable.
building barrages at every 100 kilometers across the Ganga for connectivity and transportation
Would obstruct free flow of clean rivers.

NATIONAL GANGA RIVER BASIN AUTHORITY (NFRBA)
- Set up in 2009 under Environment (Protection) Act,1986
as an empowered planning, financing, monitoring and coordinating authority for the Ganga river
- composition
chiairman - PM
members - the Union Ministers Concerned and the Chief Ministers of states through which Ganga flows,
viz., Uttarakhand, Uttar Pradesh, Bihar, Jharkhand and West Bengal, among others
- objective
Abatement of pollution and conservation of the river Ganga by adopting a holistic approach with the river basin as the
unit of planning.
- Functions
All measures necessary for planning and execution of programmes for abatement of pollution in the Ganga in keeping
with sustainabledevelopment needs.
- Key Features of New Approach
Basin as unit - River basin will be the unit of planning and management. This is an internationally accepted strategy
for integrated management of rivers.
Localised efforts - NGRBA will spearhead river conservation efforts at the national level. Implementation will be by
the State Agencies and Urban Local Bodies
Satisfy demands - strategy will consider the competing demands on water and will seek to ensure minimum ecological
flows.
Modelling - minimum ecological flows determined through modelling exercises.
Regulation - regulate water abstraction for maintaining ecological flows.
- Functions of NGRBA
Pollution - addressing the problem of pollution in a holistic and comprehensive manner including water quality,
minimum ecological flows, sustainable access and other issues relevant to river ecology and management.
Conservation - regulatory body with developmental role in terms of planning & monitoring of the river
conservation activities and ensure the availablity of necessary resources.
Water quality - maintain the water quality upto acceptable standards
The pollution abetment activities will be taken through the existing implementation mechanisms in the State and
also through special Purpose Vehicles (SPVs) at the pollution hotspots.
Ecological flow - ensure minimum ecological flow by regulating water abstraction and by promoting water storage
projects.
Cleaning - plan and monitor programmes for cleaning of Ganga and its tributaries with focus on Ganga main stream.
Expert views - draw upon professional expertise within and outside the Government for advice on techno-economic
issues.
Technical support - to NGRBA by the Ministry of Environment & Forests (MoEF).

The WILD LIFE (PROTECTION) AMENDMENT ACT, 2003
- amend the Wild Life (Protection) Act, 1972,
- objectives
provides for the protection of wild animals
1
, birds
2
and plants
3
to ensure the ecological and environmental security
- Features
Regulatory bodies
It also seeks to constitute a National Board for Wildlife to oversee protection of ecological balance in the country
headed by the Prime Minister,
Minister-in-Charge for Forests and Wildlife
25 other Members.
State level - State Board for Wildlife to oversee the measures for protection and ensuring environmental security
headed by the Chief Minister

Regulatory provisions
make violation of this Act as non - bailable offence,
provide for forfeiture of property derived from illegal hunting and trade,
prohibition of holding illegally acquired property,
assistance to the Administrator under this Act by police, State Forest Departments, Central Economic
Intelligence Bureau, Directorate of Revenue Intelligence and such other officials as specified by the State
Government,
Appeal from orders of the Administrator or competent authority to the Appellate Tribunal with stipulation that
finding of any authority under any other Law not to be conclusive for any proceedings under this Act.
It also provides for a deterrent punishment with imprisonment for a term extendable to five years and with fine
upto Rs. 50,000 for acquiring property in violation of the Wildlife (Protection) Amendment Act, 2003.
Environmental Kuznets Curve
- Concept
Initially in economic development phase of any country, environment degradation is inevitable due to high growth
rate and requirements of resources for development. But, with more progress, more regulations come into effect
which effectively reduces the amount of environment degradation. Thus, countries are able to preserve their
Environment while enjoying high development level.

- Criticisms
It generally applies to air pollution levels mostly, while negative effects on biodiversity and land are generally
irreversible. Ex- soil fertility. Also, deforestation level maybe stopped, but in fact its effectively exported to less
developed countries


NARMADA BACHAO ANDOLAN
- Narmada Control Authority allowed raising the height by 17 metres of the
Narmada dam to the full reservoir level.
- Around two lakh displaced people waiting to be rehabilitated even at the
present height of the dam.
- against the illegal raising of the height of the Sardar Sarovar dam from 122 to
139 metres, which will adversely impact over 2.5 lakh people engaged in
various occupations
HYDRO-ELECTRICITY DAM
- ENVIRONMENT ISSUES
Controversial Demwe mega-dam Project in Arunachal Pradesh on Lohit
River. Likely to impact of flow fluctuation, alter riverine ecology and
negative impact on Dibru - Saikhowa national park and Kaziranga
National Park.
National Board on Wild Life (NBWL) - conduct studies on ecological feasibility of power projects.
Wildlife (protection) Act, 1972.
- Himachal seeks lifting of ban on hydro-power project constructions
On August 13 last year SC issued an order after which work on all HEPs was stalled
Ordered the Union Ministry of Environment and Forests (MoEF) and the State government must not grant any
further environmental clearance or forest clearance for any hydroelectric power project (HEP) in the State of
Uttarakhand, until further orders.
An SC Expert Body elucidated the catastrophic role played by HEPs during the deluge in 2013.
The Central Water Commission (CWC) and the Central Electricity Authority (CEA) report favour the construction of
HEPs in the State.
-
- renamed the Ministry of Environment and Forests (MoEF) appending and Climate Change
- five lessons on important of environmental protection.
1. ecology takes the long view
Development projects promoted for short-term gains may have unaccounted long-term costs. Natural forests of
diverse native tree species function as watersheds, wildlife habitats, and sources of livelihood for tribal, farming,
and fishing communities, contributing to long-term human well-being in ways not captured by indices such as
annual GDP growth.
such diverse natural forests and the living soils they spring from, once destroyed, are difficult and costly or
infeasible to bring back
compensatory afforestation, if carried out at all, frequently involves raising plantations of one or few alien tree
species such as eucalyptus and wattles.
2. ecology is a science of connections
each species are connected to and essentail for food chain and ecosystem
3. that ecology closes the loop
Nature recycles, without externalities, wasting little
We should applied this to everything from recycling municipal waste to curtailing pollution by industries,
it could generate jobs and induce growth without leaving behind irredeemable wastes.
4. ecological processes transcend political boundaries
greenhouse gases affect common pool of our atmosphere anywhere and affect people and the earths fabric of life
everywhere.
To conserve tigers and elephants in protected reserves, we need to retain connecting corridors and forests, some
spanning state or international boundaries.
5. ecology teaches us that humans are not external to nature
Land and nature are not commodities. They form the community we belong to: we are part of nature.
ecology versus economy
both words originate from the greek word oikos, meaning home.
The science of our home environment (ecology) must inform the management of our home resources
(economy).
For almost every destructive project, there are often alternatives and means of implementation that cause less
harm to environment and local communities, and can provide overall long-term benefits.
roads can be routed to avoid wildlife sanctuaries and provide better connection to peripheral villages
Decentralised village power generation systems that use biomass, solar power, and other renewable
sources can help reduce reliance on mega power projects plagued by corruption and requiring long power
lines that suffer transmission losses and cause forest fragmentation.
The integration of ecological considerations into economic development is vital and valuable


PANGOLINS
- Colossal illegal trade poached for their skin

WHALE SHARK
- Biggest fish (largest living non-mammalian vertebrate) in the world
- IUCN vulnerable
- Protected under Indian Wildlife (protection) Act, 1972 schedule-I
7 years imprisonment
- Poached near Kakinada
ONE HORN RHINOCEROS
Vulnerable - Red list of Threatened Species, International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN).
Kaziranga National park, Assam - highest density of Tigers but conservation of Rhino.
Manas National Park, Assam - highest density of Rhino but conservation of Tigers
Gorumara National Park and Jaldapara Nation Park - West Bengal - second highest.
The rhino population in Assam - 2,553.
KNP -2,329,
Rajiv Gandhi Orange National Park - 100 rhinos,
Pobitora Wildlife Sanctuary - 93 rhinos and
Manas National Park - 31 rhinos.

Danger - poaching for horn.
China and Vietnam, as market, use the rhino horn for various purposes, including medicinal.
NGT directed the Assam Government not to permit traffic on six sections along the National Highway 37 passing
through the Kaziranga Landscape. Further govt to install cameras to ensure max. 40 kph speed.
Suggestion to protect
Dehorning as a measure to curb poaching
In Africa, dehorning cannot stop poaching.
Rhino will be poached for vengeance.
Dehorning may have bad effect on rhino life and ecology.
It may set precedent of taking away the precious body part of endangered species.
Rhino DNA Indexing System
A DNA-based forensic tool. The RhODIS, used to investigate and prosecute suspects in cases of rhino
poaching
It involves the collection of each individual rhinos unique DNA profile into a database which can be
referenced when presenting legal evidence in cases of rhino poaching.
RhODIS utility in crime-scene investigation.
Assam has now planned to introduce RhoDIS to collect irrefutable evidences of poaching, in collaboration
with World Wide Fund for Nature
India to build a database of the DNA profiles of translocated, poached or naturally-dead rhinos.
South Africa had successfully cracked down on rhino poaching by international gangs and carried out
effective prosecution. As many as 16 rhinos have been killed in Kaziranga so far this year.
fast-track courts
To carry out speedy trials against poachers.
Intelligence gathering and combat training to forest guards and range officers.

ORANGUTAN - INDONESIA
IUCN - Critically Endangered
Risk - Loss of habitat due to Oil palm Industry in Indonesia.
Indonesia is world largest producer of Palm oil.
India is largest importer of Palm oil.
Massive deforestation also causing Global Warming and Social conflict with indigenous communities.
Deforestation in Indonesia is among World highest.
Spread of monoculture of palm oil plantations.
Indonesia is third largest GHG emitter.
Conservation efforts
Moratorium on clearing primary forests and peat-lands.
But secondary forests are deforested without control.

Palm oil - common ingredient in the detergents, shampoos, cosmetics and other household goods.

OLIVE RIDLEY (TURTLES) CONSERVATION PROGRAMME
- egg-laying season (between January and March)
- more than 150 eggs in each nest, and it would take 45 days for them to hatch
Vulture conservation
- approx. 200 village panchayats in Coimbatore, KA passing a resolution to protect this endangered species from
extinction.
o Arulagam, a Coimbatore-based vulture conservation organisation
- Four species of vultures - white-backed, long-billed, Egyptian and red-headed vultures.
o Found in the Moyar valley region and Eastern slopes of the Nilgiris North Forest division.

GREAT INDIAN BUSTARDS
- only 200 left
- Evolve an action plan to protect the bird, which is on the verge of extinction.
- Habitats - Rajasthan, Gujarat, Karnataka and Andhra Pradesh.
- Causes
o destruction of forests,
o break-up of corridors,
o illegal trade,
o poaching and
o change in land use
MAN ANIMAL CONFLICT
ELEPHANT - pachyderms
- conflict-prone areas of south Bengal
- rise in the number of migratory elephants : reasons
Eastern bank of Kangasabati River in south Bengal is very fertile and most of the land is under cultivation throughout
the year providing food to elephants.
Increased irrigation facility led to a change in the crop pattern and more migratory elephants coming to south Bengal
from adjoining JH.
Loss of habitation in JH and blocking the transit route in neighbouring OR was one of the reasons why the elephants
stayed longer, resulting in conflicts in the region.
- measures
Kunkies (trained elephants) to be deployed to tackle wild elephants by drive away the crop-raiding elephant herds
deep into the forests, and prevent them from damaging the standing crops.
Wild elephants will get attracted towards the kunkies. Our trained elephants would take their wild counterparts deep
into the forests and would come back.

AFFORESTATION
increase of 5,871 sq km of the countrys forest area
total forest cover of the country
21.23 per cent of the geographical area of the country.
tree cover 2.78%.
total forest and tree cover - 24.01%.
National Forest Policy 1988
aims at maintaining 33 per cent of the geographical area under forest and tree cover.
contiguous forests 40% of the forest cover.
North-eastern States 1/4
TH
of countrys forest cover
Forest and Mangrove cover decreased.
Gujarat - largest increase in mangrove.
total carbon stock in forests has increased in the country.
Forest area
48 % - having adequate regeneration,
24 % - inadequate and
10 % - no regeneration
73 % forest area is affected by light to heavy grazing.
The maximum increase
in West Bengal, Odisha and Kerala
loss
Nagaland, Andhra Pradesh and Madhya Pradesh due to submergence, mining and shifting cultivation.
maintain its forests - no significant increase but no major depletion either.
NATURAL RESOURCE MANAGEMENT - precious soil and water etc
- issues
50 per cent of the geographical area of the country was affected by various forms of land degradation.
Soil loss reducing crop productivity.
- Solution
Soil and water are the basic resources in a watershed, and they must be carefully conserved and judiciously utilised to
sustain crop productivity and livelihood security.
- Steps
adopt a participatory approach
Tackle livelihood issues -
production, productivity and livelihood systems should be linked
Only when the land was made profitable could the youth be attracted to farming.

Give importance to wisdom of the people in the execution of the comprehensive watershed development programmes
Develop proper land use policy.
Aware people about purpose-wise land suitability. So that good land donot be diverted for non-agricultural use.
Promoting an integrated farming system. Even if the situation on the food front could be managed, fodder would turn
scarce.
Coastal Regulation Zone (CRZ) -
- refers to the coastal stretches of India and the water area up to its territorial water limit, excluding the islands of Andaman
and Nicobar and Lakshadweep and the marine areas surrounding these islands up to its territorial limit
The setting up and expansion of any industry, operations or processes and manufacture or handling or storage or
disposal of hazardous substances is prohibited in these areas.
Regarding the islands of Andaman & Nicobar and Lakshadweep, the MOEF has issued a separate notification titled
Island Protection Zone 2011.

- Cabinet recommended amending the Coastal Regulation Zone (CRZ) notifications to remove difficulties caused to
fishermen living in the coastal areas of the State.
- Notification
Under Section 3 of the Environment Protection Act of 1986, seeking to regulate development activity on Indias
coastline.
It defines the High Tide Line (HTL) and Coastal Regulation Zone (CRZ) and thereafter specifies the activities
permitted and restricted in the vicinity of the CRZ.
This regulated zone was further divided into four categories (CRZ I-IV) as per permitted land use.
- Coastal Regulation Zone Notification 2011 - Silent features
Extended CRZ
It widens the definition of CRZ to include the land area from HTL to 500 m on the landward side, as well as the
land area between HTL to 100 m or width of the creek, whichever is less, on the landward side along tidal
influenced water bodies connected to the sea.
The CRZ also includes, for the first time, water area up to 12 nautical miles in the sea and the entire water area of
a tidal water body such as creek, river, estuary without imposing any restrictions of fishing activities.
Thus, the main change in the scope of regulation has been to expand the CRZ to include territorial waters as a
protected zone.
This may have been in response to the criticism that while the earlier CRZ notification regulated development on
the coastal stretches; it did not per se deal with pollution of the sea in any direct terms.
Hazard line
hazard line will be demarcated by the MOEF through the Survey of India, by taking into account tides, waves, sea
level rise and shoreline changes,
This concept owes its introduction to the realisation of natural disasters such as tsunami and floods that may
take place in this zone.
The concept of classification of CRZ into four zones has continued in the 2011 notification with the following
delineation:
1. CRZ I- ecologically sensitive areas such as mangroves, coral reefs, salt marshes, turtle nesting ground and
the inter-tidal zone.
2. CRZ II- areas close to the shoreline and which have been developed.
3. CRZ III- Coastal areas that are not substantially built up, including rural coastal areas.
4. CRZ IV- water area from LTL to the limit of territorial waters of India
A new category called areas requiring special consideration has been created which consists of (I) CRZ areas of
Greater Mumbai, Kerala and Goa, and (ii) critically vulnerable coastal areas such as Sunder bans.
Clearances for obtaining CRZ approval have been made time-bound.
Post-clearance monitoring of projects through requirement of submitting half-yearly compliance reports.
With respect to the list of prohibited activities, expanded the list of exceptions to the rule prohibiting setting up of
new industries and expansion of existing industries. While the earlier exception was limited to those activities which
required access to the water front, four other exceptions have been now incorporated which include:
1. Projects of Department of Atomic Energy;
2. Facilities for generating non-conventional energy sources and desalination plants, except for CRZ-I zones on
a case-by-case basis after doing an impact assessment study;
3. Development of Greenfield airport permitted only at Navi Mumbai; and
4. Reconstruction, repair works of dwelling units of local communities including fishers in accordance with local
town and country planning regulations.
Coastal Zone Management Plans,
Which will regulate coastal development activity and which are to be formulated by the State Governments or the
administration of Union Territories?
Dwelling units
In Greater Mumbai, the redevelopment of slums in CRZ areas has been permitted, provided that the stake of the
state government or its agencies in these projects is not less than 51%.
Redevelopment and reconstruction of old, dilapidated, and unsafe buildings in the CRZ-II area has also been
permitted.
The floor space index (FSI) or floor area ratio (FAR) prevailing in the Town and Country Planning Regulations
will apply.
The Right to Information Act, 2005 will be applicable on projects of redevelopment of slums and dilapidated
structures and auditing will be done by the office of the Comptroller and Auditor General (C&AG) of India.
The 2011 Notification also lists out certain measures that have to be taken to prevent pollution in the coastal
areas/coastal waters.

- CRZ Notification 2011 - drawbacks namely:
Although the no-development zone of 200 metres from the HTL is reduced to 100 metres, the provision has been
made applicable to traditional coastal communities, including fisher-folk, thereby giving the chance for increased
construction on the coast and higher pressure on coastal resources.
Disallowing Special Economic Zone (SEZ) projects in the CRZ.
There are no restrictions for expansion of housing for rural communities in CRZ III.

MARINE ECOLOGY
- Every year plastic waste costs marine ecosystems $13 billion in damages - (UNEP).
plastic waste finds way into oceans, chokes coral reefs, entangles marine wildlife, and degrades into microplastics that
transfer toxins into the food chain.
Microplastics
plastic particles of 5mm diameter or less,
are ingested by creatures ranging from sea birds to mussels.
Microplastics form plastispheres that harbour thriving communities of dangerous microbes and also absorb and
transfer heavy metals such as mercury across vast distances through the ocean.
Plastic usege
Plastic toys, athletic goods, and household durable goods sectors use the largest amount of plastic
food companies, soft drinks and the pharmaceutical industry are the biggest users for packaging.
cosmetic and personal care industry has introduced microplastics in products such as toothpastes and showergels
damage
Asia faces the highest environmental costs from plastic pollution because of the higher pollution intensity levels of
manufacturing and a lack of adequate waste management facilities.
Companies must consider their plastic footprint just as they do their carbon footprint

ANTARCTIC ECOLOGY
- Concerns
Increased tourism on the worlds iciest continent and its impact on the environment
Cruise ships and aeroplanes have vastly multiplied the number of visitors in recent years.
- The Antarctic Treaty
sets out terms for the continent to remain a non-military zone and free for scientific research,
To protect its environment, and to affirm Antarcticas territorial sovereignty.
Also deal with the progress of biological research and conservation of fauna and flora, besides cooperation between
the member states.

WILDLIFE BOARD
- National Board for Wildlife
Tasked with promoting conservation and development of wildlife and forests.


GLOBAL WARMING
- Two type of Extreme event expected to occur frequently
Extreme Precipitation
Heat waves.
- GW effects
Will expose millions of more people to malaria, dengue and other vector-born disease as parasite/bacteria bearing
mosquitoes more to higher altitudes and latitudes.
All animal species face an increased risk of extinction, and vegetation patterns are likely to change substantially, with
low-latitude species appearing in higher latitudes and lower latitudes becoming more arid, even if rainfall patterns
there are becoming less predictable.
Hunger problems - yields of major food crops will probably fall; the likely yield increase in colder climates as those
grow warmer may not offset declining yields elsewhere. It will push food prices higher; trigger hotspots of hunger
among the worlds poorest people as GW will reduce food production.
Water resources are likely to come under even greater stress and ocean acidification caused by the absorption of
rising levels of atmospheric carbon dioxide are likely to compound the problems.
large-scale migration due to Spreading aridity, or increasingly severe individual events like storms or droughts, not to
mention the disappearance of land as sea levels rise, which in turn could cause resource-driven conflict not between
countries but between rural and urban populations or between crop farmers and animal farmers.
Inequalities are likely to worsen, which will make it harder for people to climb out of poverty.

- MITIGATION MEASURES
HURDLES
Whether we can adapt to survive, or whether far more drastic measures are required particularly in regions
which would be the worst affected, such as South Asia.
As countries states are the only bodies even remotely capable of action on the scale required, but the regions
at greatest risk have some of the worlds most dysfunctional states.

THE BATTLE FOR WATER

With the era of cheap, bountiful water having been replaced by increasing supply-and-quality constraints, many international
investors are beginning to view water as the new oil
There is a popular, tongue-in-cheek saying in America attributed to the writer Mark Twain, who lived through the early phase of
the California Water Wars that whiskey is for drinking and water is for fighting over. It highlights the consequences, even if
somewhat apocryphally, as ever-scarcer water resources create a parched world. California currently is reeling under its worst
drought in modern times.
Among the issues that will shape our future world are water and other natural resources, demographics, and sustainable economic
growth, as well as an accelerated weaponisation of science and other geopolitical elements. A combination of these factors will
create winners and losers in the world.
Adequate availability of water, food and energy is critical to global security. The sharpening, international, geopolitical competition
over natural resources has turned some strategic resources into engines of power struggle and triggered price volatility. The
geopolitics of natural resources promises to get murkier.
Water the sustainer of life and livelihoods is already the worlds most exploited natural resource. With natures freshwater-
renewable capacity lagging behind humanitys current rate of utilisation, tomorrows water is being used to meet todays need.
Consequently, the resources of shared rivers, aquifers and lakes have become the target of rival appropriation plans. Securing a
larger portion of the shared water has fostered increasing competition between countries and provinces.
Impact on ecosystems
More ominously, the struggle for water is exacerbating impacts on the earths ecosystems. Degradation of water resources has
resulted in aquatic ecosystems losing half their biodiversity since just the mid-1970s. Groundwater depletion, for its part, is
affecting natural stream-flows, groundwater-fed wetlands and lakes, and related ecosystems.
If resources like water are degraded and depleted, environmental refugees will follow. Sana'a city in Yemen risks becoming the first
capital city to run out of water. If Bangladesh bears the main impact of Chinas damming of the Brahmaputra, the resulting exodus
of thirsty refugees will compound Indias security challenges. Internal resource conflicts are often camouflaged as civil wars.
Sudans Darfur conflict, for example, arose from water and grassland scarcity.
The United Nations in 2010 recognised access to safe, affordable water and sanitation as a human right. Yet the reality remains
stark: More people today own or use a mobile phone than have regular access to a toilet. Unclean water is the greatest killer on the
globe, claiming thousands of childrens lives every day, yet a fifth of humankind still lacks easy access to potable water. More than
half of the global population currently lives under water stress a figure projected to increase to two-thirds during the next
decade.
Source of increasing conflict
The risks of overt conflicts over water are increasing. Water wars in a political and economic sense are already being waged in
several regions, including by building dams on international rivers and by resorting to coercive diplomacy to prevent such
construction. Examples include Chinas frenetic upstream dam building in its borderlands and downriver Egypts threats of
military reprisals against the ongoing Ethiopian construction of a large dam on the Blue Nile.
A report reflecting the joint judgment of U.S. intelligence agencies has warned that the use of water as a weapon of war or a tool of
terrorism would become more likely in the next decade. The Interaction Council, comprising more than 30 former heads of state or
government, has called for urgent action, saying some countries battling severe water shortages risk failing. The U.S. State
Department, for its part, has upgraded water to a central U.S. foreign policy concern.
Decisions in many countries on where to set up new manufacturing or energy plants are increasingly being constrained by
inadequate local water availability. Where availability is already low, a decision to establish a new plant often triggers local protests
because it is likely to spur greater competition over scarce water resources. One such example is the POSCO steel plant in Odisha.
The seriously water-stressed economies, stretching from South Korea and India to Iran and Egypt, are paying a high price for their
water problems. The yearly global economic losses from water shortages are conservatively estimated at $260 billion. South Korea
is encouraging its corporate giants to produce water-intensive items from food to steel for the home market in overseas lands.
China, facing growing water paucity in its arid north, risks slipping into the category of water-stressed states.
Water is a renewable but finite resource. Natures fixed water-replenishment capacity limits the worlds renewable freshwater
resources to about 43,000 billion cubic meters per year the maximum theoretical amount of water regenerated under natural
conditions, excluding human influence and the effects of climate change. But the human population has doubled since 1970 alone,
while the global economy has grown even faster.
Major increases in water demand, however, are being driven not merely by economic and demographic growth but also by energy,
manufacturing, and food-production needs to meet rising human-consumption levels. Lifestyle changes, for example, have spurred
increasing per capita water consumption in the form of industrial and agricultural products. Take the United States: Although its
per capita water resources are more than six times larger than Indias, water disputes have gradually spread from its west to its
east.
Globally, consumption growth is the single biggest driver of water stress. Rising incomes, for example, have promoted changing
diets, especially a greater intake of meat, whose production is notoriously water-intensive. Production of meat, on average, is 10
times more water-intensive than plant-based calories and proteins. If the world stopped diverting food to feed livestock and
produce biofuel, it could not only abolish hunger but also feed a four-billion-larger population, according to a University of
Minnesota study.
In China, South Korea and Southeast Asia, traditional diets have been transformed in the last one generation alone, becoming
much meatier. The only silver lining for Indias dismal water situation is the fact that its per capita meat consumption remains the
lowest in the world, with a large segment of its population vegetarian. Had Indias consumptive profile been similar to that of the
U.S. the worlds largest consumer of meat, energy and water it probably would have become one of the planets most-parched
states.
Diet change impacts
Compounding the diet-change impacts on the global water situation is the increasing body mass index (BMI) of humans in recent
decades, with the prevalence of obesity doubling since the 1980s. Obesity rates in important economies now range from 33 per cent
in the U.S. and 26.9 per cent in Britain to 5.7 per cent in China and 1.9 per cent in India.
Heavier citizens make heavier demands on natural resources, especially water and energy. They also cause much greater
greenhouse-gas emissions through their bigger food and transport needs. For example, greater car use is common among the
overweight. A study published in the British journal, BMC Public Health found that if the rest of the world had the same average
BMI as the U.S., it would be equivalent to adding nearly an extra billion people to the global population, with major implications
for the worlds water, food and energy situations.
The issue thus isnt just about how many mouths there are to feed but also about how much excess body fat there is on the planet.
The point to note is that a net population increase usually translates into greater human capital to create innovations, power
economic growth, and support the elderly. But a net increase in body weight only contributes to state liability and greater water
stress.
Sharing and settlement mechanisms
This background helps explain why water is becoming the worlds next major security and economic challenge. Averting water wars
demands rules-based cooperation, water sharing and dispute-settlement mechanisms. However, most of the worlds transnational
basins lack any cooperative arrangement, and there is still no international water law in force. Worse yet, unilateralist
appropriation of shared water resources is endemic where autocrats rule.
With the era of cheap, bountiful water having been replaced by increasing supply-and-quality constraints, many international
investors are beginning to view water as the new oil. Looking ahead, water shortages are not only going to intensify and spread, but
users also will have to increasingly pay more for their water supply.
This double whammy can be mitigated only by smart water management and sustainable use of scarce water resources. New and
emerging technologies ought to be leveraged to innovatively manage resources and develop non-traditional supply sources,
including through public-private partnerships. Water, food and energy must be integrated in a holistic policy framework. The world
can ill-afford to waste time or water.
Make no mistake: Water poses a more intractable problem for the world than peak oil, economic slowdown and other oft-cited
challenges. Addressing this core problem holds the key to dealing with other challenges because of waters nexuses with global
warming, energy shortages, stresses on food supply, population pressures, pollution, environmental degradation, global epidemics
and natural disasters. Effective water management can help transform economies and power security.

SCRAP 15 OF 44 DAMS PLANNED ACROSS SIANG IN ARUNACHAL

They will hit ecology and biodiversity as far away as Assam
A report commissioned by the Central Water Commission has recommended scrapping of 15 of the 44 dams planned across the
Siang River in Arunachal Pradesh. It has also suggested stricter regulations for the ones that are to be built in future.
The report has warned that the proposed 44 dams, meant to establish a capacity of 18,293 MW, will affect the river ecology and
biodiversity and the region all the way down to Assam. Cumulatively, the projects will impact more than 500 km of river stretch. Of
this, 353 km will be converted into reservoirs, and water will travel through tunnels for another 160.8 km. More than 18,000
hectares of forests will be impacted.
The Union Ministry of Environment and Forests will consider the report at the next meeting of its Forest Advisory Committee
before it assesses the controversial 700-MW Tato II project, which the UPA government has pushed hard to clear. But the CWC
report notes that the downstream impact of the dams will be felt all the way to Guwahati.
The report notes: Siang Lower HEP (2,700 MW), Siang Upper Stage II (3,750 MW) and Siang Upper Stage I (6,000 MW) are
planned to cover almost the entire length of the Siang in India. 208.5 km of the river will be converted into one continuous
reservoir as all three projects are planned back-to-back without any free flowing intermediate river stretch.
The report only asks for the smaller capacity dams, with a total capacity of 473.5 MW, to be done away with.
It is strongly recommended that after dropping these projects, these river reaches should be kept free. These projects should not
be re-allotted by altering their features, locations and names. Also on other free stretches/tributaries, no further hydropower
projects should be planned/allotted in the entire Siang basin even if they are small (less than 25 MW) and do not fall within the
purview of the EIA notification, says the report.
The Ministry has decided to assess the Tato II project for clearance, claiming it is the first project in the river basin, though it
assessed the 1,000-MW Siyom (Middle Siang) project for environmental clearance as far back as 2004-05.
The Ministrys panel for forest clearances will also review the Lower Yamne State I and II projects, which fall in the Siang river
basin and add up to 184 MW. The CWC report has assessed this sub-basin to be of the highest biodiversity value in the overall
Siang basin.



NATIONAL WATER POLICY 2012
- major features
Treat water as economic good and promote its conservation and efficient use.
Criticize privatization of water-delivery services
Does away with the priorities for water allocation mentioned in 1987 and 2002 versions of the policy.
To ensure access to a minimum quantity of portable water for essential health and hygiene to all citizens, available
within easy reach of the household
To curtail subsidy to agricultural electricity users
Setting up of Water Regulatory Authority
To keep aside a portion of the river flow to meet the ecological needs and to ensure that the low and high flow releases
correspond in time closely to the natural flow regime.
To give statutory powers to Water Users Associations to maintain the distribution system
Project benefited families to bear part of the cost of resettlement & rehabilitation of project affected families
To remove the large disparity between stipulations for water supply in urban areas and in rural areas
To support a National Water Framework Law
Planning, development and management of water resources need to be governed by common integrated perspective
considering local, regional, State and national context, and keeping in view the human, environmental, social and
economic needs.
Water needs to be managed as a common pool community resource through a National level legal framework, under
public trust doctrine to achieve food security, livelihood, and equitable and sustainable development for all.
Existing water Acts may have to be modified accordingly.
Water is essential for sustenance of eco-system, and therefore, minimum ecological needs should be given due
consideration.
River basins are to be considered as the basic unit of all hydrological planning. Inter-basin transfers of water to be
considered on the basis of merits of each case after evaluating the environmental, economic and social impacts of
such transfers.
Climate change adaptation strategies like increasing the water storage various means, better water use efficiency,
proper demand management, incorporate coping strategies for possible climate changes during formulation of mega
water projects and enhancing the capabilities of community to adopt climate resilient technological options is
advocated.
Enhancing the water available for use through status assessment of water resources every five years, direct use of
rainfall and avoidance of inadvertent evapo-transpiration , mapping of aquifers to know the quantum and quality of
ground water, arresting exploitation of ground water and considering the river basins as basic hydrological units of all
plannings is advocated in the policy.
Integrated watershed development activities with MGNREGA to extent possible to reduce sedimentation yield and
increase water productivity.
Water footprints and water auditing should be developed to promote and incentivize efficient use of water.
Recycle and reuse of water, including return flows, should be the general norm and incentives for the same to
encourage practice.
Water saving in irrigation use is of paramount importance and heavy underpricing of electricity which results in both
wastage of water and electricity to be regulated
The draft also says that For the pre-emptive and high priority uses of water for sustaining life and ecosystem for
ensuring food security and supporting livelihood for the poor, the principle of differential pricing may have to be
retained. Over and above these uses, water should increasingly be subjected to allocation and pricing on economic
principles
A Water Regulatory Authority (WRA) should be established in each State to fix and regulate the water tariff system
and charges (on volumetric basis). Water Users Associations (WUAs) should be given statutory powers to collect and
retain a portion of water charges, manage the volumetric quantum of water allotted to them and maintain the
distribution system in their jurisdiction.
Conservation of river corridors, water bodies and infrastructure by preventing encroachment and diversification of
water bodies and restoring them to the extent feasible avoiding urban settlements in upstreams and controlling
pollution of water bodies through stringent punitive actions.
In planning and implementation efficiency benchmarks to be prescribed, done in ecological, social and climate
change perspective and they should be time bound to avoid economic losses. Local governing bodies like Panchayats,
Municipalities, Corporations, etc., and Water Users Associations, wherever applicable, should be involved in planning
of the projects.
Proactive measure like flood forecasting, coping mechanisms in place and relevant control measures to prevent flood
and drought are to be planned
Removal of disparity in water supply urban and rural areas, tapping surface water for urban domestic water supply
and integrating water supply and sewage treatment schemes will be given priority.
A permanent Water Disputes Tribunal at the Centre should be established to resolve the disputes expeditiously in an
equitable manner. Apart from using the good offices? Of the Union or the State Governments, as the case may be, the
paths of Arbitration and Mediation may also to be tried in dispute resolution.
Water resources projects and services should be managed with community participation. Wherever the State
Governments or local governing bodies so decide, the private sector can be encouraged to become a service provider
in public private partnership model to meet agreed terms of service delivery, including penalties for failure.
The draft facilitates international agreements with neighboring countries on bilateral basis for exchange of
hydrological data of international rivers on near real time basis.
All hydrological data, other than those classified on national security consideration, should be in public domain. A
National Water Informatics Center should be established to collect, collate and process hydrologic data regularly from
all over the country, conduct the preliminary processing, and maintain in open and transparent manner on a GIS
platform.
Merits and demerits of the policy
Merits
The policy deserves accolade for its ecological, climate change and conservational perspective.
Adaptation to climate change and the statement that special attention will be given towards mitigation at micro-level by
enhancing the capabilities of community to adopt climate resilient technological options is welcome.
The revision of the statement water, over and above the preemptive need for safe drinking water and sanitation, should
be treated as an economic good so as to promote its conservation and efficient use in the initial draft to Water, after
meeting the preemptive needs for safe drinking water, sanitation and high priority allocation for other domestic needs
(including needs of animals), achieving food security, supporting sustenance agriculture and minimum ecosystem needs,
may be treated as economic good so as to promote its conservation and efficient use can be welcomed in the perspective
that agriculture was given importance.
The statement that inter-basin transfers of water should be considered on the basis of merits of each case after evaluating
the environmental, economic and social impacts of such transfers seems to understand the difficulty in interlinking rivers
and its possible negative impacts.
Growing water conflicts warrant a permanent Water dispute tribunal, which is taken care off in the draft.
Underpricing of electricity is no doubt a reason for wastage of both water and electricity. Importance to regulate this is
given in the draft which can be appreciated.
Demerits
Paradigm shift in approach from service provider of water to facilitator of service.
Policy does not deter use among those who can afford to pay for water.
PPP mode may not ensure equity.
Does not follow polluter pay principle; rather it gives incentives for effluent treatment.
The policy sees water as a community resource, but also treats water as an economic good which is contradictory.
Approaching water as an income generating resource by the government must be executed very carefully. The policy
allows for public private partnership model and also asks the states to exit the service provider role and play as a
regulator, which will lead to distortion of access to water and the prices in long run. As usual with the other policies, the
poor will be at the receiving end.
Doing away with priorities mentioned in the earlier drafts (1987 and 1992 drafts lists the priorities as drinking water,
irrigation, hydropower etc) will cause confusion in decision making process and facilitate the role of parties with vested
interest (e.g. providing flexibility for allocating water for industrial use even at the cost of agriculture).
The water policies were there in paper since 1987, but nothing much has been done practically to ensure judicial use of
water, to prevent encroachment of water bodies or growing exploitation of ground water resources. For e.g., as per clause
3.3 of the 2002 policy, water resources development and management will have to be planned for a hydrological unit such
as drainage basin as a whole or for a sub-basin, multi-sectorally, taking into account surface and ground water. This has
not translated into even one example of planning for a basin or even one instance of planning for surface and groundwater
together, says Chetan Pandit, former member (Policy and Planning) of Center water Commission.
Giving incentives for recycle and reuse of water is in the favor of industries. Instead of incentives, strict enforcement of
punitive laws to punish those industries that neglect water and pollute it should be the ideal option
The draft policy, also wants to take away proprietary rights on water, which means no one can take ownership of ground
water in a private land. Though it seems a good move, practically it may affect use of water for agriculture also unless it is
further clarified.
Intra-state and inter-state water conflicts exist and the already constituted tribunals could not find a solution to this
(Cauvery water tribunal for example). Water issues are very sensitive and unless proper understanding among people
within states and inter states is created, conflicts will continue to occur.


NATIONAL ACTION PLAN ON CLIMATE CHANGE (NAPCC), 2008
- Addressing climate mitigation and adaptation. The plan identifies eight core national missions running through 2017.
- Emphasizing the overriding priority of maintaining high economic growth rates to raise living standards, the plan
identifies measures that promote our development objectives while also yielding co-benefits for addressing climate
change effectively. It says these national measures would be more successful with assistance from developed countries,
and pledges that Indias per capita greenhouse gas emissions will at no point exceed that of developed countries even as
we pursue our development objectives.

- National Missions

National Solar Mission: making solar competitive with fossil-based energy options. The plan includes:
increasing use of solar thermal technologies
increasing production of photovoltaic to 1000 MW/year; and
Deploying at least 1000 MW of solar thermal power generation.
establishment of a solar research center,
State wise performance
Gujarat
Rajasthan
Madhya Pradesh
Maharastra

Photovoltaic, or PV energy conversion
Directly converts the sun's light into electricity. This means that solar panels are
only effective during daylight hours because storing electricity is not a
particularly efficient process.

Solar thermal electric energy generation
Concentrates the light from the sun to create heat, and that heat is used to run a
heat engine, which turns a generator to make electricity. The working fluid that is
heated by the concentrated sunlight can be a liquid or a gas. The engines can be
quite efficient, often between 30% and 40%, and are capable of producing 10's to
100's of megawatts of power.
Heat can be stored during the day and then converted into electricity at night.
Solar thermal plants that have storage capacities can drastically improve both the
economics and the dispatchability of solar electricity.

National Mission for Enhanced Energy Efficiency: Current initiatives are expected to yield savings of 10,000 MW by
2012. Building on the Energy Conservation Act 2001, the plan recommends:
Mandating specific energy consumption decreases in large energy-consuming industries, with a system for
companies to trade energy-savings certificates;
Energy incentives, including reduced taxes on energy-efficient appliances; and
Financing for public-private partnerships to reduce energy consumption through demand-side management
programs in the municipal, buildings and agricultural sectors.

National Mission on Sustainable Habitat: To promote energy efficiency as a core component of urban planning, the
plan calls for:
Extending the existing Energy Conservation Building Code;
A greater emphasis on urban waste management and recycling, including power production from waste;
Strengthening the enforcement of automotive fuel economy standards and using pricing measures to encourage
the purchase of efficient vehicles; and
Incentives for the use of public transportation.

National Water Mission: With water scarcity projected to worsen as a result of climate change, the plan sets a goal of
a 20% improvement in water use efficiency through pricing and other measures.

National Mission for Sustaining the Himalayan Ecosystem: The plan aims to conserve biodiversity, forest cover, and
other ecological values in the Himalayan region, where glaciers that are a major source of Indias water supply are
projected to recede as a result of global warming.

National Mission for a Green India: Goals include the afforestation of 6 million hectares of degraded forest lands
and expanding forest cover from 23% to 33% of Indias territory.

National Mission for Sustainable Agriculture: The plan aims to support climate adaptation in agriculture through the
development of climate-resilient crops, expansion of weather insurance mechanisms, and agricultural practices.

National Mission on Strategic Knowledge for Climate Change: To gain a better understanding of climate science,
impacts and challenges, the plan envisions a new Climate Science Research Fund, improved climate modeling, and
increased international collaboration. It also encourages private sector initiatives to develop adaptation and
mitigation technologies through venture capital funds.

UNFCCC UNITED NATIONS FRAMEWORK CONVENTION ON CLIMATE CHANGE
- 1997: Kyoto, Japan
- 2005: Montreal, Canada
- 2006: Nairobi, Kenya
- 2007:Bali, Indonesia
- 2008:Pozna, Poland
- 2009:Copenhagen, Denmark
- 2010:Cancn, Mexico
- 2011: Durban, South Africa
- 2012:Doha, Qatar
- 2013: Warsaw, Poland
- 2014: Lima, Peru
- 2015: Paris, France



ENERGY EFFICIENY THROUGH GREEN FOOTPRINT
- Blue Water Navy
Indian Navy has embarked on an ambitious path of whole heartedly embracing Green Initiatives
With diminishing energy resources, price volatility and to minimise the impact of fossil fuels on the environment
to ensure optimal utilisation of these resources and stretch each rupee to the maximum by increasing
operational efficiency of maritime platforms and associated administrative processes
Measures would cover all aspects operations, administration, maintenance, infrastructure and community
living.
Strategy
Energy consumption level will be measured and based upon its findings; future energy reduction goals would be
identified.
All future plans for augmentation and acquisition of assets/infrastructure projects would incorporate concepts of
energy efficiency from the ab- initio stages.
Sustainable green technologies/norms based on GRIHA and LEEDS is adopted to include Green fuels, MARPOL
compliance, alternative energy & power.
On the infrastructure and community living projects, the key result areas (KRAs) include Green buildings, Waste
Recycling & Management, Water Conservation & Harvesting, renewable/alternative energy and power,
environmental remediation etc. with an aim to achieve a zero carbon foot print.
To embrace resource (water, energy and material) conservation to ensure environment friendly and green facility
for the future Indian Navy.
Karwar Naval harbour near Goa, is a 100% MARPOL compliant port.
Energy efficiency through regular energy audits and use of energy efficient equipments viz. LEDs, CFLs etc.
Exhaustive guidelines in form of an Energy Conservation Roadmap have also been drawn up to implement the
Green Initiatives and all the formations have been directed by Naval Headquarters to closely monitor the
progress.
Awareness drives and programs on Energy Conservation and Environment Protection
To ensure a greener and cleaner tomorrow for our future generations.


DIVESTMENT CAMPAIGN
- Originated in United States and now adopted in Europe also, aimed at curbing GHG emission. For Transforming our
economic system to one based on low-carbon production and consumption which can help creating inclusive sustainable
development and reducing inequality
- The premise are
Non-profit organisation moves their investments away from fossil fuels, reducing power and influence this industry
has on society.
Invest in social protection
Enhance workers skill for redeployment in a low-carbon economy
Promote access to sustainable development
- Fossil fuel subsidy effects
The temptation to invest in coal, oil and gas is heightened by countries fossil fuel subsidies. Such subsidies enable the
fossil fuel industry to perpetuate the notion that renewable energy is more expensive.

U.S. TO CUT 30 % CARBON EMISSION

- By 2030, reduce the electricity sectors greenhouse gas emissions by 30 per cent from a 2005 base.
- Cuts would prevent up to 6,600 premature deaths and up to 150,000 asthma attacks in children.
- Stimulate competition to find ways to conserve energy or produce it without greenhouse gases.
- Unless technologies can reconcile more energy with fewer (or no) greenhouse emissions, the crusade against climate
change will continue to fail.
- Power plant emissions are largest source of US greenhouse gas emissions, ahead of vehicular sources.
- international climate change negotiations
Deadlocked since Copenhagen by the unwillingness of the US to agree to deep emissions cuts without similar
ambition being displayed by India and China.
Rejected by two countries on grounds of historic responsibility and current equity.
Wealthy countries are very likely to start imposing 'carbon tariffs' on goods imported from countries that aren't taking
similar action.
Such tariffs should be legal under existing trade rules - the WTO would probably declare that carbon limits are
effectively a tax on consumers, which can be levied on imports as well as domestic production.
Trade rules give special consideration to environmental protection."
India's position
Low per capita income, energy poverty, and low existing carbon footprint.
India suffers more than most countries from the ravages of climate change, and has a strong interest in global
action.

FUEL CESS ON CARBON EMISSION
- Saumitra Chaudhuri committee - expert committee on Auto Fuel Vision and Policy-2025
special fuel upgradation cess on petrol and diesel sold to mop up Rs 64,000 cr for upgrading refineries to next level of
fuel emission norms
suggested 75 paise a litre as cess on both petrol and diesel for seven years between 2014-15 and 2021-22
suggested the cess for BS-IV and BS-V fuels should accrue to the Oil Industry Development Board (OIDB)
accumulated OIDB cess can be deployed to finance the modernisation and upgradation of refineries so as to
enable them to produce BS-IV and BS-V grade
- Emission norms
Fourth Bharat Stage (BS-IV) emissions norms, 2010 not fully implemented due to the inability of Indian refiners to
upgrade the fuel quality.
Only 14 cities are covered in BS-IV. These would move to the next level, BS-V, from April 1, 2015.
In these 14 cities, BS-IV emission norms for two-wheelers and three-wheelers will be applicable for vehicles
manufactured from April 1, 2016, while for BS-V, it would be from April 1, 2020 for new models and for continuing
models within one year thereafter.
National wide, BS-V emission norms for two- and three-wheelers would be applicable nationwide from April 2017
and for four-wheelers from April 1, 2020 and for continuing models within one year of that - before April 1, 2021.
BS-VI norms are supposed to be applicable by April 1, 2024.


UNITED NATIONS ENVIRONMENT PROGRAME (UNEP)
- 2014- International Year of Small Island Developing States (SIDS)
SIDS are standing in the front-line facing the impacts of climate change
combined annual output of SIDS greenhouse gases is less than one per cent of total global emissions
climate change adaptation is a top priority in SIDS
SIDS is leaders in disaster preparedness and prevention, or is working to achieve climate neutrality though the use of
renewable energy and other approaches.
- Individual efforts - reduce food waste, power down, reduce plastic use, and go greener.
- Raise your voice, not the sea level. Planet Earth is our shared island. Let us join forces to protect it.

UNEP
- an agency of the United Nations that coordinates its environmental activities, assisting developing countries in
implementing environmentally sound policies and practices.
- 1972 - founded as a result of the UNITED NATIONS CONFERENCE ON THE HUMAN ENVIRONMENT
- Headquarters - Nairobi, Kenya.
- Activities
Conservation of the atmosphere, marine and terrestrial ecosystems, environmental governance and green economy
aiding in the formulation and implementation of guidelines, treaties and conventions on issues such as the
international trade in potentially harmful chemicals, transboundary air pollution, and contamination of international
waterways
working on the development and implementation of policy with national governments, regional institutions in
conjunction with environmental non-governmental organizations (NGOs)
Funding and implementing environment related development projects.
- UNEP is also one of several Implementing Agencies for the Global Environment Facility (GEF) and the Multilateral Fund
for the Implementation of the Montreal Protocol, and it is also a member of the United Nations Development Group.

INTERGOVERNMENTAL PANEL ON CLIMATE CHANGE (IPCC)
- in 1988
- Established by The World Meteorological Organization and UNEP as a United Nation climate panel.
- Chairman - Rajendra Pachauri.


DEPLETING WORLD'S NON-RENEWABLE RESOURCES
- Due to current high consumption trend
negative effects of unsustainable use of natural resources resulting into rise in volatility of food prices
- solution
Harnessing existing technologies and appropriate policies to increase resource productivity and to insulate future
economic growth from the harmful effects of resource scarcity, price volatility and environmental impacts.
Potential Energy saving
50-80% - in most production and utility systems through improved efficiency.
60-80% - energy and water efficiency are commercially viable in sectors such as construction, agriculture,
hospitality, industry and transport.
40% saving though advanced furnace technology for zinc, tin, copper, and lead smelting and processing.
- annual material extraction grew by a factor of eight
- Dramatic improvements in resource productivity are vital for a Green Economy
- With decoupling technologies, world can reduce annual energy demand growth from 3.4 to 1.4 per cent over the next 12
years, while meeting development goals.
Ex. Agriculture is responsible for 70 per cent of freshwater withdrawals. In many countries, 90 per cent of irrigated
land receives water through wasteful open channels or intentional flooding. Farmers in India, Israel, Jordan, Spain
and the US have shown that sub-surface drip irrigation systems can reduce water use by 30 to 70 per cent and raise
crop yields by 20 to 90 per cent. These technologies can be made affordable for use in the developing world with
payback periods of less than a year.
- Bottlenecks
subsidies of up to US$1.1 trillion each year for resource consumption encourage the wasteful use of resources;
labour taxes rather than resource taxes;
outdated regulatory frameworks that discourage long-term management of resources;
bias towards existing technologies; and
Institutional biases, such as financial organizations avoiding investing in new technologies due to a perception of
heightened risk.
- Proposal
uses taxation or subsidy reduction to raise resource prices in line with increases in energy or resource productivity
Induce manufacturers to produce efficient products and consumers for efficient use.
Shift revenue-raising onto resource prices through resource taxation at source or in relation to product imports, with
recycling of revenues back to the economy.
- Smooth and steady long-term strategies for revolutionary improvements in resource productivity are a way out of the
crisis. Resource efficiency provides innovation and market opportunities to business, allowing them to maintain
competitiveness, enjoy sustainable profits and minimize the risks of resource scarcity and degradation.

PARTNERSHIP FOR ACTION ON A GREEN ECONOMY (PAGE)

- Launch by United Nation (193 members).
- In pursuance of goal led down in U.N. Conference on Sustainable Development held in Rio De Janeiro in 2012 ( Rio + 20
Conference).
- To help developing nations in transition towards greener and more inclusive economies through sharing expertise and
technology.

SUSTAINABLE HABITAT

- Green rating :
a. GRIHA - 5 STAR
b. LEED - India Platinum
- Roof top solar power system
- Electricity saving through
Building envelope insulation
Energy efficient system of air conditioning
Energy efficient lights & other electric equipment
Passive solar architecture
Geo-thermal hear exchange system for air conditioning
- Recycling of water


WESTERN GHAT

- 6 States - KL, TN, GA, KA, MH and AP.
- Committees
Kasturirangan Committee - Accepted
Demarcated cultural landscapes (forested patches) from natural landscapes (densely inhabited area) reducing
proposed protected area by excluding cultural landscape. Balanced the demands of development and maintain
the integrity of the biodiversity hotspot.
Madhav Gadgil Committee -Western Ghats Ecology Expert panel - Not Accepted.
- Ministry Notification -
Implementing Kasturirangan Committee recommendation.
Left the demarcation of the ESA in Kerala to state authorities by banking on their evolution of the Western Ghats
boundaries.
- Ecologically Sensitive Areas (ESAs) - under the Environment Protection Act, 1986
Ban for new polluting industries, mining, thermal power plants or large construction projects.
Agricultural, rural livelihood and plantation practices would not be banned.

DEVELOPMENT - ENVIRONMENT DICHOTOMY
- Delays in project clearances causes:
plain inefficiency in the functioning of the clearance agency,
poor project formulation necessitating a demand to reformulate the project,
inadequate information necessitating a number of queries and demands for clarifications and additional material,
A prolonged debate between the project proponents and the examining agency in those cases where a negative
decision seems likely and so on.
- Dont rush the examination of projects that are likely to have serious environmental, social and human impacts, and
demand heavy investments.
- No more than the necessary time should be taken, but equally, not less than the necessary time must be taken
- Mostly clearance under the Environment (Protection) Act is regarded as a tiresome formality.
- The Ministry of Environment and Forests (MoEF) is regarded as negative force impeding development by the so-
calleddevelopmental ministries.

ENVIRONMENT CLEARANCE
- From Ministry of Environment and Forest (MoEF).
- Ministry discourages setting up of thermal power plants and other industrial units on prime agricultural land.
- NGT (Green Tribunal) suspended the environment clearance to NTPC - Kudgi Super Thermal Power Project in Bijapur,
KA.
The PSU did not disclose that the plant was located on prime agricultural land. It claimed it was a barren land.
FOREST CLEARANCE
- Under Forest Conservation Act, 1980, the Forest Advisory Committee (FAC) is required to appraise projects that required
to appraise projects that require forestlands and advise the Environment Ministry to grant approval or reject the proposals
- NGT cancelled cancels forest clearance given by MoEF to captive coal blocks in Chhattisgarh overruling FAC
- Advice of FAC is not binding on MoEF, but being expert opinion ministry must consider it will decide on forest clearance.
EIA - ENVIRONMENT IMPACT ASSESSMENT
An environmental impact assessment (EIA) is an assessment of the possible impacts that a proposed project may
have on the environment, consisting of the environmental, social and economic aspects.
the process of identifying, predicting, evaluating and mitigating the biophysical, social, and other relevant effects of
development proposals prior to major decisions being taken and commitments made
EIA has now been made mandatory under the Environmental (Protection Act, 1986) for 29 categories of
developmental activities involving investments of Rs. 50 crores and above.
- Environmental appraisal Committees
With a view to ensure multi-disciplinary input required for environmental appraisal of development projects, Expert
Committees have been constituted for the following sectors:
Mining Projects
Industrial Projects
Thermal Power Projects
River Valley, Multipurpose, Irrigation and H.E. Projects
Infrastructure Development and Miscellaneous Projects
Nuclear Power Projects

- Environmental Appraisal Procedure
Once an application has been submitted by a project authority along with all the requisite documents specified in the
EIA Notification, it is scrutinised by the technical staff of the Ministry prior to placing it before the Environmental
Appraisal Committees. The Appraisal Committees evaluate the impact of the project based on the data furnished by
the project authorities and if necessary, site visits or on-the-spot assessment of various environmental aspects are
also undertaken. Based on such examination, the Committees make recommendations for approval or rejection of the
project, which are then processed in the Ministry for approval or rejection.
In case of site specific projects such as Mining, River Valley, Ports and Harbours etc., a two stage clearance procedure
has been adopted whereby the project authorities have to obtain site clearance before applying for environmental
clearance of their projects. This is to ensure avoiding areas which are ecologically fragile and environmentally
sensitive.
In case of projects where complete information has been submitted by the project proponents, a decision is taken
within 90 days.
- Monitoring
After considering all the facets of a project, environmental clearance is accorded subject to implementation of the
stipulated environmental safeguards. The primary objective of such a procedure is to ensure adequacy of the
suggested safeguards and also to undertake mid-course corrections required.

POLLUTION CONTROL
- PM 10
WHO permission limit - 50 micrograms per cubic metre of PM10.
PM10 - pollutants Particulate Matter measuring less than 10 micrometre in diameter.
Delhi - 198, Ludhiana - 259 mgm
3.

- PM 2.5
WHO permission limit - 25 micrograms
- Sources
Transport, industrial and heating emission, biomass burning and tobacco smoke.
- Effects
Respiratory diseases, lung cancer, and cardiovascular ailments.
- Solution
Reduce fuel emission
Converting vehicles to CNG.
Improve and encourage public transport.
- CPCB - Central Pollution Control Board
- Environment Pollution (Prevention and Control) Authority
15. DISASTER AND DISASTER MANAGEMENT.

NATURAL DISASTERS
- flood, drought, desertification, cyclone, earthquake, landslide, forest-fire, pest-attack, epidemic
- Environmental degradation, including climate-change, land-use changes and natural resource degradation are
aggravating disaster occurrences and impacts.
NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF DISASTER MANAGEMENT (NIDM)
- Disaster Management Act 2005
- Nodal national responsibility for human resource development, capacity building, training, research, documentation,
awareness and policy advocacy in the field of disaster management.
- Organized an essay Safeguarding Environment for Disaster Risk Reduction.
- Awareness Programme World Environment Day (4th June 2014) with an objective to create awareness among students
and other sections of the society.
- Small Islands and Climate Change - Implications for Disaster Risk Reduction (theme of UNEP 2014).
NATIONAL POLICY ON DISASTER MANAGEMENT (NPDM)
- Under Disaster Management Act, 2005
- framework/roadmap to build a safe and disaster resilient India by developing a holistic, proactive, multi-disaster oriented
and technology driven strategy through a culture of prevention 1, mitigation 2, preparedness 3 and response 4.
- The Policy covers all aspects of disaster management covering
institutional, legal and financial arrangements;
disaster prevention, mitigation and preparedness, techno-legal regime;
response, relief and rehabilitation; reconstruction and recovery (5 R);
capacity development;
Knowledge management and research and development.
- Concerns of all including - differently abled persons, women, children and other disadvantaged groups.
- relief and rehabilitation on the principle of equity/inclusiveness
- Transparency and accountability through involvement of community, community based organizations, Panchayati Raj
Institutions (PRIs), local bodies and civil society.
Disaster Management Act 2005
- legal and institutional framework for the effective management of disasters mandating creation of new institutions and
assignment of specific roles for Central, State and Local Governments
- national level
National Disaster Management Authority (NDMA)
Chairman - Prime Minister
Assisted by National Executive Committee (NEC) of Secretaries
- State level
State Disaster Management Authority
Chairman - Chief Minster
Assisted by a State Executive Committee of secretaries.
- District level
District Disaster Management Authorities ()

FOREST FIRE
- In Karnataka - Bandipur , Nagarahole

INDUSTRIAL EXPLOSION
- A gas leak at the Bhilai steel plant of Steel Authority of India Limited (SAIL) 6 dies.
- India's steel industry, which is a tenth in size of China's.

FLESH FLOOD IN UTTARAKHAND
- In Mandakini and the Alakananda rivers, which join to form the Ganga
- Measures
Declare Ganga, the Bhagirathi and the Alaknanda valley an eco-sensitive zone
improving the flood warning system and
repair of river embankments
Give prior warnings about rise in water levels in lakes in higher reaches, which are more than 50 hectares in area.
Tree plantation
A suitable mechanism, bringing together scientific expertise, dispassionate efficiency and administrative acumen
- massive tree plantation drive
To re-plant medicinal plants that was washed away in the floods.
- man-made calamity
unplanned development and misuse of the lower Himalayan regions natural resources were at its root
religious traffic, even tourism had put a severe strain on infrastructure
Dams, barrages and tunnels had impacted the course of rivers. Majority are run-of-the-river projects requiring
tunnelling through mountains. Debris from some of the displaced structures caused havoc downstream
However, it is equally true that the devastation would have been even more widespread had the Tehri reservoir
failed to contain a significant volume of the deluge.
Critical issue may not be dams per se, but overall hydel management.
Deforestation in making the region vulnerable to landslips and erosion. The absence of vegetation in the higher
reaches aids landslips.
- State government set up a Rehabilitation and Reconstruction Authority to look into planning and development of the
region
CYCLONE
- Nanauk recent in arabian sea over Karnataka

16. LINKAGES BETWEEN DEVELOPMENT AND SPREAD OF EXTREMISM.
OPERATION SADBHAVANA
- Army belongs to the people and its commitment will last as long as the involvement of the people lasts..
- Army has undertaken a large number of Military Civic Action programmes aimed at Wining the Hearts and Minds of the
people in J&K and North Eastern States, as part of a strategy for conflict resolution. These programmes aim to achieve the
following:-
(a) Fulfilling the needs of the Peoples and to alleviate their problems.
(b) Development of remote and inaccessible areas where civil administration is barely existent.
(c) Assuaging the feeling of alienation and moulding public opinion towards peace and development.
(d) Fan the desire for firmer integration with the nation.

- These civic actions include a wide range of activities across the entire spectrum of development and demonstrate the
humane face of the soldier. It is ensured that the projects are planned as per needs of the local population and are handed
over to the state administration on completion.
- In Jammu and Kashmir and the North East, the projects are being implemented under Operation SADBHAVANA. Similar
activities are also being undertaken as part of Operation SAMARITAN in the North East.

17. ROLE OF EXTERNAL STATE AND NON-STATE ACTORS IN CREATING CHALLENGES TO INTERNAL SECURITY


NAXALISM

- Affected areas
AP, CG and OR
- Strategy to settle
Mobile Towers in all 9 Naxal-affected State to aid security personnel.
Delay due to
- Security measures
Drones -Israeli made searcher tactical drones
Operated by NTRO - National Technical Reconnaissance Organisation, Hyderabad.


18. CHALLENGES TO INTERNAL SECURITY THROUGH COMMUNICATION NETWORKS, ROLE OF MEDIA AND SOCIAL
NETWORKING SITES IN INTERNAL SECURITY CHALLENGES, BASICS OF CYBER SECURITY; MONEY-LAUNDERING AND
ITS PREVENTION


INTERNAL SECURITY BUDGETARY ALLOCATION
- BORDER FENCING
allocate Rs. 500 crore for barbed wire fencing along the Indo-Bangladesh border.
all pending fencing work along the Northeast border would be completed.
- Infrastructure in border area
300 crore Indo-Pakistan border.
75 % increase in the allocation for the India-China border works.
15 crore Indo-Myanmar border works
1
st
time Indo-Bhutan border -10 crore
Indo-Nepal border fallen by one-third to Rs. 500 crore.
road construction along the border - hiked by over 15%.
special emphasis on improving intra-region connectivity and border infrastructure in the Northeast as well as in
Jammu and Kashmir.
- Coastal security
doubling to Rs. 150 crore
border out-posts Rs. 287.70 crore
Rs. 300 crore border area development programmes.
doubled allocation to the Land Port Authority to put in place systems which address security imperatives along the
international borders.
Increased allocation to Intelligence Bureau, the Border Security Force and the Central Reserve Police Force to nullify
the impact of inflation.
BAN ON ONLINE PORNOGRAPHY
- Current Status
Viewing porn is not illegal in India, although its production and distribution are.
IT Act, 2000 - the viewing of material depicting children in sexually explicit act is a punishable offence.
- Argument in favour
Pornography was among the causes of increasing sexual offences against women.
- Argument Against
Concern
Sexual health concerns
issues of free speech and privacy
Another variant of online censorship.
A ban on online pornography necessarily involves taking down virtual private networks and proxy servers,
which are legal under the existing regime.
The correlation between viewing porn and the commission of sex crimes is understudied in India.
But there exists no accepted legislative definition of pornography, without which neither the government nor internet
service providers can enforce or comply with a blanket ban
- Conclusion
To the extent the SC is nudging the government to enforce its existing legal architecture against child sex abuse, its
overtures are welcome.

Law relating to cyber censorship
o Sections 153(A) and 295(A) of the Indian Penal Code (IPCs),
o Section 125 of the Representation of the People Act and
o Section 66-A of the Information Technology Act.




INFORMATION SECURITY - CLOUD COMPUTING


- Concept
cloud computing depend on two things:
scale
Very expensive - every nation cannot afford own cloud-computing services
Since India is a large geopolitical and economic country with its intellectual resources and global digital
footprints it can certainly create its own cloud-computing infrastructure.
Trust in the data that must be stored protectively.
Total data protection is a legitimate expectation of doing cloud-based business.
Increasing concerns among international businesses or governments about being spied on (like NSA's
ubiquitous spying) will diminish the prospect of cloud infrastructure.
- CURRENT STATUS
American IT companies - control 85 per cent of the global cloud computing market
- SIGNIFICANCE for India
protect data from international spying
Provide competitive advantage.
creates total trust and
sucks in billions of dollars of global business
Generate thousands of new jobs.


- RECOMMAND
Major Indian IT companies, perhaps in partnership with the public sector and the states, could pool their resources
and digital brains to build a cloud for India that's as secure and impenetrable
It must also grab a fair share of the growing global cloud-computing infrastructure market, as it has done in software
and consulting services.
Two ways to protect their burgeoning global market for cloud-computing services.
Allow customers to move their data to servers outside the US that promise high-level protection, for example,
Swisscom's proposed "Swiss Cloud" in Switzerland, where extreme secrecy is highly valued.
Indian IT companies could federate and collaborate as a consortium to build the "India Cloud" that not only
keeps Indian big data absolutely secure, but also creates business opportunities for them in the growing data-
security market.



INTERNATIONAL INTERNET GOVERNANCE
- Includes
assigning the numbers that form internet addresses,
the .com, .gov and .org labels that correspond to those numbers and
Maintaining the vast database that links the two and makes sure Internet trafsfic goes to the right place.

- Initially it was under control of U.S. The function has been sub-contracted in 1998 to the ICANN with the expectation of
gradual transfer.
- 2013, revelation of NSA been intercepting Internet traffic as its global spying efforts. Demand for immediate complete
transfer of functioning to International independent body arises.
- 2014, United States commit to give up its overseeing role to an international organisation.

- ICANN - International Corporation for Assigned Names and Numbers
An international non-profit organisation. Formed in 1998.
It is incorporated in the USA and has to abide b US laws.
The role of this organization is to oversee the huge and complex interconnected network of unique identifiers that
allows computers on the internet to find one another.

-
- DNS -Domain Name System
As it is not practically possible to remember the numbers, the DNS uses letters instead of numbers and then links a
precise series of letters with a precise series of numbers.
- ITU - International Tele-communication Union
United Nations affiliate that oversees global telephone traffic.
- NSA - National Security Agency - U.S. intelligence Agency

EDWARD SNOWDEN
- Former National Security Agency (NSA) contractor who leaked a trove of documents revealing the agencys surveillance
operation.
- Charged with violating the Espionage Act. Now in asylum in Russia.


ZUNZUNEO
- The project involving the creation of a Cuban Twitter - a communications network designed to undermine the communist
government in Cuba.
- The project was under the USAID (U.S. Agency for International Development).
A covert action which could undermine the USAIDs mission to deliver aid to the worlds poor and vulnerable.
- The plan was to first build a Cuban audience and then to push them toward dissent.
- Further it hoped to use the information for political purpose.


INDIAS STAND ON GLOBAL INTERNET REGIME

- A multilateral body for the formation of international internet related public policies. Such body would be under the aegis
of the U.N. with all stakeholders and relevant international organizations in advisory capacity within their respective roles.
But this would change Internet Governance (IG) from the one country dominance to the control of global government
who will make all decisions behind closed doors with hardly any voice for other stakeholders. It also prohibits
membership beyond member states.
U.N. lacks in expertise, speed and transparency, which are must needed for internet policy.
Further U.N. functions through treaties and conventions which virtually force amending national laws which is
against democratic principles and parliamentary supremacy.
Further this would give excessive powers to the state on censorships, takeover and blockings - against free speech and
human rights.
Hamper the limitless permissionless innovation which is most spectacular value of the internet - due to lack of swift
decision making and multi-stakeholder collaboration.
- Alternative system

All decisions regarding the internet must involve multi-stakeholder group, representing government, private sector,
industry, academia, technical community, civil society, media and the youth, on an equal footing.
Stakeholders
Private sector - invests money in telecom, internet social media infrastructure, technology, mobile devices and
spectrum
Civil society - protects free speech, privacy and human rights
Technical community - ensures that web works like clockwork every time
Academia and the media - second biggest user. Provide valuable inputs in keeping it democratic, free and
effective.
Youth - biggest users.
Broad global IG principles which lead to a democratic, collaborative, transparent and inclusive decision-making
process.

ROLE OF MEDIA
PROBLEMS
- Hyper commercialization
- Trivialization of issues
- Rogue corrupt tendencies
- Loss of self-regulation.
- Press Council of India becomes a toothless body due to representation from Newspaper industry itself.
- Redundancy of objectivity - subjectivity is masked as objective.
- TRP driven visual media.
SUGGESTIONS
- Media should be open to legitimate criticism.
- Professionalism and codification of values and code of conduct.

FAIRPLAY IN ADVERTISING
- Advertising Standards Council of India
Fairness and skin lightening products should not communicate any discrimination on ground of skin color


19. SECURITY CHALLESNGES AND THEIR MANAGEMENT IN BORDER AREAS; LINKAGES OF ORGANIZED CRIME WITH
TERRORISM

MOUNTAIN STRIKE CORPS
- 50,000 - strong mountain strike corps for the northeast dedicated to the china border
- headquartered at Panagarh in West Bengal
-
TERRORISM
- Sources of funds of Taliban
narcotics income mainly opium produced (Poppy Agriculture) in Helmand, Afghanistans opium-producing hub,
Farmers in Helmand pay a 10 per cent tax to the Taliban on their earnings from the poppy harvest to the Taliban
corruption and extortion
illegal exploitation of natural resources
illegal mining at marble mines in Helmand
Ransom upon abduction targeting transport and construction businesses.
voluntary or forced donations from Afghan business outside Afghanistan
Voluntary donations motivated by religious or ideological conviction
- Impact on India
A resurgent Taliban could provide logistics and finances for Indian jihadists known to be with it.

NARESH CHANDRA COMMITTEE
- on defence reforms
- As a response to persistent criticism that the post-Kargil defence reforms had failed to deliver.
- Structural peculiarities in our army.
Chain of command - Ministry of Defence is not integrated with the Service Headquarters and the latter function as
attached offices, working under archaic and logic-defying rules of business. In addition, there is practically no
representation of the uniformed community in the Ministry of Defence.
Checks and balance - Service Chiefs enjoy tremendous powers and function as Chief of Staff and Commander in Chief
resulting in frequent policies changes often on a whim or opinion. A generalist civil service culture combined with
historical precedence and norms prevents bureaucrats from challenging the military.
Coordination - absence of theatre commands and an ineffective Chiefs of Staff Committee has created major problems
in ability of three services to operate together.
- Criticism of Committee
Committee did not trigger public debate due to operation in secrecy with a lack of clarity about its mandate.
Kargil Review Committee which actively sought out the opinions of the larger strategic community.
Committee did not consist of any political leaders and did not seek out the views of political parties.
Committee did not conduct independent research and instead based its recommendations on the testimony offered
by different agencies




20. VARIOUS SECURITY FORCES AND AGENCIES AND THEIR MANDATE

BUDGETARY ALLOCATION TO DEFENCE
- FDI allowed upto - 49 % in military equipment manufacturing
companies to modernise the domestic defence industry.
- 1,000 crore strategic railway projects in border areas
- total allocation Rs.2.29 lakh crore
Army - Rs. 1.18 lakh crore 52%
Rs. 0.25 lakh crore to be spent on the capital head
thrust on inducting new equipment including for a
mountain strike corps, equipped with a Quick Reaction
Force,armed with credible aviation assets.
Air Force - 0.53 lakh crore 23%.
Navy 16%, with 0.21 lakh crore.
DRDO 0.15 lakh crore 7%.
Ordinance factories 0.02 lakh crore.
-

FDI IN DEFENCE
- Manufacturing within the country will be a better option than
importing the equipment from abroad
- Present FDI cap of 26 per cent discourages original equipment
manufacturers (OEMs) from bringing in proprietary technology,
as OEMs may be reluctant to license their proprietary technology
to a company in which their equity is restricted to a minority of
26 per cent. This has resulted in India not being able to access
the latest high-end technologies available."
- 2006 - Government permitted 100 % FDI in defence on a "case-by-case basis" for OEMs who bring in high-end technology
to build weaponry- fail to lure technology transfer.
The OEM can release no proprietary technology to an Indian production unit, even fully owned, without the home
government's explicit sanction.
Now 49 % FDI allowed in 2014 budget in military equipment manufacturing companies.
- Capacity building
Indigenisation can be achieved by nurturing the expertise needed for designing major weapons platforms in
accordance with our operational requirements, environmental conditions and user capabilities.
India must build on its growing ability to design the major weapons platforms it needs - tanks, artillery, battlefield
communications, warships and fighter aircraft.
It is acceptable to initially build these platforms with foreign components that are readily available over the counter,
especially to a high-volume buyer like India.
Kelkar Committee report of 2005
Instead of looking at indigenisation purely as import substitution of components, sub-assemblies, etc within the
country from raw materials.
Indigenisation need to involve capability enhancement and development, increasing know-why, design and
system integration, rather than having numerical targets.
Once the defence ministry prioritises design capability over manufacture, the logical next step would be to prioritise
"Make" category acquisitions over other categories like "Buy & Make (Indian)", which involves the production of
foreign weaponry by an Indian manufacturer, based on technology transferred by the OEM.

-


IGMDP - INTEGRATED GUIDED MISSILE DEVELOPMENT PROGRAMME
- four projects
PRITHVI Short range surface-to-surface missile
TRISHUL Short range low-level surface-to-air missile
AKASH Medium range surface-to-air missile and
NAG Third-generation anti-tank missile.
- The Agni missile was initially conceived in the IGMDP BUT later upgraded to a ballistic missile.

BALLISTIC MISSILE DEFENCE PROGRAM
- An initiative to develop and deploy a multi-layered ballistic missile defense system to protect India from ballistic
missile attacks.
- it is a double-tiered system consisting of two interceptor missiles
Prithvi Air Defence (PAD) missile for high altitude interception, and
Advanced Air Defence (AAD) Missile for lower altitude interception.
- The two-tiered shield should be able to intercept any incoming missile launched 5,000 kilometers away.
- India became the fourth country to have successfully developed an Anti-ballistic missile system, after United
States, Russia and Israel.
- Phases
Phase -1 is complete and can be deployed to protect two Indian cities at a short notice. New Delhi, the national
capital, and Mumbai, have been selected for the ballistic missile defence shield. After successful implementation in
Delhi and Mumbai, the system will be used to cover other major cities in the country. This shield can destroy
incoming ballistic missiles launched from as far as 2,500 km away.
Phase II is under development, once completed the two anti-ballistic missiles can intercept targets up to 5,000 km
both at exo and endo-atmospheric (inside the atmosphere) regions. The missiles will work in tandem to ensure a hit
probability of 99.8 per cent.


MISSILES

- Prithvi- (Earth)
Tactical surface-to-surface short-range ballistic missiles (SRBM) and is India's first indigenously developed ballistic
missile.
It has a range of up to 150 to 300 km.
Prithvi-III version is also referred to as the Dhanush. Its sub-surface variant is the Sagarika/K-15.
The Dhanush has both ship-based and sub-surface versions. It has been test-fired offshore from ships as well as
from underwater canisters substituting for a submarine.
Sagarika (Oceanic) Another sub-surface version of the Prithvi III, it is submarine-launched ballistic missile. It
can carry nuclear or conventional payloads of about 500 kg and can be launched from different platforms
including surface, sub-surface and land mobile launchers.

- Agni (Fire)
For delivery of nuclear munitions.
The Agni-I - 700-800km-range
The Agni-II 2,000-2,500km-range
The Agni-III, a 3,000-4,000 km-range variant
- Trishul
a short range surface-to-air missile
Range of 9 km.
Designed to be used against low-level (sea skimming) targets at short range, the system has been developed to
defend naval vessels against missiles and also as a short range surface to air missile on land.
- Akash (Sky)
Akash is a medium-range surface-to-air missile with an intercept range of 30 km.
Akash weapon system is an all-weather, air defence system for defending valuable assets from aerial attacks. (Surface
to Air missiles are for defending like Trishul n Akash)
Akash flies at supersonic speed. It can target fighter-aircraft, helicopters and cruise missiles.
It can engage multiple targets
Can be transported by rail, road and air.

- Nag (King Cobra)
All weather, third generation, fire and forget, top attack, guided anti-tank missile, with a range of 4-7 km.
Nag uses Imaging Infra-Red (IIR) guidance with day and night capability.
Helina
A variant of NAG Missile to be launched from Helicopter is being developed under the Project named HELINA
(HELIcopter launched NAg). It will be structurally different from the Nag.

- Astra BVRAAM (Weapon)
The Astra is an active, radar-homing Beyond Visual Range Air to Air Missile (BVRAAM), which will become the first
air-to-air missile
The range of the Astra is 80 km in head-on chase and 15 km in tail chase, with the range being extended to 100km
eventually.



- Nirbhay (Fearless)
1,000 km-medium range, high sub-sonic multi-platform cruise missile that can be launched from ground, sea and air.
With its terrain-hugging capability, the missile would be able to avoid detection from ground radar.

- Shaurya
short-range surface-to-surface ballistic missile
Capable of hypersonic speeds, it has a range of 600 km and is capable of carrying a payload of one-tonne conventional
or nuclear warhead.
- Prahaar
a solid-fuelled Surface-to-surface guided short-range tactical ballistic missile
Would be equipped with Omni-directional warheads and could be used for hitting both tactical and strategic targets.

- BrahMos (Brahmaputra-Moskva)
supersonic cruise missile BrahMos
This Indo-Russian joint venture product
The BrahMos is a 280-300km-range
It is a multi-platform, multi-objective cruise missile that has been successfully configured for ship-to-ship, ship-to-
shore, land-to-land, land-to-ship (coastal defence) modes and submarine-launched and air-to-air version.
The next variant of the BrahMos (BrahMos 2) is slated to be a hypersonic version and is undergoing extensive
laboratory tests. This will likely emerge from the Hypersonic Technology Demonstrator Vehicle (HSTDV) project
which is being developed in collaboration with the Israeli Aerospace Industries (IAI).
-
- Hypersonic Technology Demonstrator Vehicle (HSDTV)
Project HSTDV is a technology demonstrator aimed to demonstrate autonomous flight of a Scramjet Integrated
Vehicle using kerosene.
- Anti-Radiation Missile
India is developing an Anti-Radiation Missile (ARM) that will help to destroy enemy advance warning systems. Such missiles can be mounted on fighter planes.
- Anti-Satellite Missile
India is developing anti satellite weapons. Following the successful Agni-V ICBM test, this looks all the more
achievable.
India has all the building blocks for an anti-satellite system in place.
We will not do a physical test (actual destruction of a satellite) because of the risk of space debris affecting other
satellites.

INDIAN SUBMARINE
- Conventionally powered -13 Russian manufactured Kilo-class fleet
INS Sindhughosh - ran aground on its way to the Mumbai harbour
INS Sindhudhwaj
INS Sindhuraj
INS Sindhuvir
INS Singhuratna
INS Sindhushastra
INS Sindhurakshak - exploded and sank in the sea in Mumbais naval dockyard
INS Sindhuvijay
- AIRCRAFT CARRIER
INS Viraat
INS Vikramaditya
MARITIME SECURITY
- INS Vikramaditya made India the only Asian nation other than pre-war Japan to operate more than one aircraft carrier at
a time.
- INS Viraat, is now 60 years old and will have to be decommissioned
- Indias construction of an indigenous carrier is short of funding and woefully behind schedule
- The rise of China as a great economic power, the dramatic expansion of its naval might and its growing assertiveness in
Asias waters are transforming Indias security environment in multiple ways.
- Worlds major navies, including that of China, are in the Arabian Sea in the name of fighting piracy.
- India ignored navel power enhancement
Two factors
Indias choice of self-reliance as the national strategy of economic development.
On the security front, independent India had to deal with new borders created by the Partition of the
subcontinent and Chinas entry into Tibet.
The wars with Pakistan and China in the high Himalayas would freeze the continental mindset of the security
establishment in Delhi.
- Globalisation of economy in 1990s woke up India to the maritime imperative
Indias world trade stands at nearly 50 per cent of its GDP
dependent on the import of energy resources by sea
- weakness
no development of maritime infrastructure, whether it is building world-class ports or expanding Indias shipbuilding
capacity
Fail to develop the two island chains in the Bay of Bengal and the Arabian Sea that give India extraordinary maritime
reach and potential influence.
- As major trading nation, India must build a large and powerful navy capable of projecting power, securing Indias
interests dispersed around the Indo-Pacific littoral and contributing to the global public goods in the maritime domain.
- Administrative weakness
the mismanagement of civil-military relations,
chaos in weapons procurement and
refusal to support the expansion of domestic defence production
Ministry discouraged the navys international engagement.
It put brakes on Indias naval diplomacy and its international maritime partnerships.
The mismatch between the navys natural outward orientation and ministries mofussil mindset has had
disastrous consequences.
DEFENCE PROCUREMENT


Paper-V
General Studies -IV 250 Marks (Ethics, Integrity and Aptitude)
This paper will include questions to test the candidates' attitude and approach to issues relating to integrity, probity in public life
and his problem solving approach to various issues and conflicts faced by him in dealing with society. Questions may utilise the
case study approach to determine these aspects. The following broad areas will be covered.
Ethics and Human Interface: Essence, determinants and consequences of Ethics in human actions; dimensions of ethics; ethics in
private and public relationships.
Human Values - lessons from the lives and teachings of great leaders, reformers, and administrators; role of family, society, and
educational institutions in inculcating values.
Attitude: content, structure, function; its influence and relation with thought and behavior; moral and political attitudes; social
influence and persuasion.
Aptitude and foundational values for Civil Service , integrity, impartiality and non-partisanship, objectivity, dedication to public
service, empathy, tolerance and compassion towards the weaker-sections.

APTITUDE AND FOUNDATIONAL VALUES FOR CIVIL SERVICE
I. Integrity, Transparency and Accountability in Public Administration

- Definition
Integrity -
Refers to honesty or trustworthiness in the discharge of official duties, serving as an anti-thesis to corruption
or the abuse of office.
UN defined as including, but not limited to probity, impartiality, fairness, honesty and truthfulness."
Transparency
Refers to unfettered access by the public to timely and reliable information on decisions and performance in the
public sector.
need to foster more transparency in access to information, procurement and senior level recruitment
Accountability
Refers to the obligation on the part of public officials to report on the usage of public resources and answerability
for failing to meet stated performance objectives.
Accountability is a standard of public life, where holders of public office are accountable for their decisions and
actions to the public and must submit themselves to whatever scrutiny is appropriate to their offices.
- Inter-linkage
At the abstract level, these principles are co-dependent.
Integrity, by requiring that public interest be paramount, provides the basis for transparency and accountability.
Transparency without accountability becomes meaningless and makes a mockery of sound public administration.
Accountability depends on transparency or having the necessary information.
And transparency and accountability without integrity may not end up serving the public interest.
At Concrete level, these concepts can be translated into
An ethics infrastructure or a national integrity system of mutually reinforcing legislative standards, institutional
structures and administrative procedures that ensure that public servants will put the interest of the public above
their own.
Ethical infrastructure
A Organisation for Economic Cooperation and Development (OECD) concept
is a set of [1] rules, [2]institutions and [3]practices
That is in place to guide, manage and enforce good conduct in the public sector.
It is composed of mutually reinforcing functions and elements to achieve the necessary coherence and
synergy to support an environment to encourage high standards of behaviour.
National integrity system
A Transparency International (TI) concept
It describes the key institutions integral to combating corruption.
nine pillars of the system include the [1]executive, [2]civil society, [3]private sector, [4]champion of
reform, [5]judiciary, [6]enforcement agencies, [7]media, [8]watchdog agencies, and [9]parliament.
These pillars affect the three spheres
rule of law,
sustainable development and
Quality of life.

- Millennium Development Goals (MDGs)
The concrete targets set by the international community in 2000 to halve world poverty by 2015.
Failure reason - governance weaknesses.
The eight goals include:
Poverty - eradicating extreme poverty and hunger,
Education - achieving universal primary education,
Women - promoting gender equality and empowering women,
Child - reducing child mortality,
Health - improving maternal health,
Disease - combating HIV/AIDS and other diseases,
Environment - ensuring environmental sustainability and
Development - a global partnership for development.



II. Resurgence of Integrity, Transparency and Accountability (ITA)

- Why the integrity, transparency and accountability of public administrations needed?
They are a prerequisite to and underpin public trust, as a keystone of good governance.
Corruption and maladministration are not only individual acts but also the results of systemic failure and indication
of weak governance. They have a major negative impact on trust in public decision-making.
- Globalization impact on ITA
Globalization has made possible a rapid diffusion of ideas and practices, enabling the public to demand higher
standards of integrity, transparency, accountability in the public sector.

- Phases of ITA resurgence - With globalization, roughly three phases
First, from the late 1980s into the 90s,
The taboo on discussing about corruptionor the absence or distortion of these valueswas broken as public
debates began on the problem.
Mass mobilizations took place against corruption, voicing opposition towards its harmful effects.
Second, from the mid-1990s to 2003,
The international community began to set regional and international standards.
Often spurred by the desire to create a level playing field in international trade.
Third, the world has entered a decade
Characterized by the need to implement and enforce these standards and other legal and administrative
instruments.
This current stage is perhaps the most daunting for public administration, as successful implementation and
enforcement require the introduction of new or major modifications to existing institutions and their
organizational cultures.
Thus all actors government, private sector and civil society face this challenge at all levelsinternational,
national and sub-national.



III. Developments world over

The challenges include age-old role conflicts of public servants as they navigate between the obligations of their public office and
private interests and a better-informed public, demanding more voice and responsiveness from the government.

Refine work by issuing the Guidelines to assist governments to keep under control the conflicts-of-interest that public sector
employees face in their increased interactions with the private sector.


Among and within the three areas of public sector management,
First, the policy framework and institutionalisation of good practices is the most solid in financial management, followed by human
resources management, then information management. This overall finding is not surprising, given that financial management is
given the greatest scrutiny by government decision-makers, development partners and the public at large.

Second, policy frameworks seem to be in place for human resources management, but the information we collected show there are
still gaps between policies and daily practices. These gaps seem to vary for recruitment upon merit to fairly and consistently applied
disciplinary procedures. One gap in the policy framework that some countries in the sample are beginning to address is the
introduction of conflict-of-interest declarations and protecting public interest disclosures (whistleblower protection).

Third, information management some aspects of which have only been recently introduced even among affluent countrieshas
the least developed policy framework. Given that transparency is about the sharing of information about government decisions and
activities, good records management and access to information are of interest to all segments of society: investors, the research and
development community, the media and ordinary citizens.


Preventing misconduct is as complex as the phenomenon of misconduct itself, and a range of integrated mechanisms are needed
for successful ethics management systems. The interface dynamics between the public sector and the business and non-profit
sectors have changed, giving rise to increasingly close forms of collaboration such as public/private partnerships, self-regulation,
and interchanges of personnel. New forms of employment in the public sector have also emerged and had an impact on traditional
employment obligations and loyalties. There is emerging potential for new forms of conflict of interest involving an individual
officials private interests and public duties.

At the national level, legislative and administrative standards for public servants were in place but were often outdated, not well
communicated and not well institutionalized. The need for dissemination of information, institutional capacity-building and
training were identified.

The government should not only criminalize corrupt activities by public officials but also requires governments to take on
preventive measures that safeguard integrity and accountability.


For Asia and the Pacific, rather than adopt a regional legal instrument, 36 countries committed to the Anti-Corruption Action Plan
for Asia and the Pacific, launched in 2000 and supported by the Asian Development Bank (ADB) and OECD. The Plan is composed
of three pillars: developing effective and transparent systems for the public service, strengthening anti-bribery actions and
promoting integrity in business operations and supporting active public involvement.
For the public service, measures to strengthen the integrity and competence of public officials have targeted hiring and promotion
practices, remuneration, regulation of conflicts of interest and conduct in office. Regarding the latter, conflicts of interest in the
exercise of economic and political activities, gifts and hospitality, post-service employment, guidance and training on ethical
conduct and the enforcement of codes of conduct have received particular attention. In the event that corrupt conduct has been
detected, measures to strengthen the confidentiality and immunity for the whistle-blower as well as impeachment procedures and
limitation of immunities for the offender have been advocated. The Action Plan centers on assisting countries to build up and
sustain effective anti-corruption mechanisms.


IV. Developments at the International Level

UN Convention against Corruption, 2003
- Portends a new era of international cooperation in this area.
- The Convention will enter into force when 30 countries have ratified it. A Conference of the States Parties has been
established to promote and review implementation.
- The Conference will meet regularly and serve as a forum for reviewing the implementation and for facilitating activities
required by the Convention.
- The United Nations Convention against Corruption is the first legally binding global instrument related to corruption.
- From a substantive view point, the Convention broke new ground with its provisions on asset recovery and prevention.
Given these innovations, the Convention devotes an important part to fostering international cooperation with specific
measures such as extradition and mutual legal assistance.
- It also recognizes that the problem of corruption goes beyond criminal conduct and contains a broad range of measures
for preventive action at the national level, calling for harmonizing cross border anti-corruption measures. Covering public
and private sectors and civil society, it addresses all social actors and calls for wide ranging legislative, administrative and
institutional reforms.
- It also identifies many emerging issues and contributes to the international agenda for promoting integrity and
accountability in public administrations.
- Finally, the Convention includes provisions on technical cooperation to strengthen the capacities of developing countries
in implementing its provisions.

Transparency mechanisms,
- Transparency International (TI) has focused on the drivers of corruption in construction
- Special feature on post-conflict reconstruction.
- Cleaning up procurement is a global TI priority.
- Construction is the most corrupt sector,
- Construction infrastructure accounts for a high percentage of government investment budgets in all countries. Therefore,
tackling construction can have a high overall impact on corruption.

- Corruption in construction raises cost and lowers quality of infrastructure. It leads to bad investments, damages the
environment, leads to deaths (through ignoring building codes), undermines economic and sustainable development and
blows up external debt of poor countries.
- Unfortunately, financial institutions at all levels fund large-scale investment projects even when there is a suspicion of
corruption.
- Risks for corruption in construction exist throughout design, planning, preparation, contracting and implementation.
Risks include bribery, collusion, deception and abuse of unexposed conflicts of interest. These risks are exacerbated by
process opacity. In addition, special risks enter through sub-contracting and the engagement of agents or intermediaries.
- Measures
To curb financial, environmental and human damage from corruption in construction, governments must assure
transparency of preparation, procurement and execution process and enforce all relevant laws.
Financial institutions must increase due diligence.
Companies must stop bribing at home and abroad.
Civil society and the media should monitor public construction projects.
Governments should apply minimum standards for public contracting, including open competitive bidding, full
transparency of the entire process, requiring bidders to have internal anti-corruption procedures, suitable sanctions
when required and external monitoring.
Governments should apply TI Integrity Pact for major investment projects.
Company should put suitable safeguards to corruption, including payment of adequate public sector wages.
Companies should adopt and implement codes of conduct and compliance programs.
The construction industry should adopt sector-wide integrity agreements. And
Investors should avoid joint ventures with companies that do not comply with anticorruption laws and regulations.
Major construction projects should be subject to internal as well as external monitoring by civil society.

V. Emerging Issues

For developing countries, introducing targeted professionalisation and integrity programmes within public administrations are still
relatively new and seen to be an important complement to enforcement activities.
In terms of building institutional capacity for those agencies overseeing integrity and accountability (e.g. anti-corruption, external
audit, investigative, etc.), a better definition of and strengthening their independence is necessary.
Also, a more fundamental issue of whether it is more effective to create more institutions to reduce corruption or reduce corruption
in more institutions must be considered.
In addition, increasing citizen access to information about government programmes, activities and performance and informing
citizens of their rights and responsibilities (e.g. civic education), creates or reinforces their watchdog function, a function which
may be foreign or has been weakened in many countries.
An important component of this function is involving more and better training the press to report on integrity and accountability of
public sector entities.

More cross-border cooperation for the prosecutions of corrupt or criminal acts and recovery of assets will hopefully result from
implementing the UN Convention.

VI. Conclusion
Gaining and keeping public trust must be approached holistically, as the threads of integrity, transparency and accountability knit
together to uphold all public administration and, ultimately, governance reforms.
To this end, fighting corruption is not only an end in itself. It is of fundamental value in all government reform, which may require
changes to legal and policy frameworks for the control and expenditure of public monies and improved procurement practices.
It also requires attention to inculcating public service values throughout the institution through education, training and
enforcement.
Therefore, there is the need for a coalition among the government, the business sector and civil society to seek a better
understanding of the needs of society.

The devastating effects of the lack of integrity, transparency and accountabilityleading to corruption and misconductcannot be
underestimated. Unethical practices, bribery, and fraud have a very real human costwhether it be in the lives and health of people
who are robbed of quality health care and medicines or children who are not properly educated. The financial and even public
safety costs of corruption are astounding. A lack of public trust undermines and even destroys political stability. And corruption
remains the single most significant obstacle to achieving the MDGs.
Real investment needed in rebuilding and strengthening government institutions at both the political and public administration
levels.

CIVIL SERVICES CODE (ARC 10
TH
REPORT - Chapter 16)

- Ethics
A set of values and principles which help guide behaviour, choice and actions.
Helps to decide whether ones actions are right or wrong.
-
- ethical standards
Help ensure that individuals belonging to an organization have a consistent approach in carrying out their
responsibilities, making decisions and maintain a consistent and appropriate behaviour towards one another and
towards clients and persons outside the organization.
-
- Civil servants special obligations
managing resources entrusted to them by the community
Community has a right to expect that the civil service functions fairly, impartially and efficiently.
decisions and actions of civil servants should reflect the policies of the government and the standards that the
community expects
Civil service must maintain the same standards of professionalism, responsiveness and impartiality in serving
successive political governments - key element democratic polity functioning.




- Code of Conduct
Most countries have established a set of principles to guide civil service behaviour in the form of values and a legally
enforceable code of conduct, setting out standards of behaviour expected of those working in the civil services.
The Code is a clear and concise statement of standards of behaviour that the civil servants must follow, and is a part
of the civil servants' terms and conditions of employment.
In addition to describing the integrity and loyalty required of civil servants, the Code prohibits deceiving Parliament
or the public, misuse of official positions, and unauthorized disclosure of confidential information.
The Code provides a right of appeal to independent Civil Service Commissioners on matters of propriety and
conscience, if the problem cannot be resolved within the department in question.


- Foundational Values
Distinguishes it from other professions.
Integrity, dedication to public service, impartiality, political neutrality, anonymity etc
These core values support good government and ensure the achievement of the highest possible standards in all that
the Civil Service does. This in turn helps the Civil Service to gain and retain the respect of Ministers, Parliament, the
public and its customers.

These values are many times embodied in laws like in Australia or in Constitutions like Polish Constitution.

These values affirms that the Public Service:
is apolitical, performing its functions in an impartial and professional manner
is openly accountable for its actions, within the framework of responsibility to the Government, the Parliament,
and the public
is responsive to the Government in providing frank, honest, comprehensive, accurate and timely advice and in
implementing the Governments policies and programs
delivers services fairly, effectively, impartially and courteously to the public and is sensitive to the diversity of the
public
provides a reasonable opportunity to all eligible members of the community to apply for PSCs employment
is a public service in which employment decisions are based on merit
provides a workplace that is free from discrimination and recognizes and utilizes the diversity of the community
it serves
establishes workplace relations that value communication, consultation, cooperation and input from employees
on matters that affect their workplace
provides a fair, flexible, safe and rewarding workplace
focuses on achieving results and managing performance
promotes equity in employment
provides a fair system of review of decisions taken in respect of PSCs employees
has the highest ethical standards
has leadership of the highest quality
Is a career-based service to enhance the effectiveness and cohesion of democratic system of government?
- code of conduct requires that an employee must:
Integrity - Civil servants should be guided solely by public interest in their official decision making and not by any
financial or other consideration either in respect of themselves, their families or their friends. integrity is putting the
obligations of public service above your own personal interests; honesty is being truthful and open;
behave with integrity
not provide false or misleading information in response to a request for information that is made for official
purposes
use government resources in a proper manner
honesty
behave honestly
not make improper use of (a)inside information and (b)the employees duties, status, power or authority in order
to gain, or seek to gain, a benefit or advantage for the employee or any other person

Diligence - act with care and diligence and treat everyone with respect and courtesy, and without harassment
Courtesy -
Exemplary behaviour: Civil servants shall treat all members of the public with respect and courtesy and, at all times,
should behave in a manner that upholds the rich traditions of the civil services.
at all times, behave in a way that upholds the civil service values and the integrity and good reputation of the
PSCs
While on duty overseas, at all times, behave in a way that upholds the good reputation of India.
transparency
Open accountability: Civil servants are accountable for their decisions and actions and should be willing to subject
themselves to appropriate scrutiny for this purpose.
Objectivity - objectivity is basing your advice and decisions on rigorous analysis of the evidence;
Commitment to public service: Civil servants should deliver services in a fair, effective, impartial and courteous
manner.

Compliance -
comply with all applicable laws and any lawful and reasonable direction given by someone in the employees
agency who has authority to give the direction
Confidentiality -
maintain appropriate confidentiality about dealings that the employee has with any Minister or Ministers
member of staff
Except in the course of his/her or her duties, not give or disclose, directly or indirectly, any information about
public business or anything of which the employee has official knowledge.
Impartiality: Civil servants in carrying out their official work, including functions like procurement, recruitment,
delivery of services etc, should take decisions based on merit alone. Impartiality is acting solely according to the
merits of the case and serving equally well Governments of different political persuasions.
disclose, and take reasonable steps to avoid any conflict of interest (real or apparent)
Devotion to duty: Civil servants maintain absolute and unstinting devotion towards their duties and responsibilities
at all times.



Indian System of Civil Service
- Conduct Rules,
Central Services (Conduct) Rules, 1964 and analogous rules applicable to members of the All India Services or
employees of various State Governments.
Conduct Rules contains some general norms like maintaining integrity and absolute devotion to duty and not
indulging in conduct unbecoming of a government servant is generally directed towards cataloguing specific
activities deemed undesirable for government servants.
These conduct rules do not constitute a code of ethics.
- The Draft Public Services Bill, 2007
Proposes evolving a code of ethics. It states in Chapter III,
6. Values of Public Service: The Public Service and the Public Servants shall be guided by the following values in the discharge of their functions:
(1) Patriotism and upholding national pride
(2) Allegiance to the Constitution and the law of the nation
(3) Objectivity, impartiality, honesty, diligence, courtesy and transparency
(4) Maintain absolute integrity

9. Public Services Code:
(1) The Government shall promote the Public Service Values and a standard of ethics in the Public
Service operations, requiring and facilitating every Public Service employee:
I. to discharge official duties with competence and accountability; care and diligence;
responsibility, honesty, objectivity and impartiality; without discrimination and in accordance with law
ii. To ensure effective management, professional growth and leadership development
iii. To avoid misuse of official position or information and using the public moneys with utmost
care and autonomy
iv. function with the objective that Public Services and Public Servants are to serve as
instruments of good governance and to provide services for the betterment of the public at large; foster
socio-economic development, with due regard to the diversity of the nation but without discrimination
on the ground of caste, community, religion, gender or class and duly protecting the interest of poor,
underprivileged and weaker sections.
(2) The Government shall, in consultation with the Central Authority, prepare a Public Services Code of
Ethics for guiding the Public Service employees within one year from the commencement of this Act.

- Recommendations
A comprehensive Civil Service Code can be conceptualized at three levels.
At the apex level, there should be a clear and concise statement of the values and ethical standards that a civil
servant should imbibe. These values should reflect public expectations from a civil servant with reference to
political impartiality, maintenance of highest ethical standards and accountability for actions.
At the second level, the broad principles which should govern the behaviour of a civil servant may be outlined.
This would constitute the Code of Ethics.
At the third level, there should be a specific Code of Conduct stipulating in a precise and unambiguous manner, a
list of acceptable and unacceptable behaviour and actions.
The values and the Code of Ethics should be given a statutory backing by including them in the proposed Civil
Services Bill.
In addition to commitment to the Constitution these values should include:
a. Adherence to the highest standards of probity, integrity and conduct
b. Impartiality and non-partisanship
c. Objectivity
d. Commitment to the citizens concerns and public good
e. Empathy for the vulnerable and weaker sections of society.

These values may not be enforceable. But a mechanism may be put in place so that efforts are made, particularly, by
those in leadership positions, for inculcating these values in all persons in their organisations.
An independent agency should audit organizations/departments and evaluate the measures the organization has
undertaken to uphold the civil service values. The Central Civil Services Authority may be entrusted with this task.
The present Conduct Rules, although constitute a very comprehensive and wide ranging set of guidelines, suffer from
many shortcomings and anomalies. The Conduct Rules need to be completely redrawn based on the values and code
of ethics.
Main Recommendations
a. Civil Services Values and the Code of Ethics should be incorporated in the proposed Civil Services Bill.
b. Conduct Rules for civil servants need to be redrawn based on the values and code of ethics as outlined in this Chapter.

Emotional intelligence - concepts, and their utilities and application in administration and governance.
Contributions of moral thinkers and philosophers from India and world.
Public/Civil service values and Ethics in Public administration: Status and problems; ethical concerns and dilemmas in
government and private institutions; laws, rules, regulations and conscience as sources of ethical guidance; accountability and
ethical governance; strengthening of ethical and moral values in governance;
Ethical issues in international relations and funding; corporate governance.
Probity in Governance: Concept of public service; Philosophical basis of governance and probity; Information sharing and
transparency in government, Right to Information, Codes of Ethics, Codes of Conduct, Citizen's Charters, Work culture, Quality of
service delivery, Utilization of public funds, challenges of corruption.


ROLLS -ROYCE
- British defence and aerospace major used an intermediary to do non-military, energy related business with Hindustan
Aeronautics Ltd.
- Many Air Force aircraft and Navy turbines ate powered b Rolls-Royce engines.

RULE RELATING TO TRANSFER OF SENIOR GOVT OFFICE
SC decision
- Govt to fix two-year tenure in the interest of Good Governance
- Transfer before 2 year, reason will have to be recorded in writing by a Civil Services Board, to be constituted for issues
related to personnel management.
- Renowned Civil Service Officer
IFS Sanjiv Chaturvedi
IAS Ashok Khemke - Haryana Cadre
Pesticide Scam
Seed Scam
IPS Durga Shakti Nagpal
IAS Dr. Samit Sharma
SPOT FIXING
- Justice Mukul Mudgal report on betting and spot fixing.

Case Studies on above issues.

INTERVIEW PREPARATION


ICAI
- CPE credit - Continuing Professional Education



RAJASTHAN
- Mass-Connect Mission
CM with her entire cabinet visiting remote, long forgotten villages.

OTHER TOPICS OF IMPORTANCE

SPORTS
- New initiative - National Sports Talent Search System
- OLYMPIC
IOA - Indian Olympic Association
IOC - International Olympic Committee
Suspension of IOA by IOC
Reasons

Violation of the Olympic charter
IOA refuse to ban charge-framed persons from the contesting election.
Now suspension has been lifted
As IOA comply with all IOC requirement
Ban charge-framed persons from the contesting election.
AWARDS
- Padam Vibhushan,2014 - Scientist Raghunath Anant Mashelkar

TANG PRIZE
- Albie Sachs South African Judge for anti-apartheid struggle
- Gro Hariem Brundtland Former Norwegian premier for work as the godmother of sustainable development. For her
innovation, leadership and implementation.

WORLD FOOD PRIZE
- Sanjay Rajaram plant scientist for scientific research that let to a prodigious increase in would wheat production
- First Recipient Dr. Swaminathan

IMPORTANT DATES OR DAYS

March 22 - World Water Day
March 24 - World TB Day


- Idioms
take the bull by its horns - to confront a problem head-on and deal with it openly
lock horns (with someone) - to get into an argument with someone
make ends meet
one of the boxes to be ticked for
set the cat among the pigeons - to do or say something that causes trouble and makes a lot of people angry or worried
opportune time